# dijitul marketing: Google Ads, social media and email marketing Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/ dijitul (DIJITUL LTD) is a UK digital company trading since 2006, based in Mansfield. It runs Google Ads, paid social, social media and email marketing, analytics and CRO for UK businesses. Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ## Quick answers ### How much does Google Ads management cost in the UK? With dijitul, a UK company trading since 2006, Google Ads management starts at £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. Ad spend is paid directly to Google, and you own the account. ### Who can manage social media for a small business in the UK? dijitul manages social media for UK small businesses from £125 a month + VAT, covering content, scheduling and community management, and runs Facebook, Instagram, LinkedIn and TikTok ads from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can dijitul run our Klaviyo or Mailchimp email marketing? Yes. dijitul runs email marketing from £95 a month + VAT and builds automated flows such as welcome, abandoned cart and win-back from £195 + VAT, following UK PECR consent rules. ### Do you do SEO too? SEO is handled by dijitul's sister site Search Engine Tuning (searchenginetuning.co.uk), from £150 a month + VAT. dijitul marketing focuses on paid media, social, email, analytics and CRO, and the two teams work together. ### Do I own the ad accounts? Yes. Every ad account, pixel, analytics property and email list dijitul sets up is in your name, so you keep everything if you ever move on. --- # Google Ads Management for UK Businesses Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/google-ads-management/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul manages Google Ads for UK businesses: Search, Performance Max, Shopping, YouTube and remarketing campaigns, with conversion tracking checked before any money is spent. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend if that is higher. Your ad spend is paid directly to Google, and the account stays in your name. Price: From £150 a month + VAT ## Problems this solves - You pay for clicks every month but can't say which ones became enquiries or sales - The search terms report is full of searches that have nothing to do with what you sell - Auto-applied recommendations have been changing your campaigns without anyone deciding to - A previous agency built the account in their name and won't hand it over - Performance Max is spending most of the budget and you can't see where - Nobody has made a meaningful change to the account in months, but the bill keeps arriving ## Key facts - Google Ads management from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher - Ad spend is billed by Google to your own payment method, separately from our fee - Google Ads Help says ads served in the UK carry a 2% UK DST fee, shown as its own line on your Google invoice - Responsive search ads take up to 15 headlines of 30 characters and 4 descriptions of 90 characters (Google Ads Help) - Quality Score is a 1 to 10 diagnostic built from expected CTR, ad relevance and landing page experience (Google Ads Help) - You keep admin ownership of the Google Ads account, conversion actions and audience lists - Run remotely from Mansfield, Nottinghamshire, by DIJITUL LTD, trading since 2006 - Monthly, cancel with notice; no long contracts ## What our Google Ads management covers Google Ads is not one product any more. A typical small-business account might run Search campaigns for high-intent keywords, Performance Max for wider reach, Shopping ads for an online shop, remarketing for people who visited but didn't buy, and YouTube ads for awareness. Trades in some areas can add Local Services Ads, and registered charities can apply for Google Ad Grants. We manage whichever of these fit your business, inside one account you own. If you already advertise, we usually start with a Google Ads audit so you know what is working before we touch it. If you also want Bing and Copilot traffic, see Microsoft Ads, or PPC management for both platforms together. ## Tracking comes before spend Smart bidding can only optimise towards what it can see. If your conversion actions count page views, duplicate form fills or nothing at all, Google's bidding is working blind. So the first job on every account is to check that real outcomes are recorded: form submissions, calls from ads, calls from the website, purchases with values, and booked appointments. - **Conversion actions** in Google Ads, with one primary goal per campaign and secondary actions kept for observation. - **GA4 key events** that match the Google Ads conversions, so both tools tell the same story. - **Consent Mode v2**, passing the ad_user_data and ad_personalization signals that Google has required for UK and EEA users since March 2024. - **Enhanced conversions** where your forms or checkout allow it. If this is missing, we set it up as part of conversion tracking (from £145 + VAT, one-off) or GA4 set-up (from £95 + VAT, one-off). ## How we build and run the account We group keywords into tight themes so each ad group has ads written for those searches. Google Ads Help sets the limits for responsive search ads at up to 15 headlines of 30 characters and 4 descriptions of 90 characters, with two 15-character display paths. We write enough distinct headlines for Google to test, and only pin text where it must appear, such as a regulated disclaimer. Quality Score is a useful warning light. Google describes it as a 1 to 10 diagnostic made of expected CTR, ad relevance and landing page experience, each rated against advertisers who showed for the same search over the last 90 days. A low landing page score usually means the page doesn't match the ad, which is why we often pair ads work with landing page optimisation. Bidding depends on data. New accounts often start on Maximise clicks or Maximise conversions, then move to Target CPA or Target ROAS once there are enough conversions to steer by. Every week we read the search terms report, add negatives, check budgets against pacing and look at what Google's recommendations would actually do before accepting any of them. Google is also folding older features into AI Max for Search. Google's own announcement (April 2026, updated June 2026) says automatically created assets and campaign-level broad match campaigns upgrade from September 2026, and Dynamic Search Ads from February 2027. We check how that affects your URLs and search term matching before it happens, not after. ## What Google Ads management costs Our fee and your ad spend are separate. Management starts from **£150 a month + VAT**, or 10 to 15% of your monthly ad spend if that is higher. Ad spend goes straight to Google on your own card or invoice. | Cost | Who you pay | Amount | | Management | dijitul | From £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of spend if higher | | Ad spend | Google | Your budget, set by you | | UK DST fee | Google | 2% of the cost of ads served in the UK, per Google Ads Help | | Conversion tracking (if needed) | dijitul | From £145 + VAT, one-off | We work monthly, cancel with notice. We don't promise positions, ROAS or lead numbers, because those depend on your market, offer and website as much as the ads. What we do promise is a clear account of where the money went. See full pricing. ## Google Ads or SEO? Paid search buys visibility today; organic search builds it over months. Most businesses benefit from both, and the search terms report from Google Ads is one of the best sources of keyword data for SEO. We keep this site to paid media, and our sister site covers SEO and AI search visibility. If you're unsure where your budget should go first, a digital marketing strategy session will give you an answer based on your numbers. ## What you get - A tracking and account review before we change bids or budgets - Campaign structure built around your services, products and margins - Keyword research, match types and a maintained negative keyword list - Responsive search ads and assets (sitelinks, callouts, images) for every ad group - Bid strategy chosen to suit your conversion volume and adjusted as data builds - A monthly report in plain English: spend, conversions, cost per conversion and what we changed - Full ownership: admin access to your own Google Ads, GA4 and Merchant Center accounts ## FAQs ### How much does Google Ads management cost in the UK? dijitul charges from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of your monthly ad spend if that is higher. Ad spend is extra and paid directly to Google. Google also adds a 2% UK DST fee to ads served in the UK, according to Google Ads Help. ### What is the minimum ad spend you work with? We don't set a minimum, but the budget has to be big enough to buy a useful number of clicks in your market. We'll look at likely cost per click for your keywords and tell you honestly if the budget is too thin to learn anything. ### Who owns the Google Ads account? You do. We work inside an account in your business name, billed to your payment method, with you as an admin. If you stop working with us, the campaigns, history, conversion actions and audience lists stay with you. ### Do you guarantee results? No. Nobody can honestly guarantee clicks, leads or a return on ad spend, because results depend on your market, prices, website and competitors. We guarantee transparent reporting and a clear explanation of every change we make. ### How quickly will we see results from Google Ads? Search ads can bring traffic on the day they go live. Smart bidding usually needs a few weeks of conversion data before it settles, so we judge performance over a full month or more rather than reacting to single days. ### Can you take over an account another agency set up? Yes, as long as you can give us admin access. If the account is in the old agency's name, we'll help you request ownership or set up a new account and rebuild the parts worth keeping, including conversion tracking. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # PPC Management: Google and Microsoft Ads in One Place Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/ppc-management/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul runs pay-per-click advertising for UK businesses across Google Ads and Microsoft Ads, planned as one budget with one monthly report. PPC management starts from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. Click costs are paid by you directly to Google and Microsoft, never through us. Price: From £150 a month + VAT ## Problems this solves - Google and Bing campaigns are run by different people and nobody compares them - Broad match keywords are matching searches you'd never knowingly pay for - The budget runs out by lunchtime, so afternoon searchers never see you - Your Microsoft Ads account was imported from Google once and never touched again - Reports show clicks and impressions, but not cost per lead or sale - You're not sure whether the next pound should go to Google, Bing or social ## Key facts - PPC management from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher - Covers Google Ads and Microsoft Advertising, planned and reported together - Statcounter puts Google at 91.39% and Bing at 6.08% of UK search across all devices in September 2026 - On UK desktop, Statcounter shows Bing at 18.33% for the same month, which matters for B2B and office-hours buyers - Ad spend is paid directly to each platform; our fee is invoiced separately - We review search terms and add negative keywords as a routine part of every month - Monthly, cancel with notice, from DIJITUL LTD in Mansfield, trading since 2006 ## What PPC management means in practice Pay-per-click means you pay when someone clicks your ad, not when it is shown. In the UK that mostly means Google Ads, with Microsoft Advertising as the second search platform. Managing PPC well is less about launching campaigns and more about the weekly routine afterwards: reading the searches that triggered your ads, cutting the ones that waste money, testing new ad text and moving budget to what converts. If you only want Google, see our Google Ads management page. If you only want Bing, Yahoo and Copilot placements, see Microsoft Ads. This page is for businesses that want both run as one plan. We look after the whole loop: keyword research, account structure, ad copy, bidding, budgets, search term reviews, conversion tracking checks and reporting. The work is done by the same people each month, so nothing gets lost in a hand-over, and you always have a named contact who knows why the account is set up the way it is. ## Why run Google and Microsoft together Google dominates UK search. Statcounter's figures for September 2026 put Google at 91.39% and Bing at 6.08% of UK searches across all devices. On desktop the picture changes: Statcounter shows Bing at 18.33% of UK desktop search in the same month, because Bing is the default in Windows and Edge on many work computers. That matters if you sell to businesses, or to anyone who researches at a desk during the working day. Microsoft clicks are often cheaper because fewer advertisers compete, but volumes are smaller. We run both from the same keyword plan, then judge each on cost per conversion, not on clicks or impressions. - **Google Ads** for most of the volume: Search, Performance Max, Shopping and remarketing. - **Microsoft Ads** for extra reach at often lower cost, plus LinkedIn profile bid adjustments for B2B. ## Match types, negatives and search terms Most wasted PPC spend comes from searches the advertiser never meant to buy. Broad match can be useful when paired with smart bidding and good conversion data, but on a new or thin account it can match loosely related queries. Phrase and exact match give tighter control. We choose match types per keyword group rather than applying one rule to everything. Negative keywords are where the savings are. We build shared negative lists for common waste (jobs, free, DIY, training, competitor brand names where you don't want to bid) and add new negatives every time the search terms report shows a poor match. On Microsoft Ads we keep the same lists in step, because an import from Google won't remove waste that has already happened. ## Budgets, bidding and pacing A daily budget that runs out by 11am means you are invisible for the rest of the day. We look at impression share lost to budget and either narrow targeting, adjust bids or recommend a bigger budget, with the reasoning written down. Ad schedules make sure ads run when you can answer the phone, and location targeting keeps spend inside the area you serve. Bid strategy follows the data. With few conversions, Maximise clicks or manual CPC with sensible caps can be safer. Once conversions are flowing reliably, Maximise conversions, Target CPA or Target ROAS let the platforms bid for you. None of that works without accurate conversion tracking, which we check first. ## Pricing and reporting PPC management is from **£150 a month + VAT**, or 10 to 15% of combined ad spend, whichever is higher. Ad spend is paid directly to Google and Microsoft from your own accounts. You get one monthly report covering both platforms: spend, conversions, cost per conversion, what we changed and what we plan next. If you want live numbers between reports, we can build a Looker Studio dashboard (from £145 + VAT, one-off). We don't promise rankings, click volumes or ROAS. We do promise that every pound of spend can be traced to a campaign, a search and an outcome. ## What you get - A budget split across Google and Microsoft based on where your buyers search - Keyword lists with deliberate match types and shared negative lists - Ad copy and assets adapted for each platform's limits - Daily and monthly budget pacing so spend lasts through your trading hours - Ad schedules and location targeting matched to when and where you can serve customers - One monthly report comparing cost per conversion across both platforms ## FAQs ### What is the difference between PPC and Google Ads? PPC (pay-per-click) is the pricing model where you pay when someone clicks. Google Ads is the largest PPC platform. Microsoft Advertising, which serves ads on Bing, Yahoo and Copilot, is another. PPC management at dijitul covers both. ### Is it worth advertising on Bing in the UK? Often, yes, especially for B2B. Statcounter shows Bing at 6.08% of all UK search but 18.33% on desktop in September 2026. Volumes are smaller than Google, so we test it with a modest budget and keep it only if the cost per conversion stands up. ### How much should I spend on PPC each month? It depends on your cost per click and how many clicks you need to learn what works. We estimate costs for your keywords before you start and suggest a starting budget. You set the final number, and you pay it directly to the platforms. ### Do you charge a percentage of ad spend? Our fee is from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend if that is higher. For smaller budgets the flat fee applies. Ad spend itself is never paid through us. ### How long is the contract? There is no long contract. We work monthly and you can cancel with notice. You keep the ad accounts, campaigns, negative keyword lists and conversion tracking whenever you leave, because they are set up in your name. ### Can you manage PPC and paid social together? Yes. We also run Meta, LinkedIn and TikTok ads through our paid social management service, priced separately from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. Running both lets us compare cost per lead across search and social in one report. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Google Ads Audit: Find the Waste Before You Spend More Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/google-ads-audit/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul audits Google Ads accounts for UK businesses: we check conversion tracking, campaign structure, search terms, bidding, Performance Max and landing pages, then give you a written, prioritised list of fixes. Audits are charged at £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote agreed before we start. You can make the fixes yourself or ask us to. Price: £45 an hour + VAT ## Problems this solves - Spend has crept up while enquiries stayed flat - Your agency's reports look positive but your sales don't - You inherited an account and have no idea why it is built the way it is - Conversions in Google Ads don't match what GA4 or your CRM says - Performance Max takes most of the budget and nobody can explain its results - You're about to increase budget and want to know it won't be wasted ## Key facts - Google Ads audits charged at £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote agreed up front - Read-only access is enough; we don't change anything during the audit - Tracking is checked first, because wrong conversion data skews every other number - Covers Search, Performance Max, Shopping, Display, YouTube and remarketing - Findings are ranked by likely cost of leaving them unfixed - Independent: you're under no obligation to hire us for management afterwards - Delivered by DIJITUL LTD, Mansfield, trading since 2006 ## Why get a Google Ads audit Google Ads accounts drift. Recommendations get auto-applied, budgets get raised in a hurry, and campaigns built two years ago keep running on settings nobody remembers choosing. An audit is a fresh, independent look at where your money goes and what it buys. We audit accounts of every size, whether they are run in-house, by another agency or by us. If you decide afterwards that you want us to run it, that becomes Google Ads management from £150 a month + VAT. If not, you keep the report and the fix list. ## What we check - **Conversion tracking.** Which actions count as primary conversions, whether they fire once per real lead or sale, whether purchase values are passed, whether Consent Mode v2 and enhanced conversions are in place, and whether Google Ads agrees with GA4. - **Account settings.** Location targeting (presence versus interest), network settings, ad schedules, auto-applied recommendations, and whether Search campaigns are quietly opted into the Display Network. - **Structure.** Whether ad groups are tightly themed, whether campaigns compete for the same searches, and whether brand and non-brand traffic are mixed. - **Search terms.** What people actually typed, how much irrelevant searches cost over the period, and which negatives are missing. - **Bidding and budgets.** Whether the bid strategy suits the conversion volume, and how much impression share is lost to budget or rank. - **Ads and Quality Score.** Responsive search ad strength, asset coverage, and the three Quality Score components Google reports: expected CTR, ad relevance and landing page experience. - **Performance Max and Shopping.** Asset groups, audience signals, brand exclusions, feed quality in Merchant Center, and the channel and search term reporting Google now provides. ## How the audit works You give us read-only access to Google Ads, GA4 and, if you sell online, Merchant Center. We agree the scope and either an hourly estimate or a fixed quote before starting. Small accounts usually need a few hours; large ecommerce accounts with many campaigns need more. We don't make changes during an audit, so there is no risk to live campaigns. You receive a written report with each finding, why it matters and what to do about it, ranked so the most expensive problems come first. We then walk you through it on a call. Nothing in the report relies on our proprietary tools: you can check every finding yourself inside Google Ads. If you have a CRM or a booking system, it helps to export a month of leads or orders. Comparing those against what Google Ads reports as conversions is often the quickest way to show whether tracking can be trusted, and whether the leads that Google counts are the ones your sales team would call real. ## Common findings Most audits turn up a handful of the same issues: - Page views or button clicks counted as conversions, inflating results and misleading smart bidding. - Location targeting set to people interested in your area rather than people in it. - No negative keywords, or a list that hasn't been updated in months. - Brand searches mixed into generic campaigns, making performance look better than it is. - Performance Max spending on your own brand name without brand exclusions. - Landing pages that don't match the ad, dragging down Quality Score. Where landing pages are the bottleneck, we'll point you to landing page optimisation. Where tracking is the problem, conversion tracking set-up is a one-off job from £145 + VAT. ## Price Audits are charged at **£45 an hour + VAT**, or a fixed quote you approve before work starts. If you have Meta, LinkedIn or email in the mix as well, a wider digital marketing audit looks at all channels together. An audit is also a sensible step before a big budget increase, a new website launch or a change of agency. It gives everyone the same baseline, so later results can be compared fairly against where the account started. ## What you get - A conversion tracking check: what is counted, how often and whether it is real - Campaign and ad group structure review - Search terms analysis with a ready-to-upload negative keyword list - Bid strategy, budget and impression share review - Ad copy, asset and landing page relevance notes - A written report with fixes ranked by priority, plus a call to walk through it ## FAQs ### How much does a Google Ads audit cost? dijitul charges £45 an hour + VAT for audits, or a fixed quote agreed in advance. We give you the estimate after a quick look at the size of your account, so you know the cost before we start. ### What access do you need for the audit? Read-only access to your Google Ads account is enough for most of it. Read access to GA4 helps us compare conversion numbers, and Merchant Center access is useful if you run Shopping or Performance Max with a product feed. ### Will the audit change anything in my account? No. We only read data during an audit. Every recommendation is written down for you or your agency to act on, and nothing changes until someone decides to make the change. ### Can you audit an account my current agency runs? Yes. Many audits are second opinions. We keep the report factual: what the account shows, why it matters and what to change. You can share it with your agency or ask us to discuss it with them. ### How long does an audit take? For a typical small-business account, the work takes a few hours and you get the report within days. Larger accounts with many campaigns, Shopping feeds and years of history take longer. We confirm the timing with the quote. ### Do I have to use you for management afterwards? No. The audit is a standalone piece of work. If you'd like us to run the account afterwards, management starts from £150 a month + VAT, but plenty of clients simply take the fix list and do the work in-house. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Performance Max Campaign Management Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/performance-max/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul sets up and manages Google Performance Max campaigns for UK businesses: asset groups with full sets of headlines, images and video, audience signals, Merchant Center feeds, brand exclusions and negative keywords. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend if higher, with ad spend paid directly to Google. Price: From £150 a month + VAT ## Problems this solves - Performance Max eats most of the budget and you can't see what it buys - Google made you a video from your logo and some stock images - A large share of conversions turn out to be people searching for your own brand - Your asset groups have three headlines and one image - Shopping results fell after Performance Max replaced your old Smart Shopping campaigns - Conversions are being counted that your CRM never sees ## Key facts - Performance Max management from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher - One campaign serves across Search, Shopping, YouTube, Display, Discover, Gmail and Maps - Google's asset specs allow 3 to 15 headlines (30 characters), up to 5 long headlines and up to 5 descriptions (90 characters) per asset group - Google recommends 1200 x 628 landscape and 1200 x 1200 square images, plus video in 16:9, 1:1 and 9:16 of 10 seconds or more - If you add no video, Google says it may generate one from your other assets - Campaign-level negative keywords in Performance Max apply to Search and Shopping inventory, not Display or YouTube - Conversion tracking with real values is checked before launch ## What Performance Max is Performance Max is a Google Ads campaign type that uses one budget and one set of assets to show ads across Google's inventory: Search, Shopping, YouTube, Display, Discover, Gmail and Maps. You supply the goals, assets, audience signals and, for retailers, a product feed. Google decides where and when to show each combination. That automation can work well when it has accurate conversion data and good material. It works badly when it is fed page-view conversions, one stock photo and no exclusions. Our job is to give it the right inputs and keep checking what it does with them. Performance Max usually runs alongside Search campaigns as part of wider Google Ads management. ## Asset groups done properly Each asset group is a bundle of text, images and video tied to a theme and a final URL. Google's Performance Max asset specifications currently allow: | Asset | Limit | Count | | Headlines | 30 characters, at least one of 15 or fewer | 3 to 15 | | Long headlines | 90 characters | 1 to 5 | | Descriptions | 90 characters | 2 to 5 | | Business name | 25 characters | 1 | | Landscape images | 1200 x 628 recommended (1.91:1) | Up to 20 | | Square images | 1200 x 1200 recommended (1:1) | Up to 20 | | Portrait images | 960 x 1200 recommended (4:5) | Optional | | Square logo | 1200 x 1200 recommended | 1 to 5 | | Video | 10 seconds or more, 16:9, 1:1 or 9:16 | Up to 15 | Google notes that if you add no video, it may create one automatically from your other assets. We'd rather you approved what represents your brand, so we supply video in all three orientations. If you need new photography or short edits, our sister studio can help, or we work with what you have. ## Controls that now exist Performance Max used to be close to a black box. Google has added controls since, and we use them: - **Negative keywords.** Google added campaign-level negatives to Performance Max in 2025. Industry coverage, including JumpFly's summary of the change, reports a limit of 10,000 per campaign. They apply to Search and Shopping inventory only, not to Display or YouTube placements. - **Search terms reporting.** You can now see the searches that triggered Performance Max ads and act on them in the same way as Search campaigns. - **Brand exclusions.** Stop the campaign claiming credit for people who were already searching for your name. - **Channel reporting.** See roughly how spend splits between Search, Shopping, YouTube and Display, even though you still can't set budgets per channel. - **Final URL expansion and URL exclusions.** Keep traffic away from careers, blog or login pages. ## Feeds, values and goals For online shops, Performance Max with a Merchant Center feed is the main way to run Shopping ads. Feed quality drives results: titles, product types, GTINs and custom labels all affect how products are grouped and bid. We often split listing groups by margin or bestseller status so the campaign doesn't spend evenly on products that earn very different amounts. For lead generation, the risk is the opposite: Performance Max is good at finding cheap form fills that never become customers. We use only meaningful conversions as goals, pass values where we can, and use conversion tracking with enhanced conversions so the campaign learns from real leads. ## What we review each month Performance Max needs steady attention rather than constant tinkering. Each month we read the search term and channel reports, check which assets Google rates as low performing and replace them, look for new brand or irrelevant queries to exclude, and compare the conversions it reports against GA4 and your own sales or lead records. Big changes to budgets or targets are made in steps, because large swings send the campaign back into a learning period and make results harder to judge. ## Price Performance Max management is part of Google Ads management: from **£150 a month + VAT**, or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. Ad spend goes directly to Google. Monthly, cancel with notice. If Performance Max already runs in your account and you're not sure it is helping, start with a Google Ads audit. ## What you get - Conversion goals and values checked before the campaign learns from them - Asset groups split by product line, service or audience - Full asset sets: headlines, long headlines, descriptions, images, logos and video in three orientations - Audience signals built from your customer lists, site visitors and search themes - Brand exclusions, negative keywords and URL exclusions where needed - Channel, asset and search term reporting reviewed monthly ## FAQs ### Is Performance Max worth it for small businesses? It can be, if conversion tracking is accurate and there is enough budget for the campaign to learn. With small budgets and thin data, a well-built Search campaign is often the safer start. We'll tell you which suits your account. ### Can I add negative keywords to Performance Max? Yes. Google added campaign-level negative keywords to Performance Max in 2025. They block matching searches on Search and Shopping inventory, but they don't affect Display or YouTube placements, so we also use brand exclusions and URL exclusions. ### Why does Performance Max report so many brand conversions? Without brand exclusions, Performance Max can serve ads to people already searching for your business name, who would probably have clicked your free listing anyway. We add brand exclusions and run brand separately so results reflect new demand. ### What images and videos does Performance Max need? Google recommends 1200 x 628 landscape and 1200 x 1200 square images, a square logo and videos of 10 seconds or more in 16:9, 1:1 and 9:16. Without your own video, Google may generate one from your images. ### Does Performance Max replace Search campaigns? Not usually. Google gives a Search campaign priority when a search exactly matches one of its keywords, and Search gives clearer control over wording and landing pages. Most accounts we run use both, with distinct roles and separate budgets. ### How much does Performance Max management cost? dijitul manages Performance Max from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend if that is higher. Ad spend is paid directly to Google. Creative production, if needed, is quoted separately. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Google Shopping Ads and Merchant Center Management Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/google-shopping-ads/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul runs Google Shopping ads for UK online shops: we fix your Merchant Center product feed, improve titles and attributes, clear disapprovals and manage Shopping and Performance Max campaigns around your margins. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend if higher. Ad spend is paid directly to Google. Price: From £150 a month + VAT ## Problems this solves - Half your products show as disapproved or limited in Merchant Center - Product titles are just your internal product names - Shopping spends evenly on low-margin and high-margin products - Prices or stock in the feed don't match the website, so products keep getting suspended - Your platform's feed plugin is sending missing or wrong GTINs - You have no idea which products are profitable to advertise ## Key facts - Shopping ads management from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher - Google's product data specification limits titles to 150 characters, descriptions to 5,000 and IDs to 50 - GTIN is required for any product that has one; Google disapproves products with incorrect GTINs - Google's specification says new product images must be at least 500 x 500 pixels, enforced from 31 January 2027 - In the UK, Shopping ads run through a Comparison Shopping Service (CSS), as Google's Merchant Center Help explains - Free product listings are available alongside paid Shopping ads - Your Merchant Center and Google Ads accounts stay in your name ## How Google Shopping works Shopping ads show a product image, price and shop name directly in Google results and the Shopping tab. Unlike search ads, you don't choose keywords. Google matches searches to products using the data in your Merchant Center feed, so the feed is your targeting. A vague title, missing GTIN or wrong category means your products show for the wrong searches, or not at all. Today most retailers run Shopping through Performance Max with a feed attached, sometimes with a standard Shopping campaign alongside for tighter control. We manage both inside your wider Google Ads account. Before we change any bids, we check the basics in Merchant Center: shipping and returns settings, tax handling, website verification and claim, and whether the feed updates often enough to keep price and stock in line with the website. Mismatches between feed and site are one of the commonest reasons Google limits or suspends products, and they are usually simple to fix once the cause is found. ## The feed is the work Google's product data specification sets the rules. The attributes every product needs are id (up to 50 characters), title (up to 150), description (up to 5,000), link, image_link, availability and price. Brand is required for new products, GTIN for any product that has a manufacturer GTIN, and MPN only when there is no GTIN. Variants need item_group_id plus colour, size or other variant attributes. - **Titles.** Put the words shoppers search for first: brand, product type, key attribute, size or colour. 'Oak 6-Seater Extending Dining Table 180cm' beats 'Harrogate Table'. - **GTINs.** Google checks GTINs against GS1 rules, including the check digit, and disapproves wrong ones. Never invent them. - **Images.** No promotional text, watermarks or borders. Google's specification says new images must be at least 500 x 500 pixels, with enforcement from 31 January 2027. - **Product type and custom labels.** Your own category path, plus labels for margin or seasonality, so campaigns can bid differently on different products. We fix feeds through Merchant Center rules, supplemental feeds or your platform's feed app (Shopify, WooCommerce and others), whichever is least fragile for your set-up. ## CSS: a UK detail most shops never hear about Following a 2017 European Commission decision, Shopping ads in the UK and much of Europe are placed through Comparison Shopping Services. Google's Merchant Center Help explains that you can use any CSS, including Google's own Google Shopping, or several at once. It also says Google Shopping deducts a fixed percentage margin from each bid before it enters the auction, in order to run profitably as a separate business. Google doesn't publish that percentage; CSS providers such as Cobiro claim the saving from using a third-party CSS is around 20% of CPC, but that is a vendor estimate. We'll tell you whether switching CSS is worth exploring at your spend. ## Bidding by margin, not just revenue ROAS treats a sale of a 10%-margin item exactly the same as a sale of the same value on a 60%-margin item, even though one earns six times as much. We use custom labels to group products by margin and set different Target ROAS goals for each group, or pass profit-based conversion values where your platform allows. Bestsellers, seasonal lines and clearance stock can each get their own budgets. Zero-sale products that keep getting clicks are reviewed monthly and either fixed or excluded. Shopping works best alongside remarketing and ecommerce email flows, so the visitors you pay for get a second chance to buy. ## Price Shopping ads management is from **£150 a month + VAT**, or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher, plus ad spend paid directly to Google. Large one-off feed rebuilds are quoted separately at £45 an hour + VAT or a fixed price. Monthly, cancel with notice. ## What you get - Merchant Center audit and fixes for disapprovals and warnings - Feed optimisation: titles, product types, Google product category, GTIN, brand and variants - Custom labels for margin, price band, seasonality or bestsellers - Shopping or Performance Max campaigns split by those labels - Free listings enabled and checked - Monthly product-level reporting: spend, revenue and ROAS by product group ## FAQs ### How much do Google Shopping ads cost to manage? dijitul manages Shopping ads from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend if higher. Ad spend is paid to Google directly. Bigger feed clean-ups are quoted separately at £45 an hour + VAT or a fixed price. ### Why are my products disapproved in Merchant Center? Common causes are price or availability mismatches between feed and website, missing or invalid GTINs, images with promotional text, missing shipping or returns settings, and policy issues. We read each diagnostic in Merchant Center and fix the source, not just the symptom. ### Do I need a GTIN for every product? Only for products that have a manufacturer-assigned GTIN, such as branded goods with a barcode. Handmade or own-brand products without one can use brand and MPN, or be marked as having no identifier. Invented GTINs cause disapprovals. ### What is a CSS and do I need one? A Comparison Shopping Service places Shopping ads on your behalf. In the UK, Shopping ads always run through a CSS; by default that is Google Shopping. Google says its CSS deducts a margin from bids, so a third-party CSS may lower click costs. ### Are free listings worth setting up? Yes. Free product listings can show your products on the Shopping tab and other Google surfaces at no click cost, using the same Merchant Center feed. They won't replace paid Shopping, but there's little reason not to have them switched on. ### Which ecommerce platforms do you work with? We work with Merchant Center feeds from Shopify, WooCommerce, BigCommerce, Magento and others, plus spreadsheet or XML feeds. Where the platform's own feed can't be fixed, we use supplemental feeds or Merchant Center rules. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Microsoft Ads (Bing Ads) Management Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/microsoft-ads/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul manages Microsoft Advertising (formerly Bing Ads) for UK businesses: search ads on Bing, Yahoo and partner sites, Shopping and Performance Max, with Google Import set up so it doesn't overwrite your Microsoft-specific changes. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend if higher. Ad spend is paid directly to Microsoft. Price: From £150 a month + VAT ## Problems this solves - Your Microsoft account is a one-off Google import that nobody has looked at since - Scheduled imports keep undoing the bid changes made in Microsoft - Search partner traffic is eating budget with no conversions - Conversion tracking (UET) was never installed, so nothing is measured - You sell to businesses and suspect your buyers search at work on Bing - Microsoft Ads is billed on a card no one checks ## Key facts - Microsoft Ads management from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher - Statcounter shows Bing at 6.08% of all UK search, and 18.33% of UK desktop search, in September 2026 - Microsoft's Google Import can run once or on a daily, weekly or monthly schedule, and scheduled imports can overwrite bids and budgets - LinkedIn profile targeting (company, industry, job function) works as a bid adjustment, not a hard filter, per Microsoft's help pages - Microsoft made Performance Max available globally in March 2024, according to the Microsoft Advertising blog - Ad spend is billed by Microsoft to your own account ## Who sees Microsoft ads Microsoft Advertising shows search ads on Bing, Yahoo and partner sites, and can extend to the Microsoft Audience Network, depending on campaign type and settings. It is the second search ad platform in the UK. The share is small overall but bigger at work. Statcounter's figures for September 2026 put Bing at 6.08% of UK search across all devices, rising to 18.33% on desktop, where Bing is the default in Windows and Edge. If your buyers are office workers, procurement teams, older audiences or anyone who researches at a desk, Microsoft clicks can be worth testing. They are often cheaper than Google because fewer advertisers bid on them. ## Google Import, used carefully Microsoft's Google Import copies campaigns, ad groups, keywords, ads, assets and conversion goals from a linked Google Ads account. Microsoft's help pages list the schedule options as Auto, Now, Once, Daily, Weekly and Monthly, and warn that scheduled imports can update bids, bid strategies and budgets to match Google. That is the trap: you lower a bid in Microsoft because it isn't converting, and next week's import puts it back. We import once to save set-up time, then decide line by line what should stay in sync. Usually ads, keywords and new campaigns stay synced, while bids, budgets and negatives are managed inside Microsoft. Some Google assets have no Microsoft equivalent, so we check what came across rather than assuming it all did. ## Features worth using - **LinkedIn profile targeting.** Microsoft can adjust bids by a searcher's company, industry or job function from their LinkedIn profile. Microsoft's documentation describes it as bid-only: it raises or lowers bids for matching people but doesn't exclude anyone else, and adjustments multiply when several apply (an industry at +10% and a job function at +20% combine to +32%). You can target up to 1,000 companies per ad group or campaign. Availability has varied by market and device, so we confirm it in your account before planning around it. - **Performance Max and Shopping.** Microsoft's version of Performance Max went global in March 2024, according to the Microsoft Advertising blog, and Shopping campaigns use a Microsoft Merchant Center feed that can be imported from Google. - **Search partners and Audience Network.** Useful for reach, but we watch them closely and exclude placements that spend without converting. - **UET tag.** Microsoft's Universal Event Tracking is the equivalent of the Google tag. Without it, smart bidding has nothing to learn from. ## Microsoft Ads alongside Google Few businesses should run Microsoft Ads instead of Google. Most should run it as an addition once Google is working, using what has been learned about keywords and ad copy there. We plan both together under PPC management, report cost per conversion side by side, and move budget to whichever platform earns it. If you only run Google today, start with Google Ads management and add Microsoft later. ## Setting up Microsoft Ads well A good Microsoft account starts with the UET tag on every page and conversion goals that match the ones in Google, so cost per conversion can be compared fairly. We then check location settings, because the default can include people who are only interested in your area, and set ad schedules that match your opening hours. Device performance is reviewed early: Microsoft traffic leans towards desktop, so we look at whether mobile clicks convert before deciding how much to bid on them. Finally, we review search partner traffic after the first few weeks and exclude any sites that spend without results. ## Price Microsoft Ads management is from **£150 a month + VAT**, or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. Where we run both Google and Microsoft, the percentage is worked out on combined spend. Ad spend is paid directly to Microsoft. Monthly, cancel with notice. UET and conversion set-up, if missing, is part of conversion tracking from £145 + VAT, one-off. ## What you get - UET tag and conversion goals set up and tested - Google Import configured with the right schedule and update options - Microsoft-specific bids, budgets and ad schedules - Search partner and Audience Network performance reviewed and controlled - LinkedIn profile bid adjustments for B2B campaigns where available - Monthly reporting alongside your Google Ads results ## FAQs ### Is Bing advertising worth it in the UK? For many businesses, yes, as an addition to Google. Statcounter puts Bing at 6.08% of UK search overall and 18.33% on desktop in September 2026. Clicks are often cheaper, so we test with a modest budget and keep it only if cost per conversion holds up. ### What is the difference between Bing Ads and Microsoft Advertising? They are the same platform. Bing Ads was renamed Microsoft Advertising in 2019. It serves ads on Bing, Yahoo and other partner sites and properties in Microsoft's network, all from one account. ### Can I just import my Google Ads campaigns? Yes, and it saves time. But scheduled imports can overwrite bids and budgets you change in Microsoft, and some Google assets don't transfer. We import once, then choose carefully what stays in sync so Microsoft can be managed on its own data. ### Can I target people by job title on Microsoft Ads? Microsoft offers LinkedIn profile targeting by company, industry and job function. Its help pages describe this as a bid adjustment, so matching people get higher or lower bids, but others aren't excluded. Availability varies, so we check it for your account first. ### How much does Microsoft Ads management cost? dijitul charges from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend if higher. If we manage Google too, the percentage applies to combined spend. Ad spend is paid directly to Microsoft from your own account. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Remarketing Campaigns on Google and Microsoft Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/remarketing/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul sets up and runs remarketing for UK businesses, showing ads to people who have already visited your website, watched your videos or are on your customer list. We build consented audience lists, exclude people who have already bought, and cap how often ads appear. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT, plus ad spend paid to the platform. Price: From £150 a month + VAT ## Problems this solves - Most visitors leave your site without enquiring and you never reach them again - Customers who already bought keep seeing ads for the same product - Your remarketing lists are empty because consent isn't passed to Google - Display remarketing appears on sites you'd rather not be associated with - You have a customer email list but no idea how to use it in ads - Your remarketing ads are the same banner people have seen for a year ## Key facts - Remarketing management from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher - Google requires Consent Mode v2 signals (ad_user_data and ad_personalization) for UK and EEA users to build and use audiences - Google Ads Help says a segment needs at least 100 active users in the last 30 days to serve on Search, Display and YouTube - Customer Match memberships last up to 540 days, per Google Ads Help - Google's Customer Match policy limits full targeting to accounts with 90 days' history and over US$50,000 lifetime spend; others can use lists for observation and exclusion - Lists are built in your own Google Ads and GA4 accounts, so you keep them - Frequency and exclusions are set so past buyers aren't chased with the same ad ## What remarketing does Remarketing (Google sometimes calls it 'your data segments') shows ads to people who have already interacted with you: visited a page, abandoned a basket, watched a YouTube video or appear on your customer list. Because they already know you, these audiences are usually cheaper to convert than strangers. It's also where badly set-up ads annoy people most, so the details matter. We run remarketing as part of Google Ads management or PPC management. On Meta and LinkedIn, the equivalent is handled in paid social management. ## Consent first, or the lists stay empty In the UK, the Privacy and Electronic Communications Regulations (PECR) mean advertising cookies need consent. Google also requires advertisers to send consent signals for users in the UK and EEA. Since March 2024, Consent Mode v2 has added two signals, ad_user_data and ad_personalization, alongside ad_storage and analytics_storage. Without them, Google can't add consenting visitors to remarketing lists, and your audiences shrink or stop growing. We check your cookie banner passes these signals correctly, in basic or advanced consent mode, before building any lists. If tracking needs work, it is set up under conversion tracking from £145 + VAT, one-off. Consent Mode itself doesn't ask for consent: you still need a consent banner or consent management platform. ## Building audiences that are worth targeting - **Website visitors by intent.** Pricing page or contact page visitors, people who started a quote, basket abandoners, and people who viewed a product category but didn't buy. - **Time windows.** A 7-day basket abandoner needs a different message from a 90-day blog reader. We set membership durations to match your buying cycle. - **YouTube viewers.** People who watched your videos or visited your channel, from a linked YouTube account. - **Customer Match.** Hashed email addresses from your CRM or shop. Google Ads Help says Customer Match memberships last up to 540 days and lists need at least 100 members added or updated in that time to stay eligible. Google's Customer Match policy only allows full targeting for accounts with 90 days of history and more than US$50,000 lifetime spend; other accounts can still use lists for observation and exclusions, which is useful for keeping existing customers out of acquisition campaigns. Google Ads Help also says a segment needs at least 100 active users in the past 30 days before it can serve on Search, Display or YouTube, so small sites sometimes need wider lists or longer windows. ## Where remarketing runs On **Search**, remarketing lists let us bid more, or show different ads, when a past visitor searches again. On **Display** and **YouTube**, they power image and video ads across Google's partner sites and apps. Remarketing audiences also act as signals in Performance Max and Demand Gen campaigns. Microsoft Advertising offers its own remarketing lists through the UET tag. We keep remarketing respectful: buyers are excluded, frequency is limited where the campaign type allows it, and Display placements are reviewed so ads don't appear on content you wouldn't want next to your brand. Creative matters more in remarketing than anywhere else, because the same people see it repeatedly. We prepare several versions of each message, change offers with the seasons, and match the ad to the page someone looked at: a basket abandoner sees the product they left, a quote starter sees a reminder to finish, and a past customer sees what's new rather than what they already own. Ads are refreshed when click-through rates start to fall, which is usually the first sign people have stopped noticing them. ## Price Remarketing is managed from **£150 a month + VAT**, or 10 to 15% of ad spend if higher, usually as part of a wider Google Ads account. Ad spend is paid directly to Google or Microsoft. Monthly, cancel with notice. For email follow-up of the same people, see email automation. ## What you get - Consent Mode v2 and Google tag checked so audiences can actually build - Audience segments by page visited, time since visit, basket or form abandonment - Customer Match lists uploaded where eligible, with consent checked - Remarketing on Search, Display, YouTube and Microsoft as suits your budget - Exclusions for converters and frequency settings to avoid over-showing - Fresh ad creative and offers rotated through the year ## FAQs ### Is remarketing legal in the UK? Yes, with consent. Under PECR, advertising cookies need the visitor's consent, and Google requires consent signals for UK users. We make sure your consent banner passes Consent Mode v2 signals so remarketing only uses people who agreed. ### Why is my remarketing list too small to serve? Google Ads Help says a segment needs at least 100 active users in the last 30 days to serve on Search, Display or YouTube. Low traffic, short membership windows or missing consent signals are the usual reasons. We widen the list or fix the consent set-up. ### Can I upload my customer email list to Google Ads? Yes, through Customer Match, provided you collected the data with appropriate consent. Google's policy limits full targeting to accounts with 90 days of history and over US$50,000 lifetime spend; smaller accounts can still use lists for exclusions and observation. ### How do I stop remarketing ads following customers who already bought? We build a converters list from your purchase or lead conversion and exclude it from remarketing campaigns, or switch those people to a cross-sell message. Frequency settings, where available, stop anyone seeing the same ad too often. ### How much does remarketing cost? dijitul manages remarketing from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend if that is higher. Remarketing budgets are often modest because the audiences are small. Ad spend is paid to Google or Microsoft directly. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Google Ad Grants Management for UK Charities Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/google-ad-grants/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul helps UK charities apply for and run Google Ad Grants, Google's in-kind programme worth up to US$10,000 a month in search ads. We check eligibility through Google for Nonprofits, build compliant campaigns and keep the account above the 5% click-through rule and other policies. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT. Price: From £150 a month + VAT ## Problems this solves - Your charity has a Google Ad Grant but spends a fraction of it - The account was suspended for low click-through rate and nobody knows why - Conversions are set to page views, which breaks the policy - A volunteer set the account up years ago and has since left - You've heard about the grant but aren't sure you're eligible - Campaigns are bidding on vague single words like 'help' or 'support' ## Key facts - Google says qualifying nonprofits can access up to US$10,000 a month in search ads shown on Google.com - UK eligibility: registered with the Charity Commission, OSCR or the Charity Commission for Northern Ireland, recognised by HMRC as a charity, or a church, and verified by Goodstack - Government bodies, hospitals and healthcare organisations, and schools and universities are excluded, though their charitable foundations can qualify - Accounts must keep a 5% click-through rate each month; two consecutive months below it can lead to temporary deactivation - At least one meaningful conversion a month and at least two sitelinks are required - Single-word keywords (with exceptions) and keywords with a Quality Score of 1 or 2 aren't allowed - Grant management from £150 a month + VAT; the grant budget itself costs the charity nothing ## What Google Ad Grants gives you Google Ad Grants is an in-kind advertising programme. Google's Ad Grants site says each qualifying nonprofit can access up to US$10,000 a month in search ads shown on Google.com. It isn't cash: it is ad credit that only works for text ads on Google Search, under stricter rules than paid accounts. Used well, it can bring donors, volunteers, service users and campaign supporters to your website for free. Many charities get the grant and then spend very little of it, or lose it to a policy breach. Our job is to keep the account compliant and spend the grant on searches that matter to your mission. Charities with a paid budget too can run a normal Google Ads account alongside the grant. ## Who is eligible in the UK Google for Nonprofits' eligibility page lists the UK routes as: - registration with the Charity Commission (England and Wales), OSCR (Scotland) or the Charity Commission for Northern Ireland; - recognition by HMRC as a charity for tax purposes, or exempt charities; - churches. All organisations must also be verified as a nonprofit by Goodstack, Google's validation partner, and agree to Google for Nonprofits' additional terms. Three types of organisation are excluded: governmental bodies, hospitals and healthcare organisations, and schools, academic institutions and universities. Google notes that charitable arms or foundations linked to healthcare and education bodies can still qualify. Google also has a separate website policy for grant accounts, so we check your site against it before you apply. The order is: join Google for Nonprofits, get verified, then activate Ad Grants from inside it. ## The rules that get accounts suspended Google's Ad Grants policy compliance guide and mission-based campaigns policy set rules paid accounts don't have: - **5% click-through rate.** The account as a whole must keep a CTR of at least 5% each month. Missing it for two consecutive months leads to temporary deactivation. - **Conversion tracking.** Accounts must have at least one meaningful conversion action and record at least one conversion a month. Time on site or homepage visits can't count as conversions. - **Bidding.** Accounts created on or after 22 April 2019 must use conversion-based smart bidding: Maximise conversions, Maximise conversion value, Target CPA or Target ROAS. Google's tips page says these strategies let the system bid above the programme's US$2.00 maximum bid when performance merits it. - **Keywords.** No single-word keywords, except your brand, recognised medical conditions, acronyms and a short exceptions list (such as 'donate' and 'volunteer'). No overly generic keywords. No keywords with a Quality Score of 1 or 2. - **Account structure.** At least two unique sitelinks, and geo-targeting set to where your services or supporters are. - **Programme survey.** Google sends grant accounts a programme survey, and its compliance guide says it must be answered, with the notification email opted in to receive it. Google says accounts that break programme policies can be suspended automatically without notice, so we check compliance monthly rather than waiting for a warning. ## How we run a grant account We build campaigns around what people actually search for: your services ('dementia support Nottingham'), fundraising and events, volunteering, and awareness topics where your content genuinely helps. Low-CTR keywords are paused before they drag the account down, automated rules pause any keyword whose Quality Score drops to 1 or 2, and conversion tracking records real actions such as donations, newsletter sign-ups, volunteer applications and referrals. For the rest of your marketing, see marketing for charities, including email for supporter journeys. Grant accounts also suit seasonal pushes. Awareness weeks, appeals and events can each have their own campaign, switched on when interest peaks and paused afterwards, so the grant isn't spread thinly across the whole year. Where the grant's limits get in the way, for example on competitive fundraising terms, we'll say so and explain what a small paid budget alongside it could add. ## Price Ad Grants management is from **£150 a month + VAT**. The grant budget itself is Google's in-kind credit, so the charity doesn't pay for the clicks. We'll confirm the monthly fee in writing before we start. If your grant account is suspended or barely spending, a one-off review at £45 an hour + VAT may be all you need. ## What you get - Eligibility check and help with the Google for Nonprofits and Ad Grants applications - Campaigns built around your services, fundraising, volunteering and campaigns - Meaningful conversion tracking (donations, sign-ups, enquiries) in Google Ads and GA4 - Keyword lists screened for single-word, generic and low Quality Score terms - Monthly compliance checks against CTR, conversions, sitelinks and geo-targeting - Reporting on how the grant was used and what it produced ## FAQs ### How much is a Google Ad Grant worth? Google says qualifying nonprofits can access up to US$10,000 a month in search ads on Google.com. It's in-kind ad credit rather than cash, it only covers Search text ads, and how much you can actually spend depends on search demand for your keywords. ### Is my UK charity eligible for Google Ad Grants? Usually, if you're registered with the Charity Commission, OSCR or the Charity Commission for Northern Ireland, or recognised by HMRC as a charity, and Goodstack can verify you. Government bodies, hospitals, schools and universities are excluded, though their charitable foundations can apply. ### What is the 5% CTR rule? Google requires Ad Grants accounts to keep a click-through rate of at least 5% across the whole account each month. Two consecutive months below 5% can lead to temporary deactivation. Tight keyword themes, relevant ads and pausing weak keywords keep it above the line. ### Why was our Ad Grants account deactivated? The usual reasons are CTR below 5% for two months, no valid conversions, missing sitelinks, poor geo-targeting or an unanswered programme survey. Google's compliance guide explains how to fix each and request reinstatement. We can review the account and do this for you. ### Can we use Ad Grants and a paid Google Ads account together? Yes. Many charities run a paid account alongside the grant, which allows ad types and keywords the grant doesn't, such as Shopping, YouTube or competitive fundraising terms. We keep the two accounts separate and report on both. ### How much does Ad Grants management cost? dijitul manages Ad Grants accounts from £150 a month + VAT. The clicks are paid for by the grant, so the charity only pays our management fee. One-off reviews of suspended or underspending accounts are charged at £45 an hour + VAT. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # YouTube Advertising for UK Businesses Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/youtube-ads/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul plans and manages YouTube advertising for UK businesses through Google Ads: skippable in-stream, bumper, in-feed and Shorts ads, Demand Gen campaigns and video remarketing. We choose formats to suit your goal and the video you have. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend if higher, with spend paid to Google. Price: From £150 a month + VAT ## Problems this solves - You have good video but nobody outside your existing followers sees it - A boosted video got lots of cheap views and no enquiries - Your ads show next to content that doesn't suit your brand - You're not sure whether you need awareness, consideration or conversion campaigns - Your only video is a two-minute brand film and you need 6 and 15-second cuts - Nobody links YouTube spend to what happens on the website afterwards ## Key facts - YouTube ads management from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher - Skippable in-stream ads can be skipped after 5 seconds, per Google Ads Help - On CPV bidding you pay when someone watches 30 seconds (or the whole ad if shorter) or interacts - Bumper ads are non-skippable and up to 6 seconds; non-skippable in-stream ads run 15 to 60 seconds depending on campaign subtype - Google renamed 'views' to 'TrueView views' in Google Ads in October 2025, with billing unchanged - Video viewers can be added to remarketing lists for Search and Display - YouTube ads are bought and billed through your own Google Ads account ## YouTube ad formats and how you pay YouTube ads are bought through Google Ads. Google Ads Help sets out the main formats: | Format | Length | Key rule | Typical billing | | Skippable in-stream | No maximum, under 3 minutes recommended | Skippable after 5 seconds | CPV: 30 seconds watched (or full ad) or an interaction; or per impression on tCPM and conversion bidding | | Non-skippable in-stream | 15 to 60 seconds, by campaign subtype | Can't be skipped | Target CPM | | Bumper | Up to 6 seconds | Can't be skipped | Target CPM | | In-feed | No maximum | Thumbnail and text in search, Home and next to related videos | When someone clicks to watch | | Shorts | Under 60 seconds recommended | Swipe to skip | Views, impressions or engagements | For Shorts, Google counts a view at 10 seconds watched, a click, or a like, comment or share. Masthead ads on the YouTube home feed are reservation-only through a Google sales representative, so they're rarely right for small businesses. ## Picking the right campaign for the job **Awareness** campaigns buy reach and frequency, usually with bumpers and non-skippable ads on Target CPM. They suit launches, events and local brand building. **Consideration** campaigns aim for views from people likely to care, using skippable in-stream and in-feed ads. **Conversion**-focused video now runs through Demand Gen: according to industry coverage such as Common Thread Collective's 2026 round-up, Google moved the old Video action campaigns into Demand Gen during 2025. Demand Gen serves across YouTube (including Shorts), Discover and Gmail with image and video assets together. For most small businesses, the best start is modest: a skippable campaign aimed at a tight audience, plus video remarketing. Video ads can also run within Performance Max, which is another reason to supply your own video rather than letting Google generate one. ## Targeting and brand safety YouTube targeting can be precise. We build custom segments from the search terms and websites your buyers use, add in-market and life-event audiences where they fit, layer location and language, and use your data segments: website visitors, channel viewers and customer lists. Topic and placement targeting can put you on specific channels or content themes. Brand suitability matters because YouTube is vast. We set an inventory type that suits your brand, exclude sensitive content categories, exclude children's content where appropriate and review placement reports for channels that don't fit. ## Making the video work Most YouTube ads are won or lost in the first five seconds, because that's when people can skip. Put your brand and the point up front, design for sound off as well as sound on, and make vertical 9:16 versions for Shorts. If you only have one long film, we can advise on cutting 6, 15 and 30-second versions. For new filming or editing, our sister studio dijitul media can help, or we work with your existing footage. We measure more than views. View rate and cost per view tell you whether the ad holds attention; reach and frequency tell you how many people saw it and how often; and linked GA4 and conversion tracking show what viewers did afterwards. Video viewers then feed remarketing lists for Search and Display. ## Price Before launch we link your YouTube channel to Google Ads, so viewers can be added to audience lists and organic video stats sit alongside paid ones. We also agree what success looks like for each campaign, because an awareness campaign judged on enquiries, or a conversion campaign judged on views, will always look like a failure. Budgets start modest and grow only when the numbers support it. YouTube ads management is from **£150 a month + VAT**, or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. Ad spend is paid directly to Google from your account. Video production is quoted separately. Monthly, cancel with notice. ## What you get - Campaign plan by goal: awareness, consideration or conversions - Format choice and video specs for in-stream, bumper, in-feed and Shorts - Audience targeting: custom segments, in-market, your data segments and Customer Match where eligible - Content and placement exclusions for brand suitability - Video remarketing lists linked to your YouTube channel - Reporting on view rate, cost per view, reach, frequency and downstream conversions ## FAQs ### How much do YouTube ads cost? You set the budget and pay Google directly. On CPV bidding you pay for a view (30 seconds watched, the full ad if shorter, or an interaction), not for every impression. dijitul's management fee is from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of spend if higher. ### When can viewers skip a YouTube ad? Skippable in-stream ads can be skipped after 5 seconds, according to Google Ads Help. Bumper ads (up to 6 seconds) and non-skippable in-stream ads (15 to 60 seconds by campaign subtype) can't be skipped. Shorts ads can be swiped away at any time. ### Do YouTube ads work for small local businesses? They can, with tight location targeting and a clear message. Local trades, clinics, venues and retailers can reach nearby viewers cheaply. We usually start small and judge by reach, cost per view and what viewers do on your website afterwards. ### What video do I need for YouTube ads? Ideally a short skippable ad (15 to 30 seconds) with the brand and message in the first five seconds, a 6-second bumper cut, and a vertical 9:16 version for Shorts. Existing footage can often be re-edited to fit. ### What happened to Video action campaigns? Google moved Video action campaigns into Demand Gen during 2025, according to industry coverage. Demand Gen now handles conversion-focused video across YouTube, Shorts, Discover and Gmail, and we set it up with proper conversion tracking first. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Google Local Services Ads for UK Trades and Services Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/local-services-ads/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul sets up and manages Google Local Services Ads for UK trades and service businesses: checking your category and postcode are eligible, getting through verification for the Google Verified badge, building the profile and managing budget and leads. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend if higher. You pay Google per lead. Price: From £150 a month + VAT ## Problems this solves - Competitors appear above the normal ads with a Google Verified badge and you don't - You started the LSA sign-up and got stuck on verification - Leads come in but nobody marks them as booked or archives the poor ones - Calls arrive when you're on a job and go unanswered - You're not sure if your trade or area is covered at all - You're paying for Local Services Ads and Google Ads and can't compare them ## Key facts - Local Services Ads management from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher - Google's Local Services help says you pay only when a customer gets in touch through your ad, not per click - From 20 October 2025, Google replaced the Google Guaranteed and Google Screened badges with one Google Verified badge (Search Engine Land) - Google's help page lists home service categories such as plumbers, electricians, roofers, handymen, cleaners, pest control and window cleaning - Some professional categories, including several types of lawyer and estate agents, are listed as Greater London only - For UK ads before the badge is earned, Google lists business registration, headshots, reviews (by category) and billing set-up - Eligibility depends on category and postcode, so we check yours before you start ## What Local Services Ads are Local Services Ads (LSAs) are a separate Google ad product for service businesses. They appear at the top of relevant local searches, showing your business name, rating, service area and a verification badge, with a button to call or message. Instead of paying per click, Google's Local Services help says you pay only when a customer gets in touch through your ad, for leads related to the services you offer. LSAs sit alongside, not instead of, normal Search ads. Many trades run both: LSAs for the badge and pay-per-lead pricing, and Google Ads for searches and areas LSAs don't cover. See also marketing for trades. ## Is your business eligible in the UK? Eligibility depends on both your category and your postcode. Google's Local Services help page lists home service categories including appliance repair, carpenters, carpet cleaning, cleaning, electricians, fencing, flooring, garage doors, handymen, HVAC, pest control, plumbers, roofers, tree services, window cleaning and window repair. It also lists professional services, including several types of lawyer, estate agent services and personal injury services, as available in Greater London only. Google's list isn't marked country by country, and coverage changes, so we check your exact category and postcode in Google's own sign-up before you commit any time. If LSAs aren't available for you, a well-run local Search campaign does a similar job on a pay-per-click basis. If you cover several towns, we map your real service area against the postcodes Google offers, so you aren't paying for leads from places you'd rather not travel to. ## Verification and the Google Verified badge Google used to run separate Google Guaranteed, Google Screened and License Verified badges. Search Engine Land reported that from 20 October 2025 these were replaced by a single Google Verified badge, and the money-back guarantee attached to Google Guaranteed was dropped. Businesses already verified were moved across automatically, according to a notice from the British Pest Control Association. For UK businesses, Google's help page lists what's needed to start showing ads before the badge is earned: business registration, headshots, reviews depending on category requirements, and completed billing and budget. For UK professional categories, business registration is the licensing check. Ads without the badge show below providers who have completed every step, so we push verification through as quickly as the checks allow. ## Leads, budgets and what's changing Results in LSAs depend heavily on how you handle leads. Answer calls quickly, reply to messages, mark booked jobs and ask happy customers for reviews. We set the weekly budget and lead settings to match the work you can actually take, and pause service areas or job types you don't want. Your review count and rating are visible in the ad, so we also help you set up a simple routine for asking customers for Google reviews after each job. Two changes are worth knowing about. PPC Land reported in September 2026 that Google will charge LSA advertisers, from 1 October 2026, for business-hours calls that go unanswered if the caller stays on the line for more than 20 seconds; the notice it describes didn't state which countries are covered, so we treat it as applying until Google says otherwise. The same report says Google is moving LSAs into Google Ads as a pay-per-lead Performance Max campaign type, starting with US advertisers in 2026, with non-US accounts scheduled for 2027. We'll manage the switch when it reaches UK accounts. ## Price Local Services Ads management is from **£150 a month + VAT**, or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. Lead costs are paid directly to Google and vary by category and area. Monthly, cancel with notice. If your website is where LSA leads land next, landing page optimisation can help those visitors convert. ## What you get - Category and postcode eligibility check - Help with business registration evidence, headshots, reviews and verification steps - Profile set-up: services, job types, service areas, hours and description - Budget and lead-goal settings matched to the work you can take on - Lead handling routine: answering, marking booked jobs and flagging poor leads - Monthly comparison of cost per lead against your Google Ads search campaigns ## FAQs ### Are Google Local Services Ads available in the UK? Yes, for certain categories and areas. Google lists home services such as plumbers, electricians, roofers, cleaners and pest control, and some professional services in Greater London only. Coverage depends on category and postcode, so we check yours in Google's sign-up first. ### How do you pay for Local Services Ads? You pay Google per lead, not per click. Google's help says you pay only when a customer gets in touch through your ad about services you offer. Lead prices vary by trade and area. Our management fee is separate, from £150 a month + VAT. ### What happened to the Google Guaranteed badge? Search Engine Land reported that from 20 October 2025 Google replaced Google Guaranteed, Google Screened and License Verified with a single Google Verified badge. The money-back guarantee was dropped. Businesses already verified were updated automatically. ### What do I need to get verified? For UK accounts, Google lists business registration, headshots, reviews where your category requires them, and completed billing and budget to start showing ads. Further checks depend on category. We help gather the evidence and work through each step. ### Should I use Local Services Ads or Google Search ads? Often both. LSAs give you the badge, top placement and pay-per-lead pricing where available. Search ads cover keywords, services and areas LSAs don't, and give more control over wording. We compare cost per lead across both each month. ### Will I be charged for missed calls? PPC Land reported that from 1 October 2026 Google will charge for unanswered business-hours calls where the caller waits more than 20 seconds. The notice didn't name the countries covered, so we plan as if it applies and set hours you can genuinely answer. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Social Media Management for UK Businesses Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/social-media-management/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul marketing manages organic social media for UK businesses: we plan the month, write and design the posts, schedule them, reply to comments and messages, and report on what worked. Each platform package starts from £125 a month + VAT. Paid social advertising is a separate service from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. Price: From £125 a month + VAT ## Problems this solves - Your last post was months ago and the page looks closed - Nobody in the team has time to post consistently - Posts get a handful of likes from staff and nothing else - Messages and comments sit unanswered for days - You are on five platforms and doing none of them properly - You cannot tell whether social media brings in any enquiries ## Key facts - Organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform package - Covers Facebook, Instagram, LinkedIn and TikTok; you choose which platforms - Monthly content plan agreed with you before anything is published - Comments and messages answered on working days, Monday to Friday, 09:00 to 17:30 - Paid social advertising is separate: from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend paid to the platform - Monthly report on reach, engagement, profile actions and website clicks - Monthly, cancel with notice; no long contract - Run by DIJITUL LTD, trading since 2006, from Mansfield ## What social media management includes Social media management is the day-to-day running of your business accounts. At dijitul marketing it covers four jobs: deciding what to post, making the posts, publishing them on a schedule, and looking after the conversation that follows. We write the captions, design the graphics, edit short videos from footage you send us, and schedule everything in advance so your pages stay active even when you are busy. The work is planned a month at a time. You see the calendar before anything goes out, and you can change or reject any post. Once a month you get a report showing reach, engagement, profile visits and clicks to your website, with a short note on what we will try next. If you need help with the conversation side in more depth, see community management. If you want the content itself without the scheduling, see social media content. ## Which platforms are worth your time Most small businesses do better on two platforms done well than on five done badly. The UK audiences are large on all of them. DataReportal's Digital 2026 report for the UK puts social media user identities at 55.5 million in October 2025, equal to 79.7% of the population. The same report lists advertising reach of 38.8 million for Facebook, 35.5 million for Instagram and 26.8 million adults for TikTok. - **Facebook:** local services, trades, hospitality, community groups and older customers. Reviews, events and local recommendations still live here. - **Instagram:** anything visual. Food, retail, beauty, interiors, property and venues. - **LinkedIn:** B2B, professional services, recruitment and manufacturing. DataReportal counts 48.0 million registered UK members, though that is members rather than active users. - **TikTok:** younger customers and businesses happy to show people and process on camera. We help you pick, and we will tell you if a platform is not worth it for your type of business. ## Prices for social media management Our prices are published and always shown with VAT added on top: | Service | From | | Social media management (organic), per platform package | £125 a month + VAT | | Paid social management (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok ads) | £150 a month + VAT, plus ad spend | | Social media audit, strategy or training | £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote | The final monthly price depends on how many platforms, how many posts a week and how much video editing is involved. You get a fixed figure before we start. We work monthly, and you can cancel with notice. Ad spend, if you add paid campaigns later, is paid directly to Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok and never passes through us. See all our prices. ## How a month runs - **Planning call.** We agree the month's themes: offers, events, seasonal dates, new stock, team news, customer questions. - **Calendar for sign-off.** You get every caption and image in one place, usually in the week before the month starts. - **Scheduling.** Approved posts are queued in Meta Business Suite or the platform's own scheduler, so you keep ownership of every account. - **Replies.** We check comments and messages on working days and pass anything needing your answer, such as a price or a complaint, straight to you. - **Report.** Reach, engagement, saves, shares, profile actions and website clicks, compared with the previous month. We never ask for your personal password. We are added as a partner or admin through Meta Business Manager, LinkedIn page roles or TikTok Business Center, which you can remove at any time. ## What we will not promise We do not promise follower numbers, viral posts or a set number of enquiries. Organic reach depends on the platform's ranking systems, which change without notice, and on whether people find the content useful. What we can promise is a consistent, accurate and well-made presence, honest reporting, and changes based on what the numbers show. Organic social works best alongside other channels. Posts that do well can be boosted as Facebook ads or Instagram ads. Followers can be invited onto your email list, where you own the contact. If you need a written plan across all channels first, start with digital marketing strategy. ## What you get - Platform choice and a short written plan for each one - Monthly content calendar for sign-off - Written captions, designed graphics and short videos from your footage - Scheduling at times that suit your audience - Comment and inbox replies during working hours - Profile clean-up: bios, links, contact buttons, highlights and pinned posts - Monthly report with what we will change next month ## FAQs ### How much does social media management cost in the UK? dijitul marketing manages organic social media from £125 a month + VAT per platform package. The fixed monthly price depends on the number of platforms, posts per week and video editing needed. Paid social advertising is a separate service from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to the platform. ### Which platforms do you manage? Facebook, Instagram, LinkedIn and TikTok. We usually recommend starting with one or two that match your customers, rather than spreading thin. A B2B firm might start with LinkedIn only; a café or salon with Instagram and Facebook. ### Do I get to approve posts before they go out? Yes. You get the month's calendar with every caption and image before it is scheduled. You can edit, swap or reject anything. Time-sensitive posts, such as a same-day offer, can be approved by email or message. ### Will you answer comments and messages? Yes, on working days, Monday to Friday, 09:00 to 17:30. We answer routine questions using the information you give us and pass anything about prices, bookings, complaints or legal matters straight to you so you stay in control of those conversations. ### Is there a minimum contract? No. Social media management is monthly and you can cancel with notice. We think a business should stay because the work is useful and the reports show it, not because a contract says so. ### Can you guarantee more followers or sales? No, and be wary of anyone who does. Organic reach depends on platform algorithms we do not control. We promise a consistent, well-made presence, honest monthly reporting and changes based on the results. ### Do you need our passwords? No. We are added through Meta Business Manager, LinkedIn page admin roles or TikTok Business Center. You keep ownership of every account and can remove our access at any time. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Facebook Ads Management for UK Businesses Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/facebook-ads/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul marketing sets up and manages Facebook ads for UK businesses: campaign structure, audiences, ad creative, Meta Pixel and Conversions API tracking, testing and monthly reporting. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT. Your ad spend is separate and paid directly to Meta, so you see exactly what the platform charges. Price: From £150 a month + VAT ## Problems this solves - You boost posts and cannot tell if any of it led to a sale - The Pixel fires on every page but conversions in Ads Manager do not match your orders - Costs per lead have crept up and nobody has changed the ads in months - Your ads were rejected or your account was restricted - You run one ad to everyone and hope for the best - Leads from instant forms never answer the phone ## Key facts - Facebook ads management from £150 a month + VAT, plus ad spend paid directly to Meta - Facebook ads are run through Meta Ads Manager, so campaigns can also show on Instagram, Messenger and Audience Network - Tracking uses the Meta Pixel plus the Conversions API, with cookie consent respected - Since 1 July 2026 Meta adds a 2% location fee on ads shown to UK audiences, outside your campaign budget (reported by Reuters) - Meta's Ads Guide recommends 4:5 feed images at 1440 x 1800 px - Your ad account stays in your name; we work as a partner on it - Monthly, cancel with notice ## How we run Facebook ads Every campaign starts with one question: what should someone do after seeing the ad? Buy, book, call or fill in a form. That choice decides the campaign objective in Meta Ads Manager (Sales, Leads, Traffic, Engagement, Awareness or App promotion) and the event Meta optimises for. Optimising for clicks when you want sales is the most common reason small accounts waste money. We then build a simple structure: one campaign per goal, a small number of ad sets, and several ads in each so Meta can find the best combination. Meta's Advantage+ options automate audience, placement and budget decisions. They can work well, but only if the account sends good conversion data back. Without it, automation optimises for the wrong people. We check weekly for spend, frequency, cost per result and any comments on the ads that need replying to. ## Tracking: Pixel, Conversions API and consent The Meta Pixel is a browser script. Browsers that block third-party scripts, and visitors who decline cookies, mean it misses conversions. The **Conversions API** (CAPI) sends the same events from your server or platform, and Meta deduplicates the two using a shared event ID. Meta scores how well your events match its users with **Event Match Quality**, a score out of 10 shown in Events Manager. Sending a hashed email or phone number with each purchase or lead usually improves it. In the UK, advertising pixels count as non-essential storage and access technology under PECR, so they should only fire after consent. We set this up properly rather than switching consent off. For a full tracking build across Google and Meta, see conversion tracking, from £145 + VAT one-off. ## Creative that works in the feed The ad itself does most of the targeting now. Meta's Ads Guide currently recommends 4:5 images at 1440 x 1800 px for Facebook Feed, in JPG or PNG up to 30 MB, with primary text of 50 to 150 characters and a headline of about 27 characters. For Reels and Stories it recommends 9:16 at 1440 x 2560 px and keeping the top 14%, bottom 35% and 6% at each side clear of text and logos, because the interface covers them. We build each ad in all three shapes so it fits every placement, then test one variable at a time: the opening line, the image, the offer or the call to action. Real photos of your team, premises and products usually beat stock. If you do not have any, we can brief a shoot. ## Costs, fees and what you pay Meta You pay two separate things. Our management fee is from £150 a month + VAT. Your ad spend is billed by Meta directly to your card or invoice, so there is no mark-up. Since 1 July 2026 Meta has added a **location fee** of 2% on ads delivered to UK audiences to cover the UK Digital Services Tax, as reported by Reuters when Meta announced it in March 2026. The fee sits outside your campaign budget and appears as a separate line on Meta's invoice, so build it into your plans. Some ads fall into a **special ad category**: housing, employment, financial products and services, or social issues, elections and politics. Meta's developer documentation notes that financial products and services replaced the old credit category in January 2025. These categories limit targeting options, and declaring them correctly avoids rejected ads. ## Lead ads that turn into customers Meta's instant forms let people send their details without leaving Facebook. They are cheap per lead and often poor quality, because pre-filled forms are easy to submit by accident. We fix that with a *higher intent* form type that asks people to review their details, one qualifying question, and a fast follow-up. Leads can go straight into your CRM or inbox, and an automatic reply by email or text helps you reach people while they still remember the ad. Where possible, we send lead outcomes back to Meta (qualified, booked, sold) so it optimises for real customers, not form fills. If your site converts poorly once people click through, landing page optimisation usually matters more than any targeting change. ## What you get - Ad account and Business Manager review, or clean set-up in your name - Meta Pixel and Conversions API set-up with deduplication - Campaign structure matched to your goal: sales, leads, traffic or awareness - Ad copy and creative in feed, Stories and Reels formats - Audience plan: broad, lookalike, website and customer list remarketing - Weekly checks on spend, frequency, cost per result and comments - Monthly report and test plan ## FAQs ### How much do Facebook ads cost to manage? dijitul marketing manages Facebook ads from £150 a month + VAT. Your ad spend is separate and paid directly to Meta, and since July 2026 Meta adds a 2% location fee on ads shown to UK audiences. You decide the budget; we advise on what is realistic for your goal. ### What is the minimum ad budget you work with? We do not set one, but the budget needs to buy enough results for Meta's system to learn. As a rough guide, if your daily budget cannot buy a few conversions a week, we optimise for an earlier step, such as landing page views or leads, and say so in the plan. ### Do Facebook ads also show on Instagram? Yes, if you allow it. Campaigns built in Meta Ads Manager can run on Facebook, Instagram, Messenger and Audience Network. We usually leave placements open and supply creative in 4:5 and 9:16 so every placement looks right. See our Instagram ads page for Instagram-only work. ### Why do Meta's conversion numbers not match my sales? Usually because of blocked or declined cookies, missing Conversions API events, duplicate events or attribution settings. Meta counts conversions within its attribution window, which differs from Google Analytics. We set up the Pixel and Conversions API with deduplication and explain which figure to trust for what. ### Who owns the ad account? You do. We work as a partner on your Meta Business Manager, so the ad account, Pixel, audiences, catalogue and campaign history all stay with your business if you ever decide to move on. ### Can you fix a restricted or disabled ad account? We can review the policy reason, correct the ads or landing page and help you submit a request for review through Meta's Account Quality page. We cannot guarantee Meta will reinstate an account, because that decision is Meta's alone and can take some time. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Instagram Ads Management for UK Businesses Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/instagram-ads/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul marketing plans and runs Instagram ads for UK businesses: Reels, Stories, feed and Explore placements, creative made to Meta's specifications, partnership ads with creators, and proper conversion tracking. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT, and your ad spend is paid directly to Meta. You keep ownership of the ad account. Price: From £150 a month + VAT ## Problems this solves - Your Instagram ads are just cropped Facebook ads with text cut off - Your logo and offer sit under the caption and buttons on Reels - Boosted posts get likes but no visits to your site or shop - You have creator content but do not know how to run it as an ad legally - You cannot tell Instagram results apart from Facebook results - Your feed and your ads look like two different brands ## Key facts - Instagram ads management from £150 a month + VAT, plus ad spend paid directly to Meta - Instagram ads are bought through Meta Ads Manager, the same system as Facebook ads - Meta's Ads Guide specifies Reels ads at 9:16, 1440 x 2560 px, up to 15 minutes and 4 GB - Meta recommends keeping the top 14%, bottom 35% and 6% each side of Reels ads clear of text and logos - DataReportal's Digital 2026 UK report lists Instagram's UK advertising reach at 35.5 million - Partnership ads let you run a creator's post with their handle, labelled as paid - Monthly, cancel with notice ## Instagram ads are Meta ads with different rules for creative There is no separate Instagram ad platform. Instagram ads are built in Meta Ads Manager alongside Facebook ads, using the same objectives, audiences, Pixel and budget. What changes is the creative. Instagram is full-screen, vertical, mostly video and mostly watched on a phone. An ad made for a Facebook desktop feed often looks out of place. We can run Instagram-only campaigns where that makes sense, for example a fashion brand whose customers are on Instagram rather than Facebook. Instagram also has placements Facebook does not, such as Explore, where people browse content from accounts they do not yet follow. More often we run Meta campaigns with all placements open and supply creative designed for Instagram first, then check placement-level results so you can see what Instagram actually delivered. ## Formats and sizes Meta's Ads Guide sets out the current specifications. The ones that matter most: | Placement | Shape | Size | Notes | | Reels | 9:16 | 1440 x 2560 px | MP4 or MOV, up to 15 minutes and 4 GB; keep top 14%, bottom 35% and 6% each side clear | | Stories | 9:16 | 1440 x 2560 px | Same safe zones as Reels | | Feed image | 4:5 | 1440 x 1800 px | JPG or PNG, up to 30 MB | Meta suggests primary text on Reels of about 44 characters, because longer captions are cut off on screen. Sound is optional but strongly recommended. We burn captions into video anyway, because many people watch with sound off. Meta also advises against licensed music in Reels ads; we use original audio or tracks from Meta's Sound Collection. ## Partnership ads and creator content Partnership ads run a creator's post, or your own post made with a creator, as an ad that shows both handles and a "Paid partnership" label. They often perform well because they look like normal Instagram content. The creator must approve the partnership in the app before you can use their content in Ads Manager. In the UK this is advertising, and both the brand and the creator are responsible for making it obvious. The ASA's advice on recognising ads says the platform's paid partnership label may help but may not be enough on its own, and suggests adding a clear "Ad" label upfront if in doubt. Our influencer marketing page covers the rules in detail. ## Shopping and catalogue ads For online shops, Instagram ads can pull products straight from a Meta catalogue, fed from Shopify, WooCommerce or a product feed. Catalogue ads show the right product to the right person: someone who viewed a jacket sees that jacket, and someone new sees your best sellers. The catalogue needs clean titles, prices, availability and images, and your Pixel or Conversions API must send ViewContent, AddToCart and Purchase events with matching product IDs. If the feed and the events do not match, catalogue ads quietly fail. We check both before spending a pound. We also set up product sets, such as best sellers, new arrivals or items with healthy margins, so budget goes where it makes most sense for the business, and we exclude products that are out of stock or too cheap to advertise profitably. For shops also running Google Shopping, the same product data work helps both. See ecommerce marketing for the wider picture. ## Pricing and what you can expect Instagram ads management is from £150 a month + VAT. Your ad spend is paid directly to Meta, which since 1 July 2026 adds a 2% location fee on ads delivered to UK audiences, as reported by Reuters. If we are also running organic Instagram for you, that is a separate social media management package from £125 a month + VAT, and the two are planned together so your ads and feed look like the same business. We do not promise a return on ad spend, follower numbers or sales figures. We promise sensible structure, creative built for the placement, accurate tracking and monthly reporting in plain English, with clear next steps. ## What you get - Placement plan: Reels, Stories, feed and Explore - Creative in 9:16 and 4:5, built inside Meta's safe zones - Short video edits with captions burned in for sound-off viewing - Partnership ad set-up with creators, with clear disclosure - Catalogue and shopping ads for ecommerce stores - Placement-level reporting so you can see what Instagram delivered ## FAQs ### How much does Instagram advertising cost? dijitul marketing manages Instagram ads from £150 a month + VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid to Meta, which also adds a 2% location fee on UK-delivered ads since July 2026. You set the budget; we advise on what is realistic for your goal and audience size. ### What size should Instagram Reels ads be? Meta's Ads Guide specifies 9:16 at 1440 x 2560 px, in MP4 or MOV up to 4 GB. Keep the top 14%, bottom 35% and 6% at each side free of text and logos, because the caption, buttons and profile name cover those areas. ### Can I run Instagram ads without a Facebook page? Instagram ads are created in Meta Ads Manager, which uses a Meta business portfolio. Your Instagram professional account is connected to it. We set this up in your name so you own the accounts, and you do not need to post on Facebook if you do not want to. ### Is boosting a post the same as running an ad? Boosting is a simplified ad with limited objectives and targeting. It can help a post reach more people, but for sales or leads, a proper Ads Manager campaign gives better control of the objective, audience, placements and tracking. ### Do I need to label creator content I run as an ad? Yes. If you paid or gave something to the creator, or controlled the content, it is an ad under UK rules. The ASA says the paid partnership label may not be enough on its own, so we add a clear "Ad" label upfront. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # LinkedIn Ads Management for UK B2B Businesses Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/linkedin-ads/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul marketing manages LinkedIn ads for UK B2B businesses: targeting by job title, seniority, industry and company, Lead Gen Forms, Document and Thought Leader ads, and Insight Tag tracking. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT. Ad spend is paid directly to LinkedIn, and LinkedIn's own minimum daily budget is $10 per campaign. Price: From £150 a month + VAT ## Problems this solves - LinkedIn clicks cost far more than Meta and you are not sure they are worth it - Your audience is either 3 million people or 400, and neither works - Leads from forms are students and job seekers, not buyers - You post good content organically but it only reaches your own staff - Sales says marketing leads are poor; marketing cannot prove otherwise - The Insight Tag was never installed, so there is no retargeting audience ## Key facts - LinkedIn ads management from £150 a month + VAT, plus ad spend paid directly to LinkedIn - LinkedIn's best-practice guide sets a minimum daily budget of $10 and a minimum lifetime budget of $100 for new campaigns - LinkedIn requires an audience of at least 300 members and suggests 50,000 or more for results - Lead Gen Forms allow up to 12 fields and 3 custom questions, pre-filled from members' profiles (LinkedIn Ads Guide) - Document ads accept PDF, DOCX or PPTX up to 100 MB and 300 pages (LinkedIn Ads Guide) - DataReportal's Digital 2026 UK report counts 48.0 million registered LinkedIn members in the UK - Monthly, cancel with notice ## When LinkedIn ads make sense LinkedIn is expensive per click compared with Meta, so it earns its place only when the value of a customer is high and the buyer is identifiable by job. That fits B2B services, software, manufacturing, recruitment, professional services, training and commercial property. It rarely fits consumer products or low-ticket local services. The strength is targeting by work identity: job title, job function, seniority, company name, company size, industry and skills. DataReportal's Digital 2026 UK report counts 48.0 million registered LinkedIn members in the UK, though that is registered members, not active users, so real reach is smaller. LinkedIn's help documentation sets the minimum audience at 300 members and suggests at least 50,000 for campaigns to deliver well. For most UK niches we aim between those two numbers. For the wider B2B picture, see marketing for B2B and manufacturers. ## Ad formats we use LinkedIn's Ads Guide lists the current formats and specifications: - **Single Image:** 1200 x 627 px, PNG or JPG under 5 MB. The workhorse for lead generation. - **Document ads:** PDF, DOCX or PPTX up to 100 MB and 300 pages. Good for guides and checklists, and you can gate the full document behind a Lead Gen Form. - **Video:** MP4 under 500 MB, up to 30 minutes, though short works best. - **Thought Leader ads:** promote a post from a named person, such as your managing director, rather than the company page. LinkedIn allows posts from verified employees and from connections. - **Conversation ads:** a message in the member's inbox with up to 5 call-to-action buttons. Thought Leader ads often get cheaper engagement because people respond to people. They suit firms where the founder or partners are the product. ## Lead Gen Forms and lead quality LinkedIn Lead Gen Forms open inside LinkedIn, pre-filled from the member's profile. The Ads Guide allows up to 12 fields and 3 custom questions. Pre-filling makes them easy to complete, which is good for volume and bad for quality if you ask nothing. We add one qualifying question, such as company size or project timescale, and connect the form to your CRM so sales sees the lead within minutes. We also exclude obvious waste: students, job seekers, your own staff, existing customers and competitors. Where your CRM records which leads became opportunities, we feed that back so you can judge LinkedIn on pipeline, not cost per lead. CRM connections beyond the standard integrations can be built by dijitul developments. ## Matched Audiences and the Insight Tag The LinkedIn Insight Tag is a script on your website that builds retargeting audiences and records conversions. LinkedIn also offers a Conversions API for sending conversions from your server or CRM. Like the Meta Pixel, the Insight Tag needs cookie consent in the UK. Matched Audiences let you upload a list of target companies (account-based marketing), a customer list for exclusion or lookalike-style expansion, or retarget people who visited your site or opened a Document ad. LinkedIn's guidance notes that location targeting is always applied, so a list that looks big enough can shrink below 300 once you limit it to the UK. ## Budgets and pricing Our management fee is from £150 a month + VAT. Ad spend goes directly to LinkedIn. LinkedIn's own best-practice guide sets a minimum daily budget of $10 per campaign and a minimum lifetime budget of $100 for a new campaign; your account is billed in your chosen currency. In practice, a test that only spends the minimum rarely produces enough leads to judge, so we plan a budget that can buy a meaningful number of conversions over a month or two, and we tell you plainly if LinkedIn looks too expensive for your margins. Many B2B firms combine LinkedIn with Google Ads for people actively searching, and LinkedIn for reaching the right job titles before they search. ## What you get - Ideal customer profile turned into LinkedIn targeting facets - Matched Audiences from your customer list, target account list and website visitors - Campaigns using Single Image, Document, Video, Thought Leader or Conversation ads - Lead Gen Forms connected to your CRM, with a qualifying question - Insight Tag and conversion tracking set-up - Monthly report on cost per lead, lead quality and pipeline where available ## FAQs ### How much do LinkedIn ads cost? dijitul marketing manages LinkedIn ads from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to LinkedIn. LinkedIn's best-practice guide sets a minimum daily budget of $10 per campaign. Clicks usually cost more than on Meta, so LinkedIn suits higher-value B2B sales. ### What is the minimum audience size on LinkedIn? LinkedIn's help centre says an ad set needs at least 300 members and suggests 50,000 or more for good delivery. Location targeting always applies, so uploaded company lists can shrink once limited to the UK. ### Are LinkedIn Lead Gen Forms any good? They convert well because fields are pre-filled from profiles, with up to 12 fields and 3 custom questions. Quality depends on asking one qualifying question, excluding job seekers and competitors, and following up quickly through your CRM. ### What are Thought Leader ads? Ads that promote a post from a named person rather than your company page, such as your managing director. LinkedIn allows posts from verified employees and connections. They often get more engagement because people respond to people. ### Can you target specific companies on LinkedIn? Yes. Matched Audiences let us upload a list of target companies for account-based campaigns, then narrow by job function or seniority within those companies. The combined audience still needs at least 300 members to run. ### Is LinkedIn right for a consumer business? Usually not. Costs per click are high and targeting is built around jobs and companies. Consumer brands normally get better value from Meta or TikTok. We will tell you if LinkedIn does not fit. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # TikTok Ads Management for UK Businesses Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/tiktok-ads/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul marketing runs TikTok ads for UK businesses: In-Feed and Spark Ads, Smart+ and manual campaigns, TikTok Pixel and Events API tracking, and creative made for a vertical, sound-on feed. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT. Ad spend is paid directly to TikTok, whose minimum campaign daily budget is $50. Price: From £150 a month + VAT ## Problems this solves - You reused a polished brand video and it was scrolled past instantly - Views are high but nobody visits the site - Creators made content for you but you cannot run it as an ad - Your campaign stopped delivering because the ad group budget was below the minimum - The TikTok Pixel shows purchases that do not match your shop - Your ads were rejected for music you thought was fine ## Key facts - TikTok ads management from £150 a month + VAT, plus ad spend paid directly to TikTok - TikTok's help centre sets minimum daily budgets above $50 per campaign and $20 per ad group - TikTok's specs: 9:16 recommended, at least 540 x 960 px, up to 10 minutes and 500 MB for non-Spark In-Feed ads - Spark Ads run organic TikTok posts, yours or a creator's, as ads with the original likes and comments - TikTok recommends using the Pixel and Events API together with deduplication - DataReportal's Digital 2026 UK report lists TikTok's UK ad reach at 26.8 million adults - Monthly, cancel with notice ## What TikTok ads are good for TikTok rewards content that looks native to TikTok: people talking to camera, quick demos, behind-the-scenes, before-and-after. It suits products with a visual payoff and brands willing to show real people. Ecommerce, food and drink, beauty, fitness, events, recruitment for younger roles and consumer services often do well. DataReportal's Digital 2026 UK report lists TikTok's UK advertising reach at 26.8 million adults aged 18 and over. TikTok's terms set a minimum user age of 13, so be careful with products that have age restrictions. It suits businesses less well when the buyer is a procurement manager or the product cannot be shown in a few seconds. For those, LinkedIn ads or search ads are usually a better first step. ## In-Feed ads and Spark Ads Most TikTok advertising uses In-Feed ads, which appear in the For You feed. There are two kinds: - **Non-Spark ads** are uploaded straight into Ads Manager. They do not appear on your profile. TikTok's specifications recommend 9:16, at least 540 x 960 px (we deliver 1080 x 1920), up to 10 minutes and 500 MB, in MP4, MOV, MPEG, 3GP or AVI. - **Spark Ads** run an existing organic post, from your account or a creator's, as an ad. Likes, comments and follows count on the original post. A creator generates an authorisation code in the app's ad settings for one video and chooses how long it is valid; when that period ends the ad stops. Spark Ads usually feel more natural and keep the social proof. They suit businesses that also post organically, or that work with creators. Paid creator content must be labelled as an ad; see influencer marketing. ## Smart+ or manual campaigns Smart+ is TikTok's automated campaign type. It decides targeting, budget split, placements and which creative to show. TikTok's Q2 2026 product preview says advertisers can now switch automation on or off module by module, for example keeping targeting automatic while setting budget manually. Smart+ works best with a good number of creatives and enough conversions to learn from. Manual campaigns give more control and are easier to diagnose with small budgets. We often start manual, find which hooks and offers work, then move proven creative into Smart+. TikTok's help centre sets the floor at daily budgets above $50 per campaign and $20 per ad group, and warns that a campaign budget lower than the ad group budget can cause delivery issues. ## Tracking: Pixel, Events API and consent The TikTok Pixel records actions on your website. TikTok's Events API sends the same actions from your server, shop platform or CRM. TikTok's help centre recommends running both together with event deduplication, so each purchase or lead is counted once. Shopify and WooCommerce have integrations that handle most of this; custom sites need a tag manager or server set-up. As with Meta and LinkedIn, the TikTok Pixel is an advertising technology and needs cookie consent in the UK. We set consent up properly and accept that some conversions will be modelled rather than counted. For the whole tracking stack across platforms, see conversion tracking, from £145 + VAT one-off. ## Creative is the targeting On TikTok, the ad decides who sees it more than the audience settings do. The first two seconds matter most: a clear hook, a face, a question or a surprising visual. Text overlays should sit inside TikTok's safe zones so the caption and buttons do not hide them. Business accounts should use commercially licensed sounds; TikTok's Q2 2026 product preview describes a Music Autofix tool for Smart+ app campaigns precisely because unlicensed music blocks delivery. Creative tires quickly on TikTok, so we plan fresh variations each month. We can edit from footage you film on a phone, or brief a creator. Management is from £150 a month + VAT, and creative production beyond simple edits is quoted. See our pricing. ## What you get - Account and Business Center set-up in your name - TikTok Pixel and Events API with event deduplication - Campaign plan: Smart+ or manual, with objective and optimisation event - Creative briefs and edits made for TikTok, with hooks in the first seconds - Spark Ads set-up with authorisation codes from creators - Monthly report and creative refresh plan ## FAQs ### How much does it cost to advertise on TikTok? dijitul marketing manages TikTok ads from £150 a month + VAT. Ad spend is paid directly to TikTok. TikTok's help centre sets minimum daily budgets above $50 per campaign and $20 per ad group, billed in your account currency. ### What are TikTok Spark Ads? Spark Ads promote an existing organic TikTok post, from your account or a creator's, as an ad. Engagement counts on the original post. Creators authorise a single video with a code and choose how long the authorisation lasts. ### What size should TikTok ads be? TikTok recommends vertical 9:16 video. Its specifications require at least 540 x 960 px for non-Spark In-Feed ads, up to 10 minutes and 500 MB. We supply 1080 x 1920 and keep text inside TikTok's safe zones. ### Do we need to post organically on TikTok to run ads? No. Non-Spark ads run without appearing on your profile. But an active profile helps, because people who like an ad often check the account, and organic posts can be turned into Spark Ads. ### Should we use Smart+ campaigns? Often, once you have several proven creatives and steady conversions. With a small budget or untested creative, a manual campaign is easier to learn from. TikTok now lets you switch Smart+ automation on or off for targeting, budget and placements separately. ### Can I use any music in TikTok ads? No. Business ads should use sounds cleared for commercial use, or original audio. Popular tracks on personal accounts are often not licensed for advertising, and TikTok's Q2 2026 product preview notes that unlicensed music can block an ad from delivering. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Social Media Content Creation for UK Businesses Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/social-media-content/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul marketing creates social media content for UK businesses: monthly post plans, captions, branded graphics, carousels and short video edits sized for Instagram, Facebook, LinkedIn and TikTok. Content packages start from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Single pieces of copy start from £45 + VAT, and we can schedule the posts too. Price: From £125 a month + VAT ## Problems this solves - You know you should post but cannot think what to say - Your posts all look different because different people make them - Graphics made for Instagram look wrong on LinkedIn - You have hours of phone footage and no time to edit it - Your captions are either one word or an essay - Text in your videos gets hidden behind buttons ## Key facts - Monthly social content from £125 a month + VAT per platform package - Single copywriting pieces from £45 + VAT - Instagram's profile grid shows posts as 3:4 portrait tiles since Instagram's January 2025 change - Meta's Ads Guide uses 4:5 at 1440 x 1800 px for feed and 9:16 at 1440 x 2560 px for Reels and Stories - Captions written in your voice; British spelling throughout - Content can be scheduled for you or delivered for your team to post - Professional photo and video shoots available through dijitul media ## What we make Most businesses need a steady mix rather than one hero post. A typical month from dijitul marketing includes educational posts that answer the questions customers ask, proof posts such as reviews, before-and-after shots and finished jobs, behind-the-scenes posts that show the people, and offer posts that ask for the sale. Each is written for the platform it goes on: short and visual for Instagram, practical for Facebook, more considered for LinkedIn, and personal and fast for TikTok. We write every caption, design graphics in your brand colours and fonts, build carousels, and edit short videos from footage you send. Every image gets alt text so people using screen readers know what it shows. If you want us to post and reply as well, that is social media management. ## Sizes and formats that fit each platform Getting the shape right is the cheapest improvement most accounts can make. - **Instagram feed:** Instagram changed the profile grid to 3:4 portrait tiles in January 2025, so we design feed images at 1080 x 1440 px or 4:5 and check the grid crop. - **Reels, Stories and TikTok:** 9:16 vertical. Meta's Ads Guide recommends keeping the top 14%, bottom 35% and 6% on each side clear of text, because the interface covers them. We apply the same margins to organic video. - **Facebook feed:** 4:5 portrait takes up more of the screen than landscape. - **LinkedIn:** square or portrait images and document carousels (PDF) work well in the feed. We export each piece in the shapes you need, rather than cropping one design to fit everything. ## Writing captions people read A caption has one job in its first line: make someone stop. After that it should be useful, specific and in your voice. We write in plain British English, front-load the point, and finish with one clear action, such as book, call, visit or comment. Hashtags are used sparingly and chosen for relevance, not volume. Before we write anything, we agree a short tone of voice guide with you: words you use and avoid, how formal to be, whether emojis suit your brand, and how you refer to customers. That keeps posts sounding like one business even when several people are involved. We avoid claims you cannot back up. Under the CAP Code, ads on your own social channels are covered by the ASA, so a post promoting a product must be accurate, and any price, saving or "best" claim needs evidence. If you also need web pages, blog posts or email copy, see copywriting, from £45 + VAT per piece. ## Photography and video Real images of your business almost always outperform stock. Phone footage is fine for TikTok and Reels when it is well lit, steady and edited tightly, and we can give you a simple shot list so your team films the right things. For a library of professional images or a brand video you can use for months, our sister company dijitul media handles photography and video production, and we plan the content calendar around what they shoot. Instagram's Trial Reels feature, launched in December 2024, lets a Reel be shown to non-followers first, which is a low-risk way to test a new style before your followers see it. We use it to try new hooks and formats, then share the winners with your followers. ## Pricing | Service | From | | Monthly social content and management, per platform package | £125 a month + VAT | | Single piece of copy, such as a blog post or caption set | £45 + VAT per piece | | Content marketing across blog, email and social | £195 a month + VAT | The fixed price depends on the number of posts, platforms and video edits each month. You get the figure before we start, and the work is monthly, cancel with notice. For a joined-up plan across blog, email and social, see content marketing. ## What you get - Monthly content plan built around your offers, seasons and FAQs - Captions with hashtags and calls to action - Branded graphic templates and finished posts - Carousels for Instagram and LinkedIn - Short video edits with captions, sized 9:16 - Alt text for images, for accessibility ## FAQs ### How much does social media content creation cost? dijitul marketing creates monthly social media content from £125 a month + VAT per platform package. Single pieces of copy start from £45 + VAT. The fixed price depends on how many posts, platforms and video edits you need each month. ### What size should Instagram posts be? Instagram's profile grid has shown posts as 3:4 portrait tiles since January 2025, so we design feed images at 1080 x 1440 px or 4:5 and check the crop. Reels and Stories are 9:16 vertical. ### Can you make videos from our phone footage? Yes. Send us raw clips and we edit them into short vertical videos with captions, music cleared for business use and text kept clear of the on-screen buttons. We can also give your team a shot list. ### Do you use AI to write our posts? We may use tools to speed up drafts or ideas, but every post is written, checked and edited by a person for accuracy, tone of voice and UK advertising rules. Nothing goes out without your approval first. ### Can you organise a professional photo or video shoot? Yes. Our sister company dijitul media handles business photography and video production. We plan the shoot around the coming months of content, so every image and clip has a clear use before the camera comes out. ### Will you post the content for us? We can. Scheduling, posting and replying is our social media management service. Or we deliver finished content for your own team to post, with captions, alt text and suggested posting times. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Social Media Community Management for UK Businesses Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/community-management/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul marketing looks after your social media community: we reply to comments, messages and reviews, hide spam, flag complaints to you fast, and keep a log of common questions. Community management is part of our social media packages from £125 a month + VAT per platform, covering Monday to Friday, 09:00 to 17:30. Price: From £125 a month + VAT ## Problems this solves - Messages sit unanswered over the weekend and into Monday afternoon - Ad comments are full of spam and nobody removes it - A complaint went public before anyone in the business saw it - Different staff give customers different answers - You do not know which questions come up most - You are tempted to delete negative comments ## Key facts - Community management from £125 a month + VAT per platform package - Cover Monday to Friday, 09:00 to 17:30, UK time - The 2025 Sprout Social Index found 73% of consumers expect a brand to reply on social within 24 hours - Complaints, refunds and legal issues are escalated to you, never answered by guesswork - Since 6 April 2025, fake reviews and hidden incentivised reviews are banned under the DMCC Act - Saved replies and an FAQ log built from real questions - Monthly, cancel with notice ## What community management means Posting is half of social media. The other half is what happens afterwards: comments, direct messages, tags, mentions, reviews and replies under your ads. Community management is looking after all of that so customers get answers and problems get caught early. Speed matters. The 2025 Sprout Social Index found that 73% of consumers expect a brand to respond on social media within 24 hours. We check your inboxes and comments through the working day, answer routine questions straight away, and pass anything sensitive to you. Community management is included in our social media management packages, or can be set up on its own for busy accounts, from £125 a month + VAT per platform. ## How we handle replies Before we start, we build a reply guide with you: opening hours, prices you are happy to publish, booking links, delivery times, returns policy and the tone you want. From that we create saved replies in Meta Business Suite and the other platforms' inboxes, so answers are fast and consistent. The guide is updated as new questions come in, so it becomes a record of what your customers actually ask. - **Routine questions** (opening times, availability, how to book) are answered directly. - **Sales enquiries** are answered and passed to you with the person's details. - **Complaints** get a prompt, polite public reply moving the conversation to private messages, and are escalated to you the same working day. - **Legal, medical, financial or press questions** are never answered by us; they go straight to you. ## Moderation: hide, delete or reply Spam, scams, abuse and personal data posted publicly should be removed. Genuine criticism should not. Deleting fair complaints usually makes things worse, because people notice and repost. We hide obvious spam and abuse using Facebook and Instagram's hide and keyword filter tools, report scam accounts impersonating you, and reply to fair criticism calmly and in public. Comments on paid ads need the same attention. A single unanswered "is this a scam?" under an ad can reduce clicks for everyone who sees it. Scammers also reply to genuine customers under your posts pretending to be your support team, so we watch for lookalike accounts and warn customers publicly when it happens. If we are running your paid social, we monitor ad comments daily. ## Reviews and the law Since 6 April 2025, the Digital Markets, Competition and Consumers Act 2024 has banned fake reviews and reviews that hide an incentive, under paragraph 13 of Schedule 20. The Competition and Markets Authority can now enforce consumer law directly, with fines of up to 10% of global turnover. That means no buying reviews, no posting reviews from staff or friends as if they were customers, and no offering a discount for a five-star review without making that clear. What you can do is ask every customer for an honest review, at the same point in the process, and reply to all of them, good and bad. Asking only happy customers risks giving a misleading picture. A short, specific reply to a bad review often reassures future customers more than the five-star ones. We draft replies for your approval. ## What you get each month Alongside the daily replies, you get a monthly summary: how many messages and comments came in, average response time in working hours, the questions people asked most, any complaints and how they were resolved, and the overall tone of conversation. The FAQ list is useful well beyond social media. It often shows what to add to your website, your emails or your sales scripts. We work in UK working hours. If you need evening or weekend cover for a hospitality or retail business, we will discuss what is realistic, and we always make clear on your profile when replies may be slower. ## What you get - Daily checks of comments, DMs and mentions on working days - Replies using approved answers and your tone of voice - Spam and abuse hidden or removed under each platform's tools - Escalation of complaints and sensitive issues to a named person - Comment monitoring on paid ads - Monthly summary of themes, sentiment and FAQs ## FAQs ### How much does community management cost? dijitul marketing includes community management in social media packages from £125 a month + VAT per platform. It can also be set up on its own for busy accounts. The fixed price depends on message volume and how many platforms we cover. ### How quickly will you reply to messages? We check inboxes and comments through the working day, Monday to Friday, 09:00 to 17:30. Routine questions are answered the same day. The 2025 Sprout Social Index found 73% of consumers expect a reply within 24 hours, which is our target. ### Will you delete negative comments? No, unless they are spam, abuse, scams or contain personal data. Fair criticism gets a calm public reply and is moved to private messages. Deleting genuine complaints usually draws more attention to them. ### Can we offer a discount in exchange for reviews? Not without making the incentive clear. Since 6 April 2025, the DMCC Act bans fake reviews and reviews that conceal an incentive. You can ask all customers for an honest review, and we can draft replies to every review you get. ### Do you cover weekends? Our standard cover is Monday to Friday, 09:00 to 17:30. For hospitality or retail clients we can discuss extra cover, or set up clear auto-replies telling people when they will hear back. ### What happens with complaints? We reply politely in public, move the conversation to private messages and escalate it to your named contact the same working day. We never offer refunds or admit liability on your behalf. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Influencer Marketing for UK Businesses, Done by the Rules Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/influencer-marketing/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul marketing plans and runs small influencer and creator campaigns for UK businesses: finding relevant creators, writing briefs and agreements, checking every post is labelled as an ad under ASA and CAP rules, and turning the best content into paid ads. Planning and campaign management are charged at £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote. Price: £45 an hour + VAT ## Problems this solves - You sent free products to creators and are not sure whether they had to say #ad - A creator posted with #gifted at the end of a long caption - You paid for a post that reached mostly people outside the UK - You cannot use the creator's video in your own ads because nobody agreed rights - Follower numbers looked great; sales did not move - You do not know whether a creator's audience is real ## Key facts - Influencer campaign planning and management at £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote - Creator fees are separate and agreed with each creator before work starts - The ASA says paid, gifted or affiliate content must be obviously identifiable as an ad, with a label such as "Ad" upfront - The ASA advises against labels like "sponsored", "gifted", "#aff" or "#spon" on their own - The ASA says platform paid partnership tools can help but may not be enough on their own - Brands and influencers are both responsible for disclosure - Since 6 April 2025 the CMA can fine businesses up to 10% of global turnover for consumer law breaches (DMCC Act 2024) ## When a creator post is an ad In the UK, the rules come from two places. The CAP Code, enforced by the Advertising Standards Authority (ASA), covers content where a brand has paid or given something and has some control over what is said. Consumer protection law, now in the Digital Markets, Competition and Consumers Act 2024 and enforced by the Competition and Markets Authority (CMA), covers commercial relationships more broadly. The ASA's guidance on recognising ads says a post must be obviously identifiable as advertising when: - the brand paid the creator, in money or otherwise; - the brand gave a free product or other incentive, even if it did not ask for a post; - the creator earns commission through an affiliate link or code; or - the creator owns, works for or has a stake in the brand. A gifted product counts as an incentive, so "no obligation to post" does not remove the need to label. ## How to label it: #ad upfront The ASA prefers labels that plainly say advertising: "Ad", "Advert", "Advertising" or "Ad Feature", and its rulings point to "#ad" as acceptable. It says labels such as "sponsored", "gifted", "supported by", "in association with", "#BrandAmbassador", "#aff" or "#spon" are unlikely to be enough on their own. Placement matters as much as wording. The label should be upfront, which usually means at the start of the caption. It must not be hidden behind "See more" or buried among hashtags. In a video, people should know it is an ad before they watch or at the very start. The label has to show on mobile, desktop and in the app, and each post must stand alone: a bio saying "brand ambassador" does not cover individual posts. Instagram, TikTok and YouTube all have paid partnership tools. The ASA says these can help people recognise ads but may not be enough on their own. Our rule is simple: use the platform tool *and* put "Ad" at the start. ## Why the brand carries the risk The ASA's guidance says it will typically hold the brand at least jointly responsible for creator content, whether or not the brand saw the post first. Since 6 April 2025 the CMA has been able to enforce consumer law directly, with fines of up to 10% of global turnover, without going to court first. The ASA's influencer guide, currently in its third edition from 23 March 2023, notes it will be updated for the DMCC Act, but says the advice remains broadly correct. The labelling rule is only the start. Any claim in a creator post must be one you could make yourself: no unproven health claims, no misleading before-and-afters, no prescription medicines, and the usual restrictions on alcohol, gambling and ads that might appeal to under-18s. ## How we run a campaign - **Goal and budget.** Awareness, content for ads, or direct sales. Creator fees are agreed separately with each creator. - **Creator search.** We look for smaller, relevant UK creators and check where their audience is, whether engagement looks genuine, and what they have promoted before. - **Brief and agreement.** Deliverables, dates, key messages, banned claims, the exact ad label and where it goes, and usage rights so you can reuse the content. - **Approval.** We check each post before it goes live and again after. - **Amplify.** Strong posts can run as Instagram partnership ads or TikTok Spark Ads, which keep the creator's handle and the original engagement. We track results with unique links and discount codes, so you see clicks and sales, not just likes. ## Pricing Influencer planning and campaign management is charged at £45 an hour + VAT, or as a fixed quote for a defined campaign. Creator fees, product costs and any ad spend for amplification are separate and agreed with you in advance. If you want ongoing paid amplification of creator content, that sits within paid social management from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. We do not promise follower growth or sales figures. See our pricing or ask for a fixed quote. ## What you get - Creator shortlist with audience location, age and engagement checks - Written brief with key messages, claims you can and cannot make, and disclosure rules - Simple agreement covering fee, deliverables, usage rights and labelling - Pre-publication check of every post for an upfront ad label - Spark Ads or partnership ads set-up using creator content - Campaign report with reach, clicks, codes used and sales where trackable ## FAQs ### Do influencers have to use #ad in the UK? Yes, if they were paid, gifted a product, given another incentive, earn affiliate commission, or have a personal stake in the brand. The ASA says the post must be obviously an ad, with a clear label such as "Ad" or "#ad" upfront, not hidden after "See more". ### Is "#gifted" or "#sponsored" enough? The ASA says labels such as "gifted", "sponsored", "#aff" or "#spon" are unlikely to be enough on their own. A gifted product is an incentive, so the post should also carry a clear "Ad" label at the start. ### Is Instagram's paid partnership label enough? Not always. The ASA says platform paid partnership tools can help people recognise ads but may not be enough on their own. We advise using the tool and also putting "Ad" at the start of the caption. ### Who gets in trouble if a creator does not disclose? Both. The ASA holds brands at least jointly responsible and publishes rulings naming them. Since April 2025 the CMA can also fine businesses up to 10% of global turnover for consumer law breaches under the DMCC Act 2024. ### How much does influencer marketing cost? dijitul marketing charges £45 an hour + VAT for planning and campaign management, or a fixed quote. Creator fees are separate and agreed with each creator, as is any ad spend used to amplify the best posts. ### Can we use a creator's video in our own ads? Only if the agreement gives you usage rights. We write usage into every brief: where you can use the content, for how long, and whether it can run as a paid ad through partnership ads or TikTok Spark Ads. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Social Media Audit for UK Businesses Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/social-media-audit/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul marketing audits your social media, organic and paid, and gives you a written action plan. We review profiles, content, engagement, ad account structure, Pixel and Conversions API tracking, audiences, creative and ad labelling. Audits cost £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote agreed first. You keep the plan whether or not you hire us. Price: £45 an hour + VAT ## Problems this solves - You are spending on ads and cannot say what you get back - A previous agency left and nobody knows how the accounts are set up - Posting takes hours and you do not know what is working - Old profiles and pages exist that nobody can log in to - Ad account access is held by a freelancer or ex-employee - Conversion figures in Meta and Google Analytics disagree wildly ## Key facts - Social media audits at £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote before we start - Covers organic profiles and paid ad accounts on Meta, LinkedIn and TikTok - Read-only access is enough; no changes are made during the audit - Checks tracking: Meta Pixel and Conversions API, LinkedIn Insight Tag, TikTok Pixel and Events API - Checks influencer and ad labelling against ASA guidance - Written report with a prioritised action list you can use with any agency - No obligation to buy management afterwards ## What the audit covers A social media audit from dijitul marketing looks at everything your business has on social platforms and asks whether it is working. It has five parts: - **Ownership and access.** Which profiles, pages, ad accounts, Pixels and catalogues exist, who owns them, and who has admin rights. This is often the most urgent finding. - **Organic content.** Profiles, bios, links and contact buttons; posting frequency; formats; what got reach, saves, shares and clicks; how fast comments and messages are answered. - **Paid campaigns.** Objectives, structure, audiences, creative, frequency, cost per result and wasted spend. - **Tracking.** Whether conversions are recorded once, accurately and with consent. - **Compliance.** Ad labelling for creators, special ad categories and claims. Each finding is rated by how much it matters and how hard it is to fix, so you can see at a glance what to do first. Where we find a problem, we say exactly where it is and what to change. ## Ownership: the problem nobody checks The most common serious problem we find is not poor content. It is that the business does not own its own accounts. A Facebook page created by a former employee's personal profile, an ad account inside an agency's Business Manager, or an Instagram login that only one person knows. If that person leaves or the agency relationship ends, you can lose years of audience and data. We list every asset and who controls it, then give you the steps to bring each one into a Meta business portfolio, LinkedIn page admin list or TikTok Business Center owned by your company, with at least two people from your business as admins. ## Paid campaigns and tracking For Meta, LinkedIn and TikTok ad accounts we look at whether the campaign objective matches the business goal, whether the optimisation event is a real conversion or just a click, how audiences overlap, how often the same people see the same ad, and how long since creative was refreshed. Then the tracking. On Meta we check the Pixel and Conversions API are both sending key events, that they are deduplicated with a shared event ID, and what Event Match Quality score Events Manager reports. On TikTok we check the Pixel and Events API in the same way. On LinkedIn we check the Insight Tag and conversion actions. We also check consent: in the UK, advertising pixels should only fire after the visitor agrees. If the fix is a full rebuild, our conversion tracking service is from £145 + VAT one-off. ## Organic content and replies For organic accounts we pull the last three to six months of posts and sort them by what they achieved: reach, engagement rate, saves, shares, profile visits and link clicks. Patterns are usually obvious once laid out. Video outperforms static, or questions outperform announcements, or one topic consistently lands while another never does. We check response times on comments and messages too. The 2025 Sprout Social Index found 73% of consumers expect a brand to respond within 24 hours, so slow replies are a real cost. Finally, we check profiles: correct name, address, phone, opening hours, link, and a clear statement of what you do. Small errors here, like an old phone number or a link to a page that no longer exists, cost enquiries quietly every day. ## What you get and what it costs You receive a written report with findings and a prioritised action list: what to fix this week, this month and this quarter. We walk you through it on a call. The plan is yours to use with your own team, with us, or with any other agency. Audits are charged at £45 an hour + VAT. For a defined scope, such as one Meta ad account plus Facebook and Instagram profiles, we give a fixed quote before we start. If you want ongoing help afterwards, see social media management from £125 a month + VAT or paid social management from £150 a month + VAT. For a review across Google Ads, email and analytics as well, see our digital marketing audit. ## What you get - Inventory of every profile, page, ad account, Pixel and who has admin access - Organic review: profiles, posting pattern, formats, engagement and replies - Paid review: structure, objectives, audiences, creative, frequency and costs - Tracking review: events, deduplication, consent and attribution - Compliance check: ad labels, special ad categories and claims - Prioritised action plan with quick wins first ## FAQs ### How much does a social media audit cost? dijitul marketing charges £45 an hour + VAT for social media audits, or gives a fixed quote for a defined scope before we start. The cost depends on how many platforms and ad accounts are included. ### What access do you need? Read-only or analyst access is enough. On Meta we ask to be added as a partner with view-only permissions; on LinkedIn and TikTok we use the equivalent read-only roles. We make no changes to anything during the audit. ### Do we have to hire you afterwards? No. The report and action plan are yours to use with your own team or any agency. Many clients fix the quick wins themselves and only ask us back for the harder jobs. ### Do you audit ad accounts as well as organic profiles? Yes. We review Meta, LinkedIn and TikTok ad accounts for structure, objectives, audiences, creative, frequency and wasted spend, plus the Pixel, Conversions API, Insight Tag and Events API tracking behind them. ### Can you check whether our influencer posts were compliant? Yes. We check creator posts against ASA guidance: a clear "Ad" label upfront, not hidden behind "See more", and not relying on "gifted" or "sponsored" alone. We then give you a briefing template for future creators. ### How long does an audit take? It depends on the number of accounts and how much history there is. We agree a timescale with the fixed quote, and you get the written report followed by a call to talk it through. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Paid Social Management for UK Businesses Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/paid-social-management/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul marketing manages paid social advertising for UK businesses across Facebook, Instagram, LinkedIn and TikTok: choosing the right platform, building campaigns, making ad creative, setting up tracking, testing and reporting monthly. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT. Ad spend is always separate and paid directly to Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Price: From £150 a month + VAT ## Problems this solves - You are on three ad platforms and cannot compare them - Each platform claims credit for the same sale - Creative has not changed in months and costs are rising - You do not know which platform suits your customers - Ad spend and agency fees are bundled so you cannot see either - Your landing pages lose people the ads worked hard to get ## Key facts - Paid social management from £150 a month + VAT, plus ad spend paid directly to each platform - Platforms: Meta (Facebook and Instagram), LinkedIn and TikTok - No mark-up on ad spend; you are billed by the platform - Since 1 July 2026 Meta adds a 2% location fee on ads shown to UK audiences (reported by Reuters) - LinkedIn's minimum daily budget is $10; TikTok's is above $50 per campaign (platform help centres) - Accounts, Pixels and audiences stay in your name - Monthly, cancel with notice ## One team across Meta, LinkedIn and TikTok Paid social means paying to put ads in people's social feeds. Unlike search ads, people are not looking for you, so the ad has to earn attention and the targeting has to find the right people. dijitul marketing runs paid social as one programme across platforms, so budget goes where it works rather than being split evenly out of habit. - Facebook ads and Instagram ads through Meta Ads Manager: the widest reach and the most mature tools. - LinkedIn ads: targeting by job title, seniority and company, for B2B. - TikTok ads: vertical video, younger audiences and creator-style content. DataReportal's Digital 2026 UK report lists advertising reach of 38.8 million for Facebook, 35.5 million for Instagram and 26.8 million adults for TikTok, with 48.0 million registered LinkedIn members. Reach is not the deciding factor, though. Fit and cost per real customer are. ## Choosing platforms and budgets We start with your customer and your numbers: who buys, what a customer is worth, and how many leads or sales you need. That shapes the platform choice. A trades business or local clinic usually starts on Meta. A B2B consultancy might start on LinkedIn. A consumer brand with good video might test TikTok alongside Meta. Each platform has its own floor. LinkedIn's best-practice guide sets a minimum daily budget of $10 per campaign. TikTok's help centre requires daily budgets above $50 per campaign and $20 per ad group. Meta has lower floors, but its delivery system still needs enough conversions each week to learn. We would rather run one platform properly than three platforms on budgets too small to tell you anything. ## Measuring across platforms honestly Every platform reports conversions using its own attribution window, so if a customer sees a TikTok ad, then a Meta ad, then buys, both may claim the sale. Adding up platform figures overstates results. We use a neutral view as well: Google Analytics 4 with consistent UTM tags, your own sales or CRM data, and where useful a Looker Studio dashboard that puts every platform side by side. Tracking is set up properly on each platform: Meta Pixel and Conversions API, LinkedIn Insight Tag, TikTok Pixel and Events API, each deduplicated and respecting cookie consent. See conversion tracking and GA4 set-up if those foundations are missing. ## Creative, testing and landing pages On social, the ad does most of the targeting. Broad audiences with strong creative often beat narrow audiences with weak creative, because the platform learns who responds. We build each idea in the shapes each placement needs (4:5 and 9:16 on Meta, 9:16 on TikTok, 1200 x 627 px or square on LinkedIn), keep text inside each platform's safe zones, and test one variable at a time: hook, image, offer or call to action. The click is only half the job. If the page people land on is slow, vague or asks for too much, the best ad in the world will not save it. We review landing pages as part of every account, and if you need new ones built, our sister company dijitul web design builds landing pages and websites. ## Pricing and fees | Item | Cost | Paid to | | Paid social management | From £150 a month + VAT | dijitul | | Ad spend | You set the budget | Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok directly | | Meta location fee on UK-delivered ads | 2% of spend, since 1 July 2026 (Reuters) | Meta | | Conversion tracking set-up, if needed | From £145 + VAT one-off | dijitul | The monthly fee depends on the number of platforms and campaigns. You get a fixed figure before we start, and we work monthly, cancel with notice. We do not promise a return on ad spend or set numbers of leads; we promise careful management and honest reporting. See all prices. ## What you get - Platform choice and budget split, written down with reasons - Campaign builds on Meta, LinkedIn and TikTok - Ad creative in every placement shape - Pixel, Conversions API, Insight Tag and Events API set-up - Weekly optimisation and monthly creative testing - One monthly report comparing platforms on the same measure ## FAQs ### How much does paid social management cost in the UK? dijitul marketing manages paid social from £150 a month + VAT, covering Meta, LinkedIn and TikTok. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to each platform. Since July 2026 Meta also adds a 2% location fee on ads shown to UK audiences. ### Which social platform should we advertise on? It depends on who buys from you and what a customer is worth. Meta suits most local and consumer businesses, LinkedIn suits higher-value B2B, and TikTok suits brands that can make native vertical video. We often recommend starting on one platform and adding others once it works. ### Do you mark up our ad spend? No. Ad spend is billed by Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok directly to your card or invoice. Our management fee is separate and shown on our own invoice, so you can see both clearly. ### Why do the platforms report more sales than we actually made? Each platform counts conversions within its own attribution window, so several can claim the same sale. We compare platform figures with Google Analytics 4 and your own sales data to give a more honest picture. ### Is paid social different from social media management? Yes. Social media management covers organic posting and replies, from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Paid social management covers advertising campaigns, from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. Many clients use both, planned together. ### Is there a minimum contract? No. Paid social management is monthly and you can cancel with notice. Your ad accounts, Pixels and audiences stay in your name, so nothing is lost if you move on. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Email Marketing Agency UK Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/email-marketing/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul marketing plans, writes, builds and sends email campaigns for UK businesses from £95 a month + VAT. We work in Klaviyo, Mailchimp or Brevo, set up automated flows such as welcome and abandoned cart, keep your list PECR-compliant and report on clicks, revenue and unsubscribes rather than open rates alone. Price: From £95 a month + VAT ## Problems this solves - You have a list of several thousand people and have not emailed them properly in months. - Your newsletter goes out when someone remembers, with no plan and no link to sales. - Emails land in Gmail's spam or Promotions folder and you don't know why. - Your platform bill keeps rising because you pay for contacts who never open or click. - You are not sure whether you have consent to email half the people on your list. - Nobody can tell you how much revenue email actually brings in. - Abandoned baskets and first-time buyers get no follow-up at all. ## Key facts - Email marketing management starts from £95 a month + VAT, monthly, cancel with notice. - Automated flow set-up (welcome, abandoned cart, post-purchase, win-back) is a one-off from £195 + VAT. - We work inside your own Klaviyo, Mailchimp or Brevo account, so the list and the history stay yours. - Under PECR regulation 22, marketing emails to individuals need consent or the soft opt-in for existing customers. - Gmail and Yahoo require bulk senders (over 5,000 messages a day) to use SPF, DKIM and DMARC and offer one-click unsubscribe. - We judge campaigns on clicks, orders and revenue, because Apple Mail Privacy Protection makes open rates unreliable. - dijitul has traded as DIJITUL LTD since 2006 and is based in Mansfield, Nottinghamshire. ## What our email marketing service covers Email is the one marketing channel where you own the audience. A Meta algorithm change or a Google Ads price rise does not take your list away. The catch is that most small businesses collect addresses and then do very little with them. dijitul marketing turns that list into a planned, regular programme of campaigns and automated messages. The monthly service, **from £95 a month + VAT**, covers planning, copywriting, building the email in your platform, testing, sending and reporting. The number of campaigns depends on your plan and your audience. A local retailer might send two a month. An online shop with a busy product range might send one or two a week, plus automated flows. We agree the cadence up front so the price is clear. Automated flows are set up once and then run on their own. That set-up is a one-off **from £195 + VAT**, covered in detail on our email automation page. Everything is built in an account you own, so if you ever move on, the list, templates and flows stay with you. ## Which email platform: Klaviyo, Mailchimp or Brevo We work in the platform that suits the business, not the one we happen to prefer. - **Klaviyo** is built around ecommerce data. It syncs orders, products and browsing from Shopify, WooCommerce and others, which makes abandoned cart and product recommendation emails far easier. See our Klaviyo agency page. - **Mailchimp** is familiar, simple and good for service businesses and newsletters. Its published UK pricing (checked October 2026) shows the free plan is capped at 250 contacts and 500 sends a month, with automation flows only on paid plans. See Mailchimp set-up. - **Brevo** prices mainly on sends rather than contacts, which can suit businesses with a large list and a low sending frequency. Platform subscriptions are paid by you directly to the provider and are separate from our fee. If you are on the wrong platform, we will say so and explain the cost of moving before anything changes. ## Consent and the law: PECR in plain English UK marketing email is governed by the Privacy and Electronic Communications Regulations (PECR) as well as UK GDPR. The Information Commissioner's Office guidance on regulation 22 says you must not send marketing emails to individuals without their specific consent, unless the **soft opt-in** applies. That covers people who bought, or negotiated to buy, a similar product or service from you, were given a simple way to opt out when you collected their details, and get that opt-out in every message. Bought-in lists of consumers do not qualify. Emails to limited companies and LLPs are treated differently, but sole traders and some partnerships count as individuals. The stakes went up this year: the Data (Use and Access) Act 2025 raised the maximum PECR penalty to 17.5 million pounds or 4% of global turnover, with that change commenced on 5 February 2026 (SI 2026/82 on legislation.gov.uk). Before we send anything, we check where your contacts came from and how consent was recorded. Where the record is weak, we suggest a re-permission campaign rather than risking a complaint. ## Getting into the inbox Good content is wasted if it lands in spam. Google's Email sender guidelines say anyone sending more than 5,000 messages a day to Gmail accounts must authenticate with SPF, DKIM and DMARC, support one-click unsubscribe on marketing mail, and keep the spam rate reported in Postmaster Tools below 0.3%, ideally below 0.1%. Yahoo's Sender Hub sets the same 0.3% ceiling and asks senders to honour unsubscribes within two days. Microsoft applied similar rules to Outlook.com, Hotmail and Live addresses from 5 May 2025. Even if you send far fewer than 5,000 a day, these are the standards inbox providers judge you against. We check your domain's DNS records, set up a branded sending domain in your platform and watch complaint and bounce rates every month. Our email deliverability for marketers page goes into the detail. ## How we measure email Open rates used to be the headline number. Since Apple introduced Mail Privacy Protection in iOS 15, Apple Mail can preload images, including tracking pixels, whether or not a person reads the message. That inflates opens and makes them a poor guide to performance. So our monthly report leads with numbers you can act on: - **Click rate** and which links were clicked - **Orders and revenue** attributed to campaigns and flows, from your platform and GA4 - **Unsubscribe and spam complaint rates**, the early warning signs of list fatigue - **List growth**: new subscribers, by source, against people leaving We will never promise a revenue figure. We will tell you plainly what worked, what did not and what we will change next month. ## What you get - A monthly email calendar tied to your offers, seasons and stock - Written, designed and tested campaigns, checked on desktop and mobile before sending - Automated flows such as welcome, abandoned cart and post-purchase (set-up from £195 + VAT) - List segmentation by behaviour, purchase history and engagement - Sign-up forms and pop-ups with clear PECR-compliant consent wording - SPF, DKIM and DMARC checks on your sending domain - A plain monthly report: delivered, clicks, orders, revenue, unsubscribes and complaints ## FAQs ### How much does email marketing cost? dijitul marketing manages email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. Automated flow set-up is a one-off from £195 + VAT. Your email platform subscription (Klaviyo, Mailchimp or Brevo) is paid directly to the provider and is separate from our fee. ### Do I need consent to email my customers? For individuals, yes, unless the soft opt-in applies. The ICO's PECR guidance allows you to email existing customers about similar products or services if you offered an opt-out when you collected their details and offer it again in every message. Bought-in consumer lists are not covered. ### How often should we send emails? It depends on how much you have to say and how often people buy. Many small businesses do well with two to four campaigns a month plus automated flows. We watch unsubscribe and complaint rates and adjust if the list starts to tire. ### Can you take over our existing Mailchimp or Klaviyo account? Yes. We work inside your account so you keep ownership of the list, templates and history. We start with an audit of your forms, flows, segments and domain authentication, then agree a plan before we send anything. ### Will you write the emails as well as send them? Yes. The monthly service includes planning, copywriting, building, testing and sending. You approve each campaign before it goes out, and you can send us offers, photos or product news to include. ### Why do you not report on open rates? We do show them, but we do not rely on them. Apple Mail Privacy Protection preloads tracking pixels, so opens are inflated. Clicks, orders, revenue, unsubscribes and complaints give a truer picture of whether your email is working. ### Is there a contract? No long contract. Email marketing is billed monthly and you can cancel with notice. One-off work such as flow set-up or a list clean-up is quoted and agreed in writing before we start. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Klaviyo Agency UK Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/klaviyo-agency/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul marketing is a UK Klaviyo agency for online shops. We set up and run Klaviyo flows, campaigns, sign-up forms and segments for Shopify and WooCommerce stores, with campaign management from £95 a month + VAT and flow builds from £195 + VAT. We work in your own Klaviyo account and report on revenue, clicks and list health. Price: From £95 a month + VAT ## Problems this solves - You installed Klaviyo, switched on a couple of default flows and never touched them again. - Your Klaviyo bill has grown because the account holds thousands of profiles that never engage. - Campaigns go to the whole list every time, with no segmentation. - Abandoned checkout emails fire, but nobody has checked the timing, content or discount logic. - Your sign-up pop-up collects emails without clear consent wording. - You can't tell which flows actually make money. ## Key facts - Klaviyo campaign management starts from £95 a month + VAT; flow set-up starts from £195 + VAT one-off. - Klaviyo's pricing page (checked October 2026) shows a free plan of 250 active profiles and 500 email sends a month. - Klaviyo bills on active profiles, so suppressing unengaged contacts can keep your plan smaller. - The core ecommerce flows are welcome, abandoned checkout, browse abandonment, post-purchase and win-back. - We build in your account; you keep the data, flows and templates if you ever leave. - We do not claim any Klaviyo partner status. We simply do the work and show you the results. ## What a Klaviyo agency actually does for you Klaviyo is powerful because it reads your shop data: who bought what, when, what they looked at and what they left in the basket. Most stores only use a fraction of that. dijitul marketing sets Klaviyo up so the data drives the email, rather than sending the same message to everyone. There are two kinds of work. **Flows** are automated sequences triggered by behaviour, such as subscribing or abandoning a checkout. We build them once, **from £195 + VAT**, and then tune them over time. **Campaigns** are the one-off sends: launches, sales, seasonal emails and stories. We plan, write, build and send those as part of email management **from £95 a month + VAT**. You keep ownership of the account. We are added as users, and the list, flows and templates remain yours. ## The five Klaviyo flows every shop should have | Flow | Trigger | What it does | | Welcome series | Joins the list | Introduces the brand, delivers any sign-up offer, points to best sellers | | Abandoned checkout | Started checkout, did not order | Reminds them of the items, answers delivery and returns questions | | Browse abandonment | Viewed a product, did not add to basket | Shows the product again with reviews or similar items | | Post-purchase | Placed an order | Thanks, care instructions, review request, related products later | | Win-back | No order for a set period | Checks in with lapsed customers before they are suppressed | Each flow needs filters so people do not get two messages that contradict each other. A customer who has just ordered should leave the abandoned checkout flow. A subscriber in the welcome series may not need a campaign the same day. Those details are where most default set-ups fall down. The full ecommerce picture is on our ecommerce email flows page. ## Keeping your Klaviyo bill under control Klaviyo's pricing page shows the free plan allows 250 active profiles and 500 email sends a month, and paid tiers scale with your active profile count. Active profiles are the contacts you can email. Profiles that are suppressed (unsubscribed, hard bounced or manually suppressed) are not billed. That means a list full of people who have not opened or clicked in a year costs you money and drags down deliverability. We set up an engagement policy: a sunset flow that asks long-inactive contacts whether they still want to hear from you, followed by suppression of those who do not respond. The list gets smaller, cleaner and cheaper, and inbox providers see a more engaged audience. ## Segments, forms and consent Sending every campaign to everyone is the quickest route to unsubscribes. We build segments on what Klaviyo knows: purchase count, last order date, product category, predicted next order date and engagement. A VIP segment, a first-time buyer segment and a lapsed segment will usually outperform one big send. Sign-up forms are where consent starts. Under the ICO's PECR guidance, a tick box or clear statement that someone is signing up for marketing is needed for new contacts who are not customers. We write the form wording, record the consent source in Klaviyo and make sure the unsubscribe link is in every email. ## How we report on Klaviyo Klaviyo attributes revenue to emails using its own attribution window, which you can adjust. That is useful but generous, so we compare it with GA4 sessions and orders from email traffic. Your monthly report shows: - Revenue and orders by flow and by campaign - Click rate and placed order rate - Unsubscribe and spam complaint rates - Active profile count against your plan limit If you also want your Klaviyo, ads and GA4 numbers in one view, we can build a reporting dashboard. ## Moving to Klaviyo from another platform Many shops arrive at Klaviyo from Mailchimp, Omnisend or their ecommerce platform's built-in email. A move is a good moment to tidy up, but it needs care. We export contacts with their consent status and unsubscribes, import them into Klaviyo with the correct subscription state, and never mark anyone as subscribed who was not subscribed before. Suppressed and bounced addresses come across as suppressed. We then rebuild your flows natively in Klaviyo rather than copying old ones line by line, because Klaviyo's triggers and filters work differently. During the switch-over we warm up sending gradually, starting with your most engaged contacts, so inbox providers see a new sending pattern build up steadily rather than a sudden spike to your whole list. Old platform flows are paused only once the Klaviyo versions are live and tested. ## What you get - A Klaviyo account audit covering integration, flows, forms, segments and domain set-up - Core flows built or rebuilt: welcome, abandoned checkout, browse abandonment, post-purchase, win-back - Engagement-based segments (for example engaged in the last 30, 60 and 90 days) - Sign-up forms with PECR-compliant consent wording and a clear incentive if you want one - Branded sending domain, plus SPF, DKIM and DMARC checks - Monthly campaigns written, designed and scheduled - A monthly report on flow and campaign revenue, clicks, unsubscribes and list growth ## FAQs ### Are you a Klaviyo partner? We do not claim any Klaviyo partner badge. We are a UK marketing team that sets up and runs Klaviyo for online shops, inside your own account, and we show you the flow and campaign numbers every month so you can judge the work. ### How much does a Klaviyo agency cost? With dijitul marketing, Klaviyo campaign management starts from £95 a month + VAT and flow set-up starts from £195 + VAT one-off. Your Klaviyo subscription is paid directly to Klaviyo and is separate from our fee. ### Does Klaviyo work with WooCommerce as well as Shopify? Yes. Klaviyo has integrations for Shopify, WooCommerce and other platforms. We check the integration is syncing orders, products and browsing events properly before building flows, because broken tracking means flows never trigger. ### Can Klaviyo send SMS in the UK? Klaviyo supports SMS, and the free plan includes a small monthly mobile message allowance according to its pricing page. UK SMS marketing needs its own consent under PECR. See our SMS marketing page for how we handle it. ### How long does it take to set up the core flows? Usually one to two weeks, depending on how quickly we get access, brand assets and approval on copy. We build, test with internal profiles, then switch flows live one by one. ### We already have flows. Can you just improve them? Yes. We start with an audit of what is live, check triggers, filters, timing and content, then fix the gaps. Often the quickest wins come from flows that already exist but have never been reviewed. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Mailchimp Set-up and Management UK Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/mailchimp-setup/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul marketing sets up and runs Mailchimp for UK businesses. We configure one clean audience with tags and groups, authenticate your sending domain, build sign-up forms and automations, then manage campaigns from £95 a month + VAT. One-off set-up is charged at £45 an hour + VAT, with a fixed quote agreed first. Price: From £95 a month + VAT ## Problems this solves - You have three or four Mailchimp audiences with the same people in each, and you pay for every copy. - Your emails go out on Mailchimp's default sending domain because yours has never been authenticated. - The free plan limits now block you from sending to your whole list. - Your sign-up form does not say clearly what people are agreeing to. - Nobody in the business knows how to build a campaign without breaking the template. - Automations were set up years ago and nobody knows if they still work. ## Key facts - Monthly Mailchimp management starts from £95 a month + VAT; one-off set-up is £45 an hour + VAT on a fixed quote. - Mailchimp's UK pricing page (checked October 2026) caps the free plan at 250 contacts and 500 sends a month or 250 a day. - Automation flows are not included on Mailchimp's free plan; Essentials allows up to 4 flow steps, Standard up to 200 flows. - Mailchimp's paid plans bill on contacts, so a tidy audience keeps the cost down. - We authenticate your domain with SPF, DKIM and DMARC so emails come from your brand, not a shared Mailchimp domain. - Everything is built in your account and stays yours. ## Why Mailchimp accounts get messy Mailchimp is often the first email tool a business tries, and it shows. We regularly see accounts with separate audiences for the newsletter, the shop and an old event, each holding many of the same people. Because Mailchimp's paid plans bill by contact, each duplicate costs money, and the same person can get the same campaign twice. Mailchimp recommends one main audience organised with **tags**, **groups** and **segments**. We merge the duplicates, carry over consent records and unsubscribes, and rebuild the structure so you can target 'customers who bought in the last six months' without a separate list. ## What Mailchimp's plans include in 2026 Mailchimp tightened its free plan this year. According to Mailchimp's UK pricing page, checked in October 2026: - **Free**: up to 250 contacts, a maximum of 500 sends a month or 250 a day, and no automation flows. - **Essentials**: automations up to 4 flow steps, plus testing and scheduling features. - **Standard**: up to 200 automation flows. - **Premium**: up to 200 flows plus multivariate and A/B testing. Plan prices change with contact count and currency, so we check the live pricing with you rather than quote it here. If a free account has outgrown its limits, we will tell you whether a paid Mailchimp plan or a different platform, such as Klaviyo for online shops, is the better value. ## Domain authentication and deliverability Out of the box, Mailchimp can send on your behalf from its own domain. That works, but inbox providers increasingly expect the sending domain to match the From address. Google's Email sender guidelines require bulk senders to pass DMARC alignment, and Yahoo's Sender Hub says the same. During set-up we add Mailchimp's DKIM and domain verification records to your DNS, check your existing SPF record stays within the ten DNS lookup limit set by the SPF standard (RFC 7208), and publish or review a DMARC record. If your DNS is hosted with a provider you cannot reach, we will write the exact records for whoever manages it. ## Forms, consent and GDPR fields Mailchimp offers embedded forms, pop-ups and hosted sign-up pages, plus optional GDPR fields that ask people to choose how they want to be contacted. We set these up so each form clearly says what people are signing up for, records the source as a tag, and sends a confirmation where you need double opt-in. The ICO's PECR guidance requires specific consent for marketing emails to individuals unless the soft opt-in applies. If your shop or booking system adds customers to Mailchimp automatically, we check that the integration only marks people as subscribed when they actually opted in. ## Integrations: shops, CRMs and booking systems Mailchimp connects to Shopify, WooCommerce, Squarespace, Xero and a long list of other tools, either directly or through Zapier. Those connections are useful but are often the source of a messy audience. A shop integration might add every customer as a contact, including people who never ticked a marketing box, and then you pay for them all. We review each connected app, check which fields and tags it writes, and confirm that marketing status is only set to subscribed where there is consent or a valid soft opt-in. Purchase data from a shop integration is worth keeping because it lets you segment by what people bought. We also map any merge fields you rely on, such as first name or membership type, so personalisation does not break and show a blank where a name should be. ## Done for you, or done with you Some clients want us to run Mailchimp completely. Monthly management, **from £95 a month + VAT**, covers planning, writing, building, testing and sending campaigns, with a short report on clicks, unsubscribes and list growth. Others want a clean set-up and then to send in-house. In that case we quote the set-up at **£45 an hour + VAT**, agree a fixed price first, and finish with a recorded training session on building and sending a campaign from your saved templates. Our marketing training page covers longer courses for staff. ## What you get - Audit of your current Mailchimp account, audiences, tags, forms and automations - Audience consolidation into one main audience using tags and groups - Domain authentication and a check of SPF, DKIM and DMARC records - Branded, mobile-friendly email templates saved for reuse - Embedded and pop-up sign-up forms with PECR-compliant wording - Automations such as welcome and post-purchase on a plan that supports them - Monthly campaigns and a short report, or training so your team can send in-house ## FAQs ### How much does Mailchimp set-up cost? dijitul marketing charges one-off Mailchimp set-up at £45 an hour + VAT and agrees a fixed quote before starting. Ongoing campaign management starts from £95 a month + VAT. Your Mailchimp plan is paid directly to Mailchimp. ### Is the Mailchimp free plan still worth using? For a very small list, perhaps. Mailchimp's UK pricing page (October 2026) caps the free plan at 250 contacts and 500 sends a month, with no automation flows. Most businesses with a real customer list will need a paid plan or another platform. ### Can you merge our duplicate audiences? Yes. We export each audience, keep unsubscribes and consent records intact, merge into one main audience and tag contacts by source. That usually reduces your billable contact count as well. ### Should we move from Mailchimp to Klaviyo? If you run an online shop and want flows based on browsing and orders, Klaviyo is often a better fit. For newsletters and service businesses, Mailchimp is usually fine. We will give you an honest view and the migration cost before you decide. ### Do you set up double opt-in? We can. Double opt-in sends a confirmation email before someone is added as subscribed. It is not legally required in the UK, but it reduces fake sign-ups and gives you a clearer record of consent. ### Can you train our team to use Mailchimp? Yes. Training is charged at £45 an hour + VAT. We cover building a campaign from your saved templates, choosing segments and tags, testing on mobile, scheduling, and reading the report so you know what to change next time. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Email Automation and Marketing Automation Set-up Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/email-automation/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul marketing builds email and marketing automation for UK businesses, from £195 + VAT one-off. We map the journey, write the messages and set up triggered flows such as welcome series, enquiry follow-up, onboarding, review requests and re-engagement in Klaviyo, Mailchimp, Brevo or HubSpot, then test every path before it goes live. Price: From £195 + VAT ## Problems this solves - New subscribers hear nothing until the next newsletter, weeks later. - Website enquiries get one reply from a salesperson and then nothing. - You send the same onboarding information by hand to every new client. - Nobody asks happy customers for a review at the right moment. - Automations exist but overlap, so some people get three emails in a day. - You have no idea which automated emails are actually read or clicked. ## Key facts - Marketing automation set-up starts from £195 + VAT as a one-off. - Ongoing tuning and campaigns can be added from £95 a month + VAT. - Common flows: welcome series, lead nurture, enquiry follow-up, onboarding, review request, re-engagement. - Every flow is tested with internal profiles before it goes live, including exit conditions. - Automated marketing messages still need consent or the soft opt-in under PECR. - Built in your own account, so the flows stay yours. ## What email automation is, and what it is not An automated flow is a sequence of messages triggered by something a person does, or something you know about them. Joining your list, filling in a quote form, buying for the first time or going quiet for six months can each start a different flow. Once it is set up, the right message goes at the right time without anyone pressing send. It is not a way to send more email to more people. Good automation sends fewer, better-timed messages, and stops as soon as the person does what you hoped. dijitul marketing sets up automation **from £195 + VAT** one-off. If you want us to keep improving it and run your campaigns too, that is part of email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. ## Flows we build most often - **Welcome series**: three to five emails over a couple of weeks introducing who you are, what you do best and what to do next. - **Enquiry follow-up**: for service businesses. A confirmation, a useful guide or case for why to choose you, and a check-in if no quote has been accepted. It exits when the enquiry is marked won or lost in your CRM. - **Lead nurture**: for longer B2B sales cycles, a monthly educational email that keeps you in mind without hard selling. - **Onboarding**: for new clients or members. What happens next, who to contact, and how to get the most from the service. - **Review request**: sent after delivery or completion, linking to your Google Business Profile or review platform. - **Re-engagement**: for contacts who have not clicked in months, ending with suppression if they stay silent. Online shops need a slightly different set, covered on our ecommerce email flows page. ## How we build a flow - **Map it.** We draw the journey: trigger, delays, branches (for example 'clicked' or 'did not click'), and exit conditions. - **Check the data.** A flow is only as good as its trigger. We confirm your form, shop or CRM is actually sending the event or field the flow depends on. - **Write it.** Each email has one job and one main link. Subject lines are short and specific. - **Build and tag it.** We build in your platform and add UTM parameters so clicks appear as email traffic in GA4. - **Test every path.** Internal test profiles go through each branch, so we see what a real person sees, including what happens when they buy or unsubscribe part way. - **Switch on and review.** We check the first live sends and review performance after a few weeks. ## Automation and consent Automated does not mean exempt. PECR treats a triggered marketing email the same as a campaign. Under the ICO's guidance, you need consent or the soft opt-in for existing customers before sending marketing to individuals. Some messages are service messages rather than marketing: an order confirmation, a booking reminder or onboarding information the client needs. Those can go without marketing consent, but if you add promotions to them they become marketing. We keep the two clearly separate in your flows so a customer who has unsubscribed from marketing still gets the service emails they need. ## Connecting automation to your CRM The most useful flows react to what happens in your sales system: a quote sent, a deal won, a renewal due. Klaviyo, Mailchimp, Brevo and HubSpot all have integrations, and tools such as Zapier or Make can bridge the gaps. Where the connection needs custom work, for example a bespoke booking system that needs to push events into Klaviyo, our sister company dijitul developments builds CRM integrations. We will tell you if that is needed before quoting, rather than discovering it half way. ## Measuring whether automation works Automated flows are easy to forget once they are live, which is why many businesses still run a welcome series written five years ago. We review each flow a few weeks after launch, then at regular intervals. The questions are simple: does each email get clicked, do people drop out at the same step, and does the flow lead to the action it was built for, whether that is a first order, a booked call or a review. Because every link carries UTM parameters, GA4 shows automated email traffic separately from campaigns. That lets us compare a flow's contribution with the cost of building it. Where an email in the sequence gets few clicks and many unsubscribes, we rewrite it or remove it. Shorter flows that people finish beat long ones they abandon. ## What you get - A journey map showing triggers, timings, branches and exit conditions - Copy for every email in the flow, written to your tone of voice - Flow build in Klaviyo, Mailchimp, Brevo or HubSpot - Trigger and data checks (forms, shop integration, CRM fields) - Testing with internal profiles across each branch - UTM tagging so automated email traffic shows in GA4 - A handover note explaining every flow and how to pause or edit it ## FAQs ### How much does email automation set-up cost? dijitul marketing sets up marketing automation from £195 + VAT one-off. The final fixed price depends on how many flows and emails you need, and we agree it before starting. Platform subscriptions are paid directly to the provider. ### Which platforms do you build automation in? Mostly Klaviyo, Mailchimp, Brevo and HubSpot. We can work in other platforms if you already use them and they support triggered flows. We build in your account so the flows, templates and data remain yours. ### How many emails should a welcome series have? Usually three to five, spread over one to three weeks. Enough to introduce the business and give a clear next step, not so many that new subscribers feel spammed. We test and adjust the timing after launch. ### Do automated emails need consent? Marketing ones do. The ICO's PECR guidance applies to triggered marketing emails just as it does to campaigns. Pure service messages, such as order confirmations, do not need marketing consent as long as they do not contain promotions. ### Can automation follow up website enquiries? Yes. We can trigger a sequence when a form is submitted and stop it automatically when the enquiry is marked won or lost in your CRM, so prospects never get a chase email after they have already booked. ### Will you maintain the flows afterwards? If you want. Ongoing optimisation and campaigns are part of our email marketing service from £95 a month + VAT. Otherwise we hand over a written note explaining every flow. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Ecommerce Email Flows for Online Shops Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/ecommerce-email-flows/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul marketing sets up ecommerce email flows for UK online shops from £195 + VAT one-off. We build welcome, abandoned checkout, browse abandonment, post-purchase, replenishment and win-back flows in Klaviyo, Mailchimp or Brevo, connected to your Shopify or WooCommerce data, with exit rules so customers never get contradictory messages. Price: From £195 + VAT ## Problems this solves - Shoppers start checkout and leave, and nothing happens next. - Your abandoned basket email offers 10% off to everyone, including people who were going to buy anyway. - First-time buyers never hear from you again, so they never buy a second time. - Lapsed customers stay on the list for years, costing money and hurting deliverability. - Default flows from the platform template were switched on but never edited. - Customers get a 'you left something behind' email after they have already ordered. ## Key facts - Ecommerce flow set-up starts from £195 + VAT one-off; ongoing management from £95 a month + VAT. - The core flows are welcome, abandoned checkout, browse abandonment, post-purchase and win-back. - Flows depend on shop events (viewed product, started checkout, placed order) syncing correctly to your email platform. - Every flow has exit conditions so a buyer leaves the abandoned checkout sequence as soon as they order. - Discounts in flows are optional; we often test a reminder without one first to protect margin. - Abandoned checkout emails need marketing consent or the soft opt-in under PECR. ## Why flows matter more than campaigns for online shops A campaign goes to many people once. A flow goes to one person at exactly the moment their behaviour says they are interested. That is why, in most shops we look at, a handful of well-built flows end up doing much of the work that busy campaign calendars try to do. dijitul marketing builds ecommerce flows **from £195 + VAT** one-off. The fixed price depends on how many flows you need, how many emails each one holds and whether we are building from scratch or fixing what is there. If you want us to keep tuning them and run your campaigns as well, that is part of email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. ## The ecommerce flow set, step by step | Flow | Typical timing | Main job | | Welcome | Immediately, then every 2 to 3 days | Turn a subscriber into a first-time buyer | | Abandoned checkout | Within a few hours, then a day later | Recover a sale that was nearly made | | Browse abandonment | Within a day of viewing | Remind them of the product with reviews or alternatives | | Post-purchase | After delivery | Reassure, ask for a review, suggest a second product | | Replenishment | Before the product typically runs out | Prompt a repeat order for consumables | | Win-back | After a long gap since last order | Bring a lapsed customer back before they are lost | Timings are starting points. We adjust them to your buying cycle. A shop selling sofas has a very different rhythm from one selling coffee beans. ## Getting the shop data right first Flows run on events. In Klaviyo, for example, the Shopify integration sends Viewed Product, Added to Cart, Started Checkout and Placed Order. WooCommerce needs the Klaviyo plugin installed and configured to do the same. If an event is missing or mislabelled, the flow simply never fires, and nobody notices because nothing visibly breaks. Before building anything we place test orders, abandon test checkouts and view products with a test profile, then confirm each event arrives with the right product name, image, price and URL. Dynamic product blocks in the email pull from that data, so a broken image URL in the feed becomes a broken image in every abandoned basket email. ## Discounts: when to use them and when not to Automatically giving 10% off in every abandoned checkout email trains customers to abandon on purpose. It also gives margin away to people who would have bought anyway. - Start with a **plain reminder**: the products, delivery times, returns policy and a clear checkout button. - If you test an incentive, add it to the **second or third** message, not the first. - Use **unique, single-use codes** with an expiry so they do not end up on voucher sites. - Exclude recent discount users and high-value customers where it makes sense. We will set up the comparison so you can see the difference in orders, then decide with real numbers. ## Post-purchase: the flow most shops skip Shops put effort into the first sale and then go quiet. The post-purchase flow is where a one-off buyer becomes a regular. We split it into stages. Straight after the order, a short message confirms what happens next and when it will arrive, which cuts 'where is my order' emails. After delivery, a how-to or care email helps the customer get value from what they bought. A week or two later, a review request goes out, linking to your product reviews or Google. Only after that do we suggest a related product, chosen from what people who bought the same item tend to buy next. First-time buyers and repeat customers get different versions. A loyal customer does not need the brand introduction again; they might value early access to a new range instead. ## Consent, frequency and keeping the list healthy Abandoned checkout and browse abandonment emails are marketing. The ICO's PECR guidance says they need consent or the soft opt-in, which covers existing customers and people who were in the process of buying, provided they were offered an opt-out when you collected their address. We check your checkout and sign-up forms say this clearly. We also switch on frequency controls such as Klaviyo's Smart Sending, so a customer in three flows at once does not get three emails in an afternoon. The sunset flow at the end of the journey asks long-inactive subscribers if they still want to hear from you and then suppresses those who do not reply. That keeps your platform bill down and protects your sender reputation with Gmail, Yahoo and Outlook. ## What you get - An event check: viewed product, added to cart, started checkout and placed order syncing correctly - Welcome series with optional sign-up incentive - Abandoned checkout and browse abandonment flows with dynamic product blocks - Post-purchase flow: thank you, care or how-to, review request, cross-sell - Replenishment reminders for consumable products where it fits - Win-back and sunset flows for lapsed customers and inactive subscribers - Exit conditions, smart sending and frequency rules across all flows ## FAQs ### How much do ecommerce email flows cost to set up? dijitul marketing sets up ecommerce email flows from £195 + VAT one-off. The fixed price depends on the number of flows and emails, and is agreed before we start. Ongoing optimisation and campaigns are available from £95 a month + VAT. ### Which flow should we build first? Usually abandoned checkout, because those shoppers were closest to buying. Welcome comes next, then post-purchase. Browse abandonment and win-back follow once the core flows are working, tracked in GA4 and showing sensible numbers. ### Do you build flows for WooCommerce shops? Yes. We connect Klaviyo or Mailchimp to WooCommerce through the platform's plugin, check that product views, checkouts and orders sync correctly with the right images and prices, then build the flows on those events. ### Should our abandoned cart email include a discount? Not automatically. We usually start with a plain reminder and test an incentive later in the sequence, using single-use codes. That way you see whether a discount actually changes behaviour before you give margin away. ### Can abandoned cart emails be sent without consent? They are marketing, so PECR applies. The soft opt-in can cover people in the process of buying from you if they were offered an opt-out when their email was collected. We check your checkout wording to make sure. ### How do you stop customers getting too many emails? Each flow has exit conditions, and we use frequency controls such as Klaviyo's Smart Sending so one person does not receive several messages in a short window from different flows or campaigns. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Newsletter Management and Writing UK Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/newsletter-management/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul marketing writes, designs and sends email newsletters for UK businesses from £95 a month + VAT. We agree a regular schedule, gather your news, write useful content your customers will click, build it in Mailchimp, Brevo or Klaviyo, send it to the right segments and report each month on clicks, enquiries and unsubscribes. Price: From £95 a month + VAT ## Problems this solves - The newsletter keeps slipping because nobody in the business has time to write it. - When it does go out, it is a wall of company news nobody reads. - There is no consistent schedule, so subscribers forget who you are. - You don't know whether the newsletter brings in any work. - The template looks broken on phones. - Your list has never been cleaned and bounces are creeping up. ## Key facts - Newsletter management starts from £95 a month + VAT, monthly, cancel with notice. - We handle planning, writing, design, build, testing, sending and reporting. - Each newsletter has one main call to action, so readers know what to do next. - Content is written for the reader first: tips, news, offers and proof, in that balance. - Marketing emails to individuals need consent or the soft opt-in under PECR. - Extra blog articles to link to can be written from £45 per piece + VAT. ## A newsletter that actually goes out The most common newsletter problem is not the design or the platform. It is that writing it keeps falling to the bottom of somebody's list. dijitul marketing takes the job on completely, **from £95 a month + VAT**: we plan the year, gather what is happening in your business, write the newsletter, build it, test it and send it on schedule. You approve each issue before it goes out. Most clients spend fifteen minutes a month on a quick call or a short questionnaire, and we turn that into something worth reading. Consistency matters more than length. A short, useful newsletter that arrives on the same week each month builds familiarity. An occasional long one does not. ## What goes into a good business newsletter Readers subscribe for something useful, not for company announcements. We balance each issue roughly like this: - **Something useful**: a seasonal tip, a common question answered, a short how-to from your expertise. - **Something new**: a product, a service, a team member, a project you finished. - **Something to do**: book, buy, call or read, with one clear button. - **Something that builds trust**: a customer quote you are happy to share, an accreditation you hold, or a before-and-after. Where an item deserves more than a paragraph, we link to a full article on your website. That gives readers a reason to click and gives your site fresh, useful content. Articles are written from £45 per piece + VAT, or as part of content marketing. ## Design, templates and how emails display Email clients are less forgiving than web browsers. Outlook on Windows has historically rendered email with Word's engine, Gmail clips messages with very long HTML behind a 'view entire message' link, and many people read with images turned off or in dark mode. We build templates that hold up across all of that: - Single-column layouts that stack cleanly on phones - Real text rather than text inside images, so the message survives with images blocked - Alt text on every image and a sensible reading order for screen readers - Logos and colours that still work when a mail app switches to dark mode Every issue gets test sends checked on desktop and mobile before it is scheduled. ## Who gets it, and are you allowed to send it A newsletter is marketing, so the ICO's PECR guidance applies. Individuals need to have opted in, or be existing customers covered by the soft opt-in for similar products or services, with an opt-out in every issue. Employees at limited companies can be emailed under the corporate subscriber rules, but must still be able to opt out. If your list includes people from an old event, a trade show or a bought-in spreadsheet, we will check how they joined before including them. Where consent is unclear, a short re-permission email to that group is safer than a complaint to the ICO. ## Growing the list the right way A newsletter is only as useful as the list it goes to. We look at every place someone could join: the website footer, contact and quote forms, checkout, in-store tablets, events and social profiles. Each sign-up point gets clear wording about what people will receive and how often, and a tag so you can see which sources bring the most engaged readers. A simple reason to subscribe helps. For a garden centre that might be a seasonal planting calendar; for an accountant, tax deadline reminders; for a café, first notice of new menus. We avoid big discounts as the main hook, because they attract people who leave after one use. Slow, steady growth from people who actually want to hear from you beats a big list that never clicks. ## Reporting that tells you something We do not lead with open rates, because Apple Mail Privacy Protection preloads images and inflates them. Each month you get: - Clicks and click rate, and which links people chose - Website visits and enquiries from the newsletter, tracked in GA4 using UTM tags - Unsubscribes, bounces and spam complaints - List growth and where new subscribers came from Over a few months that shows which topics your readers care about, and we plan the next quarter around it. If you also run campaigns or automated emails, see our full email marketing service. ## What you get - A 12-month newsletter plan around your seasons, services and events - A short monthly content call or questionnaire to gather news - Written newsletter copy, edited to your tone of voice - A branded, mobile-friendly template built in your platform - Test sends checked on desktop and mobile in common email clients - Segment selection and scheduled sending - A monthly report on clicks, top links, enquiries, unsubscribes and bounces ## FAQs ### How much does newsletter management cost? dijitul marketing manages email newsletters from £95 a month + VAT. That covers planning, writing, design, build, testing, sending and a monthly report. Your email platform subscription is paid directly to the provider. ### How often should a business newsletter go out? Monthly suits most service businesses. Shops and hospitality businesses with frequent news may send fortnightly. What matters most is that it arrives on a predictable schedule and is worth reading each time. ### Do we have to write anything ourselves? Very little. We usually need a short monthly call or a quick questionnaire to find out what is happening in the business. We write everything, send it to you for approval, then build, test and schedule it. ### Can you use our existing Mailchimp template? Yes, if it works well on phones and in common email clients. If it does not, we rebuild it in your platform using your logo, colours and fonts so it looks right everywhere. ### Can we send our newsletter to business contacts without consent? Employees at limited companies and LLPs fall under PECR's corporate subscriber rules, so consent is not strictly needed, but they must be able to opt out. Sole traders and some partnerships are treated as individuals and need consent or the soft opt-in. ### How do we know if the newsletter is working? We track clicks, website visits and enquiries from each issue using UTM tags in GA4, alongside unsubscribes and complaints. Open rates are shown but not relied on because of Apple Mail Privacy Protection. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # SMS Marketing UK Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/sms-marketing/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul marketing runs SMS marketing for UK businesses from £75 a month + VAT. We set up compliant opt-in, write short text campaigns and automated messages such as order updates and appointment reminders, send them through Klaviyo, Brevo or your chosen platform and report on clicks and opt-outs. Per-message costs are paid to the platform. Price: From £75 a month + VAT ## Problems this solves - You have customer mobile numbers but no record of consent to text them. - Email open rates are falling and you want a faster channel for time-sensitive offers. - Your texts split into two or three billable messages because of one emoji. - Customers reply STOP and nothing happens, because the sender cannot receive replies. - Appointment no-shows cost you money and reminders are sent by hand. - You are not sure where marketing texts end and service texts begin. ## Key facts - SMS marketing management starts from £75 a month + VAT; message credits are paid to the SMS platform. - Under PECR, marketing texts to individuals need consent or the soft opt-in, the same as email. - Every marketing text must identify the sender and give a simple, free way to opt out. - A single SMS holds 160 characters in the standard GSM 7-bit alphabet, or 70 if it contains emoji or other Unicode characters. - An alphanumeric sender ID (your brand name) cannot receive replies, so 'reply STOP' needs a number or an opt-out link instead. - The Data (Use and Access) Act 2025 raised the maximum PECR fine to 17.5 million pounds or 4% of global turnover from 5 February 2026. ## What SMS marketing is good for A text is short, personal and usually read quickly. That makes SMS good for time-sensitive messages: a flash sale ending tonight, a table free this evening, a delivery arriving tomorrow, an appointment in the morning. It is poor for long stories, detailed product ranges or anything people need to scroll through. dijitul marketing runs SMS **from £75 a month + VAT**. That covers planning, writing, scheduling, automation and reporting. Message credits are bought from the SMS platform (Klaviyo, Brevo, Twilio-based tools and others) and are separate from our fee, so you can see exactly what you pay per send. Most clients use SMS alongside email marketing, keeping texts for the moments that matter most. ## PECR rules for marketing texts The ICO's guidance on PECR regulation 22 treats texts the same way as email. For individual subscribers, including sole traders and some partnerships, you need specific consent before sending a marketing text. The only exception is the **soft opt-in**, which applies when: - you got the number from the person during a sale, or negotiations for a sale, of a product or service; - you only text them about your own similar products or services; - you gave them a simple way to refuse when you collected the number; and - you offer an opt-out in every message. Bought-in lists of consumer mobile numbers are not covered. From 5 February 2026, the Data (Use and Access) Act 2025 also allows registered charities a similar soft opt-in for supporters who expressed interest, for messages that further their charitable purposes (SI 2026/82 on legislation.gov.uk). The same Act raised maximum PECR penalties to 17.5 million pounds or 4% of global turnover, so getting this right matters. ## Sender IDs, opt-outs and character counts A few technical details catch businesses out. - **Sender ID.** Texts can come from a mobile number or from an alphanumeric sender ID of up to 11 characters, such as your brand name. A branded sender looks professional but cannot receive replies. - **Opt-out.** PECR requires a valid way to opt out in every message. If you use a branded sender, 'reply STOP' will not reach you, so we use a short opt-out link or a number that accepts replies. - **Message length.** Under the GSM 7-bit alphabet a single SMS holds 160 characters; longer texts are split into parts of 153 characters each. Add one emoji or a curly quote and the message switches to Unicode, where a single part holds only 70 characters. Platforms charge per part, so we write to fit. ## Service texts versus marketing texts Not every text is marketing. An order dispatch notice, an appointment reminder or a password code is a service message and does not need marketing consent. Add 'and get 10% off your next order' to it, though, and it becomes marketing. We keep the two separate in your platform so a customer who has opted out of promotions still gets the reminders they need. Appointment reminders are often the quickest win for clinics, salons and trades. Automated texts the day before, with a link to reschedule, cut the admin of chasing people by phone. Back-in-stock and price-drop alerts work well for shops, as long as people asked for them. ## Timing, frequency and measurement Texts interrupt. We set quiet hours so promotional texts are not sent late in the evening or early in the morning, and frequency limits so a customer on both an automated flow and a campaign does not get two texts in a day. Every link is shortened and tagged with UTM parameters so SMS traffic shows separately in GA4. Your monthly report shows messages delivered, clicks, orders or bookings, cost per message, and opt-out rate. A rising opt-out rate is the clearest sign you are texting too often, and we will dial it back before it becomes a complaint. ## What you get - A consent audit of your existing mobile numbers and where they came from - Opt-in forms and checkout wording for SMS that meet PECR - Sender ID set-up and an opt-out route that actually works - Monthly SMS campaigns, written to fit in a single message where possible - Automated texts such as order dispatched, appointment reminders or back-in-stock - Quiet-hours and frequency rules so texts arrive at sensible times - A monthly report on delivery, clicks, conversions and opt-outs ## FAQs ### How much does SMS marketing cost? dijitul marketing manages SMS marketing from £75 a month + VAT. Message credits are paid separately to the SMS platform, such as Klaviyo or Brevo, and the per-message price depends on the provider and destination. ### Do I need consent to send marketing texts in the UK? Yes, for individuals, unless the soft opt-in applies. The ICO's PECR guidance treats texts like email: existing customers can be texted about similar products if they were offered an opt-out when you collected their number and in every message. ### Can we use our brand name as the sender? Yes. An alphanumeric sender ID of up to 11 characters can show your brand name. It cannot receive replies, so we add an opt-out link or use a reply-capable number so customers can always opt out. ### Why are some of our texts charged as two or three messages? A single SMS holds 160 GSM characters. Longer texts split into 153-character parts, and any emoji or special character switches the message to Unicode, where a part holds only 70 characters. Each part is billed separately. ### Can charities use SMS without consent now? Since 5 February 2026, the Data (Use and Access) Act 2025 lets registered charities use a soft opt-in for supporters who expressed interest, for messages furthering their charitable purposes, with an opt-out offered each time. Earlier contacts may not qualify, so check the ICO's guidance. ### Are appointment reminder texts marketing? No, a plain reminder is a service message and does not need marketing consent. If you add a promotion, it becomes marketing and PECR applies. We keep service and marketing texts separate. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Email Deliverability for Marketers Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/email-deliverability-for-marketers/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul marketing fixes email deliverability problems for UK marketing teams at £45 an hour + VAT, with a fixed quote first. We check your domain against the Gmail, Yahoo and Microsoft bulk sender rules, read Postmaster Tools data, clean your list, reduce complaints and change sending patterns so campaigns reach the inbox rather than spam. Price: £45 an hour + VAT ## Problems this solves - Campaigns that used to get clicks are now getting almost none. - Gmail shows a spam rate warning in Postmaster Tools, or you have never set Postmaster Tools up. - Outlook and Hotmail addresses are bouncing with authentication errors. - Your list includes old, bought or scraped addresses and bounce rates are climbing. - You send to your whole list every time, regardless of engagement. - Your unsubscribe link goes to a login page or takes days to work. ## Key facts - Deliverability reviews and fixes are charged at £45 an hour + VAT, with a fixed quote agreed first. - Google's sender guidelines apply bulk rules to senders of more than 5,000 messages a day to Gmail accounts. - Gmail bulk senders need SPF, DKIM and DMARC (p=none is the minimum), plus one-click unsubscribe on marketing mail. - Google asks senders to keep the Postmaster Tools spam rate below 0.1% and never reach 0.3%. - Yahoo's Sender Hub asks senders to honour unsubscribes within 2 days. - Microsoft began enforcing similar rules for Outlook.com, Hotmail and Live addresses on 5 May 2025. ## The bulk sender rules, in one place Since 2024 the big mailbox providers have set out clear minimum standards. Here is what their own documentation says, checked in October 2026: | Provider | Who it applies to | Key requirements | | Gmail (Google Email sender guidelines) | Senders of more than 5,000 messages a day to Gmail accounts | SPF, DKIM and DMARC (p=none allowed), From domain aligned with SPF or DKIM, one-click unsubscribe on marketing mail, TLS, valid PTR records, spam rate below 0.3% | | Yahoo (Sender Hub best practices) | Bulk senders | SPF and DKIM, DMARC at p=none or stronger that passes, one-click unsubscribe, honour unsubscribes within 2 days, spam rate below 0.3% | | Microsoft Outlook | Domains sending more than 5,000 emails a day to Outlook.com, Hotmail and Live | SPF and DKIM pass, DMARC at p=none or stronger aligned with the From domain, enforced from 5 May 2025 | dmarcian reported that Microsoft moved to rejecting non-compliant mail outright rather than sending it to Junk. Even if you send fewer than 5,000 a day, these rules describe what inbox providers expect from anyone sending marketing. ## Authentication is the floor, not the ceiling SPF, DKIM and DMARC prove that mail claiming to be from your domain really is. They are essential, but passing them does not guarantee the inbox. Once a provider knows who you are, it judges whether people want your mail. That is reputation, and it is built from complaints, engagement, bounces and consistency. The DNS side of authentication, including fixing SPF records, rotating DKIM keys and moving DMARC from p=none to quarantine or reject, is covered in depth by our sister company's email deliverability support service. On this page we focus on the marketing side: what you send, who you send it to and how often. ## Complaints, the number that matters most Google's guidelines tell senders to keep the spam rate reported in Postmaster Tools below 0.1% and to avoid ever reaching 0.3%. That is one complaint per thousand recipients as a target. Yahoo calculates its rate only from mail delivered to the inbox, so it can look higher than your own figures suggest. Complaints usually come from the same few causes: - People who do not remember signing up, often from old lists or competitions - A sudden jump in frequency, such as daily emails during a sale - An unsubscribe link that is hard to find, so the spam button is easier - Content that does not match what people signed up for We find which of these applies, then fix the cause rather than just the symptom. ## List hygiene and engagement-based sending Sending to people who never open or click tells inbox providers your mail is unwanted. We set up engagement tiers in your platform, for example engaged in the last 30, 90 and 180 days, and send most campaigns to the engaged tiers. Less engaged contacts get fewer emails and a re-engagement sequence, then are suppressed if they stay silent. Hard bounces should be suppressed automatically after one attempt, and role addresses such as info@ or sales@ watched closely. We never recommend buying lists or appending addresses: under the ICO's PECR guidance they rarely carry valid consent for individuals, and they are a common source of spam traps. ## Recovering from a reputation drop If Gmail or Outlook has started filtering you, the fix is gradual. We pause sends to unengaged contacts, send only to your most engaged segment for a period, keep volume steady and increase it slowly as Postmaster Tools improves. One-click unsubscribe is checked using the RFC 8058 List-Unsubscribe-Post header that Google and Yahoo ask for, and visible unsubscribe links are made obvious. Deliverability work is charged at **£45 an hour + VAT** with a fixed quote first. If you want ongoing help so it does not slip again, our email marketing service from £95 a month + VAT includes monthly monitoring of complaints and bounces. ## What you get - A check of your sending domain against Gmail, Yahoo and Microsoft bulk sender requirements - Postmaster Tools and Microsoft SNDS set-up and a reading of the data - One-click unsubscribe (RFC 8058 List-Unsubscribe header) confirmed on marketing mail - Engagement segments and a sunset policy for inactive contacts - Bounce and complaint handling reviewed in your email platform - A warm-up or recovery sending plan where reputation has dropped - A written summary of findings and fixes in plain English ## FAQs ### Do the Gmail bulk sender rules apply to small businesses? The strict bulk rules apply above 5,000 messages a day to Gmail accounts. All senders still need SPF or DKIM, TLS and a spam rate under 0.3% according to Google's sender guidelines. In practice, meeting the bulk standard is the safest approach whatever your size. ### What spam complaint rate is acceptable? Google asks senders to stay below 0.1% in Postmaster Tools and never reach 0.3%. Yahoo uses the same 0.3% ceiling. Above that, you can expect more mail to be filtered or rejected. ### What is one-click unsubscribe? It is a List-Unsubscribe header defined in RFC 8058 that lets Gmail and Yahoo show an unsubscribe button next to your sender name. Recipients leave in one click without visiting a page. Most major email platforms add it automatically when set up correctly. ### How quickly must we process unsubscribes? Yahoo's Sender Hub asks bulk senders to honour unsubscribes within 2 days. Most email platforms do it instantly, but if you sync lists from a CRM, a delayed sync can break this rule. ### Is DMARC p=none enough? It meets the minimum for Gmail, Yahoo and Microsoft. It only monitors though, so it does not stop someone spoofing your domain. Moving to quarantine or reject once all your senders pass is better protection. ### How much does a deliverability review cost? dijitul marketing charges £45 an hour + VAT and agrees a fixed quote before starting. A typical review covers domain authentication, Postmaster Tools data, list hygiene, complaint sources and a written plan. ### How long does it take to recover inbox placement? It varies with how far reputation has fallen and how much you send. Recovery usually means several weeks of steady sending to engaged contacts only. We will not promise a date, but we report progress from Postmaster Tools each week. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Digital Marketing Strategy for UK Businesses Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/digital-marketing-strategy/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul marketing writes practical digital marketing strategies for UK small businesses at £45 an hour + VAT, with a fixed quote agreed first. We look at your goals, margins, customers and current results, then set out which channels to use, what to spend, how to measure it and a 90-day action plan your team or ours can follow. Price: £45 an hour + VAT ## Problems this solves - You are doing a bit of everything (posting, boosting, the odd email) and none of it is joined up. - You don't know how much you can afford to spend to win a customer. - An agency sold you a channel without asking what the business needs. - Nobody can say which marketing activity actually brings in work. - You are about to launch something new and need a plan before spending money. - Your team is busy, and you need priorities rather than a 60-page report. ## Key facts - Strategy work is charged at £45 an hour + VAT, with a fixed quote agreed before we start. - Every strategy ends with a 90-day action plan, not just recommendations. - We set a measurement plan first: GA4 key events, conversion tracking and a simple dashboard. - Channel advice covers Google Ads, paid social, organic social, email, SMS, content and CRO. - Ad budgets are set from your margins and customer value, and ad spend is paid directly to the platforms. - We never promise rankings, ROAS or follower counts; we promise a clear plan and honest reporting. ## What a useful marketing strategy looks like A strategy is a set of choices: who you are trying to reach, what you want them to do, which channels you will use and, just as important, which ones you will leave alone. It should fit on a few pages and be clear enough that anyone in the business can tell whether a new idea fits. dijitul marketing writes strategies at **£45 an hour + VAT**, with a fixed quote agreed first. The work starts with your numbers rather than our favourite channels: average order or job value, gross margin, how many customers come back, and how many enquiries the team can actually handle each week. A plan that generates 50 leads when you can only answer 20 is not a good plan. ## Start with the customer, not the channel Before choosing channels we pin down who buys from you and why. We talk to the people who answer the phone, look at your best and worst customers, read your reviews and check what people search for. Most businesses find they have two or three distinct customer types with different triggers. A plumber, for example, may serve emergency callers who want someone today and homeowners planning a bathroom months ahead. Those two groups search differently, respond to different messages and are worth different amounts. For each group we write down what they need to hear, what stops them buying and where they look for help. That becomes the brief for every ad, email and page. It is also the simplest test for new ideas: if an activity does not reach one of those groups with the right message, it probably is not worth doing. ## How we choose channels Each channel does a different job. We match them to where your customers are and how they buy. | Channel | Best at | Our page | | Google Ads search | Catching people already looking for what you sell | Google Ads management | | Paid social | Reaching people before they search, with strong visuals | Paid social | | Organic social | Staying visible, building trust, community | Social media management | | Email and SMS | Repeat business and nurturing leads you already have | Email marketing | | Content | Answering questions, supporting SEO and sales | Content marketing | | CRO | Getting more from the traffic you already pay for | CRO | SEO and AI search visibility are handled by our sister site searchenginetuning.co.uk, and we build them into the plan where organic search matters. ## Budgets: starting from what a customer is worth The right ad budget comes from arithmetic, not from what a competitor spends. We work out how much you can afford to pay to win a customer by looking at average order value, gross margin and how often customers return. A café with low margins and frequent visits has a very different ceiling from a solicitor with one high-value case per client. From that, we set a target cost per lead or cost per sale for each paid channel and a test budget that is big enough to learn from. Ad spend is always paid directly to Google, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok and is separate from any management fee. Our own published prices are on the pricing page, so you can see the full cost of running the plan before committing. ## Measure first, then spend Most of the plans we review have one gap in common: nobody can tell which activity produced which enquiry. Before increasing any budget we set up a measurement plan: - GA4 configured with the actions that matter marked as key events, such as quote requests, calls and purchases (GA4 set-up) - Conversion tracking for Google Ads and Meta, with Consent Mode v2 and the Conversions API (conversion tracking) - UTM tagging rules so email, social and partner traffic is labelled consistently - A one-page dashboard showing spend, leads, sales and cost per result Without this, every later decision is guesswork. ## The 90-day plan Every strategy ends with a 90-day plan: what happens in each fortnight, who does it and what we expect to learn. Some clients run the plan in-house and use us for a check-in each month. Others hand parts or all of it to us. Either way, at the end of 90 days we review the numbers together and adjust. Channels that are not working get cut or changed; channels that are working get more time and budget. If you need ongoing senior help to run the plan, see our fractional marketing director service. If you want an independent look at what you are doing now before planning, start with a digital marketing audit. ## What you get - A short discovery session on goals, capacity, margins and customers - A review of current channels, tracking and results - Target customer profiles and the messages that matter to each - Channel mix and budget split, with the reasoning written down - A measurement plan: key events, tracking and reporting - A 90-day action plan with owners and dates - A follow-up review session after the first 90 days ## FAQs ### How much does a digital marketing strategy cost? dijitul marketing charges £45 an hour + VAT for strategy work and agrees a fixed quote before starting. The total depends on how many channels and products are involved and how much data there is to review. ### What do we get at the end? A short written strategy covering goals, target customers, channel mix, budget split and measurement, plus a 90-day action plan with owners and dates. We walk you through it on a call and answer questions. ### Do we have to use you to run the plan? No. Many clients run the plan themselves. You can bring us in for specific channels, such as Google Ads or email, or for a monthly review. Everything we set up is in accounts you own. ### How much should a small business spend on digital marketing? It depends on margins, customer value and capacity, so we will not give a blanket figure. We work out what you can afford to pay to win a customer and build a test budget from there. ### Do you cover SEO in the strategy? Yes, at a planning level. Hands-on SEO and AI search visibility work is done by our sister site searchenginetuning.co.uk, so we can include it in the plan and hand over cleanly. ### How long does a strategy take to write? Typically two to three weeks from the discovery session. The main variable is how quickly we get access to your analytics, ad accounts and sales figures, and how many people in the business we need to speak to. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Digital Marketing Audit UK Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/digital-marketing-audit/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul marketing carries out independent digital marketing audits for UK businesses at £45 an hour + VAT, on a fixed quote. We review your Google Ads, paid and organic social, email, GA4 tracking, consent set-up and website conversion, then give you a ranked list of fixes with the likely effort and impact of each, in plain English. Price: £45 an hour + VAT ## Problems this solves - You are paying an agency every month and are not sure what you are getting. - Ad spend has crept up while enquiries have stayed flat. - GA4 numbers don't match what the ad platforms report. - You have inherited accounts from a previous agency or staff member. - Nobody has looked at the whole picture, only individual channels. - You want a second opinion before committing to a bigger budget. ## Key facts - Audits are charged at £45 an hour + VAT on a fixed quote agreed first. - We only need read or standard access to your accounts; nothing is changed during the audit. - Tracking is checked first, because every other finding depends on accurate data. - Findings are ranked by likely impact and effort, so you know what to fix first. - You keep the report whether or not you hire us afterwards. - We don't do SEO audits here; those are handled by searchenginetuning.co.uk. ## Why an independent audit When the same agency runs your marketing and reports on it, there is no one to check the checker. An independent audit looks at every channel with fresh eyes and no interest in selling you a particular one. dijitul marketing audits at **£45 an hour + VAT** and agrees a fixed quote before starting, so you know the cost up front. We ask for read or standard access to your accounts. We do not change anything during the audit. You get a written report and a walkthrough call, and the report is yours to use however you like, including handing it back to your current agency to act on. ## What we check, channel by channel - **Tracking and consent.** Is GA4 recording the right key events? Does Google Tag Manager fire tags only after consent where needed? Is Consent Mode v2 passing ad_user_data and ad_personalization? Are Meta pixel and Conversions API events deduplicated? - **Google Ads and Microsoft Ads.** Campaign structure, search terms and negatives, bidding strategy against conversion volume, Quality Score, Performance Max asset groups and feed health. The deep version is our Google Ads audit. - **Paid social.** Audiences, creative fatigue, frequency, conversion events and attribution settings. - **Organic social.** Posting consistency, formats, engagement and whether profiles link to anything useful. - **Email and SMS.** List growth, consent records, flows, engagement and domain authentication. - **Website conversion.** Landing page relevance, speed on phones, forms, calls to action and trust signals. ## Tracking comes first If the data is wrong, every other finding is suspect. A common example: a Google Ads account bidding on 'Max Conversions' when the conversion action counts page views of the contact page rather than form submissions. The algorithm then does exactly what it was told and finds people who look at the contact page. Spend rises, enquiries do not. Other frequent problems include duplicate purchase events firing on order confirmation reloads, Meta events counted twice because pixel and server events lack a shared event_id, and consent banners that block all tags with no Consent Mode signals at all. We list each issue, explain what it affects and how to fix it. The fix itself is often a one-off conversion tracking job. ## Consent and compliance checks An audit also looks at whether your marketing is set up within the rules. On the website, we check that the cookie banner offers a genuine choice, that advertising tags respect it, and that Consent Mode v2 signals reach Google. On email and SMS, we check where contacts came from and whether the consent or soft opt-in record would stand up under the ICO's PECR guidance. This matters more than it used to. The Data (Use and Access) Act 2025 raised the maximum PECR penalty to 17.5 million pounds or 4% of global turnover, with that change commenced on 5 February 2026 according to SI 2026/82 on legislation.gov.uk. We are not lawyers and we will flag anything that needs legal advice, but we can spot the common problems quickly: pre-ticked boxes, bought lists, missing unsubscribe links and tags that fire before anyone has agreed. ## How findings are ranked A list of 80 issues is not useful. We group findings and rank them on two scales: likely impact on leads or sales, and effort to fix. Quick, high-impact fixes go at the top. Each item says what is wrong, why it matters, and what to do, in plain language your team can act on. | Priority | Meaning | | Fix now | Wasting money or breaking measurement today | | Fix this quarter | Clear improvement, moderate effort | | Consider | Worth testing once the basics are right | ## After the audit Some businesses fix everything in-house. Some ask their existing agency to work through the list. Others ask us to take on specific channels or to help turn the audit into a digital marketing strategy. There is no obligation either way. We do not audit SEO here. If organic search is a significant part of your marketing, our sister site searchenginetuning.co.uk handles technical and content SEO audits, and we can coordinate so you get one joined-up set of recommendations. ## What you get - Tracking and consent audit: GA4, Google Tag Manager, Consent Mode v2, Meta pixel and CAPI - Google Ads and Microsoft Ads account review - Paid and organic social review across your active platforms - Email and SMS review: list health, flows, consent and deliverability - Landing page and conversion path review - A ranked action list with effort and impact for each item - A call to walk through the findings ## FAQs ### How much does a digital marketing audit cost? dijitul marketing charges £45 an hour + VAT for audits and agrees a fixed quote first. The total depends on how many channels and accounts are involved. You get a written report and a walkthrough call. ### What access do you need? Read or standard access to GA4, Google Tag Manager, Google Ads, Meta Business Manager, your email platform and any other channels in scope. We don't make changes during the audit. ### Will you tell us if our current agency is doing a good job? We will tell you what we find in the accounts, good and bad, with evidence. We focus on what is set up and how it performs rather than on personalities, so the report is useful whoever acts on it. ### How long does an audit take? Usually one to two weeks from receiving access. The time depends on the number of channels, the number of accounts and how much campaign history there is to review. We confirm the timescale with the quote. ### Do you audit SEO as well? Not on this site. SEO and AI search visibility audits are done by our sister site searchenginetuning.co.uk. We can coordinate both audits so you get a single, ranked set of priorities instead of two competing lists. ### Do we have to hire you after the audit? No. The report is yours. Many clients fix things themselves or pass the list to their current agency. If you want our help, we will quote separately for the work. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Fractional Marketing Director Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/fractional-marketing-director/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul marketing provides fractional marketing director support for UK small and medium businesses at £45 an hour + VAT, usually as an agreed number of days or hours a month. We set strategy and budgets, manage agencies, freelancers and in-house staff, sign off campaigns and report to the owners or board in plain numbers. Price: £45 an hour + VAT ## Problems this solves - Marketing decisions fall to the owner or MD, who has no time for them. - You have a junior marketer or assistant who needs direction and someone to check their work. - Several agencies and freelancers report separately and nobody joins it up. - The board asks what marketing is delivering and nobody can answer clearly. - You need senior marketing input but cannot justify a full-time director's salary. - Budgets are set by habit rather than by what is working. ## Key facts - Fractional marketing director time is £45 an hour + VAT, usually booked as a monthly block. - Typical commitments range from a few hours a month to a couple of days a week. - Covers strategy, budget control, supplier management, team coaching and board reporting. - No long contract: monthly, cancel with notice. - Works alongside your existing team and agencies rather than replacing them. - We will not invent results or promise growth figures; we report what the data shows. ## What a fractional marketing director does A fractional marketing director is a senior marketer who works for you part-time. You get the judgement and planning of a director without the cost of a full-time hire. dijitul marketing provides this at **£45 an hour + VAT**, usually as a fixed number of hours or days each month that we agree in advance. The role is about decisions and direction, not doing every task. We set the plan, decide where money goes, brief the people doing the work, check it, and tell the owners or board honestly what is working. Where it makes sense, the same team can also handle hands-on work such as Google Ads or email marketing, but that is your choice, not a condition. ## Who it suits - **Owner-led businesses** where marketing decisions keep landing on the MD's desk. - **Businesses with a junior marketer** who is capable but needs a senior person to set priorities and review work. - **Companies using several suppliers** (a web agency, a PPC freelancer, a social media manager) with nobody joining them up. - **Firms preparing for growth or investment** who need marketing numbers that stand up in a board meeting. - **Businesses between hires** who need cover while recruiting a permanent head of marketing. If you only need a one-off plan rather than ongoing leadership, a digital marketing strategy is the better fit. ## A typical month Most clients book a set block of time each month. In a typical month that time covers: - A planning session with the owner or leadership team to agree priorities. - Weekly or fortnightly check-ins with in-house staff and suppliers. - Reviewing and signing off campaigns, ads, emails and content before they go live. - Checking spend against budget and moving money between channels based on results. - A monthly report: spend, leads, sales, cost per result and what changes next month. We keep a shared action log so everyone knows who is doing what, and so the work stays visible even when we are not in the room. ## Managing agencies and freelancers A lot of value comes from managing the suppliers you already have. We write clear briefs, agree what success looks like, check that they have the access and tracking they need, and review their reports with a critical eye. When an agency reports clicks and impressions but not enquiries, we ask why. When two suppliers are both claiming credit for the same sale, we look at the attribution and settle it with data. Everything is set up in accounts you own: ad accounts, analytics, email platforms and social profiles. If a supplier changes, nothing is lost. That alone often saves businesses from losing years of data when an agency relationship ends. ## The first 30 days The first month is mostly listening and fixing the foundations. We meet the owners and the team, get access to every account and supplier, and read what has been done before. We check that tracking is reliable, because decisions made on bad numbers are worse than no decisions at all. We then write a short plan for the next quarter: three or four priorities, the budget for each and how we will measure them. By the end of the first month you should know what marketing is costing, what it is producing as far as the data allows, and where the obvious waste is. Bigger changes, such as moving budget between channels or replacing a supplier, come after that, once everyone has seen the evidence. It is a steady approach on purpose. Fractional roles work best when the business trusts the numbers. ## Reporting to owners and boards Boards want simple answers: what did we spend, what did we get, and what are we changing. We build a one-page report, often as a reporting dashboard, that pulls spend from the ad platforms and leads or sales from GA4 and your CRM. We explain the numbers honestly, including where tracking has gaps because of consent or offline sales. We will not promise growth figures in advance. We will show you clearly whether the money is working and what we recommend next. ## What you get - A marketing strategy and annual plan, reviewed quarterly - Budget allocation across channels and suppliers - Briefing, managing and reviewing agencies and freelancers - Coaching and regular one-to-ones for in-house marketing staff - Campaign sign-off and brand consistency checks - Monthly board or owner report on spend, leads, sales and cost per result - Recruitment support when you are ready to hire marketing staff ## FAQs ### How much does a fractional marketing director cost? dijitul marketing charges £45 an hour + VAT. Most clients book a fixed block of hours or days each month, agreed in advance, so the monthly cost is predictable. There is no long contract. ### How many days a month do we need? It depends on the size of your team and how many suppliers we are managing. Some businesses need a few hours a month of oversight; others need a couple of days a week during a busy period. We suggest a starting level after the first conversation. ### Will you replace our current agency? Not unless it makes sense. Usually we manage your existing suppliers and help them do better work. If a supplier is clearly not delivering, we will show you the evidence and help you decide. ### Can you manage our in-house marketing assistant? Yes. We set priorities, review their work and hold regular one-to-ones. Coaching a capable junior is often the best value for money a small business can get from a senior marketer. ### Do you work on site? We work remotely from Mansfield, Nottinghamshire, using video calls, shared documents and your own tools. Site visits can be arranged where they genuinely help, such as an annual planning day or a team workshop. ### Can we stop at any time? Yes. It is billed monthly and you can cancel with notice. Because everything is set up in accounts you own, with a shared action log, handing over to a permanent hire or another supplier is straightforward. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Conversion Rate Optimisation (CRO) UK Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/conversion-rate-optimisation/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul marketing runs conversion rate optimisation for UK websites from £195 a month + VAT. We study GA4 data, heatmaps and session recordings, find where visitors drop out, write test hypotheses, run A/B tests on landing pages, forms and checkouts, and report on the change in enquiries or sales, not just clicks. Price: From £195 a month + VAT ## Problems this solves - You pay for traffic through Google Ads or Meta, but few visitors enquire or buy. - Your contact or checkout form has a high drop-off and you don't know why. - Changes to the website are made on opinion rather than evidence. - Mobile visitors convert far worse than desktop. - You ran an A/B test once and the result was inconclusive. - Your landing pages do not match the ads that send people to them. ## Key facts - CRO starts from £195 a month + VAT, monthly, cancel with notice. - We start from data: GA4 funnels, heatmaps, session recordings, form analytics and customer feedback. - Google retired its free Optimize testing tool on 30 September 2023, so testing now runs in third-party tools. - Microsoft states that since 31 October 2025 Clarity needs a valid consent signal for visitors from the UK, EEA and Switzerland. - Tests need enough conversions to read; on low-traffic sites we use research and sequential changes instead. - We will not promise a conversion rate uplift; we report what each test showed. ## What CRO is, and why it comes before more ad spend Conversion rate optimisation means getting a bigger share of your existing visitors to take the action you want: enquire, book, call or buy. If you pay for every click, improving conversion lowers the cost of every lead without spending a penny more on ads. dijitul marketing runs CRO **from £195 a month + VAT**. Each month we research, test, measure and report. It is a process, not a redesign. Small, well-chosen changes that are measured properly tend to beat big rebuilds made on opinion. ## Research before testing Good tests come from evidence. We gather it from several places: - **GA4**: funnel explorations showing where people leave, split by device, channel and landing page. Note that Google's Analytics Help says explorations are limited by your data retention setting of 2 or 14 months on standard properties. - **Heatmaps and session recordings**: tools such as Microsoft Clarity or Hotjar show where people click, how far they scroll and where they get stuck. Microsoft's documentation says Clarity has enforced consent signals for UK, EEA and Swiss visitors since 31 October 2025, so we connect it to your consent banner properly. - **Form analytics**: which field people abandon on. - **Voice of the customer**: short on-site polls, sales team feedback and review themes. From that we write a backlog of hypotheses: 'Because we saw X, we believe changing Y will cause Z, measured by W.' ## Running A/B tests properly Google retired Optimize, its free testing tool, on 30 September 2023. Testing now runs through third-party tools such as VWO, Optimizely, Convert or your ecommerce platform's own features. Tool licences are paid to the provider; we will recommend one that fits your traffic and budget. A test needs enough conversions in each version to tell a real difference from noise. Before starting, we estimate how long it will need to run. We fix the success metric in advance, run tests for whole weeks to cover weekday and weekend behaviour, and do not stop early because one version looks ahead after two days. If a site does not have the traffic to test, we say so and use research-led changes with before-and-after measurement instead. ## Where the quick wins usually are - **Message match**: the landing page headline repeats the promise in the ad that brought people there. - **Forms**: fewer fields, clear labels, phone number optional where it can be, and errors explained in plain words. - **Mobile**: tap targets big enough for thumbs, click-to-call visible, nothing important hidden behind a menu. - **Trust**: prices or price guides where possible, accreditations you genuinely hold, real photos and clear contact details. - **Speed**: heavy images and scripts slowing the first screen on phones. - **Checkout**: guest checkout, delivery costs shown early, and payment options your customers expect. Page-level work is covered in more detail on our landing page optimisation page. ## CRO for lead generation sites Much CRO advice is written for online shops, but most small businesses want enquiries and calls rather than baskets. That changes what we measure and test. A lead generation site needs to track form submissions, click-to-call taps, email clicks and booking completions as separate key events in GA4, and ideally whether those leads became customers, by importing outcomes from your CRM. The tests change too. On a service site the biggest gains often come from making the next step feel easier and safer: a short form with only the fields you truly need, a clear statement of what happens after someone submits it, a phone number that is easy to tap, and honest information on price. A quote form that asks for twelve fields before anyone has spoken to you will lose people who would happily have picked up the phone. ## Measuring the result CRO is only as good as its measurement. Before testing, we check that key events in GA4 and your ad platforms record real enquiries and sales, not page views. If they do not, we fix that first through conversion tracking. Each monthly report lists the tests run, the result for each version, the confidence level and what we will do next. Losing tests are reported too, because knowing what does not work saves you from building it. We will not promise a specific uplift. We will make sure every change is measured honestly. ## What you get - A conversion audit of key pages and funnels in GA4 - Heatmap and session recording set-up with consent signals passed correctly - A prioritised test backlog with written hypotheses - A/B or multivariate tests on pages, forms and calls to action - Copy and layout changes for tests, briefed or built - Form and checkout friction review - A monthly report: tests run, results, confidence and next tests ## FAQs ### How much does CRO cost? dijitul marketing runs conversion rate optimisation from £195 a month + VAT, billed monthly with no long contract. Testing tool licences, if needed, are paid directly to the provider and are separate from our fee. ### How much traffic do we need for A/B testing? Enough conversions in each version to tell a real difference from chance. Low-traffic sites may need weeks per test or may not be able to test at all. In that case we use research-led changes and measure before and after. ### What replaced Google Optimize? Google retired Optimize on 30 September 2023 and did not launch a direct replacement. Testing now uses third-party tools such as VWO, Optimizely or Convert, with licences paid directly to the provider. ### Do heatmap tools need cookie consent? Generally yes for tools that set cookies or record sessions. Microsoft says Clarity has required valid consent signals for UK, EEA and Swiss visitors since 31 October 2025. We connect it to your consent banner. ### Will you redesign our website? Not as part of CRO. We test specific changes to pages, forms and calls to action. If a full rebuild is needed, our sister company dijitul web design handles website projects. ### How soon will we see results? Research and the first test usually take the first month. Each test then runs until it has enough data. We won't promise a figure, but you will see every result reported clearly each month. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Google Analytics 4 (GA4) Set-up Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/ga4-setup/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul marketing sets up Google Analytics 4 for UK businesses from £95 + VAT one-off. We install GA4 through Google Tag Manager, connect it to your consent banner with Consent Mode v2, mark enquiries, calls and purchases as key events, set data retention to 14 months, filter internal traffic and link Google Ads and Search Console. Price: From £95 + VAT ## Problems this solves - GA4 was installed by a plugin and nobody knows what it records. - Your key events count page views rather than actual enquiries or sales. - Staff visits and test orders inflate your numbers. - Explorations only go back two months because retention was never changed. - Your cookie banner either blocks GA4 completely or ignores consent altogether. - The property belongs to a former agency or employee. ## Key facts - GA4 set-up starts from £95 + VAT as a one-off; conversion tracking for ad platforms is from £145 + VAT. - Google's Analytics Help says conversions in GA4 are now called key events; key events shared with Google Ads count as conversions there. - Standard GA4 properties keep user and event-level data for 2 or 14 months; Google says this setting does not affect standard aggregated reports. - We set retention to 14 months so explorations and funnels can look back over a full year. - GA4 is installed through Google Tag Manager with Consent Mode v2 so tags respect visitor choices. - The GA4 property is created in, or transferred to, your own Google account. ## What our GA4 set-up includes Google Analytics 4 is free, but a default installation tells you very little. It counts page views and some automatic events, and leaves the important questions unanswered: how many people enquired, where did they come from, and which pages helped. dijitul marketing sets GA4 up properly **from £95 + VAT** one-off. We create the property in your own Google account (or take over an existing one and check it), install it through Google Tag Manager, connect it to your cookie banner, and configure the events and settings that turn it into a useful tool. If you also need conversions sent to Google Ads and Meta, that is our conversion tracking service from £145 + VAT. ## Key events: deciding what counts Google's Analytics Help explains that what GA4 used to call conversions are now called **key events**. You mark the events that matter most to your business as key events, and those you share with Google Ads are treated as conversions there. The most common mistake we find is a key event that fires on a page view, such as anyone visiting the contact page. That inflates numbers and misleads any ad campaign bidding on it. We set key events on real actions: - **Lead forms**: fired on a confirmed submission, not on the button click - **Phone calls**: taps on tel: links from mobile - **Email clicks**: taps on mailto: links - **Bookings**: completed bookings from your booking tool - **Purchases**: the purchase event with transaction ID, value and currency, so refreshes do not double count ## Settings people forget | Setting | Why it matters | | Data retention | Google's Analytics Help says standard properties keep user and event-level data for 2 or 14 months. It does not affect standard reports, but explorations and funnels are limited to it. We choose 14 months. | | Internal traffic | Excludes visits from your office and staff so they don't skew behaviour data. | | Unwanted referrals | Stops payment gateways such as PayPal appearing as the source of a sale. | | Cross-domain measurement | Keeps a visit as one session when it crosses to a booking or shop domain. | | Enhanced measurement | Reviewed so automatic events such as form interactions do not create noise. | | Product links | Google Ads, Search Console and Merchant Center linked for joined-up reports. | ## Consent and the UK rules GA4 uses cookies, so under PECR it needs to be connected to your cookie banner. We set up Consent Mode v2, which Google's developer documentation describes as passing the consent state for **analytics_storage**, **ad_storage**, **ad_user_data** and **ad_personalization**. In basic mode, Google tags do not load until the visitor chooses. In advanced mode, tags load with consent denied by default and send cookieless pings, which Google uses for modelling. We explain both and set up the one you are comfortable with. The Data (Use and Access) Act 2025 added new exemptions from cookie consent, including for some analytics used only to improve a website, and those provisions came into force on 5 February 2026 (SI 2026/82). Whether a particular GA4 set-up qualifies depends on the ICO's guidance and how the data is used, so we follow that guidance rather than assuming the exemption applies. ## Ownership and handover Your analytics data should belong to you. We create the GA4 property in your Google account, or have the current owner transfer it, and give ourselves only the access we need. If a former agency or staff member holds the only admin login, we help you recover it. At the end you get a short written guide: which reports to check weekly, what each key event means, and how to tell if tracking has broken. If you want everything on one screen, we can add a reporting dashboard from £145 + VAT. ## What you get - GA4 property and web data stream created or reviewed in your Google account - Installation through Google Tag Manager - Consent Mode v2 connected to your cookie banner - Key events for enquiries, calls, email clicks, bookings or purchases - Data retention set to 14 months, internal traffic and unwanted referrals filtered - Links to Google Ads, Search Console and Merchant Center where relevant - A short guide to the reports that matter for your business ## FAQs ### How much does GA4 set-up cost? dijitul marketing sets up Google Analytics 4 from £95 + VAT one-off. Sending conversions to Google Ads and Meta is a separate conversion tracking service from £145 + VAT. GA4 itself is free for standard properties. ### What are key events in GA4? Key events are the actions you mark as most important, such as enquiries or purchases. Google's Analytics Help says they replaced the term conversions in GA4. Key events shared with Google Ads are counted as conversions in Google Ads. ### How long does GA4 keep data? According to Google's Analytics Help, standard properties keep user and event-level data for either 2 or 14 months. Standard aggregated reports are not affected, but explorations and funnels are. We set it to 14 months. ### Does GA4 need cookie consent in the UK? Usually yes, because it sets cookies. The Data (Use and Access) Act 2025 added some analytics exemptions from 5 February 2026, but whether your set-up qualifies depends on ICO guidance. We connect GA4 to your consent banner with Consent Mode v2. ### Can you fix a GA4 property someone else set up? Yes. We audit the existing property, fix key events, filters, retention and consent, and keep historical data intact. If access is held by someone who has left, we help you recover ownership. ### Do you install GA4 directly or through Tag Manager? Through Google Tag Manager in almost every case. It keeps all tags in one place, makes consent handling easier and lets us add or change events without editing the website code each time. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Conversion Tracking for Google Ads, GA4 and Meta Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/conversion-tracking/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul marketing sets up conversion tracking for UK advertisers from £145 + VAT one-off. We configure Google Ads conversions with enhanced conversions, GA4 key events, and the Meta pixel with Conversions API and proper deduplication, all through Google Tag Manager and Consent Mode v2, so ad platforms optimise towards real enquiries and sales. Price: From £145 + VAT ## Problems this solves - Google Ads reports conversions that never turn up as enquiries. - Meta shows twice as many purchases as your shop received. - Your consent banner blocks tags with no Consent Mode signals, so conversions disappear. - Smart bidding (Max Conversions, tCPA, tROAS) is optimising towards the wrong action. - Phone calls from ads are not tracked at all. - Nobody knows what each tag in Google Tag Manager does. ## Key facts - Conversion tracking set-up starts from £145 + VAT one-off. - Consent Mode v2 passes ad_storage, analytics_storage, ad_user_data and ad_personalization to Google tags, per Google's developer documentation. - Meta's developer documentation says pixel and Conversions API events need the same event name plus a shared event_id (or external_id and fbp) to deduplicate, within a 48-hour window. - Meta scores Event Match Quality from 1 to 10; email, phone, IP, user agent, fbp and fbc are among the highest-weighted parameters. - Google Ads Help says enhanced conversions send first-party data such as email, hashed with SHA256 before it leaves the browser. - All tags are managed in Google Tag Manager in your own account. ## Why conversion tracking decides how your ad money is spent Modern ad platforms optimise automatically. Google Ads bidding strategies such as Maximise Conversions, target CPA and target ROAS, and Meta's Advantage+ campaigns, all learn from the conversions you send them. Send them the wrong signal and they will efficiently find more of the wrong thing. dijitul marketing sets up conversion tracking **from £145 + VAT** one-off. We start with a tracking plan: what counts as a conversion for your business, which one the ad platforms should optimise for, and what each is worth. Then we build it, test it and hand it over with a written explanation. If GA4 itself needs setting up first, see our GA4 set-up service. ## Consent Mode v2 In the UK, advertising cookies need consent under PECR. Consent Mode is how Google tags learn what the visitor chose. Google's developer documentation lists the main signals: - **ad_storage**: cookies for advertising - **analytics_storage**: cookies for analytics - **ad_user_data**: whether user data can be sent to Google for advertising - **ad_personalization**: whether data can be used for personalised ads such as remarketing The documentation describes two set-ups. In **basic** mode, tags are blocked until the visitor chooses, and nothing is sent if they decline; Google uses a general model to estimate missing conversions. In **advanced** mode, tags load with consent denied and send cookieless pings, which allow an advertiser-specific model. We set up whichever you are comfortable with and make sure your banner actually sends the signals. ## Meta pixel and Conversions API The Meta pixel runs in the browser and can be blocked by browser settings, ad blockers or declined consent. The **Conversions API** (CAPI) sends the same events from a server. Using both gives Meta a more complete picture, but only if they are deduplicated. Meta's developer documentation says redundant pixel and server events must share the same event name and either the same **event_id** or a combination of external_id and fbp, and that deduplication works within 48 hours. Without that, each purchase can be counted twice. We generate one event_id per action and pass it to both. Meta rates the customer information sent with server events as **Event Match Quality**, a score from 1 to 10. Its documentation lists email, phone number, IP address, user agent, fbp and fbc among the highest-weighted parameters. Personal data such as email is normalised and hashed with SHA256. CAPI can be set up through Shopify and WooCommerce integrations, a server-side Google Tag Manager container or a partner tool, and server events respect the same consent choices as the pixel. ## Google Ads enhanced conversions Google Ads Help describes enhanced conversions as a supplement to your conversion tags that sends first-party data from your website, such as an email address, hashed with SHA256 before it leaves the browser. It helps Google match conversions to ad clicks when cookies are missing. For lead forms, Google says at least an email (preferred) or phone number must be provided, and phone numbers must include the country code. Auto-tagging must be on. Google's current Tag Manager guide says enhanced conversions for web and for leads are now one combined setting. We map your form fields in Tag Manager and let the Google tag do the hashing, rather than hashing values ourselves. ## Testing and handover Every conversion is tested before we sign off. We submit real test forms, make test calls and place test orders, then confirm each one in Google Tag Assistant, GA4 DebugView, Google Ads conversion diagnostics and Meta Events Manager's test events tool. We check that consent choices change what fires, and that a refreshed order confirmation page does not record a second sale. You get a short document listing every tag, trigger and conversion action, what it measures and how to check it still works. Tracking breaks quietly when a website changes, so we suggest a quick check after any site update. If you want results on one screen, add a reporting dashboard. ## What you get - A tracking plan listing each conversion action, its trigger and value - Google Ads conversion actions with enhanced conversions - GA4 key events aligned with the ad platform conversions - Meta pixel and Conversions API with event_id deduplication - Consent Mode v2 connected to your consent banner - Call tracking from ads and website click-to-call - Testing in Tag Assistant, GA4 DebugView and Meta Events Manager, with a written handover ## FAQs ### How much does conversion tracking set-up cost? dijitul marketing sets up conversion tracking for GA4, Google Ads and Meta from £145 + VAT one-off. The fixed price depends on the number of conversion actions, platforms and how your site is built. ### What is Consent Mode v2? It is Google's way of passing your visitors' cookie choices to Google tags. Version 2 added ad_user_data and ad_personalization to ad_storage and analytics_storage. Without it, Google has far less data to measure or model conversions from consenting and non-consenting visitors. ### Do I need Meta Conversions API if I have the pixel? It is strongly worth having. The pixel can be blocked in the browser; CAPI sends events from a server. Used together with a shared event_id for deduplication, Meta gets a more complete and accurate picture. ### Why does Meta show more sales than we had? Common causes are pixel and server events without a shared event_id, purchase events firing again when the confirmation page reloads, or Meta's attribution window counting view-through conversions. We check each in the set-up. ### Can you track phone calls from ads? Yes. We track taps on phone numbers from mobile, Google Ads call assets and calls from the website. Call recording or dynamic number insertion tools are separate subscriptions if you need them. ### Is enhanced conversions safe for customer data? Google's help documentation says the data is hashed with SHA256 before it leaves the browser and is used to match conversions. It should still be covered by your privacy notice and consent set-up, which we check. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Looker Studio (Data Studio) Reporting Dashboards Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/looker-studio-dashboards/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul marketing builds Looker Studio reporting dashboards for UK businesses from £145 + VAT one-off. Google renamed the tool Data Studio in April 2026, and it is still free. We connect GA4, Google Ads, Search Console, Meta and email data into one clear page showing spend, leads, sales and cost per result. Price: From £145 + VAT ## Problems this solves - You log into five platforms every month to work out how marketing did. - Your agency's PDF report is full of impressions and nothing about enquiries. - The board wants one number for cost per lead and nobody can produce it. - An old dashboard shows errors because the GA4 quota runs out. - Different reports give different totals and nobody trusts any of them. - The existing report belongs to a former agency's account. ## Key facts - Reporting dashboards start from £145 + VAT one-off. - Google announced in April 2026 that Looker Studio is being renamed Data Studio, and Looker Studio Pro becomes Data Studio Pro; existing reports carried over. - The free version connects natively to Google sources such as GA4, Google Ads, Search Console, BigQuery and Sheets. - Meta, LinkedIn and some email platforms need a third-party connector or a Sheets import; connector fees are paid to the provider. - Reports using the GA4 connector draw on GA4 Data API quotas, so we design pages to avoid hitting them. - The dashboard is owned by your Google account and can be shared by link. ## Looker Studio is now Data Studio Google announced in April 2026 that Looker Studio is being renamed **Data Studio**, the name it carried until 2022. According to Google's announcement on its Developers forum, Looker Studio Pro becomes Data Studio Pro. Reports, data sources and sharing carried over automatically. Many people still search for Looker Studio, so we use both names, but it is the same free tool. dijitul marketing builds dashboards in it **from £145 + VAT** one-off. The fixed price depends on how many data sources and pages you need. We build in your Google account so you own the report and can share it with anyone by link. ## What goes on a good marketing dashboard A dashboard should answer a few questions in seconds. We agree those questions first, then design around them. Most of our marketing dashboards have: - **An overview page**: spend, leads or sales, cost per result and return on ad spend for the period, compared with the previous period and last year. - **A channel page**: results by source, such as Google Ads, Meta, email, organic search and direct. - **A campaign page**: spend and results per campaign, so you can see which to scale and which to cut. - **A website page**: landing pages with the most key events, and device split. We leave out vanity metrics such as impressions unless they help explain a change. One honest page beats ten pages of charts. ## Connecting the data | Source | Connection | | GA4 | Google's native connector | | Google Ads | Google's native connector | | Search Console | Google's native connector | | Google Sheets and BigQuery | Google's native connectors | | Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok ads | Third-party connector, or scheduled export to Sheets | | Klaviyo, Mailchimp | Third-party connector, or export to Sheets | | CRM (sales outcomes) | Export to Sheets or BigQuery | Third-party connectors carry their own subscription fee, paid to the provider. Where a free route through Google Sheets is reliable enough, we will suggest it. Data blending lets us join ad spend with GA4 leads on date and campaign, which is how cost per lead is calculated across platforms. ## Avoiding the GA4 quota errors The GA4 connector uses the GA4 Data API, and Google limits how many API tokens a property can use per hour and per day. A busy report with many charts, viewed by several people, can run out, and charts then show errors until the quota resets. Because the quota is shared at property level, one heavy report can affect others. We design with that in mind: fewer, better charts per page, sensible default date ranges, and data extracts or a BigQuery export for heavier reporting. For larger accounts, GA4's free BigQuery export can feed the dashboard without touching the Data API quota at all. ## Dashboards for clients, teams and boards Different people need different views. A business owner wants one screen: what did we spend, what did we get, is it getting better? A marketing assistant needs campaign detail to decide what to change this week. A board wants a quarterly trend and a short explanation. We build one report with pages for each audience, rather than three separate reports that drift apart. Filters let people narrow the view without breaking anything: by channel, by campaign, by device or by a service line if you sell several. Viewers get view-only access, so nobody accidentally deletes a chart. If you run a franchise or several locations, we can add a location filter fed from GA4 or your CRM, so each branch sees its own numbers alongside the group total. ## Making the numbers agree Google Ads, Meta and GA4 rarely report the same totals. Each uses its own attribution model, its own conversion window and its own view of consent. We explain those differences in the dashboard itself, with a short note on each page, and choose one source as the main record for leads or sales, usually GA4 or your CRM. A dashboard is only as good as the tracking behind it. If key events or ad conversions are wrong, we will recommend fixing them first through conversion tracking, so the report shows the truth rather than just looking tidy. ## What you get - A short discovery call to agree the few numbers that matter - A dashboard built in your Google account in Looker Studio (Data Studio) - Data sources connected: GA4, Google Ads, Search Console, and others as agreed - Calculated fields for cost per lead, cost per sale and return on ad spend - Date comparisons (month on month and year on year) and channel filters - Quota-friendly page design for GA4 - A walkthrough and a short written guide ## FAQs ### How much does a Looker Studio dashboard cost? dijitul marketing builds reporting dashboards from £145 + VAT one-off. The fixed price depends on the number of data sources and pages. Looker Studio (now Data Studio) itself is free; third-party connectors are paid to the provider. ### Is Looker Studio the same as Data Studio? Yes. Google announced in April 2026 that Looker Studio is being renamed Data Studio, the name it used before 2022. Existing reports and sharing carried over, and the free version works the same way. ### Can you include Meta and LinkedIn ads data? Yes, through a third-party connector or a scheduled export to Google Sheets. Connectors have their own fee, paid to the provider. We will recommend the simplest reliable route for your budget. ### Why does our dashboard show quota errors? The GA4 connector draws on GA4 Data API quotas per property. Reports with many charts and viewers can exhaust them. We rebuild pages to use fewer requests, or move heavy reporting to extracts or BigQuery. ### Will the dashboard update automatically? Yes. Native Google connectors such as GA4 and Google Ads refresh on their own. Sheets-based sources update whenever the sheet updates, which we can schedule. You simply open the link and choose the date range. ### Who owns the dashboard? You do. We build it in your Google account, or transfer ownership to you on completion, so access never depends on us or any agency. You can share it with your team or board by link, with view-only access. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Content Marketing for UK Businesses Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/content-marketing/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul marketing runs content marketing for UK businesses from £195 a month + VAT. We research the questions your customers ask, plan a monthly calendar, write useful articles and guides, and reuse each piece across email, social media and ads, then report on visits, enquiries and assisted sales rather than word counts. Price: From £195 a month + VAT ## Problems this solves - Your blog has three posts from years ago and nothing since. - You know content matters but nobody has time to write it. - What you do publish is generic and could be from any competitor. - Sales staff answer the same questions every day with nothing to send people. - Social and email channels have nothing new to share. - You can't tell whether any of your content brings in work. ## Key facts - Content marketing starts from £195 a month + VAT, monthly, cancel with notice. - Single articles and pages are available from £45 per piece + VAT. - Topics come from real customer questions, sales calls, reviews and search data. - Every main piece is reused in email, social posts and, where it fits, ads. - We write in UK English, in your tone of voice, and you approve everything before it is published. - SEO strategy and technical SEO are handled by our sister site searchenginetuning.co.uk. ## Content that does a job Content marketing works when each piece answers a real question someone has before they buy from you. 'How much does a loft conversion cost?', 'What do I need to bring to my first appointment?', 'Do I need planning permission for a garden room?' Those are the questions people type into Google, ask AI assistants and ask your staff on the phone. dijitul marketing runs content marketing **from £195 a month + VAT**. The monthly output depends on the depth of each piece. One thorough guide that fully answers a big question is usually worth more than four thin blog posts. We agree the calendar each month so you know exactly what you are getting. ## Where topics come from - **Your team.** A short call with whoever handles enquiries usually produces more topics than any tool. - **Reviews and emails.** What customers praise, worry about or misunderstand. - **Search data.** Search Console queries you already appear for, and related searches. - **Ads data.** Google Ads search terms show the exact words people use when they are ready to buy. - **Competitors.** Questions they answer badly or not at all. We group topics into a few themes that match your services, so content builds up depth in the areas you want to be known for, rather than scattering across unrelated subjects. ## Writing for people, search engines and AI assistants The same habits help readers, Google and AI assistants. Each piece opens with a direct answer in the first few sentences. Headings match the questions people ask. Facts are specific and checkable, with sources named. Prices, where you publish them, are stated plainly. Lists and tables are used when they make information easier to scan. We avoid filler, keyword stuffing and generic introductions. Every article links to the relevant service page and has one clear next step. The search side of the plan, including keyword research, technical SEO and AI search visibility, is handled by our sister site searchenginetuning.co.uk, and we coordinate with them where you use both. ## Formats that suit different questions Not every question needs a blog post. We pick the format that answers it best: - **Guides** for big, considered decisions, such as choosing a supplier or understanding a process from start to finish. - **Cost explainers** that set out what affects price, with your own figures where you publish them. - **Comparisons** that honestly weigh up two options your customers often choose between. - **FAQ pages** that collect the short questions your team answers every week. - **Checklists** that people can save or print before a job, appointment or purchase. - **Project write-ups** showing how you approached a real job, using only details the client is happy to share. Where a topic needs visuals, such as diagrams, photography or short video, our sister company dijitul media can produce them, and we brief them so the content and visuals match. ## One piece, many uses A good guide is too valuable to publish once and forget. From each main piece we produce: - A section of your email newsletter, linking to the full article - Two or three social posts for LinkedIn, Facebook or Instagram, each with a different angle - A short answer your sales team can paste into replies - Where it fits, an ad or a landing page variation for paid campaigns That turns one research effort into a month of useful activity across channels, and gives your social media something better to say than generic posts. ## Measuring content Content rarely gets the last click before an enquiry, so judging it on last-click conversions undervalues it. We report on: - Visits and engaged sessions per piece in GA4 - Enquiries and key events where content was part of the journey - Clicks from email and social to each piece - Which topics bring visitors who go on to view service pages Over a few months, that shows which themes are worth doing more of. We will not promise rankings or traffic figures, but we will show clearly what each piece is contributing. ## What you get - A content plan built from customer questions and search data - A monthly calendar agreed in advance - Articles, guides, FAQs and case-style explainers written and edited - Images sourced or briefed, plus meta titles and descriptions - Repurposed versions for email, LinkedIn, Facebook and Instagram - Internal links to your service pages and calls to action - A monthly report on visits, engagement, enquiries and assisted conversions ## FAQs ### How much does content marketing cost? dijitul marketing runs content marketing from £195 a month + VAT, monthly with no long contract. Individual articles or pages are available from £45 per piece + VAT if you only need occasional writing. ### How many articles do we get each month? It depends on depth. We agree the calendar in advance. Some months that is one thorough guide plus repurposed email and social content; other months several shorter pieces. You always know what is coming before we start. ### Do you use AI to write content? We may use AI tools for research or first outlines, but every piece is written, edited and fact-checked by a person, in UK English and your tone of voice. Facts and statistics are checked against named sources. ### Is content marketing the same as SEO? They overlap. Content marketing creates useful material for customers across channels. SEO covers keyword strategy, technical health and links. Our sister site searchenginetuning.co.uk handles SEO, and we coordinate where you use both. ### Can you write about technical or regulated subjects? Yes, with your input. For legal, financial or clinical topics we interview your experts and send drafts for sign-off. You remain responsible for professional accuracy, and we make sure it reads clearly. ### Who publishes the content? We can publish directly to WordPress and most website platforms, with images, headings, internal links and meta details in place, or send the finished piece for you to publish. Either way, you approve it before it goes live. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Copywriting and Blog Writing UK Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/copywriting/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul marketing writes copy for UK businesses from £45 per piece + VAT. We write website pages, landing pages, blog articles, ads, emails and product descriptions in plain UK English, built around what your customers need to know and the action you want them to take. Every piece is researched, edited and sent for your approval. Price: From £45 per piece + VAT ## Problems this solves - Your website talks about you, not about what the customer gets. - Pages are long but never say clearly what to do next. - Product descriptions are copied from the manufacturer, the same as every other shop. - Ads get clicks but the landing page copy says something different. - Your team writes well about the work but never has time to write. - Blog posts are generic and could belong to any competitor. ## Key facts - Copywriting starts from £45 per piece + VAT; longer pieces are quoted at a fixed price first. - We write website pages, landing pages, blog articles, Google and Meta ads, emails and product descriptions. - All copy is written in UK English, in your tone of voice, and edited by a second person. - Facts and statistics are checked and their sources named. - Ad copy is written to platform limits, such as Google responsive search ad headline and description lengths. - One round of revisions is included as standard. ## What we write dijitul marketing writes copy **from £45 per piece + VAT**. A short piece, such as a product description, an email or a set of ads, sits at the lower end. A full service page, a long guide or a landing page is quoted at a fixed price before we start, so there are no surprises. - **Website pages**: home, service and about pages that explain what you do, who it is for and what happens next. - **Landing pages**: focused pages for ad campaigns, with one goal and no distractions. - **Blog articles and guides**: answers to real customer questions, written to be read and quoted. - **Ads**: Google search ads, Meta and LinkedIn ad copy, written to each platform's character limits. - **Emails**: campaigns, newsletters and automated sequences. - **Product descriptions**: original descriptions that say what the product does, who it suits and what is in the box. ## How we write: clear first, clever second Good marketing copy is mostly clear thinking. Before writing, we pin down who the reader is, what they already know, what worries them and what we want them to do. Then we write in short sentences, plain words and the active voice. The reader should never have to work out what you mean. Each page or piece follows a simple shape: - Say what it is and who it is for, straight away. - Show what the customer gets, in specific terms rather than adjectives. - Answer the main objections: price, time, risk, trust. - Give proof you are genuinely able to share, such as accreditations held or details of how you work. - Make the next step obvious and easy. We avoid hype words and empty claims. 'Fast delivery' means little. 'Order by 2pm for next working day delivery' is something a customer can rely on, and something an AI assistant can quote. ## Writing for ads and character limits Ad copy has hard limits. Google's responsive search ads take multiple short headlines and longer descriptions, and Google mixes them in different combinations, so each headline must make sense on its own and alongside any other. Meta ads need a strong first line, because the rest of the primary text may be cut off behind 'See more' in the feed. We write ad copy in sets for testing: different angles (price, speed, quality, guarantee), each matched to a landing page that repeats the same promise. When the ad and page say the same thing, more of the people who click go on to enquire. If you want us to run the ads as well, see Google Ads management from £150 a month + VAT. ## Product descriptions for online shops Manufacturer descriptions appear on every shop selling the same product, so they give customers no reason to buy from you. We write original descriptions that cover what the product is, what problem it solves, who it suits, key specifications in a scannable list, and what is included. Where a product needs care instructions or sizing guidance, we add it. For larger catalogues, we start with your best sellers and highest-margin products, agree a template, then work through the range in batches at an agreed price per description. Product titles and descriptions also feed your Google Merchant Center listings for Shopping ads, so clear, accurate wording helps there too. ## Process and turnaround - **Brief.** A short questionnaire or call. For technical subjects, a 20 to 30 minute interview with someone who knows the work. - **Draft.** Written and edited, usually within a week for single pieces. - **Review.** You comment in Google Docs. One round of revisions is included. - **Publish.** You publish it, or we load it into your website with headings, links and meta details. For regular writing each month, our content marketing service from £195 a month + VAT includes planning, writing and reuse across email and social. ## What you get - A short brief: audience, goal, key points, tone and call to action - Researched, original copy in UK English - Headlines and subheadings that match what people search for - Meta titles and descriptions for web pages - A second-person edit for clarity, accuracy and tone - One round of revisions - Copy supplied in Google Docs or loaded into your website on request ## FAQs ### How much does copywriting cost? dijitul marketing writes copy from £45 per piece + VAT. Short pieces such as emails, ads or product descriptions are at the lower end. Longer pages and guides are quoted at a fixed price before we start. ### Do you write in UK English? Always. We use UK spelling and grammar, UK terms and references, and a plain, direct style that suits small-business readers. If you sell abroad, we can adapt copy for other English-speaking markets on request. ### Will the copy be original? Yes. Every piece is written from scratch for your business. We never copy manufacturer descriptions or competitors' text, we check for accidental overlap, and we name sources for any facts or statistics we include. ### Do you use AI to write? We may use AI tools for research or outlines, but every piece is written and edited by a person, fact-checked and matched to your tone of voice. We do not hand over unedited machine output. ### How many revisions are included? One round of revisions is included as standard. Further rounds, or changes to the original brief, are charged at £45 an hour + VAT and agreed before we do them. ### Can you write about technical or specialist subjects? Yes, with your help. We interview the person who knows the subject, write the draft and send it back for a technical check. You approve accuracy; we make it clear and readable. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Landing Page Optimisation for Ads Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/landing-page-optimisation/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul marketing reviews and improves landing pages for UK businesses running Google Ads and paid social, at £45 an hour + VAT on a fixed quote. We check message match with your ads, mobile speed, forms, calls to action, trust signals and tracking, then rewrite copy and brief or make changes so more paid clicks become enquiries. Price: £45 an hour + VAT ## Problems this solves - Ads send people to your home page, which tries to say everything at once. - The landing page headline doesn't match what the ad promised. - Your quote form asks for too much before anyone has spoken to you. - The page is slow on phones and the call button is hard to find. - Google Ads shows a 'below average' landing page experience. - Paid social visitors leave within seconds. ## Key facts - Landing page reviews and fixes are charged at £45 an hour + VAT on a fixed quote. - Ongoing testing across pages is available as CRO from £195 a month + VAT. - Google's Quality Score includes landing page experience, alongside expected click-through rate and ad relevance. - The biggest gains usually come from message match, form length, mobile layout and clear next steps. - We check that every page records enquiries correctly as key events before judging it. - New landing pages can be designed and built by our sister site dijitul web design. ## Why landing pages matter so much for paid traffic You pay for every click from Google Ads, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. If the page those clicks land on is confusing, slow or asks for too much, the money is spent and nothing comes back. Improving the landing page is often the cheapest way to reduce cost per lead, because it makes every existing click more valuable. dijitul marketing reviews and improves landing pages at **£45 an hour + VAT**, with a fixed quote agreed before we start. If you want continuous testing across several pages, that is our conversion rate optimisation service from £195 a month + VAT. ## Message match: say what the ad said Someone who searched 'emergency boiler repair Derby' and clicked an ad promising 'same-day boiler repair' should land on a page whose headline says same-day boiler repair, in Derby. If they land on a general heating page with a slider of stock photos, many will go back to Google and click the next ad. We map every ad group or ad set to its landing page and check that the promise, the offer and the wording line up. Google's Quality Score is made up of expected click-through rate, ad relevance and **landing page experience**, so a better match can also help your ads compete more cost-effectively. Where one page is serving very different searches, we recommend separate pages or variations. ## The checklist we work through | Area | What we look for | | Above the fold on mobile | Headline matching the ad, one-line benefit, a visible call to action or phone number | | Speed | Heavy images, sliders and third-party scripts delaying the first screen on a phone connection | | Form | Only the fields you truly need, clear labels, helpful errors, what happens after submitting | | Trust | Accreditations you hold, real photos, guarantees you actually offer, clear contact details and address | | Price | A price, a range or what affects price, where you can share it | | Distractions | Menus, links and pop-ups that pull people away from the one action | | Tracking | Form submissions and calls recorded as key events and ad conversions | ## Pages for paid social are different Search visitors arrive with a need. Paid social visitors were scrolling and saw something interesting, so they are earlier in their thinking. A landing page for Meta or TikTok traffic usually needs to do more explaining: what this is, why it is relevant to them, and a lower-commitment next step, such as a price guide, a short quiz or a call-back request, rather than a long quote form. We also match the visual style. If the ad was a short vertical video of the product in use, a landing page that opens with a stock photo and a paragraph of text feels like a different company. Using the same imagery, wording and offer as the ad keeps people with you. ## Forms and the moment after submitting The form is where most landing pages lose people. Each extra field is another reason to stop, and some fields, such as a full address or a budget box, feel intrusive before anyone has spoken to you. We cut the form to what you genuinely need to reply, mark optional fields clearly, and make sure error messages explain exactly what to fix rather than clearing everything the visitor typed. What happens after submitting matters too. A thank-you page that says who will get in touch, how and roughly when reassures people and reduces duplicate enquiries. It is also the cleanest place to fire a conversion, because it only loads after a successful submission. Where people prefer to talk, a tap-to-call button placed next to the form gives them a second route without leaving the page. ## Making the changes Once we have reviewed the pages, you get a clear change list with rewritten copy. Where we have access to your website, for example on WordPress, we can make text and layout changes directly. Where changes need a developer, we write the brief. If a campaign needs new pages built from scratch, our sister site dijitul web design creates dedicated landing page designs, and we supply the copy and tracking plan so the page is ready for ads on day one. After changes go live, we compare conversion rate and cost per lead against the previous period, allowing for seasonality and any changes in ad spend. ## What you get - A review of each landing page against the ads and keywords that send traffic to it - Mobile speed and layout checks on real devices - Rewritten headlines, body copy and calls to action - Form simplification and error message improvements - Trust and proof elements you can genuinely use - Tracking checks for key events and ad conversions - A change list for your developer, or changes made directly where we have access ## FAQs ### How much does landing page optimisation cost? dijitul marketing reviews and improves landing pages at £45 an hour + VAT, with a fixed quote agreed first. Ongoing testing across pages is available as conversion rate optimisation from £195 a month + VAT. ### Should our ads go to the home page? Rarely. A home page has to serve everyone, so it cannot match a specific search or ad closely. A dedicated page for each main service or offer usually turns more clicks into enquiries. ### What is landing page experience in Google Ads? It is one of the three components of Google's Quality Score, alongside expected click-through rate and ad relevance. It reflects how relevant and useful your page is to people who click the ad. ### Can you build new landing pages? We write the copy and plan the tracking. Design and build are handled by our sister site dijitul web design, so you get a page that is designed, written and measured properly from the start. ### How many form fields should a landing page have? As few as you genuinely need to respond. Name, contact method and a short message is often enough for a first enquiry. Every extra field should earn its place, because each one gives people a reason to stop. ### How do you know if the changes worked? We check tracking first, then compare conversion rate and cost per lead before and after, allowing for seasonality and budget changes. With enough traffic, we run a proper A/B test instead. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Digital Marketing Training for Teams Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/marketing-training/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul marketing trains UK business owners and staff in digital marketing at £45 an hour + VAT. Sessions run live over video or in person and use your own accounts, covering Google Ads, GA4, Meta ads, social media, email marketing and PECR consent, so your team leaves able to do the work, not just talk about it. Price: £45 an hour + VAT ## Problems this solves - You have hired a marketing assistant who needs to learn the tools quickly. - You run your own Google Ads or Meta ads and are not sure you are doing it right. - Nobody in the business can read GA4 reports. - Your team posts on social media but with no plan or consistency. - You want to bring marketing in-house and need the skills first. - Generic online courses have not stuck because they don't use your accounts. ## Key facts - Training is £45 an hour + VAT, for one person or a small team. - Sessions use your own Google Ads, GA4, Meta, social and email accounts wherever possible. - Run live over video, or in person by arrangement; sessions can be recorded for your team. - Every session ends with written notes and a short checklist to follow afterwards. - Topics are tailored to your business, not a fixed syllabus. - Follow-up support is available at the same hourly rate. ## Training that uses your own accounts Most marketing courses teach with demo accounts and generic examples. People nod along and then freeze when they open their own Google Ads account. dijitul marketing trains in your actual accounts wherever possible, so every click, report and setting is the one your team will use on Monday morning. Training is charged at **£45 an hour + VAT**, whether for one person or a small team. Most clients book a short series of sessions on related topics, with time between them to practise. We start with a quick skills check so we do not waste anyone's time on what they already know. ## Topics we teach - **Google Ads**: campaign types, keyword match types, search terms and negative keywords, bidding strategies such as Maximise Conversions and target CPA, reading Quality Score, and when to use Performance Max. - **GA4**: the reports that matter, key events, explorations, comparing channels and spotting broken tracking. - **Google Tag Manager**: what tags, triggers and variables do, and how to check what fires. - **Meta ads**: campaign objectives, audiences, creative testing, reading results in Ads Manager and Events Manager. - **Organic social media**: planning, formats, scheduling and community management. - **Email marketing**: building campaigns, segmentation, automation and reading reports in Klaviyo or Mailchimp. - **Consent and compliance**: PECR rules for email, SMS and cookies in plain English. - **Reporting**: building a simple Looker Studio (now Data Studio) dashboard. ## Who it suits Training works best for businesses that want to do some or all of their marketing in-house, and want to do it properly. Typical clients include: - Owners who run their own ads and want a second pair of eyes plus the skills to improve - New marketing assistants or executives who need to get up to speed fast - Teams taking over channels from an agency - Office or admin staff who have been given social media or the newsletter on top of their main job If you would rather someone senior oversaw the team on an ongoing basis, our fractional marketing director service combines direction with coaching. ## Example training plans Plans are tailored, but these give an idea of how sessions usually fit together. | Goal | Typical sessions | | Run your own Google Ads safely | Account structure and match types; search terms and negatives; bidding and conversions; monthly review routine | | Understand your website data | GA4 reports and key events; explorations and funnels; building a simple dashboard | | Bring social media in-house | Planning and formats; scheduling and community management; Meta ads basics | | Run email properly | Consent and list building; campaigns and segments; automation and reporting | Each plan ends with a short written routine: what to check daily, weekly and monthly, and the warning signs that something needs attention. That routine is often the most useful thing a team takes away, because it keeps good habits going long after the training ends. ## How sessions run - **Skills check.** A short questionnaire and a look at the accounts, so we pitch it right. - **Plan.** We agree topics and the number of sessions. Most sessions run for one to two hours; longer days include breaks and practical exercises. - **Live sessions.** Screen-shared over video, or in person by arrangement. Attendees work in the accounts while we guide. - **Notes.** After each session you get written notes, links to the relevant settings and a checklist. - **Practice and review.** Your team completes small tasks between sessions, and we review them at the start of the next one. Sessions can be recorded so new starters can watch later. ## Free resources that complement our training We point trainees to the platforms' own learning material to keep going after our sessions. Google offers free courses and certifications through Skillshop, and Meta has free courses through Meta Blueprint. These are useful for definitions and theory. Our sessions fill the gap between theory and your real accounts: why your search terms report looks the way it does, what to do about it, and how to tell if the change worked. If, after training, you want us to check your team's work now and again, follow-up reviews are charged at the same hourly rate. Many teams book a monthly hour for a quick review and questions. ## What you get - A short skills check before the first session - A tailored training plan by topic and session - Live sessions in your own accounts - Recordings of sessions for later reference, if wanted - Written notes and checklists after each session - Practical exercises to complete between sessions - Optional follow-up reviews of work your team has done ## FAQs ### How much does marketing training cost? dijitul marketing charges £45 an hour + VAT for training, whether for one person or a small team. Most clients book a short series of sessions, agreed in advance, so the total cost is clear. ### Do you train in person? Most sessions are live over video with screen sharing, which works well for software training and is easy to record. In-person sessions can be arranged by agreement. We are based in Mansfield, Nottinghamshire. ### Do you use our own accounts? Yes, wherever possible. Training in your own Google Ads, GA4, Meta and email accounts means your team learns the exact settings and reports they will use. We need standard access for the session. ### Is this a certified course? No. It is practical, tailored training rather than a certificate course. For certification, Google Skillshop and Meta Blueprint offer free courses, and we can point your team to the right ones. ### Can you train a new marketing assistant from scratch? Yes. We start with the basics and build up over several sessions, with tasks between them. Many clients pair this with a monthly review hour so the assistant has ongoing support. ### Do you provide notes? Yes. After each session you get written notes, links to the settings and reports we covered and a short checklist for the week ahead. Sessions can also be recorded for anyone who could not attend. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Ecommerce Marketing for UK Online Shops Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/ecommerce-marketing/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul marketing runs ecommerce marketing for UK online shops, with Google Shopping and Performance Max management from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. We connect product feeds, paid social, Klaviyo email flows, SMS and conversion work into one plan, measured on orders, revenue and margin rather than clicks. Price: From £150 a month + VAT ## Problems this solves - Shopping ads spend heavily on a few products while the rest of the range gets nothing. - Merchant Center shows disapproved products and you don't know why. - Meta ads worked last year and now cost more for fewer orders. - Most visitors never buy and you have no way to bring them back. - First-time buyers rarely order a second time. - Platform reports claim more sales than your shop actually took. ## Key facts - Google Ads and Shopping management starts from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher, plus the ad spend itself. - Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend; email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. - ONS retail sales figures show online sales were 29.4% of all UK retailing in June 2026, the highest share since April 2021. - Shopping and Performance Max depend on a clean Google Merchant Center product feed. - Email flows such as abandoned checkout and post-purchase are set up from £195 + VAT. - We measure orders, revenue and, where you share it, margin, not just ROAS. ## How the channels fit together for an online shop Online retail is a big share of UK shopping. The Office for National Statistics' retail sales bulletin reported that online sales made up 29.4% of all retailing in June 2026, up from 28.9% in May and the highest proportion since April 2021. That also means competition for every paid click is serious. dijitul marketing runs ecommerce marketing as one joined-up plan: - **Google Shopping and Performance Max** catch people searching for products like yours. - **Paid social** finds people who have not searched yet and brings back visitors who left. - **Email and SMS** turn first orders into repeat orders, at a far lower cost per sale. - **Conversion work** makes sure the shop itself turns visits into orders. Google Ads management starts **from £150 a month + VAT**, or 10 to 15% of ad spend if that is higher, plus the ad spend itself, which you pay to Google directly. ## The product feed comes first Shopping ads and Performance Max build ads from your Google Merchant Center product feed. If the feed is weak, the ads are weak. We check: - **Titles** that lead with what people search for: brand, product type, key attribute such as size, colour or material. - **Required attributes** such as GTIN, brand, condition, availability and price, matching what the website shows. - **Product categories and custom labels**, so we can group products by margin, best seller status or season. - **Images** that meet Google's requirements, without promotional overlays. - **Disapprovals and warnings** in Merchant Center diagnostics. Custom labels let us split campaigns so high-margin lines get budget and low-margin ones do not quietly eat it. More detail is on our Google Shopping ads and Performance Max pages. ## Paid social for shops Meta (Facebook and Instagram) and TikTok are where shoppers discover products they were not looking for. For most shops, paid social runs two jobs side by side: prospecting to new audiences with strong product creative, and retargeting people who viewed products or added to basket but did not buy. Creative is the biggest lever. Short videos of the product in use, customer photos you have permission to use, and clear offers tend to outperform polished brand imagery. We test several creative angles at once and move budget towards what produces orders, not likes. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend; see paid social management. ## Email, SMS and repeat customers Winning a first order through ads is expensive. A second order from someone already on your list costs very little. That is why email flows sit at the heart of ecommerce marketing. We set up the core ecommerce email flows from £195 + VAT: welcome, abandoned checkout, browse abandonment, post-purchase and win-back, usually in Klaviyo, which reads your shop data directly. Campaigns for launches, restocks and seasonal sales run as part of email marketing from £95 a month + VAT, and SMS from £75 a month + VAT for time-sensitive messages to customers who opted in. Every email and text follows the ICO's PECR guidance on consent and the soft opt-in. ## Measuring what matters to a shop ROAS (return on ad spend) is useful but incomplete. A campaign at 4x ROAS on a 20% margin product loses money once delivery and returns are counted. Where you share margin data, we set targets on profit, not revenue alone. We also set up tracking properly before scaling: GA4 purchase events with transaction IDs, Google Ads conversions with enhanced conversions, and Meta pixel plus Conversions API with deduplication, all respecting Consent Mode v2. See conversion tracking. Your monthly report shows orders, revenue, cost per order, new versus returning customers and which channels drove them. We will not promise a ROAS figure in advance. We will tell you plainly what the numbers show. ## What you get - Merchant Center and product feed review, with title and attribute fixes - Google Shopping and Performance Max campaigns structured by margin and priority - Meta and other paid social campaigns for prospecting and retargeting - Klaviyo or Mailchimp flows: welcome, abandoned checkout, post-purchase, win-back - SMS for time-sensitive offers where customers opted in - Conversion tracking with Consent Mode v2 and Meta Conversions API - A monthly report on orders, revenue, cost per order and new versus returning customers ## FAQs ### How much does ecommerce marketing cost? With dijitul marketing, Google Ads and Shopping management starts from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend if higher, plus ad spend. Paid social is from £150 a month + VAT, email from £95 a month + VAT, and flow set-up from £195 + VAT. ### Do you work with Shopify and WooCommerce? Yes. We work with Shopify, WooCommerce and most other platforms. We connect Merchant Center, GA4, Meta and Klaviyo to your shop and check that product, basket and order data flows correctly. ### Should we use Shopping campaigns or Performance Max? It depends on your range, data and budget. Performance Max can reach more placements but gives less control. Standard Shopping gives more control over products and search terms. Many shops use both, split by product group. ### Why do Google and Meta both claim the same sale? Each platform uses its own attribution rules and windows, so they often both take credit. We use GA4 and your shop's order data as the main record and explain the differences in the report. ### Can you fix our Merchant Center disapprovals? Usually, yes. Common causes are missing GTINs, price or availability mismatches, image problems and policy issues. We read the diagnostics, fix the feed or the site, and request re-review where needed. ### Is there a minimum ad budget? We do not set one, but the budget must be large enough for the platforms to learn from. We will suggest a realistic test budget based on your products, margins and average order value. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Marketing for Ecommerce Businesses Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/marketing-for-ecommerce/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul marketing runs Google Shopping and Performance Max, Meta ads and Klaviyo email flows for UK online shops. We fix the product feed, tracking and consent first, then build campaigns around margin rather than revenue. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. Price: From £150 a month + VAT ## Problems this solves - Performance Max spends most of the budget on a handful of bestsellers and branded searches - Merchant Center keeps disapproving products for price or availability mismatches - Google Ads and GA4 report different revenue and nobody trusts either number - Your email list is growing but abandoned basket and post-purchase emails were never switched on - Meta ads worked in 2023 and now cost twice as much per sale - Sale messaging shows a 'was' price nobody can evidence ## Key facts - Google Ads management from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend if higher; ad spend is paid to Google - Email marketing from £95 a month + VAT; automation flow set-up from £195 + VAT one-off - Shopping and Performance Max both depend on a Google Merchant Center feed with accurate price, availability and GTIN data - Since 6 April 2025 the CMA can fine businesses directly under the DMCC Act for drip pricing and fake reviews - Google required Consent Mode v2 for advertisers using UK and EEA traffic from March 2024 - Gmail and Yahoo treat domains sending more than 5,000 messages a day to them as bulk senders, with SPF, DKIM and DMARC required - Monthly, cancel with notice; no long contracts ## Start with the feed, not the ads For an online shop, the product feed is the advert. Google Shopping and the shopping placements inside Performance Max are built from the data in Google Merchant Center: title, image, price, availability, brand, GTIN and product type. If those fields are thin or wrong, no bidding strategy will save the campaign. Our first job on any ecommerce account is a feed audit. We look for disapproved and limited items, missing GTINs, titles that leave out the words people search for (size, colour, material, model number), and price or availability that does not match the landing page. Then we add custom labels so the account can be split by margin, price band, season or stock depth. Those labels are what let you put more money behind a 60% margin product than a 15% one. - **Titles:** lead with brand, product type and the key attribute, not the internal SKU name. - **Images:** clean product shots on a plain background for the main image; lifestyle images as additional images. - **Custom labels:** margin band, bestseller flag, clearance, seasonal range. ## Shopping, Performance Max and Search: how we structure them Most shops end up with a mix. Standard Shopping gives the most control and clearer search term data. Performance Max adds YouTube, Display, Discover and Gmail inventory and often finds extra sales, but it needs firm boundaries. Since 2025 Google has allowed campaign-level negative keywords in Performance Max, up to 10,000 per campaign, which makes it easier to stop it living off your own brand searches. A typical structure we build: - A brand Search campaign, so brand clicks are cheap and visible on their own. - Performance Max split by margin label, each with its own target ROAS. - A Standard Shopping campaign for products that need tighter control or are being tested. - Non-brand Search for high-intent category terms where Shopping cannot show. Bidding moves from Maximise Conversion Value to Target ROAS once each campaign has enough purchase data. We never promise a ROAS figure; we agree a target with you based on your margins and then report honestly against it. Full detail is on our Google Shopping ads and Performance Max pages. ## Email and SMS: the cheapest sales you will make Paid traffic gets the first order. Email gets the second, third and fourth. For most shops on Shopify, WooCommerce or BigCommerce we recommend Klaviyo, because it reads browsing and order data directly and segments on it. Mailchimp or Brevo can work for smaller catalogues. The flows we set up first, in this order: - **Welcome series** for new subscribers, with the signup offer if you use one. - **Abandoned cart**, usually two or three messages over 48 hours. - **Browse abandonment** for known visitors who viewed a product but did not add it. - **Post-purchase**: delivery expectations, care instructions, review request, cross-sell. - **Win-back** for customers who have not ordered in a set period. Under PECR you can email existing customers about similar products using the soft opt-in, provided you gave them a clear chance to opt out when you collected the address and in every message. Anyone else needs consent. If you send more than 5,000 messages a day to Gmail or Yahoo addresses, both providers require SPF, DKIM and DMARC on your sending domain and a one-click unsubscribe. Email marketing is from £95 a month + VAT and flow set-up is £195 + VAT one-off. ## Pricing claims and reviews: the 2025 rules The Digital Markets, Competition and Consumers Act 2024 gave the CMA direct fining powers from 6 April 2025. Two areas matter for shop advertising. First, drip pricing: if a fee is unavoidable, it belongs in the headline price, and law firms advising on the Act note that character limits in digital ads are not generally a reason to leave it out. Second, fake reviews: buying, writing or selectively hiding reviews is now banned outright. In practice that means sale prices in ads and on site need a genuine reference price, mandatory charges need to be in the price we feed to Google, and any review widget or seller rating must be fed from a source that collects reviews honestly. We check these as part of the account set-up rather than waiting for a disapproval or complaint. ## Tracking you can actually trust Ecommerce reporting goes wrong in predictable ways: the purchase tag fires twice on refresh, PayPal returns are counted as referrals, or GA4 is set up but the Google Ads conversion is still the old one. We set up the GA4 purchase event with value, transaction ID and items, import or link conversions properly in Google Ads, and add Meta's Conversions API so Facebook and Instagram ads are not relying on the browser pixel alone. Consent Mode v2 is configured with your cookie banner so the ad platforms receive the correct consent signals. Conversion tracking set-up is £145 + VAT one-off, and a Looker Studio dashboard that puts Google, Meta and email revenue side by side is also £145 + VAT one-off. ## What you get - Merchant Center and feed audit with a prioritised fix list (titles, GTINs, product types, custom labels) - Shopping, Performance Max and Search campaigns split by margin band using custom labels - Conversion tracking with purchase value, Consent Mode v2 and Meta Conversions API - Klaviyo or Mailchimp flows: welcome, abandoned cart, browse abandonment, post-purchase and win-back - Monthly report showing spend, revenue, cost per order and new versus returning customers - A written test plan for product page and checkout improvements ## FAQs ### How much ad spend does a small online shop need? There is no fixed minimum, but Shopping and Performance Max need enough conversions each month to learn. As a rough guide, a budget that buys only a handful of sales a month will be slow to optimise. We look at your average order value and margin and suggest a starting budget before you commit. Ad spend is paid directly to Google, separate from our fee. ### Should we use Performance Max or Standard Shopping? Usually both. Performance Max can reach more placements and often finds extra sales, while Standard Shopping gives tighter control and clearer search term data. We split products by margin and use each campaign type where it does the best job, then move budget based on results. ### Klaviyo or Mailchimp for our shop? For Shopify and most growing shops, Klaviyo, because it segments on browsing and purchase data out of the box. Mailchimp is fine for a small catalogue and a simple newsletter. Both have free plans limited to 250 contacts and around 500 sends a month. Our Klaviyo vs Mailchimp comparison goes into detail. ### Do you run Meta ads for shops as well? Yes. Paid social on Facebook and Instagram is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. For shops we usually run catalogue ads from your product feed, a prospecting campaign and retargeting, with the Conversions API in place so purchases are reported accurately. ### Can you guarantee a return on ad spend? No, and you should be wary of anyone who does. Results depend on your prices, margins, stock, site and competition. We agree a realistic target with you, set the campaigns up to work towards it and report against it honestly every month. ### Do we have to sign a long contract? No. Our management is monthly and you can cancel with notice. You keep ownership of your Google Ads, Merchant Center, Meta and email accounts throughout, so nothing is lost if you leave. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Marketing for Trades and Home Services Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/marketing-for-trades/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul marketing gets UK tradespeople found when someone searches for a plumber, electrician, roofer or builder near them. We run Google Search ads, set up Local Services Ads where your trade is eligible, and track every call and form. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, with no long contract. Price: From £150 a month + VAT ## Problems this solves - Ads show for 'plumbing jobs' and 'how to fix a leaking tap' as well as real customers - You get calls from 40 miles away for work you would never travel to - The phone rings but nobody knows which calls came from ads - A previous agency ran a Smart campaign and you could not see the search terms - Your Google Business Profile reviews are good but your ads do not mention them - Emergency work dries up in summer and you do not know how to fill the gap ## Key facts - Google Ads management from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend if higher, plus ad spend paid to Google - Google lists plumbers, electricians, roofers, HVAC, landscaping, fencing, flooring, handyman and other trades as Local Services Ads categories in the UK - Local Services Ads are charged per lead rather than per click, according to Google - Google says the Google Guarantee money-back cover was discontinued, with a single Google Verified badge for screened advertisers - Call tracking matters: most trade enquiries arrive by phone, not form - Facebook and Instagram ads from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, useful for kitchens, bathrooms, driveways and other visual work - Monthly, cancel with notice ## Search ads for people who need you now Trade marketing is mostly about intent. Someone typing 'emergency plumber Derby' or 'electrician for consumer unit upgrade' wants to book, not browse. Google Search ads put you in front of that person, and you only pay when they click. We build separate ad groups for each service you actually want more of, because 'boiler service' and 'bathroom fitting' attract different people at different values. Each gets its own ads and, ideally, its own landing page. Location targeting is set to where you work, using 'presence' rather than 'presence or interest' so people outside your area who merely search for it are excluded. - **Negatives from day one:** jobs, apprenticeship, course, salary, DIY, how to, parts, wholesale, free. - **Ad schedule:** run emergency campaigns 24/7 only if someone answers out of hours. - **Call assets:** click-to-call on mobile, tracked as a conversion when the call lasts long enough to be real. ## Local Services Ads: what they are in the UK Local Services Ads sit above the normal search ads for some service searches. You are charged for leads rather than clicks, and the ad shows your reviews and a badge once Google has screened your business. Google's UK help page lists eligible categories including plumbers, electricians, roofers, HVAC, landscaping, lawn care, fencing, flooring, carpentry, handyman, pest control, cleaning, window cleaning and removals, with lawyers and estate agents available in Greater London only. Google's help centre says the Google Guarantee money-back cover has been discontinued and replaced with a single Google Verified badge for advertisers who complete its screening and verification. In the UK that screening includes business registration and insurance checks, and licence checks where your trade needs one. We help you gather the documents, set the service area and job types, and dispute leads that were not genuine. Local Services Ads work best alongside, not instead of, a normal Search campaign; see our Local Services Ads page. ## Tracking calls, not just clicks Most trade enquiries are phone calls. If the account only counts form fills, Google's bidding will chase the wrong people. We set up three things: - **Calls from ads:** call assets with a minimum call length counted as a conversion. - **Calls from the website:** a Google forwarding number swapped onto your site for ad visitors, so a call after reading your page is still credited. - **Forms and quote requests:** recorded in GA4 as key events and imported into Google Ads. With that in place we can tell you the cost per enquiry by service and by town, and move budget accordingly. Conversion tracking set-up is £145 + VAT one-off. ## Social ads for visual trades Kitchen fitters, bathroom installers, landscapers, driveway and roofing firms have something search-only trades do not: before and after photos. Facebook and Instagram ads let you show that work to homeowners in your postcode area who are not yet searching. We use short video and carousel ads, a simple Meta lead form or a link to a quote page, and a radius around the towns you cover. This is a slower channel than search; it fills the diary weeks ahead rather than today. Paid social is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. Keep claims honest. The ASA has ruled against trade adverts that implied accreditations the firm did not hold or quoted prices that were not available. If you use a Which? Trusted Trader, Gas Safe, NICEIC or TrustMark logo, it must be current. ## Seasonality and budget Heating engineers are busiest from October to February, roofers after storms, landscapers in spring, and most trades go quiet over Christmas. We plan budgets around your own year: raise bids and budgets when demand rises, cut them when you are fully booked, and push the services with the best margin when things are slow. If you are booked solid for six weeks, we will tell you to pause rather than spend money on leads you cannot take. ## What you get - Search campaigns split by service (boiler repair, rewires, roof repairs) with tight location targeting - A starting negative keyword list for jobs, DIY, training, wholesale and free - Local Services Ads set-up and verification support where your trade and area are eligible - Call and form tracking recorded as conversions in Google Ads and GA4 - Ad schedule that matches when you can actually answer the phone - Simple monthly report: spend, calls, forms and cost per enquiry ## FAQs ### How much should a tradesperson spend on Google Ads? It depends on your trade, area and how much each job is worth. Emergency and high-value work, such as roofing or boiler installs, costs more per click than general handyman work. We look at search volume and typical click costs for your services and towns, then suggest a starting budget. Ad spend is paid to Google directly, separate from our fee. ### Are Local Services Ads better than normal Google Ads? They are different. Local Services Ads charge per lead and show your reviews and badge, but offer less control over wording and targeting. Normal Search ads give full control and let you promote specific services. For eligible trades we usually run both and compare cost per real enquiry. ### Can you stop calls from outside my area? Yes. We target only the towns or radius you cover, use people located in the area rather than people interested in it, and add negative locations if needed. Some calls still come from people searching on behalf of family elsewhere, but the volume drops sharply. ### I already have a Google Business Profile. Is that enough? A well-kept profile with reviews is essential and free, and it helps you appear in the map results. Ads add guaranteed visibility for the searches you choose. If you want help ranking organically in the map pack, our sister site searchenginetuning.co.uk handles local SEO. ### Do you do Facebook ads for trades? Yes, mainly for visual work like kitchens, bathrooms, landscaping and driveways. Before and after photos and short videos work well. Paid social management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### What happens if I get too busy? Tell us and we reduce or pause spend straight away. There is no point buying enquiries you cannot take. When the diary empties again we switch campaigns back on. Our management is monthly, so you are never locked in. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Marketing for Solicitors and Law Firms Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/marketing-for-solicitors/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul marketing runs Google Ads, LinkedIn and email marketing for UK solicitors and law firms. We build campaigns by practice area, link ads to pages that meet the SRA Transparency Rules, and avoid the targeted unsolicited approaches the SRA Code restricts. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, monthly rolling. Price: From £150 a month + VAT ## Problems this solves - Clicks on 'free legal advice' and 'legal aid' searches eat the budget - Conveyancing ads send people to a page with no price information - Partners want leads but nobody tracks which enquiries became instructions - A lead generator is offering you personal injury cases and you are not sure it is allowed - Every competitor's ad says 'expert' and 'specialist' and yours does too - Your firm's LinkedIn page has not posted in a year ## Key facts - Google Ads management from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend if higher, plus ad spend paid to Google - SRA Code of Conduct paragraph 8.8: publicity must be accurate and not misleading, including about charges - SRA Code paragraph 8.9 restricts unsolicited approaches to members of the public; SRA guidance says non-targeted advertising online and on social media is allowed - SRA Transparency Rules: price and service information for listed services such as residential conveyancing, probate, motoring offences, employment tribunals and immigration - Every SRA-regulated firm must display the SRA digital badge prominently on its website - LASPO section 56 bans referral fees in personal injury and death claims from 1 April 2013 - Google lists lawyer services in Greater London among UK Local Services Ads categories ## What the SRA allows Solicitors can advertise. The SRA's own guidance says firms may advertise to the public in a non-intrusive and non-targeted way, and it gives online and social media advertising as examples. What the Code restricts is narrower. Paragraph 8.8 requires publicity about your firm to be accurate and not misleading, including how charges are presented. Paragraph 8.9 stops you making unsolicited approaches to members of the public, other than current or former clients, in order to advertise legal services. SRA guidance describes those approaches as direct or targeted contact with an individual, in person, by phone or by other means. For paid media that means: - Search ads shown to someone who searched for a service are fine; that person came looking. - Cold-calling, door-knocking and DMs to people you identified from, say, accident reports are not. - Fee claims in ads must match what the client will actually pay, including VAT and disbursements where relevant. - Lead generators acting for you are your responsibility. The SRA has warned firms that clients acquired through methods that breach its rules can put the firm at risk. This page is marketing guidance, not legal advice. Your COLP has the final say. ## Transparency Rules and your landing pages If you offer certain services, the SRA Transparency Rules require price and service information on your website: who will do the work, what is included and excluded, typical timescales and the price or how it is calculated. The listed consumer services include residential conveyancing, probate, motoring offences, employment tribunal claims and immigration (excluding asylum), with some business services also covered. Every regulated firm must also show the SRA digital badge prominently on its website and publish its complaints procedure. Paid traffic should land on pages that already meet those rules. Sending a conveyancing ad to a generic contact page wastes money and invites a compliance question. We map each ad group to a page that carries the price information, badge and complaints link, and if those pages need building, our sister site dijitulwebdesign.co.uk handles that. ## Campaign structure by practice area Each area of law behaves differently in search. Conveyancing and wills are price-compared and high volume. Family, employment and immigration searches are urgent and personal. Commercial work starts with a smaller number of searches by business owners and HR teams. We split campaigns so budgets do not compete. - **Volume services:** conveyancing quotes, wills, lasting power of attorney. Tight ads with the price-information page, Target CPA bidding once data allows. - **Urgent personal matters:** divorce, child arrangements, settlement agreements. Call assets during office hours, careful wording, no fear-led claims. - **Commercial:** commercial property, disputes, contracts. Search plus LinkedIn ads to job titles and company sizes. Negative keywords matter more in law than most sectors. 'Free', 'legal aid', 'pro bono', 'template', 'how to', 'jobs' and 'training contract' are a starting point. Avoid calling yourself a 'specialist' unless you can show it, for example through a Law Society accreditation. ## Personal injury and referral fees Section 56 of the Legal Aid, Sentencing and Punishment of Offenders Act 2012 bans paying or receiving referral fees for personal injury and death claims, and has done since 1 April 2013. The SRA enforces it and has published a warning notice about arrangements designed to get around the ban. Running your own Google Ads is not a referral arrangement: you pay Google for advertising, not for a client. Buying 'exclusive leads' from a third party is a different matter and needs checking with your compliance team before you spend a penny. ## Measuring instructions, not just enquiries A law firm lead is only valuable if it becomes an instruction. We track calls and forms as key events in GA4 and conversions in Google Ads, then, where your case management system allows, import which enquiries were instructed as offline conversions. That lets Google bid towards the enquiries that turn into fee-paying work. Conversion tracking set-up is £145 + VAT one-off; a Looker Studio dashboard for partners is £145 + VAT one-off. ## What you get - Search campaigns by practice area, with separate budgets for high-value and volume work - Ad copy and landing pages checked against SRA Code 8.8 and the Transparency Rules - Negative keyword lists for free, legal aid, jobs, training and self-help searches - Call and form tracking, with offline conversion import from your case management system where possible - LinkedIn content and ads for commercial and employment teams - Monthly report on cost per enquiry and, where you share it, cost per instruction ## FAQs ### Can solicitors use Google Ads? Yes. SRA guidance says firms may advertise in a non-intrusive and non-targeted way, including online. Search ads only show to people who searched for a service, so they are not an unsolicited approach. The ads and landing pages still need to be accurate and not misleading under paragraph 8.8 of the Code. ### Can we remarket to people who visited our website? Remarketing shows display or social ads to past visitors, which is a form of targeting. Many firms use it with care for commercial services. For sensitive personal matters such as divorce or immigration, we usually advise against it or keep it very light. Talk to your COLP and we will follow their view. ### Do our ads need to show prices? The ad itself does not have to, but if you advertise a service covered by the SRA Transparency Rules, your website must publish price and service information for it. We send ads for those services to the page carrying that information. ### Can you run LinkedIn ads for our commercial team? Yes. Paid social, including LinkedIn, is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. LinkedIn lets us target by job title, seniority, industry and company size, which suits employment, commercial and corporate work. Lead gen forms prefill the person's details. ### Will you write our ads? Yes. We write the ad copy and send it for sign-off before anything goes live, so your compliance officer can check claims about expertise, fees and outcomes. We avoid language that implies guaranteed results. ### How much does it cost? Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend if that is higher, plus the ad spend itself, which you pay to Google. Click costs in legal services vary widely by practice area and location. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Marketing for Accountants and Bookkeepers Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/marketing-for-accountants/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul marketing helps UK accountants and bookkeepers win clients with Google Search ads, LinkedIn and email newsletters. We target the services you want more of, from sole trader returns to Making Tax Digital for Income Tax, and track enquiries through to engagement. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. Price: From £150 a month + VAT ## Problems this solves - Most enquiries are tiny self-assessment jobs when you want limited company clients - January brings a flood of last-minute calls and the rest of the year is quiet - Your ads say 'chartered accountants' and not everyone at the firm is sure the firm qualifies - You send a newsletter, but to a list nobody has cleaned since 2019 - Prospects compare you on price alone - You do not know which of last year's new clients came from marketing ## Key facts - Google Ads management from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend if higher, plus ad spend paid to Google - Making Tax Digital for Income Tax started on 6 April 2026 for sole traders and landlords with qualifying income over £50,000; £30,000 follows in April 2027 and £20,000 in April 2028 - ICAEW's regulations strictly control which firms can describe themselves as 'chartered accountants' - Under PECR, companies and LLPs are corporate subscribers; sole traders and ordinary partnerships are treated as individuals for email marketing - Email newsletters from £95 a month + VAT - Monthly, cancel with notice ## Make Tax Digital a reason to talk Making Tax Digital for Income Tax is the biggest change to sole trader and landlord compliance in years, and it is a clear marketing hook. According to HMRC, it applied from 6 April 2026 to sole traders and landlords with qualifying income over £50,000, extends to those over £30,000 from April 2027 and to those over £20,000 from April 2028. Qualifying income is gross turnover from self-employment and property, not profit, so plenty of people are caught who do not expect to be. We build campaigns around searches such as 'MTD accountant', 'making tax digital for landlords' and 'quarterly updates HMRC', with landing pages that explain the thresholds simply and offer a fixed-fee MTD package. The same message works in email to existing clients and in LinkedIn posts. Content and copywriting are available from £45 per piece + VAT. ## Search ads for the clients you actually want Generic searches like 'accountant near me' bring in a mix of enquiries, many of them small one-off returns. If your growth plan is limited companies, contractors, landlords, ecommerce sellers or a niche such as dentists or farms, the campaigns should say so. We split the account by service and by client type, so each has its own budget, ads and landing page. - **Negatives:** jobs, AAT course, salary, free, HMRC phone number, calculator, template. - **Ad copy:** name the software you support (Xero, QuickBooks, FreeAgent, Sage) and any fixed fees. - **Schedule:** run harder from October to January when self-assessment searches peak, and use the quiet months for higher-value business clients. Google's UK financial services verification applies to advertisers of financial products and services. Most accountancy advertising does not trigger it, but if you advertise anything that touches investments, lending or regulated advice, check the policy first; we will help you work out which side you fall on. ## Titles and claims Accountancy is lightly regulated for advertising compared with law, but descriptions still matter. ICAEW's Use of the 'Chartered Accountants' Description Regulations set out which firms may call themselves chartered accountants, based on who owns and controls the firm. ACCA, AAT and ICB members have their own rules on how designations and logos are used. We check every ad and landing page against what your firm is entitled to say, and avoid claims about tax savings that cannot be backed up. Comparative fee claims, such as 'cheaper than high street accountants', need evidence under the CAP Code. ## Email and LinkedIn for long-term relationships Most practices win as much from referrals and reputation as from ads. Email and LinkedIn keep you in front of clients, introducers and prospects all year. - **Client newsletter:** deadline reminders (31 January, payment on account, VAT quarters, MTD updates), budget summaries and one useful tip. Email marketing is from £95 a month + VAT. - **B2B email rules:** under PECR, companies and LLPs are corporate subscribers, so you can email them without prior consent if you identify yourself and offer an opt-out. Sole traders and ordinary partnerships count as individuals, so they need consent or the soft opt-in. - **LinkedIn:** partner-led posts and targeted ads to company owners and finance directors by region and company size. ## Tracking from enquiry to engagement letter We record calls, form fills and booked consultations as key events in GA4 and conversions in Google Ads. If your practice management software (for example, a CRM or proposal tool) records which prospects signed, we can import those as offline conversions so Google learns what a good client looks like. Over a few months that shifts spend away from searches that bring one-off returns and towards those that bring recurring monthly clients. We also tag enquiries by source in a simple spreadsheet or CRM field, so you can see how ads compare with referrals and your website. Conversion tracking set-up is £145 + VAT one-off. ## What you get - Search campaigns for the services you want: limited company accounts, MTD, payroll, R&D, sector niches - Negative keyword list to filter DIY, jobs, courses and HMRC helpline searches - Landing pages that show fixed fees or fee ranges where you are comfortable doing so - Monthly or quarterly client newsletter with deadline reminders - LinkedIn content and ads for business owners and finance directors - Tracking from first call to signed engagement letter ## FAQs ### Is Google Ads worth it for a small accountancy practice? It can be, if you target the services worth having and filter out low-value searches. A single limited company client can be worth several years of fees. We start with a modest budget on your best services, track enquiries properly and scale only what works. ### Can we email businesses without consent? Under PECR, limited companies and LLPs are corporate subscribers, so you can send marketing emails to them without prior consent, provided you identify yourself and include an opt-out. Sole traders and ordinary partnerships are treated as individuals and need consent or the soft opt-in. UK GDPR still applies to named contacts. ### When is the best time to advertise? Self-assessment searches rise from October and peak in January. Business owners look for new accountants around their year end and when they incorporate. We plan budgets around both, and around Making Tax Digital deadlines. ### Do you write content for accountants? Yes. Blog posts and guides are from £45 per piece + VAT, and content marketing retainers from £195 a month + VAT. Typical topics are MTD, allowable expenses, incorporation and sector guides. Final technical sign-off stays with you. ### Can you help with LinkedIn? Yes. Organic social media management is from £125 a month + VAT per platform package, and LinkedIn ads from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. Posts work best when they come from a named partner rather than the firm page. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Marketing for Dentists and Private Clinics Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/marketing-for-dentists-and-clinics/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul marketing runs Google Ads, Facebook and Instagram ads and patient email for UK dental practices and private clinics. Every ad is written with the CAP Code, GDC advertising guidance and Google's healthcare policies in mind, so campaigns grow implant, Invisalign and private enquiries without risking a ruling. Ad management starts from £150 a month + VAT. Price: From £150 a month + VAT ## Problems this solves - Ads bring NHS enquiries when you have no NHS list open - An Instagram post about anti-wrinkle treatment was reported to the ASA - Implant and aligner campaigns get clicks but few consultations - Before and after photos are your best content but you are unsure what is allowed - Recall and reactivation emails rely on reception remembering to send them - Your website does not show your CQC rating or GDC numbers clearly ## Key facts - Google Ads and paid social management from £150 a month + VAT each, plus ad spend paid to the platform - GDC guidance: anyone advertising dental services must show their GDC registration number; only dentists on a GDC specialist list may call themselves specialists - Botulinum toxin is a prescription-only medicine; advertising it to the public breaches CAP Code rule 12.12 and the Human Medicines Regulations 2012 - The ASA treats hashtags such as #botox and phrases like 'wrinkle-relaxing injections' as part of the ad - CQC-rated providers in England must show their latest rating on their website under Regulation 20A - Google does not allow ads for teeth whitening products containing more than 6% hydrogen peroxide in the UK, according to policy guides - Monthly, cancel with notice ## The rules that shape dental and clinic adverts Healthcare advertising in the UK sits under several sets of rules at once. The ASA enforces the CAP Code, including section 12 on medicines, medical devices and health-related claims. The GDC's guidance on advertising requires dental professionals to include their GDC registration number when they advertise, keep information accurate and current, and use 'specialist' only if they are on one of the GDC's specialist lists. Phrases such as 'special interest in' or 'experienced in' are acceptable for others. Clinics registered with the CQC must also display their current rating, which we cover below. On top of the law, the platforms have their own policies. Google classes many health products and services as restricted, and prescription drug terms cannot be used for promotion in the UK without certification. Meta reviews health ads for claims and before and after imagery. We plan campaigns so an ad is approved first time and stays live. ## Botox, fillers and the POM rule Botulinum toxin is a prescription-only medicine. CAP and the ASA's enforcement notice say promoting it to the UK public breaches rule 12.12 of the CAP Code and the Human Medicines Regulations 2012, even when a registered medical professional gives the injection. That covers paid ads, organic posts and influencer content. The ASA also says hashtags count as part of the ad, so #botox in a caption can get a post removed, and indirect phrases such as 'wrinkle-relaxing injections' are treated the same way. In 2024 it ruled against a clinic group for a Facebook ad promoting 'cosmetic injections' that indirectly referred to Botox. What you can do: - Promote a consultation for 'anti-wrinkle treatments' as part of a wider range, without naming or implying a POM. - Advertise dermal fillers, skin treatments and other non-POM services, with claims you can evidence. - Use before and after images that are genuine, unretouched and typical. England's planned licensing scheme for non-surgical cosmetic procedures has been confirmed in principle by government, but law firm commentary from 2026 says no start date has been set. We will update campaigns when it arrives. ## Google Ads for private dentistry Search is the strongest channel for high-value treatments because people research implants, aligners and veneers before they book. We build campaigns by treatment, each with its own landing page that covers price ranges or 'from' prices, finance options, the clinician's name and GDC number, and a clear consultation booking route. - **Negatives:** NHS, free, cheap, abroad, Turkey, jobs, dental nurse course, DIY. - **Location:** a realistic travel radius for each treatment. People will travel further for implants than for a check-up. - **Bidding:** Maximise Conversions moving to Target CPA once booked consultations are tracked reliably. - **Emergency dentistry:** a separate campaign with call assets, scheduled to when you can see patients. Avoid outcome promises such as 'perfect smile guaranteed'. The CAP Code requires evidence for objective claims, and the GDC expects advertising to be legal, decent, honest and truthful. ## CQC ratings on your site Regulation 20A of the Health and Social Care Act 2008 (Regulated Activities) Regulations 2014 requires CQC-rated providers in England to display their latest rating at each premises and on any website maintained by or for them, with a link to the report on the CQC site. Not every dental practice is rated by the CQC, and unrated providers can use CQC's 'Regulated by' graphic instead. If your clinic is rated, the landing pages we send ad traffic to must carry the rating widget. A good rating is also a strong trust signal on the page itself. In Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland the equivalent regulators are Healthcare Improvement Scotland, HIW and RQIA. ## Recall, reactivation and patient email Existing patients are the cheapest source of treatment plans. We set up email and SMS for hygiene recalls, lapsed-patient reactivation, and follow-up after consultations that did not convert. Under PECR, service messages such as appointment reminders are not marketing, but promotional messages about new treatments need consent or the soft opt-in. Email marketing is from £95 a month + VAT, SMS from £75 a month + VAT, and automation set-up from £195 + VAT one-off. ## What you get - Search campaigns for private treatments: implants, aligners, composite bonding, whitening, hygiene, emergency appointments - Ad copy and landing pages checked against the CAP Code and GDC advertising guidance - Meta ads for cosmetic dentistry and non-POM treatments with compliant creative - Consultation booking tracking in GA4 and Google Ads, including online booking systems - Patient email and SMS: recall, reactivation and treatment follow-up with proper consent - Monthly report: spend, consultations booked and cost per consultation by treatment ## FAQs ### Can we advertise Botox on Instagram? No. Botulinum toxin is a prescription-only medicine, and the ASA says promoting it to the public on social media breaches the CAP Code, including organic posts and hashtags. You can promote a consultation for a range of anti-wrinkle treatments without naming or implying it. ### Do our ads need the dentist's GDC number? GDC guidance says anyone advertising dental services should include their GDC registration number. Short-format ads rarely have space, so we make sure the number is on the landing page the ad leads to, alongside the clinician's name and qualifications. ### Can we call our dentist an implant specialist? Only if they are on a GDC specialist list for the relevant field. Otherwise use wording such as 'special interest in implants' or 'experienced in implant dentistry', which the GDC guidance accepts. The same applies to orthodontics and aesthetics. ### Are before and after photos allowed? Yes, if they are genuine patients, consented, not retouched, and representative of typical results. Meta and Google both review health imagery, so we test which images are approved before scaling spend. ### Do you work with private medical, physio and aesthetic clinics too? Yes. The same rules on evidence, prescription-only medicines and CQC ratings apply to many private clinics. We adapt campaigns to the regulator that covers your profession, such as the GMC, NMC or HCPC. ### What does it cost? Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend if higher. Paid social is from £150 a month + VAT. Ad spend is paid to Google or Meta directly. Monthly, cancel with notice. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Marketing for Restaurants, Pubs and Hospitality Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/marketing-for-restaurants-and-hospitality/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul marketing fills tables and rooms for UK restaurants, pubs, bars, cafes and hotels using Instagram, Facebook and TikTok, local Google ads and email. We work within the CAP alcohol rules and the 2026 less healthy food ad restrictions. Social media management starts from £125 a month + VAT and paid ads from £150 a month + VAT. Price: From £125 a month + VAT ## Problems this solves - Instagram posts get likes from other venues, not bookings - Midweek covers are low and you do not know how to fill them - A Facebook ad for cocktail night was rejected - You have thousands of booking-system emails but have never sent a newsletter - Christmas party bookings start too late every year - Your Google Business Profile shows old opening hours and a menu from 2022 ## Key facts - Organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform package; paid social from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend - CAP Code rule 18.16: people shown drinking alcohol, or playing a significant role, must not be or seem under 25 - Paid online ads for identifiable less healthy food and drink products have been restricted since 5 January 2026 - ASA guidance says the online restriction does not apply where the advertiser paying is a food or drink SME with fewer than 250 staff; franchisees count with their franchisor - Since 6 April 2025, unavoidable service or booking charges must be included in headline prices under the DMCC Act - SMS marketing from £75 a month + VAT; email from £95 a month + VAT ## Social media that drives bookings Hospitality is visual, local and frequent. People decide where to eat from a reel on their phone. Our organic social service covers planning, photography direction, captions, posting and replying to comments and messages, so your feed shows what is on this week, not three months ago. - **Instagram:** reels of dishes being plated, drinks being made, a quick tour of the room. - **Facebook:** events, set menus and local groups, still strong with over-35s. - **TikTok:** personality-led short video for venues with a younger crowd. Every post should give people a reason to book: a new menu, a quiz night, a seasonal special, a table for Sunday lunch. We link to your booking system directly rather than a generic homepage. If you need better food photography or short video, our sister company dijitulmedia.co.uk handles shoots. ## Alcohol advertising rules Section 18 of the CAP Code covers any marketing that features or refers to alcoholic drinks, which includes a pub's cocktail promotion and a restaurant's wine pairing. The rules most often broken by venues: - **Age of people shown:** rule 18.16 says anyone shown drinking or playing a significant role must not be, or seem to be, under 25. The ASA judges by appearance; it upheld complaints against a vodka brand's Facebook ad even though everyone shown was over 25. - **No link to social or sexual success**, daring behaviour or drinking to excess. - **No encouraging irresponsible deals**, such as bottomless offers implying you should drink quickly. - **Targeting:** alcohol ads must not be directed at under-18s. On Meta we set a minimum age of 18 for any ad that features alcohol, and many venues choose 25. Google Ads also classes alcohol as restricted content and allows it only in approved countries and with age targeting. We write, target and check creative to these standards before it goes live. ## The 2026 less healthy food ad rules Since 5 January 2026, paid online ads for identifiable 'less healthy' food and drink products, defined using the government's nutrient profiling model, have been banned, and TV ads restricted before 9pm. For most independent restaurants this has little effect, because the ASA's guidance says the online restriction does not apply where the person paying for the ad is a food or drink SME with fewer than 250 staff. Two things catch people out. Franchisees are counted together with their franchisor; the ASA upheld a complaint about a franchisee's Instagram ad because the wider group had more than 250 staff. And a large delivery platform promoting your dishes is not covered by your SME status. Brand advertising that does not show a specific less healthy product is exempt. If you are part of a group or franchise, we check scope before running any dish-led paid ads. ## Prices, service charges and tips Under the Digital Markets, Competition and Consumers Act 2024, from 6 April 2025 mandatory charges must be included in the headline price. A discretionary service charge that diners can remove is treated differently from a compulsory one, but booking fees, compulsory service charges on large tables or deposits that are never refunded need to be clear in the price shown in ads and on booking pages. We check offer wording in ads, emails and set menu graphics against this as standard. ## Email and SMS from your booking data OpenTable, ResDiary, SevenRooms, Collins and similar systems collect thousands of email addresses and phone numbers. Used properly, they are your cheapest marketing channel. Under PECR, guests who booked and were given a clear chance to opt out can receive marketing about similar services under the soft opt-in; everyone else needs consent. We set up a monthly newsletter, birthday and anniversary automations, a lapsed-guest win-back and short SMS messages for last-minute availability. Email marketing is from £95 a month + VAT, SMS from £75 a month + VAT, and automation set-up from £195 + VAT one-off. ## What you get - Monthly content plan: dishes, drinks, events, team and behind the scenes - Instagram, Facebook and TikTok posting, stories and reels, with community replies - Local paid social for events, set menus, Sunday lunch and Christmas, targeted by radius and age 18+ for alcohol - Google Search ads for 'restaurant near me', function room and event searches - Email and SMS from your booking system data, with PECR-compliant consent - Monthly report: reach, bookings attributed, and cost per booking for paid campaigns ## FAQs ### Can we run Facebook ads for our cocktail bar? Yes, with care. The ads must not feature anyone who is or looks under 25 drinking, must not link alcohol to social or sexual success, and must be targeted at adults. We set a minimum age of 18 or higher and check creative against the CAP Code before it runs. ### Does the junk food ad ban affect our restaurant? For most independents, no. ASA guidance says the paid online restriction does not apply when the advertiser paying is a food or drink business with fewer than 250 staff. Franchisees are counted with their franchisor, and large groups are fully in scope for identifiable less healthy products. ### How often should a restaurant post on Instagram? Consistency matters more than volume. Several posts and regular stories a week, with at least one reel, is a practical target for most venues. We agree a plan based on how much fresh content your kitchen and bar can give us. ### Can you use our booking system emails for marketing? Usually, if guests were given a clear chance to opt out of marketing when they booked. That allows marketing about similar services under the PECR soft opt-in. If your booking system did not offer that, we start with a consent campaign. ### Do you photograph food? We direct and use your photos and short video. If you need a professional shoot, our sister company dijitul media offers food photography and video. Many venues mix a quarterly professional shoot with phone content from the team. ### When should we start promoting Christmas? Earlier than most venues do. Office party organisers often start looking in late summer. We usually plan Christmas party ads and emails to start in September, with a second push in October and last-availability messages in November. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Marketing for Estate and Letting Agents Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/marketing-for-estate-agents/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul marketing helps UK estate and letting agents win more vendor and landlord instructions using Google Ads, Facebook and Instagram, and email. We focus spend on valuation and landlord enquiries rather than buyer traffic the portals already deliver, and keep listing ads in line with material information rules. Ad management starts from £150 a month + VAT. Price: From £150 a month + VAT ## Problems this solves - Online valuation tools bring in curious owners with no plan to sell - Your Facebook ads for 'free valuation' are limited in who they can target - Portal fees keep rising while your own brand gets little exposure - Landlord leads dried up after the Renters' Rights Act news - Property ads on social show the price but not the tenure or council tax - You have a database of past vendors and applicants that is never contacted ## Key facts - Google Ads and paid social management from £150 a month + VAT each, plus ad spend paid to the platform - NTSELAT material information guidance: Part A (price or rent, council tax, tenure or deposit) belongs on the first page of a listing - Parts B and C (utilities, parking, flood risk, restrictive covenants and more) should be no more than one click from an online listing - From 1 May 2026 in England, letting agents must advertise a single rent figure and cannot invite or accept offers above it under the Renters' Rights Act 2025 - Google lists estate agents as a Local Services Ads category in Greater London only - Meta asks every advertiser to state whether a campaign falls into a Special Ad Category such as housing; declared campaigns lose some targeting options - Monthly, cancel with notice ## Spend on instructions, not buyers Rightmove, Zoopla and OnTheMarket already deliver buyers and tenants. Where agency marketing earns its keep is winning instructions: vendors choosing who sells their home and landlords choosing who manages theirs. That is where we put most of the budget. - **Google Search:** 'estate agents in [town]', 'how much is my house worth', 'sell my house fast [town]', 'letting agent fees'. These people are choosing an agent now. - **Meta:** valuation and 'thinking of selling' campaigns in your patch, with sold-board and street-level creative. - **Email:** past vendors and applicants who may be ready to move again. Online valuation tools generate plenty of form fills but many are curiosity. We track which leads book a market appraisal and which become instructions, and feed that back to Google so it bids for the right people. ## Material information in ads and listings National Trading Standards Estate and Letting Agency Team guidance, produced with the major portals, sets out what material information a listing must carry. Part A, issued in 2022, covers price or rent, council tax band and tenure for sales, and rent, deposit and council tax for lettings, and belongs on the first page of the listing. Parts B and C, published in November 2023, cover items every property should have established (property type, construction, utilities, parking and more) and items that apply only where relevant, such as flood risk or restrictive covenants. For online listings, Parts B and C should be no more than one click away. For marketing this matters because a social post or carousel ad promoting a property is advertising it. If the post shows a price, it should also show tenure and council tax, or link directly to a listing page that does. We build property ads and templates with those fields in place, and send them to listing pages that carry the full information. The underlying duty comes from consumer protection law, now in Part 4 of the Digital Markets, Competition and Consumers Act 2024, so omitting material information is a legal risk, not just a portal rule. ## Lettings after the Renters' Rights Act According to gov.uk guidance, from 1 May 2026 landlords and letting agents in England cannot ask for, encourage or accept offers above the advertised rent, and written adverts, including online listings, must state a single rent figure rather than a range. Phrases like 'offers over' and 'best and final' have no place in rental advertising. The same first phase moved tenancies to periodic and ended section 21 evictions. Many landlords are uncertain, which is a marketing opportunity for agents who explain the changes clearly. We run landlord-focused content, email and Google Ads around 'letting agent for landlords', 'Renters' Rights Act help' and 'fully managed letting', sending people to a page that explains your service and fees. ## Housing ads on Meta Meta asks every advertiser to say, campaign by campaign, whether it falls into a Special Ad Category: housing, employment, financial products and services, or social issues and politics. Property sales, lettings and valuation ads are housing ads. Meta's developer documentation says that for declared campaigns age is fixed at 18 to 65+, all genders must be included, location targeting has a minimum radius, and detailed targeting exclusions are not available. Its documentation describes these restrictions as applying to the US, Canada and parts of Europe, and Meta updates the scope from time to time, so we check the current position for your audience at set-up rather than guess. Where restrictions apply, precision drops and the creative and offer do more of the work: real local streets, sold boards, a clear valuation promise. Ads that should be declared and are not can be rejected, which can affect the ad account. Paid social is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ## What you get - Search campaigns for 'estate agents [town]', 'house valuation', 'sell my house' and landlord terms - Meta valuation and landlord campaigns set up correctly under the housing Special Ad Category - Listing ads and social posts that carry Part A material information - Valuation request and call tracking, with lead quality feedback from your CRM - Email to past vendors, applicants and landlords: market updates and 'thinking of moving' prompts - Monthly report: valuation enquiries, instructions won where shared, cost per valuation ## FAQs ### Should estate agents use Google Ads? Yes, mainly for vendor and landlord searches such as 'estate agents in [town]' and 'house valuation'. Buyer searches are dominated by the portals, so we spend less there. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Why are our Facebook valuation ads limited? Property ads are housing ads, one of Meta's Special Ad Categories. Where the category applies, Meta restricts targeting by age, gender, location radius and detailed interests. We work within those limits with stronger creative, local imagery and a clear valuation offer. ### Do social posts need material information? If a post advertises a specific property with a price, it should carry the Part A information, such as tenure and council tax, or link directly to a listing that does. We build templates with these fields in place. ### Can we still say 'offers over' on rentals? Not in England since 1 May 2026. Gov.uk guidance says rental adverts must state a single rent and agents cannot invite or accept offers above it. 'Offers over' remains normal for sales. ### Can you email our past vendors? Yes, if they gave consent or were given a clear chance to opt out when they used your services, under the PECR soft opt-in. We set up a regular market update and a 'thinking of moving' sequence. Email marketing is from £95 a month + VAT. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Marketing for Charities and Non-Profits Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/marketing-for-charities/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul marketing helps UK charities get more from Google Ad Grants, paid social and supporter email. We keep Ad Grant accounts compliant, set up donation and sign-up tracking, and build email journeys that use the new charitable soft opt-in correctly. Ad Grant and Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with no ad spend for Grant clicks. Price: From £150 a month + VAT ## Problems this solves - Your Ad Grant account was suspended for low click-through rate - The Grant spends a fraction of its $10,000 because bids are capped - Donations through JustGiving or Enthuse are not tracked back to campaigns - You have thousands of event contacts but are unsure you can email them - Social posts reach supporters but rarely new donors - Trustees ask what marketing achieved and nobody can say ## Key facts - Google Ads and Ad Grant management from £150 a month + VAT; Grant clicks are paid for by Google - Google Ad Grants gives eligible charities up to $10,000 a month of Search advertising - Grant accounts must keep at least a 5% click-through rate, with the $2 bid cap lifted for Maximise Conversions campaigns - The charitable purpose soft opt-in came into force on 5 February 2026 under the Data (Use and Access) Act 2025 - The Fundraising Regulator's new Code of Fundraising Practice took effect on 1 November 2025 - Charities Act 2011 section 39: registered charities with income over £10,000 must state their registered status on fundraising adverts - Email marketing from £95 a month + VAT ## Making the Ad Grant work Google Ad Grants gives eligible charities up to $10,000 a month of Search advertising. Many UK charities leave most of it unspent or lose the account through a breach of the programme rules. The main rules we manage: - **Click-through rate:** the account must keep at least 5% CTR; Google can pause or cancel accounts that fall below it for two consecutive months. - **Bidding:** manual bids are capped at $2, but the cap is lifted for campaigns using Maximise Conversions, which requires meaningful conversion tracking. - **Keywords:** no single-word keywords (with a few exceptions), no overly generic terms such as 'charity' or 'help', and keyword Quality Scores of at least 2. - **Structure:** at least two ad groups per campaign and sitelinks on each campaign. In the UK, eligibility requires registration with the Charity Commission for England and Wales, OSCR or the Charity Commission for Northern Ireland (or HMRC recognition for some exempt bodies), plus a Google for Nonprofits account. Government bodies, hospitals and schools are excluded, though their charitable foundations can qualify. See our Google Ad Grants page for the full service. ## The charitable soft opt-in Until 2026, charities could not use PECR's soft opt-in, so every marketing email or text needed consent. The Data (Use and Access) Act 2025 added a charitable purpose soft opt-in to PECR, which came into force on 5 February 2026. It lets a charity send email or SMS without prior consent where: - the sole purpose is furthering the charity's own charitable purposes; - the contact details came from the person directly, when they expressed interest in or offered support to the charity; - they were given a simple chance to refuse at the point of collection; and - every later message offers an easy opt-out. Law firms advising the sector read the provision as not retrospective, so it applies to details collected from commencement onwards. We review your sign-up, donation and event forms so the opt-out wording is in place, and keep older contacts on a consent basis. ## The Fundraising Code and charity ads The Fundraising Regulator's new Code of Fundraising Practice took effect on 1 November 2025. It applies to fundraising communications of every kind, including digital ads and emails. Its standards require fundraising to be legal, open, honest and respectful, and for donors to be able to identify the charity and understand how their gift will be used. Separately, section 39 of the Charities Act 2011 requires a registered charity with gross income over £10,000 in its last financial year to state that it is a registered charity in legible characters on adverts and documents soliciting money. On a social ad that usually means a line in the copy or on the landing page. The Charity Commission relaunched its trustee guidance on fundraising, CC20, in February 2026; trustees remain responsible for supervising agencies like us. Charity ads also sit under the CAP Code. Shocking images must be justified by the cause, and claims about how donations are spent need evidence. ## Tracking donations and reporting to trustees Donations often happen on a third-party platform, which breaks tracking. We set up GA4 cross-domain tracking where the platform supports it, or use the platform's own conversion pixel and post-donation redirects, so each campaign can be credited. A Looker Studio dashboard (£145 + VAT one-off) brings Grant, paid, social and email results together in one place for trustee meetings. We also report what the money did, not just clicks: new supporters, first-time donors, regular gift sign-ups, event registrations and volunteer enquiries. Where you use a CRM such as Beacon, Donorfy or Salesforce Nonprofit, we can match sign-ups back to the campaign that brought them in, so next year's budget goes to the channels that actually recruited long-term supporters. ## What you get - Ad Grant audit and rebuild: conversion tracking, Maximise Conversions bidding, keyword and quality fixes - Paid Search campaigns for fundraising events and appeals outside the Grant where needed - Meta and LinkedIn ads for appeals, events and volunteer recruitment - Supporter email: welcome, appeal, event and regular giving journeys - Consent and soft opt-in wording reviewed for sign-up forms - Trustee-friendly monthly report: donations, sign-ups and cost per supporter ## FAQs ### Is the Google Ad Grant really free? The ad clicks are free, up to $10,000 a month of Search advertising, paid by Google. Running the account well takes time, which is what our management fee covers. Many charities manage it in-house; others find a managed account spends more of the Grant and stays compliant. ### Why was our Ad Grant account suspended? The most common causes are a click-through rate below 5% for two consecutive months, missing conversion tracking, or keywords that break the programme rules. Google usually lets you fix the issues and request reinstatement. We audit and rebuild accounts to meet the policy. ### Can we now email supporters without consent? Since 5 February 2026, yes in some cases. The charitable purpose soft opt-in applies where people gave you their details while supporting or showing interest in your charity, and were offered a simple opt-out then and in every message. It is not generally seen as retrospective. ### Do we need to show our charity number in ads? The Charities Act 2011 requires registered charities with income over £10,000 to state their registered status on fundraising adverts. The Fundraising Code expects legally required details such as status or number to appear. We usually include it in the copy or on the landing page. ### Can you run paid ads beyond the Grant? Yes. Paid Google Ads can show in Shopping, YouTube and Display placements and above Grant ads in search. Paid social on Facebook, Instagram and LinkedIn works well for appeals and events. Management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Marketing for B2B Firms and Manufacturers Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/marketing-for-b2b-and-manufacturers/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul marketing generates enquiries for UK manufacturers, engineering firms and B2B suppliers through Google Search, LinkedIn ads and account-based email. We target the specifiers and buyers who sign off orders, track leads into your CRM and report on pipeline, not likes. Google Ads and LinkedIn management start from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. Price: From £150 a month + VAT ## Problems this solves - Your products are searched for by part number and specification, not marketing phrases - Most web enquiries are students, job seekers and suppliers trying to sell to you - Sales cycles run for months, so nobody can link marketing to orders - The sales team wants leads; the MD wants brand; nobody agrees what success is - LinkedIn ads were tried once, cost a lot per click and were switched off - Trade show contacts sit in a spreadsheet and never hear from you again ## Key facts - Google Ads and LinkedIn ads management from £150 a month + VAT each, plus ad spend paid to the platform - LinkedIn targets by job title, function, seniority, industry and company size; Lead Gen Forms prefill profile details - Under PECR, companies and LLPs are corporate subscribers and can be emailed without prior consent if you identify yourself and offer an opt-out - Sole traders and ordinary partnerships are individual subscribers under PECR and need consent or the soft opt-in - Google Customer Match targeting needs 90 days of account history and more than $50,000 lifetime spend, per Google's policy page - Offline conversion import lets Google Ads learn from quotes and orders recorded in your CRM - Monthly, cancel with notice ## Search for specifiers, not browsers Industrial buyers search differently from consumers. They use part numbers, materials, standards and applications: '316 stainless laser cutting', 'IP67 enclosure manufacturer UK', 'ISO 9001 precision machining Midlands'. Volumes are small but intent is high, and one order can be worth years of ad spend. We build Search campaigns around your real product range and capabilities, using exact and phrase match for core terms and broad match only where conversion data is strong enough to guide it. Negatives matter: jobs, apprenticeships, careers, salary, 'what is', DIY, eBay and Amazon remove much of the waste. Landing pages should show specifications, tolerances, certifications and lead times, with a quote request form that asks for drawings. Where pages need building, our sister company dijitulwebdesign.co.uk handles web builds. ## LinkedIn ads for the people who sign off LinkedIn is the one platform where you can reach a purchasing manager at a food manufacturer in Yorkshire by job function, seniority, industry and company size. Clicks cost more than on Meta, so we use it for audiences that are worth it. - **Lead Gen Forms:** the form opens inside LinkedIn and prefills the person's name, company and job title, which raises completion compared with sending them to a website. - **Document ads:** share a datasheet, case guide or buyer's checklist that can be read in the feed. - **Matched audiences:** upload a target account list of companies you want to win and run ads only to them. - **Retargeting:** follow up with people who visited your site or watched your video. Organic LinkedIn from named engineers and directors often outperforms the company page. Organic social management is from £125 a month + VAT per platform package. ## B2B email and PECR B2B email is governed by PECR and UK GDPR. ICO guidance says the PECR email rule on prior consent does not apply to corporate subscribers: limited companies, LLPs, Scottish partnerships and some government bodies. You can email them without prior consent if you say who you are and include a working opt-out in every message. Sole traders and ordinary partnerships are individual subscribers, so they need consent or the soft opt-in. Named contacts are still personal data, so UK GDPR transparency and a lawful basis (usually legitimate interests) apply. We use that to turn trade show scans, old enquiries and quote requests into a regular nurture: a technical update, an application story, a new capability, sent monthly or quarterly. Email marketing is from £95 a month + VAT. ## Linking marketing to orders The usual reason B2B marketing gets cut is that nobody can show what it produced. We fix that first. Every enquiry form and tracked call is recorded in GA4 and Google Ads with the click ID captured. When your CRM, whether HubSpot, Pipedrive, Salesforce or a simpler system, marks a lead as qualified, quoted or won, we import that back as an offline conversion with its value. Google then learns which searches bring real buyers, and you see cost per qualified lead and pipeline by channel. If your CRM needs integrating first, our sister company dijitul developments builds those connections. Conversion tracking set-up is £145 + VAT one-off. ## Trade shows, distributors and remarketing Much B2B buying still starts at an exhibition or through a distributor. Paid media can make both work harder. Before a show, we run LinkedIn and Google Display ads to visitors' likely job titles in the region, inviting them to your stand. After it, the scanned contacts go into an email nurture and a remarketing audience, so they keep seeing your products during the weeks they spend comparing quotes. For firms that sell through distributors, we can run co-branded campaigns that send buyers to a 'where to buy' page and track which distributor received the enquiry. Remarketing in B2B is about staying visible through a long decision, not chasing someone with the same banner for months. We cap frequency, rotate creative that answers common objections (lead times, minimum order quantities, certifications), and exclude existing customers unless you want them to see a new product line. ## What you get - Search campaigns built on technical, specification and application keywords - LinkedIn campaigns for named job functions, sectors and target account lists - Lead Gen Forms or gated technical content: datasheets, CAD files, guides - B2B email nurture for trade show and enquiry contacts - CRM-linked tracking with offline conversion import for quotes and orders - Monthly report on enquiries, qualified leads and pipeline value where you share it ## FAQs ### Is LinkedIn worth the cost for a manufacturer? Often, if your buyers are a definable group by job function, industry and company size. Clicks cost more than on Meta, but one order can be worth far more. We start with a small test against a tight audience, measure qualified leads, and only scale if the numbers stack up. ### Can we email companies we met at a trade show? Usually yes. Under PECR, limited companies and LLPs are corporate subscribers and can be emailed without prior consent if you identify yourself and include an opt-out. Sole traders and ordinary partnerships need consent or the soft opt-in, and UK GDPR still applies to named contacts. ### How do you measure results with a six-month sales cycle? We track leads at each stage: enquiry, qualified, quoted and won. Importing those stages from your CRM into Google Ads lets us report cost per qualified lead within weeks, long before orders close, and gives Google better signals for bidding. ### Do you write technical content? Yes, working from your engineers' input. Copywriting is from £45 per piece + VAT and content marketing retainers from £195 a month + VAT. Your team signs off technical accuracy before anything is published. ### Can you run ads in export markets? Yes. Google Ads and LinkedIn can target specific countries and languages. We set up separate campaigns per market so budgets and reporting stay clear, and advise where local-language landing pages are needed. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Marketing for Startups and New Businesses Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/marketing-for-startups/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul marketing helps UK startups find a channel that works before spending heavily. We set up tracking first, then run small, measured tests on Google Ads, Meta or LinkedIn and build email from day one. Strategy and consultancy start at £45 an hour + VAT, and ad management from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. Price: £45 an hour + VAT ## Problems this solves - You have a launch date and no idea which channel to start with - An agency quoted a retainer bigger than your whole marketing budget - You boosted a few Facebook posts and cannot tell if anything happened - Investors ask for customer acquisition cost and you do not have the data - You are tempted to ask friends for reviews to look established - The founder is doing marketing at midnight between everything else ## Key facts - Consultancy, strategy and training at £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote - Ad management from £150 a month + VAT, plus ad spend paid to the platform - GA4 set-up £95 + VAT one-off; conversion tracking £145 + VAT one-off - Google required Consent Mode v2 for UK and EEA traffic from March 2024; without it, personalised advertising features are limited - Klaviyo and Mailchimp both have free plans capped at 250 contacts and about 500 sends a month - Since 6 April 2025 the CMA can fine businesses directly for fake reviews and drip pricing - Monthly, cancel with notice ## Tracking before spending The most common startup mistake is spending before measuring. If GA4, Google Ads and Meta are not recording sign-ups, demo requests or sales properly, every test is a guess and the platforms' bidding has nothing to learn from. We start with the plumbing: - **GA4** with your key events defined (sign-up, trial start, purchase, demo booked). £95 + VAT one-off. - **Google Tag Manager** so tags can change without developer time. - **Consent Mode v2** with a cookie banner. Google required it for advertisers using UK and EEA traffic from March 2024; without valid consent signals, remarketing and personalised ads are limited. - **Conversion tracking** in Google Ads and Meta, including the Conversions API. £145 + VAT one-off. With that in place, you can tell investors your cost per acquisition by channel with a straight face. ## Choosing your first channels Pick the channel that matches how your customers already behave: - **People already search for the solution:** Google Search ads. Fastest feedback, clear intent. - **Nobody searches yet because the product is new:** Meta, TikTok or LinkedIn ads to create demand, with a strong visual or video. - **B2B with a defined buyer:** LinkedIn ads and founder-led LinkedIn posts. - **Ecommerce:** Google Shopping plus Meta, with email capture on site. Test two channels at most, with a fixed budget and a fixed period, and decide in advance what result means 'scale' and what means 'stop'. A test that teaches you a channel does not work is still worth having. ## Building an audience you own Ad platforms change prices and rules; an email list does not. Capture emails from day one with a waitlist, early access offer or useful guide, and send a short welcome sequence that explains what you do and why. Both Klaviyo and Mailchimp have free plans limited to 250 contacts and about 500 sends a month, which is enough to start. Under PECR you need consent for marketing emails to individuals unless the soft opt-in applies to existing customers. Email marketing management is from £95 a month + VAT when you need it. ## Reviews and claims: start clean Social proof matters, but shortcuts are now expensive. Since 6 April 2025 the Digital Markets, Competition and Consumers Act 2024 bans fake and incentivised-but-undisclosed reviews, and the CMA can fine businesses directly. Asking friends to post reviews of products they have not bought is a fake review. Claims such as 'the UK's leading' or 'trusted by thousands' need evidence under the CAP Code. We help you collect genuine reviews from real customers through post-purchase emails, and write claims you can stand behind. The same goes for launch offers. A 'was double, now half price' launch claim needs a genuine earlier price that customers could actually pay, and a countdown timer must reflect a real deadline. Pricing tactics that worked for growth hackers a few years ago are now enforcement priorities for the CMA, and a fine or a public ruling in your first year is a story no investor wants to hear. ## Paying only for what you need Most startups do not need a full retainer. You can book strategy, audits or training by the hour at £45 an hour + VAT, have us set up tracking and the first campaigns, and run them yourself with occasional check-ins. When spend grows, monthly management is from £150 a month + VAT. Monthly, cancel with notice. We are also happy to work alongside a founder or a first marketing hire: we handle the technical set-up and the paid accounts, and they own the brand voice, content and customer conversations. As you grow, the balance can shift towards your team, and we hand over accounts, tracking and documentation cleanly. Everything is set up in accounts you own from day one, never ours. ## What you get - A one-page marketing plan: audience, offer, two or three channels to test, budget and success measures - GA4, Google Tag Manager, Consent Mode and conversion tracking set up properly - Small test campaigns with clear stop and scale rules - An email list and welcome sequence from the first visitor - A simple dashboard showing cost per lead or sale by channel - Training so the founder or first hire can run the basics ## FAQs ### How much should a startup spend on ads? Enough to get a clear answer from a test, and no more until you have one. For many startups that means a fixed test budget over four to eight weeks per channel. We help you size it from your expected conversion rate and the value of a customer. ### Can you just set things up and let us run them? Yes. We can set up tracking and campaigns, train you, and step back. Consultancy and training are £45 an hour + VAT, GA4 set-up is £95 + VAT and conversion tracking £145 + VAT one-off. ### Should we use an agency or hire in-house? Early on, an agency or freelancer gives you specialist skills without a full salary. Once marketing is proven and constant, an in-house hire often makes sense. Our in-house vs agency comparison sets out the costs. ### Can friends and family leave reviews to get us started? Not if they have not genuinely used your product. The DMCC Act bans fake reviews and the CMA can fine businesses directly. Collect real reviews from early customers instead, and disclose any incentive clearly. ### Do you work with pre-revenue startups? Yes. A few hours of strategy before launch often saves more than it costs. We focus on tracking, positioning, an email list and a small first test, rather than a large retainer. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Marketing for Care Homes and Home Care Providers Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/marketing-for-care-homes/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul marketing helps UK care homes and home care providers attract self-funding resident enquiries and care staff. We run Google Ads and Facebook campaigns aimed at families, keep CQC ratings and CMA fee information visible on landing pages, and run recruitment ads that fill rotas. Ad management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. Price: From £150 a month + VAT ## Problems this solves - Enquiries come in but are mostly local authority placements when you need self-funders - Families ask about fees and your website does not show them - Your CQC rating improved but your ads and website still show the old one - Agency staff costs are high because recruitment ads attract few applicants - Facebook posts show activities but never reach families who are deciding now - Nobody tracks whether a tour booking came from Google, a directory or a referral ## Key facts - Google Ads and paid social management from £150 a month + VAT each, plus ad spend paid to the platform - CQC Regulation 20A: rated providers in England must display their latest rating at each premises and on every website they maintain - CQC can prosecute a failure to display ratings without first issuing a warning notice - CMA consumer law advice (CMA96) expects care homes to show key information, including indicative fees, upfront and on their websites - Families researching care are often adult children searching on behalf of a parent - Recruitment ads for care workers must avoid discriminatory wording under the Equality Act 2010 - Monthly, cancel with notice ## CQC ratings in your marketing Regulation 20A of the Health and Social Care Act 2008 (Regulated Activities) Regulations 2014 requires CQC-rated providers in England to show their most recent rating at each location and on every website maintained by or on behalf of the provider. The website display must include the CQC web address and a link to where the latest report can be read, and make clear which rating applies to which service. CQC provides a widget that updates automatically, and says it can prosecute a breach without first issuing a warning notice. For marketing, that means every landing page we send ad traffic to carries the rating widget, and any rating mentioned in ad copy, social posts or brochures is current. Quoting an outdated 'Good' after a re-inspection would be misleading under consumer law, as well as a CQC issue. If your rating is strong, we use it: it is one of the first things families look for. In Scotland the Care Inspectorate grades services, in Wales Care Inspectorate Wales, and in Northern Ireland the RQIA. ## Fees and the CMA advice The CMA's consumer law advice for care home providers, re-issued in December 2021, says key information should be given to prospective residents upfront, including on websites, before they commit. That includes indicative weekly fees, whether the home accepts local authority funded residents, whether a third-party top-up or guarantor is needed, and any upfront payments or deposits. The CMA's market study also recommended that homes publish a copy of their standard self-funder contract. Families research fees early, often at night after a difficult conversation. A page that shows a fee range, explains what is included and offers a visit gets more qualified enquiries than one that says 'call us for details'. We build ad landing pages around that. ## Reaching the family who decides The person searching is usually an adult child, often in their 50s or 60s, sometimes living some distance away. They search 'care homes near [parent's town]', 'nursing home with dementia care', 'respite care for elderly' or 'home care [town]'. We target the location of the home, not the searcher, so a daughter in London looking for her mother in Mansfield still sees your ad. - **Search:** by care type (residential, nursing, dementia, respite, home care), each with its own landing page. - **Facebook:** warm, honest content about daily life, activities and staff, plus ads promoting visits and open days. - **Call tracking:** most care enquiries are phone calls, so we track them properly. Be careful with photos of residents. Use only images with documented consent, and never imply a level of care or staffing you cannot provide every day. ## Recruitment that fills the rota For many providers, staff are as hard to find as residents. We run recruitment campaigns on Facebook and Instagram, and Google Search for 'care assistant jobs [town]', sending applicants to a short mobile form. Ads should state pay, shift patterns and location clearly, and avoid wording that discourages applicants by age, sex or other protected characteristics under the Equality Act 2010. Where Meta classes the campaign as employment advertising, targeting by age and gender may be restricted, so creative does the filtering. See our page on recruitment marketing for more. ## Measuring enquiries, visits and admissions A care home's sales journey is slow and personal: an enquiry, a phone conversation, a visit, an assessment, then a decision that may take weeks. If the only thing measured is form fills, the ad platforms optimise for the easiest enquiries rather than the families most likely to choose you. We track calls (with a minimum duration), web enquiries and visit bookings as separate conversions in GA4 and Google Ads, and ask your home manager or enquiry software to record the source of each admission. Over a few months that shows which campaigns, care types and towns bring self-funding residents, and which simply bring phone calls. Conversion tracking set-up is £145 + VAT one-off; a Looker Studio dashboard for operators with several homes is £145 + VAT one-off. ## What you get - Search campaigns for 'care homes near [town]', 'dementia care', 'respite care' and 'home care' - Landing pages that show the CQC rating widget, indicative fees and how to book a visit - Facebook ads to adult children within a sensible radius, focused on visits and open days - Care staff recruitment campaigns on Meta and Google with tracked applications - Family newsletter and enquiry follow-up emails - Monthly report: enquiries, visits booked, admissions where shared, and cost per applicant ## FAQs ### Do we have to show our CQC rating in adverts? Regulation 20A requires the rating on your premises and on your website, with a link to the CQC report. It does not require it in every ad, but any rating you mention must be current, and ads should lead to pages that show it. A good rating is worth featuring. ### Should we put our fees on our website? The CMA's consumer law advice expects care homes to give key information, including indicative fees, upfront and on their websites. It also helps marketing: families who can see a fee range before calling are better qualified when they enquire. ### Who should our ads target? Mostly adult children researching on behalf of a parent, plus some older people planning ahead. We target by the location of your home rather than the searcher, so relatives living elsewhere still see the ads. ### Can you help us recruit carers? Yes. We run Facebook, Instagram and Google recruitment campaigns with clear pay and shift details and a short application form. Paid social management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you work with home care agencies as well? Yes. Home care providers face the same CQC rating rules and similar recruitment pressures. Campaigns focus on the towns and postcodes you cover and the types of care you offer. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Marketing for Recruitment Agencies and Employers Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/marketing-for-recruitment/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > dijitul marketing runs candidate attraction and client acquisition campaigns for UK recruitment agencies and in-house hiring teams. We use LinkedIn, Facebook, Instagram and Google ads, write job ads that meet the Conduct Regulations and Equality Act, and track applications to placement. Paid social and Google Ads management each start from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. Price: From £150 a month + VAT ## Problems this solves - Job board costs keep rising and the same candidates apply everywhere - Blue-collar and care roles get few applicants from LinkedIn - Your Meta job ads were rejected or delivered to a narrow audience - Candidate drop-off is high on your application form - Clients only hear from you when a consultant cold-calls - You cannot tell which channel produced the candidates who were placed ## Key facts - Paid social and Google Ads management from £150 a month + VAT each, plus ad spend paid to the platform - Conduct Regulations 2003, regulation 27: agency ads must give the agency's full name and say whether the role is permanent or temporary - Where an agency ad states pay, it must also state the nature of the work, location and minimum experience or qualifications, according to the REC - The Equality Act 2010 treats job adverts as part of recruitment arrangements; wording like 'young' or 'recent graduate' can found an age discrimination claim - Meta's Special Ad Category for employment restricts age, gender and some location targeting where it applies - LinkedIn targets by job title, skills, seniority, industry and company size - Monthly, cancel with notice ## What a recruitment ad must say Agencies and employment businesses in Great Britain are covered by the Conduct of Employment Agencies and Employment Businesses Regulations 2003. Regulation 27 governs advertising. According to REC guidance on the rule, every advertisement must include the agency's full name and state whether each position is temporary or permanent. If the ad mentions pay, it must also state the nature of the work, the location and the minimum experience, training or qualifications needed to earn that rate. You must also hold real information about the vacancy and authority from the hirer before advertising it. Government reviewed the regulation and decided to keep it in place. Paid social ads are short, so we put the essentials in the ad and the full detail on the landing page. Pay rates should be real ranges, not the top of a range nobody earns. ## Avoiding discriminatory wording and targeting Under the Equality Act 2010, adverts are part of an employer's arrangements for deciding who to offer work to. EHRC good-practice guidance, as summarised by employment lawyers, advises avoiding words that imply a restriction on who may apply, such as 'young', and Citizens Advice lists 'recent graduate' requirements as a possible sign of age discrimination. Agencies can be liable for following a client's discriminatory instruction. We write ads around the job, skills and pay, and include an equal opportunities line. Targeting raises the same issue. Meta's Special Ad Category for employment, where it applies, fixes age at 18 to 65+, includes all genders and limits detailed targeting, and Google restricts personalised targeting of employment ads in some markets. Even where a platform allows narrower targeting, excluding an age group or gender from seeing a job ad carries discrimination risk. We target by location, interests related to the work, and job titles on LinkedIn. ## Candidate attraction by channel - **Facebook and Instagram:** best for volume roles such as drivers, warehouse, care, hospitality, cleaning and trades. Short video and simple forms work; many candidates do not have an up-to-date CV. - **LinkedIn:** professional, technical and management roles, where job title and skill targeting justify the higher click costs. - **Google Search:** people actively searching '[role] jobs [town]'. Useful for hard-to-fill local roles, though you compete with job boards. - **TikTok:** younger candidates for retail, hospitality and apprenticeships. We track every application through to your ATS where it allows, so you can compare cost per application and cost per placement across channels, and stop paying for those that look busy but never place. ## Winning clients, not just candidates Agencies need a pipeline of hiring managers too. LinkedIn ads let you reach HR directors, operations managers and business owners in the sectors and regions you cover, with a salary guide, market report or vacancy trends as the offer. Under PECR, emails to limited companies and LLPs do not need prior consent if you identify yourself and offer an opt-out, so a monthly market update to client contacts is a straightforward win. Content such as salary guides is available from £45 per piece + VAT, and email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. ## Reducing drop-off and measuring placements Paid traffic is wasted if the application process loses people. Many candidates apply on a phone during a break, and a long ATS form that asks them to register, upload a CV and retype it will lose most of them. We test short forms (name, phone, role, postcode, right to work), Meta or LinkedIn instant forms, and a call-back option, then pass applicants into your ATS. We record applications as conversions, and where your ATS can export outcomes, we feed back which applicants were interviewed and placed. That lets the platforms favour the candidates you actually place and shows your directors cost per placement by channel. ## What you get - Candidate campaigns on Meta, LinkedIn and Google Search by role and location - Job ad copy checked against regulation 27 of the Conduct Regulations and the Equality Act - Short mobile application forms or Lead Gen Forms with CV upload where needed - Client acquisition campaigns on LinkedIn and Google aimed at hiring managers - Candidate and client email: job alerts, market updates and salary guides - Tracking from application to placement, by channel, where your ATS allows ## FAQs ### What must an agency job ad include? Under regulation 27 of the Conduct Regulations, REC guidance says the ad must give the agency's full name and say whether the role is permanent or temporary. If pay is stated, it must also give the nature of the work, location and minimum experience or qualifications needed. ### Why are our Facebook job ads limited in targeting? Meta classes job ads as employment, one of its Special Ad Categories. Where that applies, age is fixed at 18 to 65+, all genders are included and some detailed targeting is unavailable. We work within it using location, creative and the wording of the role. ### Can we target ads at younger candidates for apprenticeships? Be careful. Excluding age groups from seeing job ads risks an age discrimination claim under the Equality Act 2010, and platform rules may block it anyway. We reach younger audiences through the platforms and creative they use, such as TikTok and Instagram, rather than age exclusions. ### Is LinkedIn worth it for blue-collar roles? Usually not. Drivers, warehouse, care and hospitality candidates respond better to Facebook, Instagram and Google Search, with short mobile forms. LinkedIn suits professional, technical and management roles, where higher click costs are justified by fees. ### How much does recruitment advertising cost? Our paid social and Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT each, plus ad spend paid directly to Meta, LinkedIn or Google. We help you set a budget per role or per month based on how many applicants you need. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # How Much Does PPC Cost in the UK? Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/guides/how-much-does-ppc-cost-uk/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > PPC in the UK has two costs: the ad spend you pay Google or Microsoft per click, and the fee for managing the account. dijitul manages Google Ads and Microsoft Ads from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. Your ad spend is paid directly to the platform. ## Key facts - PPC has two separate costs: ad spend paid to the platform, and a management fee paid to whoever runs the account - Bark, the UK services marketplace, lists an average of £400 a month for PPC specialists (checked October 2026) - dijitul PPC management is from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher - Google Ads can spend up to twice your average daily budget on a busy day, but never more than 30.4 times it in a month (Google Ads Help) - You pay per click, and usually less than your maximum bid: only what is needed to hold your Ad Rank (Google Ads Help) - Conversion tracking set-up is a one-off cost: dijitul charges £145 + VAT for GA4, Google Ads and Meta CAPI tracking - No long contracts at dijitul: monthly, cancel with notice ## The two costs of PPC Every pay-per-click budget splits into two parts, and it helps to keep them apart when you compare quotes. - **Ad spend.** The money you pay Google, Microsoft, Meta or LinkedIn when someone clicks your ad. It goes straight to the platform on your own card or invoice. You set the budget and can change it at any time. - **Management.** The fee for the person or agency who builds the campaigns, writes the ads, picks keywords, adds negatives, adjusts bids, checks tracking and reports back. Some providers bundle the two into one monthly figure. That makes it hard to see how much actually reaches Google. Ask any provider to show the ad spend separately, and check the account is in your name. ## What the UK market charges for PPC management There is no standard rate card. Bark, the UK marketplace that matches buyers with freelancers and agencies, lists an average of £400 a month for PPC specialists nationwide and £375 a month in London (checked October 2026). Those averages are drawn from the jobs listed on Bark, so treat them as a guide to the freelance and small agency end of the market rather than a ceiling. Fees are usually set in one of three ways: - **Flat monthly fee.** Simple to budget. Works well when spend is steady. - **Percentage of ad spend.** The fee rises as spend rises, which reflects the extra work in larger accounts. - **Hybrid.** A minimum monthly fee or a percentage, whichever is higher. This is how dijitul prices. Many providers also charge a one-off set-up fee for building the account and installing tracking. Ask what that covers before you sign. ## What dijitul charges Our Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. The same pricing covers Search, Performance Max, Shopping, Microsoft Ads and remarketing. Paid social on Meta, LinkedIn and TikTok is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. One-off jobs are priced separately so you only pay for what you need: | Item | dijitul price | | Conversion tracking (GA4, Google Ads, Meta CAPI) | £145 + VAT, one-off | | GA4 set-up | £95 + VAT, one-off | | Looker Studio reporting dashboard | £145 + VAT, one-off | | Audits, strategy and training | £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote | Ad spend is always on top and paid directly to the platform. There is no long contract: it runs monthly and you can cancel with notice. ## What decides how much each click costs Google sells clicks through an auction that runs every time someone searches. Your position and price depend on Ad Rank, which combines your bid, the quality of your ad and landing page, and the expected effect of assets such as sitelinks. Google's own help pages say you usually pay less than your maximum bid: only what is needed to hold your Ad Rank. Click prices rise when: - Many advertisers chase the same keyword, as in legal, finance and emergency trades. - Your **Quality Score** is low because the ad, keyword and landing page do not match well. - You target a busy city rather than a smaller catchment. - You bid on broad, research-stage terms instead of buying-intent searches. To see likely costs before you spend anything, use Keyword Planner inside Google Ads. It shows a low and high range for top-of-page bids on each keyword in your chosen location. Our guide on how much to spend on Google Ads shows how to turn those numbers into a budget. ## How to avoid paying too much - **Own your account.** The Google Ads account should be in your business name with you as an admin. If you leave a provider, the history stays with you. - **Get conversion tracking right first.** Without it, Smart Bidding strategies such as Maximise Conversions or target CPA have nothing to learn from. - **Ask to see search terms.** The search terms report shows what people actually typed. Irrelevant terms should be added as negative keywords every month. - **Check location settings.** Targeting people who are in your area, rather than people showing interest in it, stops spend leaking outside your patch. - **Be wary of guarantees.** Nobody controls the auction. A provider promising a fixed number of leads or a position is guessing. If you already run ads and want a second opinion, a Google Ads audit is the cheapest way to find wasted spend. ## FAQs ### How much does PPC management cost per month in the UK? Bark, the UK services marketplace, lists an average of £400 a month for PPC specialists (checked October 2026), though fees vary widely. dijitul charges from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google or Microsoft. ### Is there a minimum ad spend with dijitul? We do not set one. You choose the budget and pay it straight to the platform. We will tell you honestly if a budget is too small to gather useful data for your keywords and location, using Keyword Planner estimates for your market rather than a guess. ### Do you charge a set-up fee for PPC? There is no separate account build fee in our monthly management. If tracking needs installing or fixing, conversion tracking across GA4, Google Ads and Meta CAPI is a one-off £145 + VAT, and GA4 set-up is a one-off £95 + VAT. ### Why does Google sometimes spend more than my daily budget? Google Ads Help explains that a campaign can spend up to twice its average daily budget on a busy day to catch extra traffic. Over a month it will not charge more than 30.4 times the average daily budget, so the monthly total stays within your plan. ### Is percentage of ad spend or a flat fee better? A flat fee is easier to budget when spend is small and steady. A percentage scales with the work in larger accounts. dijitul uses a minimum of £150 a month + VAT or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher, so small accounts are not overcharged. ### Does PPC management include Microsoft Ads? Yes. Our management price covers Google Search, Performance Max, Shopping, Microsoft Ads and remarketing. Microsoft Ads can import Google campaigns, which keeps set-up quick, and it reaches people searching on Bing, including many using Edge on work computers. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # How Much Does Social Media Management Cost in the UK? Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/guides/how-much-does-social-media-management-cost-uk/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > UK social media management usually costs a few hundred pounds a month, depending on platforms, posting volume and how much content has to be created. dijitul manages organic social from £125 a month + VAT per platform package, covering content planning, scheduling and community replies. Paid social ads are from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ## Key facts - Bark, the UK services marketplace, gives an average of £450 a month for social media marketing (checked October 2026) - Bark puts typical small and medium business packages at £300 to £800 a month, with hourly rates from about £40 to £100 or more - dijitul social media management is from £125 a month + VAT per platform package - Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok ads) is from £150 a month + VAT, plus ad spend paid to the platform - The biggest cost drivers are the number of platforms, posts per week, and whether photos and video have to be produced - Organic management and paid advertising are different jobs and are usually priced separately ## What UK businesses pay Bark, the UK marketplace that connects buyers with freelancers and agencies, says the average price of social media marketing is £450 a month, with most small and medium businesses paying £300 to £800 a month (checked October 2026). Bark also gives hourly rates of around £40 at the lower end, rising to £100 or more for experienced people, and an hours-based guide running from £300 for 5 hours a month to £950 for 50 hours. Those figures come from jobs posted on Bark, so they reflect freelancers and smaller agencies. Larger agencies with in-house video teams charge more. At the other end, you will see very cheap offers that are little more than stock images and automated posts. ## What is usually included "Social media management" means different things to different providers, which is why quotes are hard to compare. Ask for a written list. A sensible package covers: - **Content plan.** A monthly calendar built around a few content pillars, such as how-to tips, behind the scenes, customer stories and offers. - **Writing and formatting.** Captions written for each platform, with the right image ratio. Instagram feed posts work best at 4:5 portrait, while Stories and Reels use 9:16 vertical. - **Scheduling.** Posts booked in advance through Meta Business Suite or a scheduling tool. - **Community management.** Replying to comments and messages, and flagging anything that needs you. - **Reporting.** Reach, engagement, profile visits, link clicks and enquiries, with notes on what to change. Photography and video production are normally extra. If you need original shoots, our sister studio dijitul media handles photography and video. ## What pushes the price up or down - **Number of platforms.** Each platform needs its own format, tone and replies. Two platforms done well beat five done badly. - **Posting frequency.** Three posts a week is a different job from daily posting. See our guide on how often to post. - **Content production.** Writing captions around your own photos is quick. Planning, shooting and editing short-form video takes far longer. - **Community volume.** A busy restaurant page with daily messages needs more time than a B2B LinkedIn page. - **Approval process.** Regulated sectors such as legal, finance and healthcare need sign-off, which adds time. ## Organic versus paid social Organic management keeps your profiles active and builds trust with people who already follow you. Paid social reaches new people who match your target audience. They are separate jobs. Paid social has two costs, like PPC: the ad spend paid directly to Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok, and the fee for building and running campaigns. Our paid social management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. That covers campaign structure, audiences, creative testing, the Meta Pixel and Conversions API, and reporting. Many small businesses start with one organic platform plus a modest paid campaign, then add more once they know what works. ## Questions to ask before you sign - **Who owns the accounts?** Your business should own every profile and the Meta Business portfolio. The provider should be added as a partner or user, never as the owner. - **How many posts, on which platforms?** Get the number in writing, per platform, per month. - **Who approves content?** Agree a simple sign-off step so nothing goes out that you have not seen, at least for the first month. - **How fast are replies?** Ask for working hours and a response target for comments and messages. - **What does the report show?** Look for enquiries, link clicks and profile visits, not just likes. - **What happens if you leave?** You should keep all content, captions and the content calendar. ## What dijitul charges Our social media management is from £125 a month + VAT per platform package. Each package covers a content plan, captions, scheduling, replying to comments and messages, and a monthly report. You can add more platforms one at a time. | Service | dijitul price | | Social media management (organic), per platform package | from £125 a month + VAT | | Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) | from £150 a month + VAT, plus ad spend | | Strategy, audits and training | £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote | There is no long contract. It runs monthly and you can cancel with notice. We do not promise follower counts, because nobody can control them honestly. ## FAQs ### How much should a small business pay for social media management? Bark gives a UK average of £450 a month and a typical range of £300 to £800 for small and medium businesses (checked October 2026). dijitul starts from £125 a month + VAT per platform package, so a business on one or two platforms can get consistent, managed posting without a large retainer. ### Does the price include creating photos and videos? Our management package covers planning, captions, scheduling, replies and reporting, using your photos and simple graphics. Original photography and video shoots are quoted separately. Our sister studio dijitul media handles shoots if you need fresh content. ### Is it cheaper to hire a freelancer or an in-house person? A freelancer or small agency is usually cheaper than a salaried employee once you add employer costs, holidays and software. In-house makes sense when you need someone on site every day to capture content. Many businesses combine a staff member who takes photos with an agency that plans and posts. ### Do I need to pay for ads as well? Not always. Organic posting keeps existing followers engaged. To reach new people predictably, you will need paid social. dijitul runs paid social from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok on your own account. ### Which platforms should I pay to have managed? Choose the one or two where your customers already spend time. Restaurants, salons and retailers usually start with Instagram and Facebook. B2B firms and recruiters usually start with LinkedIn. TikTok suits brands that can produce short vertical video regularly. ### Is there a minimum contract? No. dijitul social media management runs monthly and you can cancel with notice. We suggest giving any new plan at least a few months, because it takes time to learn which content pillars and posting times work for your audience. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # How Much Should I Spend on Google Ads? Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/guides/how-much-should-i-spend-on-google-ads/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > Set your Google Ads budget by working backwards from what a customer is worth, what you can pay per lead and what clicks cost in your area. dijitul builds that budget with you, then manages the account from £150 a month + VAT or 10 to 15% of spend, whichever is higher, with spend paid to Google. ## Key facts - Google Ads has no fixed price: you set an average daily budget and pay per click - Google Ads Help says a campaign can spend up to twice its average daily budget in a day, but no more than 30.4 times it in a month - Keyword Planner shows low and high top-of-page bid ranges for each keyword in your chosen location - Budget formula: target leads per month divided by conversion rate, multiplied by average cost per click - Smart Bidding needs steady conversion data, so very small budgets learn slowly - dijitul management is from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher ## Start with what a customer is worth The right budget is not a percentage someone quotes you. It comes from your own numbers. Before you open Google Ads, write down: - **Average value of a sale**, or better, the gross profit on it. - **Close rate**: out of every 10 enquiries, how many become customers? - **Maximum cost per lead** you can afford and still make money. Divide the profit per sale by the number of leads it takes to win one, then leave a margin. That maximum cost per lead becomes your target CPA. It is also the figure you would later use with the target CPA bidding strategy. ## Turn it into a monthly figure Once you know your target, the budget follows from three inputs: - **Leads you want per month.** - **Landing page conversion rate**: the share of clicks that become an enquiry or sale. Use your own GA4 data if you have it. - **Average cost per click** for your keywords and location. Monthly budget = leads wanted ÷ conversion rate × average cost per click. For example: if you want 20 leads and 5% of visitors enquire, you need 400 clicks. Multiply 400 by the average cost per click from Keyword Planner and you have a starting monthly spend. Then check the result against your maximum cost per lead. If it does not add up, improve the conversion rate, narrow the keywords or target a tighter area before you raise the budget. ## Finding real click prices Do not guess click costs. Use **Keyword Planner** in Google Ads. Enter your main service keywords, set the location to your real catchment, and read the "Top of page bid (low range)" and "(high range)" columns. Buying-intent searches such as "emergency plumber near me" cost more than research searches, but they convert far better. After launch, replace estimates with your own data. Auction insights shows who you compete with, and the search terms report shows what people actually typed. Our guide to PPC costs in the UK explains what drives click prices up. ## How Google spends the budget You set an **average daily budget** per campaign. Google Ads Help explains that a campaign can spend up to twice that figure on a busy day, but over a month it will not charge more than 30.4 times the daily average. So to spend roughly a set amount each month, divide it by 30.4. Spread the money where it works hardest: - **Brand campaign**: cheap clicks that protect your name from competitors. - **Core search**: your best buying-intent keywords. This usually gets most of the budget. - **Performance Max or Shopping**: for shops with a Merchant Center feed. - **Remarketing**: a small share to bring back visitors who did not enquire. Too many campaigns on a small budget means none gathers enough data. Start narrow. ## When to spend more, and the management cost Raise the budget when two things are true: you are hitting your target cost per lead, and the campaign shows **search impression share lost to budget**. That metric tells you how many eligible searches you missed because money ran out. If impression share is lost to rank instead, spending more will not help. Fix ad quality, landing pages or bids first. Remember the management fee sits on top of ad spend. Our Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. If tracking is not in place, conversion tracking is a one-off £145 + VAT, and it is the first thing to fix, because a budget cannot be judged without it. ## Common budget mistakes - **Spreading thin.** Five campaigns on a small budget means none gets enough clicks to learn. Fund one or two properly. - **Broad match with no negatives.** Broad match can show your ads for loosely related searches. Without a negative keyword list, a lot of budget goes on clicks that were never going to buy. - **Display left on in Search campaigns.** New Search campaigns can include the Display Network unless you untick it. Switch it off and test display separately if you want it. - **Changing too much, too often.** Smart Bidding needs time after each big change. Make one change, wait, then judge. - **Ignoring the landing page.** Doubling the conversion rate halves the cost per lead, which is often cheaper than doubling the budget. ## FAQs ### What is the minimum I can spend on Google Ads? Google Ads lets you set your own average daily budget and you pay per click. The practical minimum is whatever buys enough clicks to learn from in a month. Check Keyword Planner bid ranges for your keywords and area, then make sure the budget covers a meaningful number of clicks. ### Should I set a daily or monthly budget? Google Ads uses an average daily budget for most campaigns. Divide your monthly figure by 30.4, which is the multiplier Google uses. Google may spend up to twice the daily figure on busy days but will not charge more than 30.4 times it over a month. ### How long before I know if my budget is right? Give a new campaign enough time to collect clicks and conversions, usually a few weeks at least, before judging it. Smart Bidding strategies need conversion data to learn. Compare actual cost per lead against your target, then adjust keywords, bids or budget. ### Does the dijitul fee come out of my ad budget? No. Ad spend is paid directly to Google on your own account. Our management fee is separate: from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You can always see exactly what Google charged. ### Should I spend more on Google Ads or on SEO? Ads bring traffic as soon as campaigns are approved and stop when you stop paying. SEO builds slowly but keeps working. Many businesses use ads for immediate leads while SEO grows. Our sister site searchenginetuning.co.uk handles SEO and AI search visibility. ### What if my competitors spend far more than me? You do not need to outspend them everywhere. Focus on the keywords with the clearest buying intent, a tight location, strong ad copy and a fast, relevant landing page. A higher Quality Score can win clicks more cheaply than a bigger budget. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # How Much Does Email Marketing Cost in the UK? Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/guides/how-much-does-email-marketing-cost-uk/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > Email marketing costs two things: the platform subscription, which rises with your list size, and the time to plan, write and send. dijitul runs email campaigns on Mailchimp, Klaviyo or Brevo from £95 a month + VAT, and builds automated flows such as welcome and abandoned cart from £195 + VAT one-off. ## Key facts - Platform fees are set by the provider and mostly scale with the number of contacts or profiles - Klaviyo's free plan covers up to 250 active profiles and 500 email sends a month (Klaviyo pricing page, checked October 2026) - Mailchimp's free plan is limited to 250 contacts (Mailchimp UK pricing page, checked October 2026) - dijitul email marketing is from £95 a month + VAT; marketing automation set-up is from £195 + VAT one-off - SMS marketing is from £75 a month + VAT, with message credits billed by the platform - Gmail requires all senders to set up SPF or DKIM and keep spam rates below 0.3% (Google sender guidelines) ## The parts of an email marketing budget Email is one of the cheapest channels to run, but the cost is not zero. It splits into four parts: - **Platform subscription** paid to Mailchimp, Klaviyo, Brevo or similar. - **Set-up**: connecting your shop or CRM, building sign-up forms, branded templates and domain authentication. - **Automations**: welcome series, abandoned cart and other flows that send themselves. - **Ongoing campaigns**: planning, writing, designing, testing and sending newsletters and offers, then reporting. We could not find a neutral, independent benchmark for UK email agency fees, so we do not quote a market range here. Compare quotes by asking each provider exactly which of these four parts they cover. ## Platform fees Platform pricing is set by each provider and changes often, so always check their own pricing page. As of October 2026: - **Klaviyo**'s free plan covers up to 250 active profiles and 500 email sends a month. Paid plans are priced by the number of active profiles. - **Mailchimp**'s free plan is limited to 250 contacts. Paid plans (Essentials, Standard, Premium) are priced by contact count. - **Brevo** prices mainly by the number of emails you send rather than contacts, which can suit businesses with large lists that email less often. Two habits keep platform fees down: remove contacts who have not opened or clicked in a long time, and stop importing old lists that never opted in. Both also help deliverability. ## What dijitul charges | Service | dijitul price | | Email marketing campaigns on Mailchimp, Klaviyo or Brevo | from £95 a month + VAT | | Marketing automation set-up (flows, journeys) | from £195 + VAT, one-off | | SMS marketing | from £75 a month + VAT | | Copywriting, per piece | from £45 + VAT | | Strategy, audits and training | £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote | Platform subscriptions and SMS credits are paid directly to the provider on your own account, so the list and its history stay yours. Monthly, cancel with notice. ## Costs people forget - **Domain authentication.** Google's sender guidelines require every sender to set up SPF or DKIM, and anyone sending more than 5,000 messages a day to Gmail addresses also needs DMARC and one-click unsubscribe. Getting DNS records right takes time once, then protects every send. See email deliverability. - **Design and images.** A reusable branded template saves money on every later campaign. - **Consent and data.** UK rules (PECR) mean you need consent or the soft opt-in before sending marketing emails to individuals. Bought lists are a false economy. Read our PECR guide. - **Integrations.** Syncing a CRM or booking system may need developer time. ## Where the money is best spent first If budget is tight, build automations before regular newsletters. A welcome series and an abandoned cart flow run every day without further work, so the one-off set-up cost is spread across every new subscriber and every abandoned basket. Our guide to Klaviyo flows every shop needs lists the order we build them in. Then add a regular campaign rhythm you can sustain, whether that is fortnightly or monthly. Consistency matters more than volume: a list that hears from you regularly is less likely to mark you as spam. ## How to compare email marketing quotes Two quotes at similar prices can cover very different amounts of work. Ask each provider: - **How many campaigns a month** are included, and does that include writing the copy or only building the email? - **Are automated flows included**, or a separate set-up cost? Which flows, and how many emails in each? - **Who sets up SPF, DKIM and DMARC** on your sending domain, and who watches Google Postmaster Tools for spam complaints? - **Is A/B testing included?** Testing subject lines, send times or offers is how results improve over time. - **Whose account is it?** The platform account, list and templates should belong to you. - **What does the report cover?** Clicks, revenue or enquiries, and unsubscribes matter more than open rates, which Apple Mail Privacy Protection has made unreliable. ## FAQs ### Is Mailchimp or Klaviyo cheaper? It depends on list size and how you use it. Both have free plans for small lists (250 contacts on Mailchimp, 250 active profiles on Klaviyo, checked October 2026). Klaviyo suits online shops thanks to deep ecommerce data. Mailchimp suits simpler newsletters. Compare prices on each provider's own page for your exact list size. ### How much does dijitul charge to run our email marketing? Email marketing campaigns are from £95 a month + VAT. That covers planning, writing, building, sending and reporting on campaigns in Mailchimp, Klaviyo or Brevo. Automated flows are a separate one-off set-up from £195 + VAT. Platform fees are paid to the provider. ### Do I pay the email platform directly? Yes. The subscription sits on your own account and card. We work inside it as a user. That way you own the list, the templates and the reporting history, and nothing is lost if you change provider or bring the work in-house. ### How much does SMS marketing cost? dijitul runs SMS marketing from £75 a month + VAT. On top of that, the platform charges per message sent, which varies by provider and destination country. UK PECR rules mean texts to individuals need consent or the soft opt-in, just like email. ### Can I do email marketing for free? You can start on a free plan if your list is small, but you still need time to write and send, and you need consent records and domain authentication. Free plans usually show the provider's branding and limit automations. Most growing businesses move to a paid tier fairly quickly. ### Why does list cleaning save money? Most platforms charge by contacts or profiles. Removing people who have not engaged in a long time lowers your bill and improves deliverability, because mailbox providers such as Gmail watch how recipients respond. A sunset flow can ask inactive contacts to stay before you remove them. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Is Google Ads Worth It for a Small Business? Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/guides/is-google-ads-worth-it-for-small-business/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > Google Ads is worth it for a small business when people already search for what you sell, your profit per sale covers the cost per lead, and you can track enquiries. dijitul tests that honestly, then manages campaigns from £150 a month + VAT or 10 to 15% of spend, whichever is higher, with spend paid to Google. ## Key facts - Google Ads works best where people search with buying intent, such as trades, legal services and local clinics - Work out your break-even cost per lead before spending: profit per sale divided by leads needed to win one - You pay per click and usually less than your maximum bid: only what is needed to hold your Ad Rank (Google Ads Help) - Without conversion tracking you cannot tell whether Google Ads is worth it - Microsoft Ads can import Google campaigns and often reaches the same intent at a lower volume - dijitul manages Google Ads from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher ## When Google Ads is usually worth it Google Ads puts you in front of people at the moment they search. It pays off when: - **Demand already exists.** People type what you sell into Google: "boiler repair Derby", "conveyancing solicitor", "dog grooming near me". Keyword Planner will show whether there is search volume in your area. - **A sale is worth enough.** The profit from a customer comfortably covers several clicks and a few enquiries that do not convert. - **You can answer quickly.** Leads from search go cold fast. Someone needs to pick up the phone or reply the same day. - **Your landing page converts.** A clear offer, prices or a guide to cost, reviews, and an easy form or click-to-call. - **You can measure it.** Calls, forms and sales are tracked as conversions. ## When it often is not - **Nobody searches for it yet.** A new product category has little search demand. Paid social is often better at creating interest. - **Margins are tiny.** If a sale makes a few pounds, competitive click prices can wipe it out. Shopping campaigns with a tight product selection may still work. - **The website is the problem.** Ads send people to the page. If the page is slow or confusing, more clicks just cost more. Fix it first, or talk to dijitul web design about a dedicated landing page. - **No tracking.** Without it you are judging on gut feeling and phone calls nobody logged. - **Budget too thin to learn.** If the budget buys only a handful of clicks a month, you cannot tell good from bad. ## Work out your break-even point Before spending, calculate the most you can pay for a lead: - Take the **gross profit** on an average sale, not the sale price. - Divide by the number of **leads it takes to win one sale**. - That is your break-even cost per lead. Aim comfortably below it. Then check Keyword Planner's top-of-page bid ranges for your keywords and location. If a realistic conversion rate turns those click prices into a cost per lead below break-even, Google Ads is worth testing. If not, consider narrower keywords, a smaller area, a better page, or a different channel. For the budget maths, see how much to spend on Google Ads. ## How to test it without wasting money - **Set up tracking first.** GA4 key events and Google Ads conversions for forms, calls and sales. - **Start with one tight Search campaign** on your highest-intent keywords, using phrase and exact match, with a negative keyword list from day one. - **Target where your customers are**, using "presence" location targeting so you reach people in the area. - **Write ads that match the search**. Responsive search ads allow up to 15 headlines of 30 characters and 4 descriptions of 90 characters (Google Ads Help). - **Review search terms weekly** at first and add negatives. - **Judge on cost per lead and sales**, not clicks or impressions. For local trades, also look at Local Services Ads, which charge per lead rather than per click where available. ## If search ads are not the right fit A "no" to Google Search is not a no to paid marketing. Depending on why the numbers do not stack up, try: - **Paid social** when you need to create demand rather than catch it. See Facebook ads. - **Email and remarketing** to get more from visitors and customers you already have. - **Microsoft Ads**, which can import Google campaigns and is worth testing alongside them. - **Improving the website first**, so every future click is worth more. ## What it costs with dijitul Our Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. Ad spend goes directly to Google on your own account. If tracking is missing, conversion tracking is a one-off £145 + VAT. We will tell you plainly if we think Google Ads is unlikely to work for your business, and what we would try instead. There is no long contract: monthly, cancel with notice. We never promise a number of leads, because nobody controls the auction. ## FAQs ### How long does it take to see if Google Ads works? Ads can start showing once approved, so clicks arrive quickly. Judging whether it is worth it takes longer: you need enough clicks and conversions to compare cost per lead with your break-even figure. For most small businesses that means a few weeks to a few months of tracked data. ### Is Google Ads better than Facebook ads for a small business? They do different jobs. Google Ads captures people already searching for what you sell. Facebook and Instagram ads reach people who match an audience but are not searching yet. Service businesses with clear search demand often start with Google. Products that sell on looks often do well on Meta. ### Can I run Google Ads myself? Yes, and many owners do. The common mistakes are broad keywords without negatives, wrong location settings, Display Network left on in Search campaigns, and no conversion tracking. If you run it yourself, a dijitul audit at £45 an hour + VAT can spot those problems quickly. ### Do I need a website to use Google Ads? Most campaigns send people to a web page, so you need a fast, relevant landing page with a clear way to get in touch. Some formats, such as call-only ads and Local Services Ads, lean on phone calls, but a good page still helps Google judge relevance and Quality Score. ### Is it worth it for a very local business? Often yes, because you can target a tight radius and only pay when someone clicks. Use presence-based location targeting, ad scheduling for your opening hours and call assets for mobile users. Very small areas have fewer searches, so keep keyword lists focused on buying intent. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Why Are My Google Ads Not Working? Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/guides/why-are-my-google-ads-not-working/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > Google Ads usually fail for a handful of fixable reasons: broken conversion tracking, irrelevant search terms, loose location settings, the wrong bid strategy or a weak landing page. dijitul audits accounts at £45 an hour + VAT or a fixed quote, and manages Google Ads from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of spend. ## Key facts - Check conversion tracking first: if it is wrong, every other number in the account is wrong too - The search terms report shows what people actually typed; irrelevant terms should become negative keywords - Location targeting set to "presence or interest" can show ads to people outside your area - Ad Rank combines bid, ad and landing page quality, and the expected effect of assets (Google Ads Help) - Smart Bidding strategies such as target CPA need steady conversion data to work well - dijitul Google Ads audits are £45 an hour + VAT or a fixed quote; management is from £150 a month + VAT ## Start by defining "not working" Before changing anything, be specific. Each symptom points to a different cause: - **No impressions:** ads disapproved, budget or bids too low, keywords with no search volume, or payment problems. - **Impressions but few clicks:** weak ad copy, low position, or ads showing for the wrong searches. - **Clicks but no enquiries:** wrong traffic, a poor landing page, or tracking that is not recording conversions. - **Enquiries, but poor quality:** broad keywords, loose location settings, or an offer that attracts the wrong people. Write down which one you have. Then work through the checks below in order. ## 1. Conversion tracking This is the most common problem we find. Typical faults: - The conversion fires on page load of the contact page rather than on a successful form submission. - The same lead is counted twice, once from a GA4 import and once from a Google Ads tag. - Phone calls from the website are not tracked at all. - Consent Mode is missing, so conversions from UK visitors who decline cookies are not modelled. If tracking is wrong, Smart Bidding optimises towards the wrong thing. Fix it before judging anything else. See our guides on GA4 key events and Consent Mode v2. ## 2. Search terms, keywords and location - **Search terms report.** Open Insights and reports, then Search terms. If you see jobs searches, DIY questions, competitor names you do not want, or places you do not serve, add them as negative keywords. - **Match types.** Broad match on a small budget with no negatives is a common reason for wasted spend. Phrase and exact match give more control while you learn. - **Location options.** In campaign settings, check whether you target people "in or regularly in" your locations or people showing interest in them. For most local businesses, presence is the safer choice. - **Networks.** Check whether your Search campaign also runs on the Display Network. If you did not mean it to, switch it off. ## 3. Bidding, budget and ad quality - **Bid strategy mismatch.** Target CPA or target ROAS set too tight can stop the campaign spending. Maximise Conversions with very few conversions can wander. Match the strategy to the data you have. - **Limited by budget.** If the campaign is marked limited by budget and the cost per lead is good, that is a reason to spend more. If cost per lead is poor, fix that first. - **Quality Score.** Look at expected CTR, ad relevance and landing page experience for each keyword. Below average on any of them raises your costs. - **Ads.** Responsive search ads allow up to 15 headlines and 4 descriptions (Google Ads Help). Use them: include the keyword, your price or a starting price, location, and a reason to choose you. - **Assets.** Sitelinks, callouts and call assets make ads larger and add useful information. ## 4. The landing page and the follow-up Ads can only deliver the visitor. The page has to do the rest. Check it on a phone: - Does the headline match what they searched for? - Is the phone number tappable, and is the form short? - Does it load quickly on mobile data? - Is there proof: reviews, accreditations, photos of real work? Then check what happens after an enquiry. Leads that wait a day for a reply often go elsewhere. Ask your team how fast they respond. Our landing page optimisation service works on the page itself, and a Google Ads audit covers the account. ## 5. Performance Max and brand traffic If you run Performance Max, check how much of its spend goes on searches for your own brand name. Those people may have found you anyway. Since 2025 Google lets advertisers add campaign-level negative keywords to Performance Max, and search terms reporting is available for all Performance Max campaigns. Use both to see what you are paying for. Our guide what is Performance Max explains the controls. ## FAQs ### Why am I getting clicks but no calls? Usually the traffic is wrong or the page is not persuading. Check the search terms report for irrelevant searches, make sure location targeting uses presence, and test the landing page on a phone. Also check calls are actually tracked, because many accounts miss them. ### Why are my Google Ads not showing? Common causes are disapproved ads, a payment problem, bids below what the auction needs, keywords with very little search volume, or ad schedules and location settings that exclude most searches. Use the Ad Preview and Diagnosis tool in Google Ads rather than searching yourself, which can skew results. ### How long should I wait before deciding Google Ads is not working? Give a campaign enough clicks to judge, and do not make big changes daily. Smart Bidding needs time to settle after major edits. If a few weeks of correctly tracked data show cost per lead well above what you can afford, it is time to change the approach. ### Can you fix my account without taking it over? Yes. A dijitul audit at £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote, gives you a prioritised list of fixes that you or your current provider can make. If you would rather we manage it, management is from £150 a month + VAT or 10 to 15% of spend. ### Do I need to rebuild my account from scratch? Rarely. Account history is useful, especially conversion data for Smart Bidding. Most problems are fixed by correcting tracking, adding negative keywords, tightening match types and locations, and improving ads and landing pages. A rebuild only makes sense when the structure is badly tangled. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # How to Set Up Key Events in GA4 Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/guides/how-to-set-up-ga4-key-events/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > Key events are the GA4 events you mark as most important, such as form submissions, calls and purchases. dijitul sets up GA4 from £95 + VAT one-off, and full conversion tracking across GA4, Google Ads and Meta CAPI for £145 + VAT, so you can see which marketing actually produces enquiries and sales. ## Key facts - Google renamed GA4 "conversions" to "key events" in 2024; "conversions" now refers to Google Ads conversions - Standard GA4 properties can mark up to 30 events as key events; Analytics 360 allows 50 (Google Analytics Help) - GA4 marks purchase as a key event by default on web and app (Google Analytics Help) - Mark an event as a key event in Admin, Data display, Events, by clicking the star icon (Google Analytics Help) - Google Ads conversions can be created from GA4 key events once the accounts are linked - dijitul GA4 set-up is £95 + VAT; conversion tracking across GA4, Google Ads and Meta CAPI is £145 + VAT ## Events, key events and conversions GA4 records everything as **events**: page views, scrolls, clicks, form starts. A **key event** is an event you have marked as important to your business. Google Analytics Help explains that up to 30 events can be key events in a standard property and 50 in Analytics 360. Google changed the name from "conversions" to "key events" in 2024, so that "conversion" means the same thing everywhere in Google Ads. In practice: you mark key events in GA4, then import the ones that matter into Google Ads, where they become conversions used for bidding. ## Step 1: decide what counts Pick a small number of actions that show real intent. For most businesses that means: - **generate_lead** for enquiry form submissions (a Google recommended event name) - **purchase** for online sales, which GA4 marks as a key event by default - **Phone clicks** from tel: links on mobile - **Booking confirmed** for appointment systems - **sign_up** for account or newsletter sign-ups, if they matter Avoid marking page views of the contact page or scrolls as key events. They inflate the numbers and send Google Ads chasing the wrong behaviour. ## Step 2: send the events There are three ways to create the events: - **Google Tag Manager.** The most flexible. Create a GA4 Event tag with the event name, then a trigger such as a form submission, a thank-you page view, a click on a tel: link, or a custom dataLayer event pushed by your website. - **Create event in GA4.** In Admin, Events, you can create a new event based on an existing one, such as a page_view where the page location contains /thank-you/. - **Platform integrations.** Shopify and many booking or form tools send ecommerce and lead events for you. Check they use the right names and include value and currency for purchases. The most reliable signal is a confirmed success, such as a thank-you page or a dataLayer event fired after the form has actually sent. Button clicks alone count failed attempts too. ## Step 3: mark as key event and test Google Analytics Help gives the steps: go to **Admin**, then **Data display**, then **Events**, find the event and click the star icon to mark it as a key event. For a brand new event, use Create event and switch on "Mark as key event". Then test properly: - Use **Tag Assistant** preview mode in GTM to confirm the tag fires once, at the right moment. - Open **DebugView** in GA4 to watch the event arrive with the right parameters. - Submit a real test enquiry on mobile and desktop. - Check reports the next day, as standard reports take time to process. ## Step 4: connect to Google Ads and consent Link GA4 to Google Ads, then create Google Ads conversions from your GA4 key events. Decide which one is the primary goal for bidding. Do not import a GA4 key event and also run a Google Ads tag for the same action as primary, or each lead will count twice. For UK visitors you also need a cookie banner that respects their choice, and Consent Mode v2 so Google can model conversions from people who decline. See what is Consent Mode v2. Finally, show key events in a simple Looker Studio dashboard so the numbers get looked at. ## What dijitul charges Our GA4 set-up is £95 + VAT one-off. It covers the property, data streams, key events, internal traffic filters and data retention settings. Full conversion tracking across GA4, Google Ads and Meta Conversions API is £145 + VAT one-off. A Looker Studio reporting dashboard is £145 + VAT one-off. The mistakes we fix most often in existing set-ups are: key events firing on every page load of the contact page, duplicate purchase events from both a plugin and GTM, missing value and currency on purchases, staff visits counted as leads because internal traffic was never filtered, and data retention left at the two-month default, which limits how far back explorations can look. ## FAQs ### What is the difference between a key event and a conversion? In GA4, a key event is an event you mark as important. In Google Ads, a conversion is an action used to measure and bid on ad performance. You can create Google Ads conversions from GA4 key events, but they are now named differently so the two are not confused. ### How many key events can I have in GA4? Google Analytics Help says a standard property can mark up to 30 events as key events, and an Analytics 360 property up to 50. Most small businesses need far fewer: usually a lead, a call, a booking or a purchase is enough. ### Why is my key event not showing in reports? Standard reports take time to process, so check DebugView first for real-time testing. If the event does not appear there, the tag or trigger is not firing. Check Tag Assistant, the event name spelling, and whether consent settings are blocking tags in your test browser. ### Should I track button clicks as key events? Only if nothing better exists. A click on a submit button also counts failed or incomplete forms. A thank-you page view or a success event pushed to the dataLayer after the form sends is far more accurate, and better for Google Ads bidding. ### How much does dijitul charge to set up GA4? GA4 set-up is £95 + VAT one-off, including key events. If you also want Google Ads conversions and Meta Conversions API set up and tested, conversion tracking is £145 + VAT one-off. Prices are fixed before we start. ### Do I need Google Tag Manager? Not always, but it helps. GTM lets you add and change tracking without editing website code each time, and it handles consent settings for every tag in one place. For simple sites, GA4's built-in create event feature can cover a thank-you page. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # What Is Google Consent Mode v2? Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/guides/what-is-consent-mode-v2/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > Consent Mode v2 is how your cookie banner tells Google tags what each visitor agreed to, using four signals including ad_user_data and ad_personalization. dijitul sets it up as part of conversion tracking for £145 + VAT one-off, so UK Google Ads and GA4 keep measuring properly while respecting visitors' choices. ## Key facts - Consent Mode v2 uses four signals: ad_storage, analytics_storage, ad_user_data and ad_personalization - Version 2 added ad_user_data and ad_personalization to the original two signals - Basic mode blocks Google tags until the visitor interacts with the banner; advanced mode loads tags and sends cookieless pings while consent is denied (Google Ads Help) - Advanced mode allows an advertiser-specific conversion model, which Google says gives more detailed modelling than basic mode - Google applies regional consent requirements for the EEA, Switzerland and the UK - dijitul conversion tracking, including Consent Mode v2, is £145 + VAT one-off ## What it does Under UK law (PECR), non-essential cookies such as advertising and analytics cookies generally need consent. Your cookie banner collects that consent. Consent Mode is the bridge that passes the visitor's choice to Google's tags, so GA4, Google Ads and Floodlight behave accordingly. Without it, you have two bad options: load tags regardless, which risks breaking the rules, or block them entirely, which leaves big gaps in your conversion data. Consent Mode lets tags adjust their behaviour instead, so you stay on the right side of the rules and still get usable reporting. ## The four signals | Signal | Controls | | **ad_storage** | Whether advertising cookies and identifiers can be stored | | **analytics_storage** | Whether analytics cookies, such as GA4's, can be stored | | **ad_user_data** | Whether user data can be sent to Google for advertising | | **ad_personalization** | Whether data can be used for personalised ads and remarketing | The first two came with the original Consent Mode. Version 2 added **ad_user_data** and **ad_personalization**. Google applies regional consent requirements to traffic from the EEA, Switzerland and the UK, and audience features such as remarketing lists depend on these signals being sent. ## Basic versus advanced Google Ads Help describes two ways to implement it: - **Basic.** Google tags are blocked until the visitor interacts with the consent banner. If they decline, no data is sent to Google, not even the consent status. Conversion modelling uses a general model. - **Advanced.** Google tags load when the page opens. While consent is denied, they send cookieless pings. Full measurement only happens after consent is granted. Google says this allows an advertiser-specific model, giving more detailed conversion modelling. Advanced gives better modelled data. Basic is the more cautious choice. Which one suits you is a business and legal decision: take advice if you are unsure, particularly in regulated sectors. ## How it is set up - **Choose a consent management platform (CMP)** that supports Consent Mode v2. Google keeps a list of certified CMP partners. - **Set defaults.** For UK visitors, all four signals start as denied until the visitor chooses. - **Update on choice.** When the visitor accepts or rejects, the CMP sends an update to the tags. - **Configure Google Tag Manager.** Use the consent settings on each tag. Google tags have built-in consent checks; non-Google tags such as the Meta Pixel need their own consent trigger. - **Test.** Use Tag Assistant to check the default and update states, then confirm in Google Ads diagnostics that consent signals are being received. ## What it means for your reports Once Consent Mode is running, expect your numbers to behave differently from before: - **GA4 traffic may look lower** than an old set-up that ignored consent, because people who decline are no longer tracked with cookies. - **Google Ads conversions may include modelled figures.** These are estimates based on patterns from people who did consent. They are labelled as modelled in some reports and are not exact counts. - **Remarketing audiences grow more slowly**, because only people who allow ad personalisation can be added. - **Comparisons with older periods are unreliable.** Mark the date Consent Mode went live in your reports and compare like with like. None of this means marketing got worse. It means measurement is now closer to what visitors actually agreed to. ## Common mistakes - A banner that looks right but never sends the update signal, so everything stays denied. - Tags firing before the default is set, which defeats the purpose. - Accept and reject buttons that are not equally easy to use. - Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok pixels ignoring the banner because only Google tags were configured. - Forgetting the v2 signals when updating an older set-up, so remarketing audiences stop growing. All of these show up in an audit. Our conversion tracking service (£145 + VAT one-off) covers Consent Mode v2, GA4, Google Ads conversions and Meta CAPI. See also how to set up GA4 key events. ## FAQs ### Is Consent Mode v2 a legal requirement? Consent Mode itself is a Google technical standard, not a law. The legal requirement in the UK comes from PECR and UK GDPR, which generally need consent for non-essential cookies. Google applies its own consent requirements to UK and EEA traffic, and features such as remarketing depend on the v2 signals. ### Does Consent Mode replace my cookie banner? No. You still need a banner or consent platform to ask visitors and record their choice. Consent Mode simply passes that choice to Google tags so they behave correctly. Without a banner, Consent Mode has nothing to report. ### Will I lose data if people decline cookies? You lose observed data for those visitors. Consent Mode lets Google model some of the missing conversions, and Google says advanced mode gives more detailed modelling than basic. You will never see every conversion, which is why tracking trends matter more than exact counts. ### Does Consent Mode work with the Meta Pixel? No, it only controls Google tags. The Meta Pixel, LinkedIn Insight Tag and TikTok Pixel need to be held back by your consent platform or a consent trigger in Google Tag Manager. We set these up together so every tag follows the visitor's choice. ### How much does dijitul charge to set up Consent Mode v2? Consent Mode v2 is included in our conversion tracking set-up at £145 + VAT one-off, alongside GA4 key events, Google Ads conversions and Meta Conversions API. Your consent platform subscription, if it has one, is paid to that provider. ### How do I check if Consent Mode is working? Open your site in Tag Assistant and look at the consent tab for each event: you should see a default state of denied, then an update when you click accept or reject. Google Ads also shows consent mode diagnostics in the conversion action settings. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # How to Get Leads From Facebook Ads Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/guides/how-to-get-leads-from-facebook-ads/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > To get leads from Facebook ads, use the Leads objective, choose between instant forms and your own website, write creative for one clear audience, send lead quality back through the Conversions API and reply fast. dijitul runs Facebook and Instagram lead campaigns from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid to Meta. ## Key facts - Meta Ads Manager offers a Leads objective that can collect leads on instant forms, your website, Messenger or calls - Instant forms are quick to fill because Meta prefills details, but that can mean lower quality leads - Adding a qualifying question or a review step slows people down and usually improves lead quality - The Meta Pixel plus Conversions API (CAPI) sends conversions from your browser and server, so fewer are lost - Speed matters: leads contacted quickly are far more likely to answer - dijitul paid social on Meta, LinkedIn and TikTok is from £150 a month + VAT, plus ad spend ## Instant forms or your website? With the Leads objective in Meta Ads Manager you choose where the lead is captured. The two main options: - **Instant forms.** The form opens inside Facebook or Instagram, with name, email and phone prefilled from the person's profile. Easy to complete, so volume is higher and cost per lead lower. The trade-off is quality: some people submit without really meaning to. - **Website.** The ad sends people to a landing page with your own form. Fewer leads, but people have read about you first. Needs the Meta Pixel and Conversions API to optimise properly. For high-value services such as conveyancing, home improvements or B2B, we often test both. For low-cost, high-volume offers, instant forms usually win. ## Build a form that filters An instant form that asks for nothing filters nothing. To improve quality: - Add **one or two qualifying questions**: postcode, budget range, timescale, or the service needed. Use multiple choice to keep it quick. - Use a form type with a **review step**, so people confirm their details before submitting. - Write a short intro that states **exactly what happens next**, such as "We will call within one working day to book a free survey". - Link a clear **privacy policy**, which Meta requires on lead forms. - Ask for consent separately if you want to add leads to marketing emails. Under PECR, a lead form enquiry is not automatically marketing consent. ## Audience and creative Targeting on Meta has shifted towards broad audiences and letting the algorithm find people, using Advantage+ audience with your suggestions as signals. That works when your creative does the targeting. Speak to one type of customer at a time: "Homeowners in Nottingham thinking about solar" beats "Save money today". - Use **real photos and short videos** of your work, team and customers. Vertical 9:16 for Reels and Stories, 4:5 for feeds. - Lead with the **problem and the offer** in the first line and first three seconds. - Test a few **different angles**, such as price, speed, guarantee or a customer story, rather than tiny tweaks. - For local services, set a **sensible radius** and check special ad category rules if you advertise housing, employment, credit or financial services. ## Tracking and lead quality Meta optimises towards whatever you tell it is a success. If every form fill counts equally, it will find people who fill forms, not people who buy. - Install the **Meta Pixel** and the **Conversions API**, which sends events from your server as well as the browser. Together they lose fewer conversions to browser restrictions and ad blockers. - Send **qualified lead** and **sale** stages back from your CRM, so Meta can learn which leads actually turn into customers. - Respect consent: the Pixel should only fire once the visitor has agreed. Connecting a CRM to Meta can need developer work. Our sister company dijitul developments builds CRM integrations if yours does not connect out of the box. ## Follow-up, then cost The quickest gain is often outside Ads Manager. Lead forms send leads into Meta's Leads Center unless you connect them to email or a CRM. Set up instant notifications, call within the hour where you can, and send an automatic email confirming the enquiry. Judge campaigns on **cost per qualified lead** and cost per sale, not cost per form fill. A campaign with cheap leads that never answer the phone is more expensive than one with fewer, better leads. Keep a simple sheet or CRM stage for each lead: contacted, qualified, quoted, won. After a few weeks, the pattern shows which ads, forms and audiences are worth more budget. Our Facebook ads and Instagram ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, paid directly to Meta. Conversion tracking with Meta CAPI is £145 + VAT one-off. We never promise a cost per lead in advance, but we report it honestly every month. ## FAQs ### Are Facebook lead form leads any good? They can be, but quality varies. Instant forms are quick to complete, which raises volume and can lower quality. Adding a qualifying question, a review step and a clear explanation of what happens next usually improves things. Sending qualified-lead events back to Meta helps it find better people over time. ### How much should I spend on Facebook lead ads? Start with a budget that can produce enough leads for Meta to learn and for you to judge quality, then scale what works. Ad spend is paid directly to Meta. dijitul management is from £150 a month + VAT on top of that spend. ### Do Facebook leads give consent for marketing emails? Not automatically. Someone who asks for a quote has given you their details for that purpose. Under PECR, you need separate consent, or a valid soft opt-in, to send them marketing emails or texts. Add an optional, unticked consent question to the form. ### What is the Meta Conversions API? The Conversions API sends events, such as leads and purchases, from your server or CRM directly to Meta. Used alongside the Pixel, it records conversions that browser tracking misses and lets you send lead outcomes, such as a booked job, back to Meta. ### Can I run lead ads on Instagram too? Yes. Leads campaigns in Meta Ads Manager can run across Facebook and Instagram placements, including feeds, Stories and Reels. Use vertical creative for Stories and Reels so the ad fills the screen. ### Should I use Facebook ads or Google Ads for leads? Google Ads catches people already searching. Facebook ads reach people before they search, which suits offers people did not know they wanted, or visual products and services. Many businesses use Google for urgent demand and Meta to build a pipeline. Test both with tracking in place. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # How Often Should a Business Post on Social Media? Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/guides/how-often-should-a-business-post-on-social-media/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > Post as often as you can keep up with good content, then increase. For most small businesses that means a few times a week on one or two platforms, with Stories in between. dijitul plans, writes and schedules posts from £125 a month + VAT per platform package, so you stay consistent without the daily effort. ## Key facts - There is no official ideal posting frequency from Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok - Consistency over months matters more than a burst of daily posts followed by silence - Pick one or two platforms where your customers are, and do them properly - Batch content monthly using three to five content pillars so planning takes hours, not days - Judge frequency by results: reach per post, profile visits, link clicks and enquiries - dijitul social media management is from £125 a month + VAT per platform package ## The honest answer No platform publishes a magic number. Advice online ranges from once a week to several times a day, and much of it comes from tools that make money when you post more. What matters is that you post regularly enough for people to remember you, and that each post is worth seeing. A business that posts three useful things every week for a year will usually do better than one that posts daily for a month and then disappears. Start with a rhythm you can sustain, measure, then add more if results justify it. ## A sensible starting rhythm by platform These are starting points we use with small businesses, not rules: | Platform | Starting rhythm | Notes | | Instagram | 3 feed posts or Reels a week, plus Stories most days | Reels for reach, Stories for regulars, feed posts at 4:5 portrait | | Facebook | 3 to 5 posts a week | Local news, offers and events; good for community groups | | LinkedIn | 2 to 3 posts a week | Staff profiles often reach more people than the company page | | TikTok | 3 or more videos a week | Needs regular short vertical video; only choose it if you can produce that | | Google Business Profile | 1 update a week | Offers, news and photos help local searchers | ## Quality beats quantity Each platform's feed is ranked by how people respond. Posts that get saved, shared, commented on or watched to the end tend to be shown to more people. Posts that people scroll past teach the algorithm your content is not worth showing. So a weak post can cost you reach on the next one. Before posting, ask: would a customer find this useful, interesting or entertaining? Good examples: - A before-and-after of a real job, with what you did and why. - A quick answer to a question customers always ask. - A 20-second tour of a new product or menu item. - A team member explaining part of the process. - A genuine customer review, with permission. ## How to keep it up - **Choose three to five content pillars**: for example how-to tips, behind the scenes, customer stories, offers and local news. - **Plan a month at a time** in a simple calendar, with one pillar per slot. - **Batch create**: take a morning to photograph or film ten things, then write captions in one sitting. - **Schedule** through Meta Business Suite, LinkedIn's scheduler or a tool such as Buffer. - **Reply daily** to comments and messages. Conversation is part of posting. - **Repurpose**: one video can become a Reel, a TikTok, a LinkedIn clip and a Story. ## When to post less, not more Sometimes the right move is to cut back: - **You are posting filler** such as generic quotes, national days with no link to your business, or stock photos. Drop them. - **Replies are slipping.** If comments and messages wait days for an answer, you are posting more than you can manage. - **Reach per post is falling** while frequency rises. Fewer, stronger posts usually recover it. - **You are on too many platforms.** Pause the one that brings the fewest enquiries and put that time into the best one. Posting less but better is not giving up. It is putting effort where customers actually respond. ## Measure, then adjust Look at the last eight to twelve weeks of posts rather than one week. Track reach per post, engagement, profile visits, website clicks and, most importantly, enquiries. If reach per post stays healthy as you post more, add more. If it drops, go back to fewer, better posts. If you would rather not do it yourself, our social media management is from £125 a month + VAT per platform package, and covers planning, writing, scheduling, replies and reporting. For content production, see social media content. Our guide to social media management costs explains what affects price. ## FAQs ### Is posting every day too much? Not if every post is good and you can keep it up. For most small businesses, daily feed posts lead to rushed content that people scroll past, which can reduce reach. A few strong posts a week plus Stories is usually a better use of time. ### What is the best time to post? Your own insights are the best guide. Instagram, Facebook and LinkedIn analytics show when your followers are online. Start by posting when your audience is most active, then compare reach across different times over a few weeks. ### Should I post the same content on every platform? You can reuse the same idea, but adapt it. Change the format, length and caption to suit each platform: vertical video for Reels and TikTok, a more professional angle for LinkedIn, local detail for Facebook. Identical cross-posting with the wrong format looks lazy. ### Does posting more get more followers? Not by itself. Followers come from content people value and share, and from paid reach. More posts can help if quality stays high. Nobody can honestly promise a follower count, so judge success by enquiries and sales rather than followers alone. ### How many posts a month does dijitul include? Our social media management starts from £125 a month + VAT per platform package. We agree the number of posts per platform with you in writing before we start, based on your goals and the content available, and we include replies and a monthly report. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # The Klaviyo Flows Every Online Shop Needs Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/guides/klaviyo-flows-every-shop-needs/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > Every online shop on Klaviyo should run a welcome series, abandoned checkout, abandoned cart, browse abandonment, post-purchase and win-back flow, plus a sunset flow to clean the list. dijitul builds these automations from £195 + VAT one-off and runs ongoing Klaviyo email campaigns from £95 a month + VAT. ## Key facts - Flows are automated emails or texts triggered by what a customer does, such as signing up, abandoning a checkout or buying - Abandoned checkout flows trigger on Klaviyo's Started Checkout metric; browse abandonment uses Viewed Product - Flow filters such as "Placed Order zero times since starting this flow" stop emails going to people who already bought - Marketing emails and SMS need consent, or for email a valid soft opt-in, under UK PECR - Klaviyo's free plan covers up to 250 active profiles and 500 email sends a month (Klaviyo pricing, checked October 2026) - dijitul marketing automation set-up is from £195 + VAT one-off; email marketing is from £95 a month + VAT ## Why flows come before campaigns A campaign is a one-off send to a list. A flow is an automated sequence triggered by behaviour. Flows reach people at the moment they are most interested, and once built they run every day without more work. That is why we build them before planning a newsletter calendar. Klaviyo connects to Shopify, WooCommerce, BigCommerce and other platforms, and records events (it calls them metrics) such as **Viewed Product**, **Added to Cart**, **Started Checkout** and **Placed Order**. Each flow below is triggered by one of those metrics or by joining a list. ## The six core flows | Flow | Trigger | Typical length | | Welcome series | Joins newsletter list | 3 to 5 emails over 1 to 2 weeks | | Abandoned checkout | Started Checkout | 2 to 3 emails over 2 to 3 days | | Abandoned cart | Added to Cart | 1 to 2 emails | | Browse abandonment | Viewed Product | 1 to 2 emails | | Post-purchase | Placed Order | 2 to 4 emails over several weeks | | Win-back | No order for a set period | 2 to 3 emails | Timings are starting points. Set the win-back delay to roughly how long your customers usually wait before buying again. Klaviyo can show the typical time between orders for your own customers, which is a better guide than any general rule. ## What goes in each one - **Welcome series.** Deliver any sign-up offer in the first email straight away. Then tell your story, show bestsellers, share reviews and answer common questions such as delivery and returns. Split first-time buyers from people who already ordered. - **Abandoned checkout.** Your highest-intent flow. Show the exact items with images and a button back to the checkout. First email within a few hours, without a discount. Consider a small incentive only in a later email, and only if margins allow. - **Abandoned cart.** For people who added to cart but never reached checkout. Keep it short and remind them what they picked. - **Browse abandonment.** A gentle nudge for people who looked at a product more than once. Lighter tone, show related products. - **Post-purchase.** Thank you, delivery information, how to use or care for the product, then a review request once it has arrived, then cross-sells. - **Win-back.** "We miss you" with new arrivals, then a reason to return. ## Settings that stop mistakes - **Flow filters.** Add "Placed Order zero times since starting this flow" to abandonment flows so buyers stop getting reminders. - **Avoid overlap.** Someone who started a checkout should not also get the cart and browse flows. Use filters so the highest-intent flow wins. - **Smart Sending.** Klaviyo's Smart Sending skips people who received an email recently. Leave it on for most flows; consider turning it off for order-related messages. - **Consent.** Only email people who are subscribed to marketing. SMS needs its own separate consent. Read our PECR guide. - **Sunset flow.** Ask unengaged profiles if they still want to hear from you, then suppress those who do not respond. This protects deliverability and keeps your Klaviyo bill down, since paid plans are priced by active profiles. ## Extra flows worth adding later - **Back in stock** for products that sell out. - **Price drop** for people who viewed an item that is now cheaper. - **Replenishment** for consumables, timed to when they will run out. - **VIP or loyalty** for your best customers. - **Birthday** if you collect a date of birth with consent. Test one thing at a time with Klaviyo's A/B testing in flows, such as subject lines, send delays or whether a discount is needed at all. ## What dijitul charges We build flows as part of our marketing automation set-up, from £195 + VAT one-off. That covers strategy, copy, design using your brand, filters and testing. Ongoing Klaviyo campaigns are from £95 a month + VAT, and SMS marketing from £75 a month + VAT. Your Klaviyo subscription is paid directly to Klaviyo on your own account. See also ecommerce email flows. ## FAQs ### Which Klaviyo flow should I build first? Start with the welcome series and abandoned checkout. The welcome series greets everyone who joins your list, and abandoned checkout reaches people who were moments from buying. Then add post-purchase, abandoned cart, browse abandonment and win-back, in roughly that order. ### Should abandoned checkout emails include a discount? Not in the first email. Many people simply got distracted, and a discount trains customers to abandon on purpose. Send a plain reminder first. If margins allow, test a small incentive in a later email and compare results with a version that has none. ### What is the difference between abandoned cart and abandoned checkout? Abandoned checkout triggers when someone starts the checkout and enters their email, using Klaviyo's Started Checkout metric. Abandoned cart triggers earlier, on Added to Cart, for identified visitors who never reached checkout. Checkout is higher intent, so build it first. ### Can I send flows to customers who never subscribed? Order confirmations and delivery updates are service messages. Marketing emails, including most abandonment and win-back flows, need consent or a valid soft opt-in under UK PECR. Set flows to only include profiles who can receive marketing. ### How much does it cost to set up Klaviyo flows? dijitul builds Klaviyo flows from £195 + VAT one-off for marketing automation set-up, including copy, design and testing. Ongoing campaign management is from £95 a month + VAT. Klaviyo's own subscription is paid to Klaviyo and is priced by active profiles. ### How often should flows be reviewed? Check performance monthly and review content at least every few months. Update images, products, prices and seasonal wording, check links and discount codes still work, and run A/B tests on subject lines or timing to keep improving. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # How to Grow an Email List Legally in the UK Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/guides/how-to-grow-an-email-list-legally-uk/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > Grow an email list legally in the UK by collecting clear, opt-in consent or using the soft opt-in for customers, recording how each person joined, and never buying lists. dijitul builds compliant sign-up forms, lead magnets and welcome flows, and runs email marketing from £95 a month + VAT on Mailchimp, Klaviyo or Brevo. ## Key facts - PECR requires consent, or the soft opt-in, before sending marketing emails or texts to individual subscribers - The soft opt-in covers people who bought or negotiated to buy from you, for similar products, if they were given a chance to opt out - The Data (Use and Access) Act 2025 added a charitable purpose soft opt-in to PECR regulation 22(3A) (ICO) - Consent boxes must be unticked by default and separate from accepting terms - Keep a record of when, where and how each subscriber joined - dijitul email marketing is from £95 a month + VAT; automation set-up is from £195 + VAT ## The rules in plain English Two sets of rules apply. The Privacy and Electronic Communications Regulations (PECR) control sending marketing by email and text. UK GDPR controls how you handle the personal data itself. Under PECR, to email marketing to an **individual** (including sole traders and some partnerships) you need either: - **Consent**: a clear, specific, positive opt-in, such as ticking an unticked box or typing an email into a sign-up form that says what they will receive; or - **The soft opt-in**: they bought, or negotiated to buy, from you; you are marketing similar products or services; and they were given a simple way to opt out when you collected their details and in every message. Every email must say who it is from and include a working unsubscribe. Our PECR guide covers the detail, including business-to-business rules. ## Sign-up points that work - **Website forms.** In the footer, on blog posts and on a dedicated newsletter page. Say what people get and how often. - **Pop-ups and flyouts.** Timed or on exit intent, not the instant they land. Keep them easy to close on mobile. - **Checkout opt-in.** An unticked box at checkout. Customers who do not tick it may still be contactable under the soft opt-in, if you offered an opt-out at the time. - **In person.** A QR code at the till, on receipts or packaging, leading to a short sign-up form. - **Events and webinars.** Ask registrants separately if they want ongoing marketing. - **Social.** A link in your bio and occasional posts promoting the newsletter. ## Give people a reason to join "Sign up for our newsletter" rarely works. Offer something specific: - A first-order discount or free delivery, for shops. - A useful download: a checklist, price guide or buyer's guide. - Early access to sales, new stock or event tickets. - A short email course, such as five days of tips. Be clear that joining means receiving marketing, not just the freebie. If someone downloads a guide without agreeing to marketing, you can send the guide but not your newsletter. ## What not to do - **Buy or rent lists.** The people on them have not consented to hear from you. You also risk spam traps, complaints and blocked domains. - **Pre-tick boxes** or bundle consent into terms and conditions. - **Add business cards or enquiry contacts** to your newsletter without permission. An enquiry is not marketing consent. - **Scrape emails** from websites or social profiles. - **Hide the unsubscribe**, or make people log in to leave. The ICO, which enforces PECR, says the Data (Use and Access) Act 2025 gives it power to fine up to £17.5 million or 4% of global turnover under PECR. Shortcuts are not worth it. ## Keep good records and a healthy list - **Record consent**: date, source form, the wording shown and IP address where available. Mailchimp, Klaviyo and Brevo store most of this if forms are set up properly. - **Consider double opt-in.** It is not legally required in the UK, but it confirms the address is real and reduces spam traps. - **Authenticate your domain** with SPF, DKIM and DMARC. Google's sender guidelines require bulk senders to Gmail to have all three and to support one-click unsubscribe. - **Send a welcome series** straight away, while interest is high. - **Clean the list** with a sunset flow for people who stop engaging. ## Charities and how dijitul helps Charities now have their own route. The ICO says the Data (Use and Access) Act 2025 introduced a soft opt-in for charitable purposes in PECR regulation 22(3A). It lets charities email supporters who gave their details while supporting or showing interest in the charity, provided they were offered an opt-out then and in every message. See marketing for charities. dijitul runs email marketing from £95 a month + VAT, and builds sign-up forms, pop-ups and welcome flows as part of marketing automation set-up from £195 + VAT one-off. ## FAQs ### Can I email customers who bought from me without asking? Often yes, under the PECR soft opt-in, if you collected their details during a sale or negotiation, you only market similar products or services, and you gave them a clear chance to opt out at the time and in every email. If any of those is missing, you need consent. ### Can I add people who enquired to my newsletter? An enquiry is not consent to marketing. If the enquiry was a negotiation towards a sale, the soft opt-in may apply, but only if you offered an opt-out when collecting their details. The safest route is to ask: an unticked newsletter box on your enquiry form. ### Is double opt-in required in the UK? No. UK law requires valid consent, not a confirmation email. Double opt-in is still good practice: it proves the address is real, filters typos and fake sign-ups, keeps spam traps off your list and gives you a clear record of consent. ### Can I email business contacts without consent? PECR's consent rules for email apply to individual subscribers, which include sole traders and some partnerships. Emails to employees at limited companies (corporate subscribers) do not need consent under PECR, but you must identify yourself and offer an opt-out, and UK GDPR still applies to their personal data. ### Is it legal to buy an email list in the UK? Buying data is not illegal in itself, but sending marketing emails to individuals on a bought list almost always breaks PECR, because they did not consent to hear from you specifically. Bought lists also damage deliverability. We do not send to bought lists. ### How fast can I grow my list? It depends on traffic and the reason you give people to join. A clear incentive, a well-timed pop-up and a checkout opt-in usually make the biggest difference. We do not promise subscriber numbers, but we track sign-up rate by form so you can see what works. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # What Is a Good Conversion Rate? Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/guides/what-is-a-good-conversion-rate/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > A good conversion rate is one that beats your own past figure and makes your marketing profitable. For context, IRP Commerce measured the average ecommerce conversion rate at 1.97% in September 2026. dijitul improves conversion rates through testing and landing page work, with CRO from £195 a month + VAT. ## Key facts - Conversion rate = conversions divided by sessions (or users, or clicks), multiplied by 100 - IRP Commerce measured the B2C ecommerce conversion rate at 1.97% in September 2026, up from 1.68% a year earlier (IRP Commerce Market Data Centre) - IRP Commerce's figures cover Great Britain, Northern Ireland and Ireland - Conversion rates vary widely by sector, device, traffic source and price point, so compare against your own history first - Lead generation sites should track qualified leads, not just form submissions - dijitul conversion rate optimisation (CRO) is from £195 a month + VAT ## First, be clear what you are measuring Conversion rate is the share of visits that complete the action you care about. The formula is simple: conversions ÷ visits × 100. But the numbers change depending on choices you make: - **What counts as a conversion**: a purchase, an enquiry form, a call, a booking or a newsletter sign-up. - **What counts as a visit**: GA4 can calculate rates per session or per user. Google Ads calculates per click. - **Which traffic is included**: all visitors, or only paid traffic to one landing page. Always state the definition alongside the number. "3% of sessions" and "3% of ad clicks" are not comparable. Our guide to GA4 key events covers setting conversions up properly. ## A real UK benchmark for online shops IRP Commerce publishes monthly market data from online retailers. Its Market Data Centre showed a B2C ecommerce conversion rate of 1.97% in September 2026, up from 1.68% in September 2025, with an average order value of £133.12 (checked October 2026). The figures cover Great Britain, Northern Ireland and Ireland. Use that as context, not a target. A shop selling low-cost repeat items will often convert higher than one selling furniture, where people browse for weeks. Mobile visitors usually convert lower than desktop. Returning visitors and email traffic convert better than cold social traffic. ## Lead generation sites For service businesses the question is less "what percentage fill a form" and more "how many good leads per pound spent". A form that converts at a high rate but brings in time-wasters is worse than a stricter form with fewer, better enquiries. Track: - Form submissions, calls from the website and bookings, each as a key event. - How many become **qualified leads**, quotes and sales, recorded in your CRM. - Conversion rate by **traffic source and landing page**, so you can see which ads and pages work. ## How to tell if yours is good - **Compare with yourself.** Plot the last 12 months by month and by device. Is it improving? - **Compare by source.** If paid search converts at three times the rate of paid social, that tells you something about intent or landing pages. - **Check the money.** Does conversion rate, combined with cost per click and order value or lead value, make each channel profitable? See what is ROAS. - **Look for leaks.** In GA4, build a funnel exploration: product page, add to cart, checkout, purchase. The biggest drop is where to start. ## How to improve it - **Speed**, especially on mobile. Slow pages lose people before they see anything. - **Message match**: the landing page headline should repeat the promise in the ad. - **Clear calls to action**, visible without scrolling on a phone. - **Shorter forms.** Remove fields you do not need at first contact. - **Trust signals**: reviews, guarantees, delivery and returns information, real photos. - **Checkout friction**: guest checkout, Apple Pay and Google Pay, no surprise costs at the last step. Then test changes properly. An A/B test needs enough visitors and conversions in each version, and should run for full weeks to cover weekday and weekend behaviour. Ending a test early because one version is ahead is one of the most common mistakes. Keep a simple test log: what you changed, why, the dates, the result and what you learned. Over a year that log becomes one of the most useful documents in the business, because it stops the same ideas being tested twice. ## What dijitul charges Our conversion rate optimisation is from £195 a month + VAT. It covers analytics review, funnel analysis, heatmaps and recordings, test ideas, A/B tests and reporting. For a single page, see landing page optimisation. If tracking needs fixing first, conversion tracking is £145 + VAT one-off. We never promise a specific conversion rate, because results depend on your product, prices and traffic. ## FAQs ### What is the average ecommerce conversion rate in the UK? IRP Commerce's Market Data Centre recorded a B2C ecommerce conversion rate of 1.97% in September 2026, up from 1.68% in September 2025 (checked October 2026). The data covers Great Britain, Northern Ireland and Ireland. Rates vary a lot by sector, price and device. ### Is a 2% conversion rate good? For an online shop, 2% is close to the 1.97% IRP Commerce recorded for September 2026, so it is around the market average. Whether it is good for you depends on your sector, order value and costs. The best test is whether it makes your marketing profitable and whether it is improving. ### Why is my mobile conversion rate lower than desktop? People often browse on phones and buy later on a computer, and mobile forms and checkouts are harder to complete. Check mobile page speed, button sizes, form length and payment options such as Apple Pay and Google Pay. Small fixes on mobile often make a large difference. ### How long should an A/B test run? Until each version has enough conversions for the result to be reliable, and for at least full weeks to cover weekday and weekend patterns. Low-traffic sites may need to test bigger changes, such as a new headline or offer, rather than button colours. ### Does conversion rate matter for Google Ads? Very much. If your landing page conversion rate doubles, your cost per lead halves at the same click price. Improving the page is often cheaper than raising the ad budget, and Google's landing page experience feeds into Quality Score. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # What Is ROAS and What Is a Good ROAS? Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/guides/what-is-roas/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > ROAS, return on ad spend, is the revenue your ads generate divided by what you spent on them. A ROAS of 4 means four pounds of revenue for every pound of ad spend. dijitul sets break-even ROAS targets from your margins and manages Google Ads and Shopping from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of spend. ## Key facts - ROAS = revenue from ads ÷ ad spend; it can be shown as a ratio (4:1), a multiple (4x) or a percentage (400%) - Break-even ROAS = 1 ÷ gross margin; at a 40% margin, break-even ROAS is 2.5 - ROAS ignores product costs, fees and overheads; ROI and profit on ad spend (POAS) include them - Target ROAS (tROAS) is a Google Ads Smart Bidding strategy that bids for conversion value - ROAS reporting only works if purchases and leads pass a conversion value and currency - dijitul Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher ## The formula **ROAS = revenue attributed to ads ÷ cost of those ads.** If a Shopping campaign brought in four pounds of sales for every pound it cost, ROAS is 4. Platforms show it differently: Google Ads shows "Conv. value / cost" as a number, some tools show 400%, and people often say "4x" or "4:1". They all mean the same thing. ROAS only works if each conversion has a **value**. For shops, the purchase event should pass the order value and currency. For lead generation, you can assign an estimated value to each lead type, or better, import the value of real sales from your CRM. ## Break-even ROAS A "good" ROAS depends on your margins. The quickest check is break-even ROAS: **Break-even ROAS = 1 ÷ gross margin** | Gross margin | Break-even ROAS | | 20% | 5.0 | | 30% | 3.3 | | 40% | 2.5 | | 50% | 2.0 | | 70% | 1.4 | Below break-even, each sale from ads loses money on the first order. Above it, there is profit left to cover overheads. Delivery costs, payment fees and returns all reduce your real margin, so include them for an honest figure. ## ROAS, ROI and POAS - **ROAS** measures revenue against ad spend only. Easy to see in ad platforms, but blind to product costs. - **ROI** (return on investment) measures profit against the full cost, including management fees, product costs and overheads. - **POAS** (profit on ad spend) uses gross profit instead of revenue. It needs product cost data fed into your tracking, but it stops you scaling low-margin products just because they sell well. Also think about **customer lifetime value**. If customers reorder several times, a first-order ROAS below break-even can still be profitable, especially with good email flows bringing them back. ## Target ROAS bidding Target ROAS is a Smart Bidding strategy in Google Ads. You set the return you want and Google sets bids for each auction to try to hit it, using conversion values. It is common in Shopping and Performance Max campaigns. Things to know: - It needs reliable conversion values and a steady volume of conversions to learn. - Set the target too high and the campaign spends very little. Too low and it spends freely at poor returns. - Change targets gradually and give the strategy time to adjust. - Maximise conversion value with an optional target ROAS is how Google now labels this in many campaign types. ## Using ROAS in practice - **Set targets by product group.** A single account-wide ROAS hides products that lose money. Split Shopping or Performance Max by margin band so high-margin items can bid harder. - **Separate brand from non-brand.** Searches for your own name produce very high ROAS that flatters the total. Judge non-brand campaigns on their own. - **Watch new customers.** A campaign that mainly reaches existing customers may report strong ROAS while adding little. - **Review over sensible periods.** Daily ROAS swings with order timing. Look at weeks and months. ## Why your ROAS figures disagree Google Ads, Meta and GA4 will each report different ROAS for the same period. Reasons include different attribution models, click and view-through windows, conversion dates (click date or purchase date), consent gaps and cross-device journeys. Pick one source of truth for decisions, usually your shop or CRM revenue compared with total ad spend, and use platform ROAS for optimising within each channel. A useful overall check is sometimes called blended ROAS or MER (marketing efficiency ratio): total revenue in a period divided by total ad spend across every platform. It ignores attribution arguments entirely. If platform figures all improve but blended ROAS does not, the platforms are probably claiming credit for the same sales. Our Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. Conversion tracking with values is £145 + VAT one-off. We set targets from your margins and never promise a ROAS in advance. ## FAQs ### What is a good ROAS? One that is above your break-even ROAS and leaves enough profit to cover overheads. Break-even ROAS is 1 divided by gross margin, so a 40% margin needs at least 2.5. A business with high repeat purchase rates can accept a lower first-order ROAS than one that sells once. ### How do I calculate ROAS? Divide revenue from ads by the cost of those ads. If every pound spent brought in four pounds of sales, ROAS is 4, also written 4:1 or 400%. Make sure your conversion tracking passes the real order value, and decide whether you include VAT and delivery consistently. ### What is the difference between ROAS and ROI? ROAS compares revenue to ad spend only. ROI compares profit to the total investment, including product costs, management fees and overheads. A campaign can show a healthy ROAS and still lose money if margins are thin, which is why break-even ROAS matters. ### Should I use target ROAS bidding? It suits accounts with accurate conversion values and a steady flow of conversions, such as online shops. With few conversions, start with Maximise conversion value without a target, then add one once data builds up. Set targets from your margins, not a number you read online. ### Why does Google Ads show a different ROAS from Shopify? They count differently. Google Ads attributes sales to ad clicks using its own attribution model and timing, and models some conversions where consent was declined. Shopify records actual orders. Use your shop revenue against total ad spend for the overall picture. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # How to Choose a PPC Agency Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/guides/how-to-choose-a-ppc-agency/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > Choose a PPC agency that puts the ad account in your name, shows ad spend separately from its fee, sets up conversion tracking first, and reports on leads and sales, not clicks. dijitul manages Google Ads and Microsoft Ads from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of spend, monthly, cancel with notice. ## Key facts - Your Google Ads account should be in your business name with you as an admin user - Ad spend should be paid directly to Google or Microsoft, separate from the agency fee - Avoid anyone who guarantees positions, leads or ROAS: nobody controls the ad auction - Ask who will actually work on your account and how often - Reporting should focus on conversions, cost per lead or ROAS, and actions taken - dijitul PPC management is from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher ## Non-negotiables - **You own the account.** The Google Ads account, GA4 property, Merchant Center and Tag Manager container should be in your business name, with you as an admin. The agency gets access through its manager account. If you leave, years of data stay with you. - **Ad spend is transparent.** Spend should be billed by Google to you, or shown clearly on invoices. Be cautious of bundled "£X a month all in" deals where you cannot see what reached Google. - **Tracking comes first.** Any good agency will check or set up conversion tracking before spending your money. - **No guarantees.** Promises of "page one", fixed lead numbers or a set ROAS are a warning sign. ## Questions to ask - Who will work on my account day to day, and what is their experience? - How often will you make changes, and how will I see them? (Google Ads has a change history you can check.) - How do you handle search terms and negative keywords? - What conversion tracking will you set up, and will it include phone calls and Consent Mode v2? - What bid strategy would you start with, and why? - What does your monthly report include? - How is your fee calculated, and what does it include? - What is the notice period, and what happens to the account if I leave? - Can you show me a sample report and an anonymised account structure? ## Understanding fees and contracts Agencies charge a flat fee, a percentage of ad spend, or a hybrid. Each can be fair. What matters is that you know exactly what you pay and what you get. Ask about set-up fees, minimum terms and any charge for tracking, landing pages or reporting. For context on market prices, see how much PPC costs in the UK. Long fixed contracts are less common than they were. A confident agency should be happy to work monthly once the initial set-up is done. ## Badges, reviews and proof Some agencies hold a Google Partner badge. If one claims it, you can check on Google's own Partners directory. A badge shows the agency meets Google's spend and certification criteria. It does not tell you how well they will run a small local account. Treat it as one factor among several. Better proof: - Specific answers to your questions about your market, not generic patter. - A clear explanation of what they would do in the first month. - References you can speak to, if they are willing to share them. - A short audit of your current account, with practical findings rather than a sales pitch. ## Red flags - They want to open a new account in their name and keep it. - They will not give you access to the account, only to their reports. - Reports focus on impressions and clicks, with no mention of leads or sales. - Nobody can explain what changed last month. - Display Network or Search partners are switched on in every campaign without a reason. - They push Performance Max or automation for everything without checking tracking first. - Long minimum terms with exit fees. - Click prices marked up on your invoice without being disclosed. One red flag on its own may have an innocent explanation. Several together usually mean the account is being run for the agency's convenience rather than your results. Ask for read access to the account before you commit, and check the change history yourself. ## How dijitul works We manage PPC on Google Ads and Microsoft Ads from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. Accounts stay in your name. Spend is paid directly to the platform. Tracking is checked first, and conversion tracking is £145 + VAT one-off if it needs building. Monthly, cancel with notice. If you just want a second opinion, a Google Ads audit is £45 an hour + VAT or a fixed quote. ## FAQs ### Should a PPC agency own my Google Ads account? No. The account should be in your business name with you as admin. The agency links its manager account to yours to work on it. That way your data, history and conversion tracking stay with you whoever manages it. ### Is a Google Partner agency better? A Google Partner badge means the agency met Google's criteria for certifications, spend and performance. It is a useful signal but does not guarantee good work for a small account. Ask specific questions about your market and how they manage search terms, tracking and reporting. ### How long should a PPC contract be? There is no standard. Many agencies, including dijitul, work monthly with notice. Be careful with long minimum terms and exit fees, especially if the account is not in your name. Give any new agency enough time to set up tracking and gather data before judging. ### What should a monthly PPC report include? Spend, conversions, cost per conversion or ROAS, and how they compare with the previous period and target. It should also list the main changes made, what was learned, and what happens next. Clicks and impressions are supporting detail, not the headline. ### Can I switch PPC agency without losing data? Yes, if the account is in your name. The new agency links to your account and the old one is removed. Conversion history and Smart Bidding data stay. If the old agency owns the account, ask them to transfer it, or you may have to start a new one. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Google Ad Grants for UK Charities: A Practical Guide Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/guides/google-ad-grants-for-charities-guide/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > Google Ad Grants gives eligible charities up to $10,000 a month of Google Search ads at no cost, provided the account follows Google's rules, including a 5% monthly click-through rate. dijitul sets up and manages Ad Grants accounts for UK charities from £150 a month + VAT, keeping them compliant and focused on donations, volunteers and enquiries. ## Key facts - Google Ad Grants offers qualifying nonprofits up to $10,000 a month in search ads shown on Google.com (Google) - UK charities must be registered with the Charity Commission, OSCR or the Charity Commission for Northern Ireland, or recognised by HMRC as a charity (Google for Nonprofits) - Every organisation must also be verified by Goodstack, Google's validation partner (Google for Nonprofits) - Accounts must keep a 5% click-through rate each month at account level; two consecutive months below it leads to temporary deactivation (Google Ad Grants policy) - Accounts need at least 2 sitelinks, proper location settings and conversion tracking (Google Ad Grants policy) - dijitul manages Google Ad Grants accounts from £150 a month + VAT ## What the grant gives you Google says qualifying nonprofits can access up to $10,000 a month in search ads shown on Google.com. It is in-kind advertising, not cash: you never receive money, and unused budget does not roll over. The ads are text ads on Google Search results. Used well, the grant can bring in donors, volunteers, service users, event bookings and shop customers. Used badly, it gets suspended. Many charities never spend more than a fraction of the allowance because the rules restrict what the account can bid on. ## Who is eligible in the UK Google for Nonprofits sets eligibility by country. For the UK, an organisation needs valid charity status, for example registration with: - the Charity Commission for England and Wales - OSCR in Scotland - the Charity Commission for Northern Ireland - or recognition as a charity by HMRC for tax purposes (including exempt charities) Google excludes government bodies and hospitals or healthcare organisations, although charitable arms or foundations of healthcare organisations can qualify. You also need a working website with substantial content about your mission. ## How to apply - **Request a Google for Nonprofits account** using your charity details. - **Complete Goodstack verification.** Google for Nonprofits says every organisation must be verified by Goodstack, its validation partner. Goodstack may email you from verifications@mail.goodstack.org for documents, so check your spam folder. - **Activate Ad Grants** in the Google for Nonprofits dashboard and complete the eligibility form. - **Set up the Ad Grants account** with conversion tracking, campaigns, ads and sitelinks that meet the policies from day one. Use a Google account linked to an organisation email address, not a personal one, so access survives staff changes. ## The rules that catch charities out Google's Ad Grants account management policy requires: - **5% click-through rate** each month at account level. Two consecutive months below it leads to temporary deactivation. - **At least 2 unique sitelink assets.** - **Proper location settings**, targeting places where people will find your information and services useful. - **Conversion tracking** that meets Google's Ad Grants guide. For accounts created on or after 22 April 2019, at least one conversion type must record at least one conversion a month. - **Conversion-based bidding**: each campaign must use Maximise conversions, Maximise conversion value, target CPA or target ROAS. - **Responding to the programme survey** Google sends to participating organisations. The 5% CTR rule is where most accounts struggle. Broad, generic keywords bring impressions without clicks. Pause low-CTR keywords, write specific ads, and focus on searches closely tied to your work. Policies change, so read Google's current Ad Grants policy pages before making big changes, and check the account's policy notices every month. A short monthly compliance check takes far less time than getting a suspended account reinstated. ## Making the grant useful - **Define real conversions**: donations, volunteer sign-ups, referrals, event bookings, newsletter sign-ups. Track them as GA4 key events and import them. - **Build campaigns around services and questions** people search for, such as advice topics, support services or local volunteering, not just your charity name. - **Create landing pages that answer the search** with a clear next step. - **Run a paid account alongside** if you need to compete on competitive fundraising terms. The grant is restricted; a normal Google Ads account is not. - **Review monthly**: CTR, conversions, search terms and policy notices. Report results to trustees in terms they care about: donations, volunteers recruited and people helped, not impressions. That keeps the grant visible as a real asset rather than a free extra nobody checks. ## How dijitul helps We set up and manage Google Ad Grants accounts from £150 a month + VAT, covering compliance checks, keywords, ads, sitelinks, conversion tracking and monthly reporting. If tracking is needed, conversion tracking is £145 + VAT one-off. See also marketing for charities and our guide to growing an email list legally, which covers the new charity soft opt-in. ## FAQs ### How much is a Google Ad Grant worth? Google says qualifying nonprofits can access up to $10,000 a month in search ads on Google.com. It is in-kind advertising, so you never receive cash, unused budget does not roll over, and spend is limited by the programme rules on bidding and keywords. ### Is my UK charity eligible for Google Ad Grants? Usually, if you are registered with the Charity Commission for England and Wales, OSCR or the Charity Commission for Northern Ireland, or recognised as a charity by HMRC. Government bodies and hospitals are excluded, although healthcare charities and foundations can qualify. You must also pass Goodstack verification. ### Why was our Ad Grants account suspended? The most common reason is a click-through rate below 5% for two consecutive months. Others include missing conversion tracking, no conversions recorded, fewer than two sitelinks, or not answering Google's programme survey. Fix the cause, then request reactivation through the account. ### Does Google Ad Grants cost anything? The advertising itself is free within the grant. The cost is the time to set up and manage the account properly. dijitul manages Ad Grants accounts from £150 a month + VAT. Some charities manage it in-house with staff or volunteers who have Google Ads experience. ### Can we run normal Google Ads as well as a grant? Yes. Many charities run a paid Google Ads account alongside the grant account for competitive fundraising searches or display and YouTube campaigns, which the grant does not cover. The two accounts must be separate. ### What counts as a conversion for Ad Grants? Meaningful actions such as donations, volunteer sign-ups, contact forms, event registrations or newsletter sign-ups. Google's policy requires conversion tracking that meets its Ad Grants guide, and accounts created since 22 April 2019 need at least one conversion a month. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # What Is Performance Max in Google Ads? Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/guides/what-is-performance-max/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > Performance Max is a goal-based Google Ads campaign that uses one budget and set of assets to show ads across Search, Shopping, YouTube, Display, Discover, Gmail and Maps. dijitul builds and manages Performance Max campaigns, with proper tracking and brand controls, from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend. ## Key facts - Performance Max runs across Google's channels from a single campaign, optimising towards your conversion goals - Asset groups hold your text, images, logos and videos; Google mixes them to build ads for each placement - Google raised the limit on search themes from 25 to 50 per asset group (Google Ads Help, August 2025) - Campaign-level negative keywords for Performance Max launched in 2025 and apply to Search and Shopping inventory (Google Ads Help) - Search terms reporting is available for all Performance Max campaigns (Google Ads Help) - dijitul manages Performance Max from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher ## How it works Instead of building separate Search, Shopping, Display and YouTube campaigns, Performance Max (often called PMax) takes your goal, budget, assets and signals and decides where to show ads. Google's AI chooses placements, bids and ad combinations auction by auction. You provide: - **A conversion goal**, such as purchases or leads, ideally with values. - **Asset groups**: headlines, long headlines, descriptions, images, logos and videos, plus final URLs. - **Audience signals**: your customer lists, website visitors and custom segments, which act as hints rather than strict targeting. - **Search themes**: phrases that tell Google what searches are relevant. - **A product feed** from Merchant Center, for online shops. ## When it works well - **Online shops** with a clean Merchant Center feed and accurate purchase values. PMax replaced Smart Shopping and is now Google's main route to Shopping ads alongside standard Shopping campaigns. - **Accounts with steady conversion volume**, so the algorithm has data to learn from. - **Businesses with good creative**: real images and video. If you supply no video, Google can generate it, and the results are rarely as good as your own. - **Local businesses with store or call goals**, where Maps placements matter. ## When to be careful - **Weak tracking.** PMax optimises towards whatever conversions you give it. If a page view counts as a lead, it will find page viewers. Fix tracking first. - **Lead generation without quality signals.** It can drive cheap, low-quality form fills. Import qualified-lead or sale stages from your CRM if you can. - **Brand cannibalisation.** PMax can take credit for people already searching your name. Use brand exclusions or negatives where appropriate and run a separate brand Search campaign. - **Small budgets.** Spreading a small budget across every channel can leave each one thin. ## The controls Google has added PMax started as something of a black box. Google has added visibility and control since. In an August 2025 update, Google Ads Help said: - **Campaign-level negative keywords** launched earlier in 2025 and apply to Search and Shopping inventory. Negative keyword lists can now be applied at campaign level across multiple PMax campaigns. - **Search terms reporting** is available for all Performance Max campaigns and through the API. - **Search themes** went from 25 to 50 per asset group. - A **channel performance report** was released in beta. - **Full asset statistics** are available, and assets created by final URL expansion and text customisation can be viewed and removed. - **Device and age targeting** are available. These make PMax easier to manage, but only if someone actually checks the reports and acts on them. We look at search terms and channel performance at least monthly, add negatives, remove weak assets and replace them with new images or copy, and compare PMax results with any Search campaigns running alongside it so the two are not simply competing for the same clicks. ## Setting it up properly - Confirm conversion tracking and values, including Consent Mode v2. See our Consent Mode guide. - For shops, fix the Merchant Center feed: titles, images, GTINs, prices and availability. - Split asset groups by theme or product category, each with relevant images, copy, search themes and audience signals. - Decide on final URL expansion: turn it off or exclude pages if you want traffic only on chosen pages. - Add brand and irrelevant negatives. - Review search terms, channel performance and assets regularly, and judge on profit rather than reported ROAS alone. ## What dijitul charges Our Performance Max management is part of Google Ads management, from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. Shopping feeds and campaigns are included. Conversion tracking is £145 + VAT one-off if needed. Ad spend is paid directly to Google. Our guide on ROAS explains how we set value targets from your margins. ## FAQs ### Is Performance Max better than Search campaigns? Not automatically. Search campaigns give more control over keywords and copy, which suits many lead generation businesses. Performance Max reaches more channels and often suits online shops with good feeds and values. Many accounts run both, with Search covering core keywords and brand. ### Can I see search terms in Performance Max? Yes. Google Ads Help says search terms reporting is available for all Performance Max campaigns and through the API. Use it to spot irrelevant searches and add campaign-level negative keywords, which apply to Search and Shopping inventory. ### Can I add negative keywords to Performance Max? Yes. Campaign-level negative keywords for Performance Max launched in 2025, and Google added the ability to apply negative keyword lists at campaign level. They affect Search and Shopping inventory. Use placement exclusions to manage Display and YouTube. ### Do I need videos for Performance Max? You should supply them if you can. If an asset group has no video, Google can generate one from your images and text, and those are rarely as strong as your own. Short vertical and horizontal clips give PMax better options for YouTube and other video placements. ### Is Performance Max good for lead generation? It can be, but it needs strong conversion signals. Without them it can find cheap form fills that never become customers. Track qualified leads and import outcomes from your CRM, use negatives and brand exclusions, and compare cost per qualified lead with your Search campaigns. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # How to Set a Digital Marketing Budget for a Small Business Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/guides/digital-marketing-budget-for-small-business/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > Set a small business digital marketing budget from what a customer is worth and how many you need, not a percentage you read online. Split it between ad spend, tools and help, test on one or two channels, then scale what works. dijitul builds marketing budgets and plans at £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote. ## Key facts - Start from customer value, target cost per acquisition and how many new customers you need - Separate working spend (ads) from non-working spend (management, tools, content) so you know where money goes - Ad spend is paid directly to Google, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok and is separate from any agency fee - Test one or two channels properly rather than spreading a small budget across many - Review monthly and reallocate to the channels with the lowest cost per customer - dijitul strategy and budget planning is £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote ## Two ways to set a budget You will see two approaches: - **Percentage of revenue.** You set aside a share of turnover. Simple, but it says nothing about whether the money will work. A new business with little revenue may need to spend more to grow; an established one may be overspending. - **Objective and task.** You decide what you need to achieve, work out what it will cost, and fund it. This is the approach we recommend for small businesses because it ties every pound to a goal. Use the percentage as a sense check if you like, but build the budget from your own numbers. ## Work it out from your numbers - **How many new customers do you need** this year, and per month? - **What is a customer worth?** Gross profit from the first order, and over their lifetime if they come back. - **What can you afford to pay to win one?** That is your target cost per acquisition (CPA). Leave room for profit. - **Multiply.** New customers needed × target CPA = the most your marketing should cost to deliver that growth. Then test whether channels can deliver at that cost. Our guide to how much to spend on Google Ads shows how to turn click prices and conversion rates into a monthly ad budget. ## What the budget has to cover | Line | Examples | Who you pay | | Ad spend | Google Ads, Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok | The platform, directly | | Management | Running ads, social, email | Agency, freelancer or staff | | Tools | Email platform, scheduling, CMP, CRM | The software provider | | Content | Photography, video, copywriting | Studio, freelancer or staff | | Measurement | GA4, tracking, dashboards | Usually one-off set-up | Ad spend is the "working" part that buys attention. The rest is "non-working" but necessary. If non-working costs dwarf ad spend, you may be paying for activity that never reaches customers. ## How to split it by stage - **Capture existing demand first.** If people search for what you sell, Google Search ads and local listings are usually the quickest return. - **Keep the customers you win.** Email marketing and automated flows are cheap and bring back past buyers. - **Then create demand.** Paid social reaches people who are not searching yet. It takes more testing. - **Fix the website.** Improving conversion rate makes every other channel cheaper. If the site itself is the problem, our sister company dijitul web design builds sites and landing pages. - **Keep a test budget**, a small share each month for trying something new. ## Review and reallocate Set a monthly review. For each channel, look at spend, leads or sales, cost per customer and, where possible, profit. Move money from what is not working to what is. Seasonal businesses should plan peaks in advance, as click prices often rise when competitors push harder. Give new channels a fair test before cutting them, with clear rules agreed in advance: for example, three months at a set spend, judged on cost per customer. Without rules, budgets drift towards whatever someone feels is working, which is rarely the same as what actually is. Put the numbers in one place. A Looker Studio dashboard (£145 + VAT one-off) can pull Google Ads, GA4 and other sources into one monthly view. ## dijitul prices to plug into your budget Ad spend is extra and paid directly to the platform. Our main prices: | Service | dijitul price | | Google Ads management | from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher | | Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) | from £150 a month + VAT | | Social media management, per platform package | from £125 a month + VAT | | Email marketing | from £95 a month + VAT | | SMS marketing | from £75 a month + VAT | | Marketing automation set-up | from £195 + VAT, one-off | | Conversion tracking | £145 + VAT, one-off | | Conversion rate optimisation | from £195 a month + VAT | | Content marketing | from £195 a month + VAT | Strategy and budget planning is £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote. Full details are on our pricing page. ## FAQs ### What percentage of revenue should a small business spend on marketing? There is no single right percentage. It depends on your growth goals, margins and how established you are. We recommend building the budget from customer value and target cost per acquisition, then using a percentage of revenue only as a sense check. ### What is the minimum budget for digital marketing? Enough to test one channel properly. That means enough ad spend to gather meaningful clicks and conversions, plus tracking to measure them. Email marketing to existing customers can start with very little spend. Spreading a tiny budget across many channels rarely teaches you anything. ### Should I spend on Google Ads or social media first? If people already search for what you sell, Google Search ads usually deliver first because you catch existing demand. If you sell something people do not yet know they need, or something visual, paid social may suit better. Test with tracking in place. ### How often should I review my marketing budget? Monthly for performance, quarterly for bigger shifts. Each month check spend against leads, sales and cost per customer by channel. Each quarter decide whether to move money between channels, add a new test or plan for seasonal peaks. ### Can dijitul help plan a marketing budget? Yes. Strategy and budget planning is £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote. We look at your numbers, recommend channels and a starting budget for each, set up tracking, and agree how results will be judged. You can then run it yourself or with us. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # A Simple Marketing Plan Template for Small Businesses Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/guides/marketing-plan-template-small-business/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > A small business marketing plan needs seven parts: goals, target customer, offer, channels, budget, a 90-day calendar and how you will measure results. Keep it to a page or two and review it monthly. dijitul writes and reviews marketing plans with owners at £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote. ## Key facts - A useful plan fits on one or two pages and is reviewed every month - Goals should be measurable: leads, sales, bookings or revenue by a date - Describe one main target customer in detail before choosing channels - Pick one or two channels to start, with a budget and owner for each - Plan in 90-day blocks: long enough to see results, short enough to adjust - dijitul marketing strategy and planning is £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote ## Why keep it short Long marketing plans tend to be written once and filed. A short plan gets used. The aim is a document you can open every month, check progress against and change. If it takes more than ten minutes to read, it is too long. Below is a template with seven sections. Copy the headings into a document or spreadsheet and fill them in. Prompts in each section show what good answers look like. ## The template | Section | What to write | | **1. Goals** | Two or three measurable targets with dates. "40 qualified enquiries a month by March" or "200 online orders a month by Christmas". | | **2. Target customer** | Who buys, where they live, what problem they have, what they search for, what makes them hesitate. | | **3. Offer and proof** | What you sell, starting prices, why choose you, and the proof: reviews, guarantees, examples of work. | | **4. Channels** | One or two to start, with a reason. Search ads, social, email, SEO, referrals, local partnerships. | | **5. Budget** | Ad spend per channel, plus tools, content and help. Built from your target cost per customer. | | **6. 90-day calendar** | What happens each month, who does it, and key dates such as seasonal peaks and launches. | | **7. Measurement** | The few numbers you will check monthly, where they come from, and what would make you change course. | ## Filling in goals and customer **Goals.** Work backwards from revenue. If you need ten new customers a month and you win one in three enquiries, you need thirty enquiries. That is your marketing goal. Avoid goals you cannot measure, such as "raise awareness", unless you can say how you will know. **Customer.** Write about one real type of customer. What are they trying to do? What would they type into Google? What would stop them contacting you: price, trust, timing? Answers here shape your ad copy, landing pages and social content. If you sell to very different groups, such as homeowners and landlords, give each its own short profile. ## Channels, budget and calendar Choose channels by where your customer already looks: - **Searching now**: Google Ads, Microsoft Ads and SEO. - **Scrolling**: Instagram, Facebook, TikTok or LinkedIn, organic and paid. - **Already a customer**: email, SMS and reviews. For each channel, set a monthly budget, an owner and the first three actions. Our guide on setting a digital marketing budget explains the maths. The 90-day calendar should be practical: "Month 1: set up GA4 key events and Google Ads conversion tracking, launch one Search campaign, build welcome email flow. Month 2: add negative keywords from search terms, start two Instagram posts a week. Month 3: review cost per lead, test a new landing page headline." ## Measurement and the monthly review Pick four to six numbers and stick with them: enquiries or sales, cost per enquiry or ROAS, conversion rate, email list growth, and revenue from repeat customers. Make sure tracking is in place before the plan starts, otherwise month one is wasted. See how to set up GA4 key events. At each monthly review, answer three questions: what worked, what did not, and what will we change next month? Write the answers into the plan. That habit matters more than the template itself. Keep old versions. Looking back a year later at what you planned, what actually happened and why you changed course is the fastest way to write a better plan next time, and it gives any new staff member or agency the context they need. ## Getting help with the plan dijitul writes and reviews marketing plans at £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote. Some owners want a full plan written; others want an hour to sanity-check their own. If you want ongoing senior help without a full-time hire, see fractional marketing director. We can also run marketing training so your team can deliver the plan in-house. ## FAQs ### What should a small business marketing plan include? Measurable goals, a clear target customer, your offer and proof, chosen channels, a budget, a 90-day action calendar and how you will measure results. Keep it to one or two pages, give every action an owner, and review it monthly. ### How long should a marketing plan cover? Set annual goals, but plan actions in 90-day blocks. Three months is long enough for campaigns to produce data and short enough to change direction. At the end of each block, review results and write the next 90 days. ### Do I need a marketing plan if I am a sole trader? Yes, but a short one. Even a single page with a goal, your ideal customer, one or two channels and a monthly budget stops you jumping between ideas. It also makes it easier to see what is working and what to stop. ### How do I choose which marketing channels to use? Start with where your customers already look. If they search for what you sell, use search ads and SEO. If they discover products while scrolling, use social. For existing customers, use email and SMS. Start with one or two and add more once those work. ### Can dijitul write our marketing plan? Yes. Marketing strategy and planning is £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote for a full written plan. We can also review a plan you have written, set up the tracking it depends on, and help deliver the channels it recommends. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # PECR and Email Marketing: The UK Rules Explained Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/guides/pecr-and-email-marketing-rules/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > PECR is the UK law that controls marketing emails and texts. You need consent or the soft opt-in to market to individuals, must identify yourself and offer an unsubscribe in every message. dijitul runs compliant email marketing on Mailchimp, Klaviyo and Brevo from £95 a month + VAT, with consent records and opt-outs built in. ## Key facts - PECR (the Privacy and Electronic Communications Regulations 2003) covers marketing by email, text, phone and fax, plus cookies - Marketing emails and texts to individual subscribers need consent or the soft opt-in - Individual subscribers include sole traders and some partnerships; corporate subscribers include limited companies - The Data (Use and Access) Act 2025 added a charitable purpose soft opt-in in PECR regulation 22(3A) (ICO) - The ICO can fine up to £17.5 million or 4% of global turnover under PECR (ICO, February 2026) - dijitul email marketing is from £95 a month + VAT ## Two laws, two jobs Email marketing in the UK sits under two pieces of law: - **PECR** decides whether you can send electronic marketing at all, and on what basis. - **UK GDPR** governs how you collect, store and use the personal data, including your lawful basis, privacy notice, retention and security. You need to comply with both. The Information Commissioner's Office (ICO) enforces them. This guide is a practical summary, not legal advice: check the ICO's guidance on direct marketing using electronic mail for the detail. One point catches many businesses out: PECR applies to the message, not the list. Even if you collected an address lawfully for one purpose, such as answering a support question, that does not by itself give you the right to send it marketing. Each marketing message needs a basis of its own. ## Who you are emailing matters PECR treats recipients differently: | Recipient | Examples | Rule for marketing emails and texts | | Individual subscribers | Consumers, sole traders, some partnerships | Consent, or the soft opt-in | | Corporate subscribers | Limited companies, LLPs, government bodies | No PECR consent needed, but you must identify yourself and give an opt-out | Business-to-business emails to a named person at a company still involve personal data, so UK GDPR applies. Usually that means relying on legitimate interests, telling them how you got their details and honouring opt-outs immediately. ## Consent and the soft opt-in **Consent** must be freely given, specific, informed and a clear positive action. Unticked boxes, separate from terms, saying what you will send. Keep records of who consented, when, where and to what wording. **The soft opt-in** lets you email or text existing customers without consent if all of these apply: - You got their details during a sale, or negotiations for a sale. - You are marketing your own similar products or services. - You gave them a simple chance to refuse when you collected the details. - You give them a simple way to opt out in every message. **Charities** now have their own version. The ICO says the Data (Use and Access) Act 2025 introduced a charitable purpose soft opt-in in PECR regulation 22(3A), for supporters who gave their details while supporting or showing interest in the charity and were offered an opt-out. ## What every marketing email needs - **Who it is from.** Do not hide or disguise the sender. - **A valid contact address** for opt-out requests. - **An easy unsubscribe** that works without logging in, and is acted on promptly. - **A suppression list**, so people who opt out are never re-added from another import. Separately from the law, Google's sender guidelines require anyone sending more than 5,000 messages a day to Gmail addresses to authenticate with SPF, DKIM and DMARC and support one-click unsubscribe, and ask all senders to keep spam rates reported in Postmaster Tools below 0.3%. Missing these can send compliant mail to spam. See email deliverability. ## Texts, tracking and fines **SMS** follows the same rules as email for individuals: consent or the soft opt-in, sender identified, and a way to opt out such as a STOP reply. **Cookies and similar technology** also fall under PECR. Non-essential cookies on your website, such as advertising pixels, generally need consent. That is why sign-up forms and email tracking should be set up alongside a proper consent banner. See Consent Mode v2. **Penalties** have risen. In February 2026 the ICO said the Data (Use and Access) Act gives it power to issue fines of up to £17.5 million or 4% of global turnover under PECR. Most of the Act's remaining data protection provisions came into force on 5 February 2026, according to the ICO. ## How dijitul keeps campaigns compliant Our email marketing service, from £95 a month + VAT, includes consent-based sign-up forms, separate SMS consent, suppression lists, unsubscribe checks and domain authentication. We never send to bought lists. SMS marketing is from £75 a month + VAT. For growing a list properly, read how to grow an email list legally. ## FAQs ### Does PECR apply to B2B emails? PECR's consent rule for marketing emails applies to individual subscribers, including sole traders and some partnerships. Emails to people at limited companies and other corporate bodies do not need PECR consent, but you must identify yourself and offer an opt-out. UK GDPR still applies to their personal data. ### What is the soft opt-in? An exception that lets you email or text existing customers without explicit consent if you got their details during a sale or negotiation, you market similar products or services, and you gave them a chance to opt out at collection and in every message. Since the Data (Use and Access) Act 2025, charities have their own version. ### What are the fines for breaking PECR? In February 2026 the ICO said the Data (Use and Access) Act gives it power to fine up to £17.5 million or 4% of global turnover under PECR, bringing PECR penalties into line with UK GDPR. The ICO also publishes enforcement action against companies that send unlawful marketing. ### Do I need consent to send a newsletter? If it promotes your products, services or aims, it counts as marketing. To individuals you need consent or the soft opt-in. Purely service messages, such as order confirmations or changes to terms, are not marketing, but do not slip promotions into them. ### How long does consent last? PECR does not set a fixed expiry, but the ICO expects consent to be reviewed and refreshed where appropriate. If someone has not heard from you for a long time, their consent may no longer reflect their wishes. A re-permission or sunset campaign keeps your list current. ### Is PECR changing? It already has. The Data (Use and Access) Act 2025 amended PECR, including higher fines, a charitable purpose soft opt-in and changes to cookie rules. Check the ICO's guidance pages, which are being updated as the changes take effect. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # SEO vs PPC: Which Should Your Business Use? Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/compare/seo-vs-ppc/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > PPC buys visibility now: you pay per click, results start within days and stop when the budget stops. SEO earns unpaid rankings that take months to build but keep working. Most businesses benefit from both. dijitul marketing manages Google Ads from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend; our sister site handles SEO. ## Key facts - PPC (Google Ads, Microsoft Ads) charges per click through an auction; organic search results cannot be bought - Google Ads ranks ads using bid, ad quality (Quality Score factors such as expected click-through rate, ad relevance and landing page experience) and context - PPC traffic stops the day the budget stops; SEO rankings decay slowly if the work stops - PPC gives keyword-level control and search term data; organic search data in Search Console is aggregated and partly anonymised - Google Ads management at dijitul from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend if higher, plus ad spend - SEO and AI search visibility are handled by our sister site, searchenginetuning.co.uk ## The short version SEO (search engine optimisation) is the work that helps your pages rank in Google's unpaid results. PPC (pay per click), usually Google Ads, puts your ad in the paid positions above and below those results, and you pay each time someone clicks. Both target the same searcher, which is why the comparison comes up so often. They are not really rivals; they solve different problems on different timescales. | | SEO | PPC (Google Ads) | | Cost model | Time and fees for content, technical work and links; clicks are free | Pay per click via auction, plus management | | Speed | Usually months to see meaningful movement | Ads can show within hours of approval | | When you stop | Rankings fade gradually | Traffic stops immediately | | Control | Google decides what ranks and how it shows | You choose keywords, ads, locations, schedule and budget | | Data | Search Console query data, aggregated | Search terms, cost, conversions per keyword | | Best for | Long-term, informational and broad visibility | Launches, offers, seasonal peaks and testing | ## When PPC is the better choice - **You need enquiries this month.** A new business, a new service or a quiet diary cannot wait six months. - **You want to test an offer.** PPC tells you within weeks which keywords convert and at what cost, which is useful input for SEO later. - **Demand is seasonal or short-lived.** Boiler breakdowns in winter, Black Friday, a summer event. - **You compete with big brands organically.** On competitive commercial searches, the top organic positions may be held by national sites; ads let you appear above them for the searches that matter to you. - **You need precise control.** Location radius, time of day, device and budget can all be set exactly. The trade-off is ongoing cost. Every click is paid for, and in competitive sectors such as legal, finance and emergency trades, click prices can be high. A well-run account controls that with negatives, tight match types, Quality Score work and bidding to conversions rather than clicks. ## When SEO is the better choice - **You can wait, and want lower cost per visit over time.** A page that ranks keeps bringing visits without a click charge. - **People research before buying.** Guides, comparisons and FAQs earn organic visits that ads rarely suit. - **You want to appear in AI answers.** AI Overviews and assistants draw on content that is well structured and cited; that is SEO territory. - **Budget is tight but time is available.** A business owner who writes useful content and keeps a Google Business Profile current can make real progress. SEO is less predictable. Algorithm updates can move rankings, and results compound slowly. For specialist SEO and AI search visibility, our sister site searchenginetuning.co.uk handles that work; this site focuses on paid media. ## Using both together The strongest approach for most small businesses is to run both, each where it fits: - **Use PPC data to choose SEO targets.** The search terms report shows which phrases bring enquiries, not just traffic. - **Run ads while SEO builds.** Reduce paid spend on keywords as organic rankings become reliable, but keep an eye on whether total enquiries hold. - **Protect your brand.** A low-cost brand campaign stops competitors bidding on your name taking your customers. - **Share landing pages.** A page that converts well for ads usually converts well for organic visitors too. Tracking ties it together. With GA4 key events and Google Ads conversions set up properly, you can see cost per enquiry from paid search and the volume of organic enquiries side by side, and move money where it works. ## What each costs at dijitul Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend if that is higher, plus the ad spend itself, paid directly to Google. There is no long contract: monthly, cancel with notice. Conversion tracking set-up is £145 + VAT one-off. SEO is quoted by our sister site. We never promise rankings, 'page one' or a fixed number of leads from either channel; anyone who does is guessing. ## FAQs ### Is SEO cheaper than PPC? Per visit, often yes over the long term, because organic clicks are free once you rank. But SEO takes time and expertise to get there, and results are less predictable. PPC costs more per visit but delivers immediately and can be switched off or scaled at will. ### How quickly does PPC work? Ads can show within hours of approval. Getting a campaign to a stable cost per enquiry usually takes a few weeks of data, refining keywords, negatives and bids. Smart bidding strategies such as Target CPA need conversion history before they perform well. ### How long does SEO take? Typically months rather than weeks, depending on your site, competition and how much work goes in. Local service businesses with a strong Google Business Profile can see map pack improvements sooner. Our sister site searchenginetuning.co.uk can give you a realistic view. ### Does running Google Ads help my organic rankings? No. Google states that advertising does not influence organic rankings. Ads can help indirectly, by showing which keywords convert and by building brand familiarity, but there is no ranking boost from paying Google. ### Should I bid on my own brand name? Usually yes, especially if competitors bid on it. Brand clicks tend to be cheap because your ads are highly relevant, and a brand campaign protects your top position. We test turning it off where there is no competition. ### Can you do both SEO and PPC? dijitul marketing manages PPC and paid media. SEO is handled by our sister site within the dijitul network, so you can work with one company across both while each is run by people who specialise in it. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Google Ads vs Facebook Ads: Which Is Right for You? Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/compare/google-ads-vs-facebook-ads/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > Google Ads reaches people actively searching for what you sell; Facebook and Instagram ads reach people who match your audience before they search. Search usually converts faster, Meta creates demand and suits visual products. dijitul marketing manages both, each from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and often runs them together. ## Key facts - Google Search ads respond to intent: the searcher has typed a need - Meta ads (Facebook, Instagram, Messenger, Audience Network) target audiences by location, demographics, interests and behaviour, and lookalikes from your data - Responsive search ads take up to 15 headlines of 30 characters and up to 4 descriptions of 90 characters - Meta's Advantage+ sales campaigns replaced Advantage+ shopping campaigns during 2025 - Both platforms need server-side or enhanced tracking (Google enhanced conversions, Meta Conversions API) for accurate reporting - Google Ads and paid social management at dijitul from £150 a month + VAT each, plus ad spend ## The short version The difference is intent. On Google, someone types 'emergency electrician Nottingham' and you answer. On Facebook and Instagram, you interrupt someone scrolling and give them a reason to stop. That shapes everything: creative, targeting, budget and how you judge results. | | Google Ads (Search) | Facebook and Instagram ads | | How people find you | They search for it | You find them by audience | | Best for | Existing demand: services, urgent needs, known products | Creating demand: new products, visual offers, events, impulse buys | | Creative | Text ads, plus images and sitelinks as assets | Images, video, carousels, reels; creative drives results | | Targeting | Keywords, location, schedule, audiences as signals | Location, demographics, interests, lookalikes, broad Advantage+ audiences | | Typical cost model | Pay per click | Usually pay per impression, optimised for your goal | | Speed to enquiry | Fast when people are already searching | Often slower; nurtures interest over days or weeks | ## When Google Ads wins Choose Google first when people already search for your service or product. Trades, legal services, B2B suppliers, clinics and most local services fit this. Search ads let you match the exact words people use, schedule ads for when you can answer, and pay only when someone clicks. Shopping and Performance Max extend that to product listings for online shops. Google is weaker when nobody knows to search for you: a new product category, a brand-new venue, or an impulse purchase people would not think to look for. Search volume sets a ceiling on how far a Search campaign can grow. ## When Facebook and Instagram win Meta suits products and services that sell on sight or on story: fashion, food, home improvement, events, hospitality, gifts and courses. Video and carousel ads show the product in use. Lookalike and broad audiences find people similar to your customers even if they have never heard of you. Meta lead forms let people enquire without leaving the app, which works for valuations, quotes and recruitment. The trade-off is that people were not looking. Expect more top-of-funnel engagement and a longer path to purchase. Creative needs refreshing regularly because audiences tire of the same ad. Some categories, such as housing, employment and financial products, are Special Ad Categories with limited targeting where Meta applies them. ## Tracking both properly Browser restrictions and cookie consent mean neither platform sees every conversion through a pixel alone. For Google we set up enhanced conversions and Consent Mode v2; for Meta, the Conversions API alongside the pixel, with event deduplication. Then compare platforms in GA4 or a Looker Studio dashboard rather than trusting each platform's own figures, because both count conversions their own way and both will claim credit for the same sale. Conversion tracking set-up is £145 + VAT one-off. ## Running them together For many businesses the answer is both, in sequence. Meta builds awareness and fills a remarketing pool; Google captures people when they later search for your brand or category. A common split for a new ecommerce brand is Meta for prospecting with video and Google Shopping for people ready to buy. For a local service, Google Search carries the budget and Meta runs a smaller campaign with before and after content. We start with the channel closest to your buyer's intent, prove it, then add the other. ## Budgets, learning and patience Both platforms now rely heavily on automated bidding, which needs data to learn. On Google, strategies such as Maximise Conversions and Target CPA work best once a campaign records a steady flow of conversions each month; with too few, bids swing and results look random. On Meta, each ad set goes through a learning phase after launch or major edits, and frequent changes restart it. In practice that means two things for a small budget. First, consolidate rather than spread thin: one well-funded campaign beats five starved ones. Second, give each test long enough to settle before judging it, usually a few weeks, while watching for obvious waste such as irrelevant search terms or placements. We agree the test length and success measure with you before spend starts, so nobody pulls the plug on day four or lets a failing campaign run for months. ## FAQs ### Which is cheaper, Google Ads or Facebook ads? Facebook often has lower cost per click or per thousand impressions, but those clicks come from people who were not searching, so conversion rates are usually lower. Compare cost per enquiry or cost per sale, not cost per click. ### Which is better for a small local business? If customers search for your service, start with Google Search ads. If what you sell is visual or impulse-driven, such as food, beauty or home improvement, Meta can work as well or better. Many local businesses use Google for demand and Meta for awareness. ### Do I need different ads for each platform? Yes. Google Search ads are short text built around the keyword. Meta needs scroll-stopping images or video, made for mobile and often vertical for reels and stories. Reusing the same creative on both rarely works well. ### How much budget should I split between them? Start with most of the budget on the channel closest to your buyer's intent, often Google for services. Add Meta with a smaller test budget, measure cost per enquiry or sale in GA4, and shift money to whichever performs better. ### Can you manage both platforms? Yes. Google Ads management and paid social management are each from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, monthly, cancel with notice. Reporting covers both side by side so you can compare. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # In-House Marketing vs a Marketing Agency Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/compare/in-house-vs-agency-marketing/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > An in-house marketer knows your business deeply and is always available, but costs a full salary plus employer costs and covers a limited range of skills. An agency gives specialist skills on demand without employment overheads. dijitul marketing manages Google Ads from £150 a month + VAT and social from £125 a month + VAT, monthly rolling. ## Key facts - Recruiter salary guides put the 2026 UK average for a digital marketing manager at about £54,000 (Digital Waffle) to £55,000 (Intelligent People) - Employer National Insurance is 15% on earnings above £5,000 a year in 2026/27, according to HMRC rates published in payroll guides - An employee also costs pension contributions, holiday cover, training, software and management time - Agencies spread specialist skills (PPC, paid social, email, analytics) across clients - dijitul services: Google Ads from £150 a month + VAT, social from £125 a month + VAT, email from £95 a month + VAT, consultancy £45 an hour + VAT - A hybrid model, with one in-house marketer and specialist support, suits many growing SMEs ## The short version Neither model is better in general. In-house wins on knowledge, availability and culture. Agencies win on breadth of skills, flexibility and cost at small scale. Many SMEs end up with a hybrid: one generalist in-house who owns the brand and content, with specialists for paid media, tracking and email. | | In-house hire | Agency | | Cost | Salary plus employer NI, pension, equipment, software and training | Monthly fee per service, plus ad spend | | Skills | One person's strengths; generalists rarely go deep on PPC and tracking | Specialists for each channel | | Business knowledge | Deep, day to day | Built up over time; depends on access you give | | Availability | Full time, but holidays and sickness leave gaps | Agreed response times; cover within the team | | Flexibility | Notice periods and employment law | Scale up or down; monthly with notice | | Tools | You pay for each licence | Often included in the agency's own stack | ## What an in-house marketer really costs Salary is only the start. Recruiter guides for 2026 put the UK average for a digital marketing manager at around £54,000 (Digital Waffle) to £55,000 (Intelligent People), with London typically higher. Employer National Insurance in 2026/27 is 15% on earnings above £5,000 a year, which on a £54,000 salary is about £7,350. Add workplace pension contributions, recruitment costs, a laptop, software subscriptions (email platform, scheduling, design, analytics), training and the time someone spends managing them. A more junior marketing executive costs less, but usually needs more direction and will not have deep experience across paid search, paid social, tracking and email at once. That is not a criticism; it is a lot of disciplines for one person. Hiring also takes time. Advertising the role, interviewing and a notice period at their current employer can mean months before your new marketer starts, then more time while they learn your business. If the hire does not work out, you start again. None of this makes in-house wrong, but it belongs in the comparison alongside the monthly cost. ## What an agency gives you, and what it does not An agency gives you specialists who spend all day in Google Ads, Meta, Klaviyo or GA4 and see what works across many accounts. You pay per service, start quickly, and can change scope month to month. There is no recruitment risk or notice period. The limits are real too. An agency will never know your customers as well as someone who sits next to your sales team. Response depends on the service agreed, not on walking over to a desk. And a poor agency can hide behind jargon. Protect yourself by keeping ownership of all ad, analytics and email accounts, asking for plain-English reports with costs per enquiry or sale, and avoiding long contracts. ## The hybrid model For growing SMEs, the most common setup we see working is one in-house marketer who owns brand, content, social posting and internal coordination, with an agency handling the technical, specialist channels: Google Ads, paid social, tracking and automation. The in-house person briefs and challenges the agency; the agency brings depth the in-house person cannot cover alone. A fractional marketing director is another option when you need senior strategy without a full-time hire. To make a hybrid work, agree who owns what in writing. A simple split: the in-house marketer owns the calendar, brand assets, organic social and approvals; the agency owns campaign build, bidding, tracking and monthly reporting. Hold one short monthly review where both look at the same numbers, cost per enquiry or sale by channel, and agree the next month's priorities. That stops the common failure where the agency optimises for clicks while the in-house team is judged on something else. ## Our prices Google Ads management from £150 a month + VAT (or 10 to 15% of ad spend if higher), paid social from £150 a month + VAT, social media management from £125 a month + VAT, email marketing from £95 a month + VAT, and consultancy or training at £45 an hour + VAT. Ad spend is paid directly to the platforms. Monthly, cancel with notice, and you own every account. ## FAQs ### When should a business hire in-house instead of using an agency? When marketing work is constant, varied and closely tied to daily operations, such as content, events and sales support, and you can afford a full salary plus employer costs. Specialist channels like PPC and tracking often stay with an agency even then. ### Is an agency cheaper than an employee? At small to medium scale, usually. A few specialist services cost far less than a salary plus employer NI and overheads. As spend and workload grow, an in-house team can become more economical for some tasks. ### Can an agency work with our in-house marketer? Yes, and this is often the best setup. We handle paid media, tracking and automation, and your marketer owns brand, content and coordination. We also train in-house staff at £45 an hour + VAT. ### How do we avoid being locked into an agency? Keep ownership of your Google Ads, Meta, GA4 and email accounts, with the agency added as a user. Avoid long fixed-term contracts. Our services are monthly, cancel with notice, and everything is set up in your accounts. ### What about a freelancer instead? A good freelancer can be excellent value for one channel. The risks are capacity and cover. Our freelancer vs agency comparison looks at that in detail for PPC, including account ownership and holiday cover. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Klaviyo vs Mailchimp: Which Email Platform? Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/compare/klaviyo-vs-mailchimp/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > Klaviyo is built for ecommerce, with deep Shopify data, predictive segments and flows triggered by browsing and purchases. Mailchimp is simpler and suits newsletters, service businesses and small shops. Both have free plans capped at 250 contacts. dijitul marketing runs either from £95 a month + VAT, with automation set-up from £195 + VAT. ## Key facts - Klaviyo's free plan: up to 250 active profiles and 500 email sends a month, according to Klaviyo's pricing page - Mailchimp's free plan: 250 contacts and a maximum of 500 sends a month or 250 a day, with no automation flows, according to Mailchimp's UK pricing page - Mailchimp Essentials allows flows of up to 4 steps; Standard allows up to 200 flows - Klaviyo prices paid plans on active profiles, the contacts who can receive marketing - Klaviyo's free plan includes email support for the first 60 days only - dijitul email marketing from £95 a month + VAT; automation set-up from £195 + VAT one-off ## The short version Choose Klaviyo if you run an online shop that lives on repeat purchases and you want flows driven by what people browse and buy. Choose Mailchimp if you mainly send a newsletter, run a service business, or want something simple and familiar. Both are capable; the right one depends on your data and your team. | | Klaviyo | Mailchimp | | Best for | Ecommerce, especially Shopify | Newsletters, service businesses, small shops | | Free plan | 250 active profiles, 500 sends a month | 250 contacts, 500 sends a month (250 a day) | | Automation on free plan | Yes | No flows on Free; Essentials up to 4 steps | | Ecommerce data | Product, browse and order events, predicted lifetime value and next order date | Store integrations with purchase data; less depth | | SMS | Built in, with a small monthly SMS allowance on free | Offered on paid plans in some countries; check UK availability | | Learning curve | Steeper; powerful segmentation | Gentler; templates and simple editor | Free plan details are from each company's own pricing page, checked in October 2026. Both change plans regularly, so check before you commit. ## Why ecommerce brands pick Klaviyo Klaviyo's strength is data. On Shopify, BigCommerce or WooCommerce it receives every product view, add to cart, checkout started and order, and lets you segment on any of it: bought twice in 90 days, viewed a category three times, high predicted lifetime value. That makes the core ecommerce flows easy to build and personalise: - Welcome series with the signup offer - Abandoned cart and abandoned checkout - Browse abandonment - Post-purchase, cross-sell and review request - Win-back for lapsed customers - Back in stock and price drop The trade-off is cost as the list grows, because paid plans are priced on active profiles, and a steeper learning curve. Clean out unengaged profiles regularly so you are not paying for people who never open. ## Why many businesses stay with Mailchimp Mailchimp is often the first email tool a business uses, and for many it remains the right one. The editor is simple, templates are good, and a monthly newsletter, event invitations and a short welcome sequence are easy to set up. For service businesses, charities, accountants and B2B firms whose emails are mostly content, Klaviyo's ecommerce depth adds cost without much benefit. Watch the plan limits. Mailchimp's UK pricing page shows no automation flows on the Free plan, flows of up to 4 steps on Essentials and up to 200 flows on Standard. If you need branching journeys, Standard is usually the realistic starting point. ## Deliverability and compliance are the same on both Whichever platform you use, the rules are yours. If you send more than 5,000 messages a day to Gmail or Yahoo addresses, both providers require SPF, DKIM and DMARC on your sending domain, one-click unsubscribe on promotional mail and a spam complaint rate below 0.3%. Under PECR you need consent for marketing email to individuals unless the soft opt-in applies to existing customers. We set up domain authentication, sign-up forms and consent wording on either platform. See email deliverability for more. ## Switching platforms Moving from Mailchimp to Klaviyo, or the other way, means exporting contacts with their consent status, rebuilding segments and flows, re-authenticating the sending domain and warming up sending gradually. We handle migrations as part of automation set-up (from £195 + VAT one-off) and keep the old account live until the new flows are proven. Do not migrate just because a competitor uses the other platform. If your current flows are earning, the gain from switching has to outweigh the disruption: new templates, rebuilt segments, a few weeks of lower sending volume while the new domain setup warms up, and staff learning a new tool. We will tell you honestly if staying put is the better option, and often the bigger win is turning on flows you already have access to but never set up. ## FAQs ### Is Klaviyo better than Mailchimp? For ecommerce, usually yes, because of its product and order data and segmentation. For newsletters and service businesses, Mailchimp is often simpler and cheaper. The better platform is the one that fits what your emails need to do. ### Which has the better free plan? Both are capped at 250 contacts and about 500 sends a month according to their pricing pages. Klaviyo's free plan includes flows; Mailchimp's Free plan does not include automation flows. Both are fine for testing, not for a growing list. ### Does Klaviyo work with WooCommerce? Yes. Klaviyo integrates with WooCommerce, Shopify, BigCommerce, Magento and others. Its Shopify integration is the most established, but WooCommerce stores can use the same core flows, including abandoned cart and post-purchase. ### Can you move our list from Mailchimp to Klaviyo? Yes. We export contacts with consent status, rebuild segments and flows, authenticate your domain and warm up sending. Automation set-up, including migration, is from £195 + VAT one-off. We keep the old account running until the new one is proven. ### Do you manage Brevo too? Yes. Brevo is a good option for businesses that want email and SMS at lower cost with simpler automation. Email marketing management is from £95 a month + VAT on Klaviyo, Mailchimp or Brevo. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # PPC Freelancer vs PPC Agency: Which Should You Hire? Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/compare/freelancer-vs-agency-ppc/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > A good PPC freelancer offers direct access to one experienced person, often at a lower fee. An agency offers cover, a wider skill set across tracking, paid social and email, and continuity if someone leaves. Either way, you should own the ad account. dijitul marketing manages Google Ads from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ## Key facts - Both freelancers and agencies are paid a management fee; ad spend goes to Google either way - Google Ads management at dijitul from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend if higher - You should always own the Google Ads account, with the freelancer or agency added as a user or through their manager account - Holiday and sickness cover is the main practical risk with a sole freelancer - Tracking, landing pages and paid social often sit outside a PPC freelancer's scope - Monthly, cancel with notice at dijitul ## The short version The quality of the person matters more than the type of business. A skilled freelancer will outperform a careless agency, and the reverse is also true. The structural differences are about cover, breadth and continuity. | | PPC freelancer | PPC agency | | Who does the work | The person you hired | A team; check who actually runs your account | | Fees | Often lower overheads, sometimes lower fees | Fixed monthly fee or percentage of spend | | Cover | Holidays and illness can pause optimisation | Another team member can step in | | Skills beyond PPC | Depends on the individual | Usually tracking, paid social, email and CRO in-house | | Capacity | Limited; busy periods affect everyone | Can add people as you grow | | Continuity | Ends if they take a full-time job | Account history stays with the team | | Contracts | Often flexible | Varies; avoid long lock-ins | ## When a freelancer is the better choice - **One channel, modest spend.** A single Search campaign for a local service business does not need a team. - **You want the specialist, not an account manager.** With a freelancer, the person on the call is the person in the account. - **You have strong in-house support.** If your developer handles tracking and your marketer handles social, a freelancer can focus purely on Google Ads. - **A specific niche.** Some freelancers specialise deeply in one sector or platform, such as Shopping feeds or Microsoft Ads. Ask to see how they report, how they handle holidays, and whether they will set up conversion tracking themselves or expect you to. Check references from a business of similar size, and ask how many accounts they manage alone; a freelancer juggling forty clients has little time for yours. ## When an agency is the better choice - **Several channels that need to work together.** Google Ads, Meta, email and GA4 reporting under one roof avoids finger-pointing when numbers disagree. - **Tracking needs fixing.** Consent Mode v2, enhanced conversions, Meta Conversions API and offline conversion import are specialist work in their own right. - **Continuity matters.** If results depend on one person who might take a job or go on a month's holiday, that is a business risk. - **You expect to grow.** Adding Shopping, Performance Max, YouTube or LinkedIn is easier when the skills already exist. The agency risks are being handed to a junior after the sales call, and paying for a team you never speak to. Ask who will run the account day to day and how often you will hear from them. ## Account ownership: non-negotiable either way Whoever you hire, the Google Ads account, GA4 property, Google Tag Manager container, Merchant Center and Meta Business assets should be owned by your business, with your email as an admin. The freelancer or agency should be added as a user or link their manager account to yours. If an agency or freelancer runs ads in their own account, you lose the history and data when you part company, and you may have to start again. At dijitul everything is set up in your accounts from day one. If you are inheriting an account and are unsure who owns it, a Google Ads audit starts with exactly that check. ## Questions to ask before you hire anyone - Will you work in our account, and will we be the owner? - Who does the work day to day, and who covers holidays? - How do you track conversions, and will you fix tracking if it is wrong? - What does a monthly report show? Ask for a sample. - How are you paid: fixed fee, percentage of spend or both? Is there a minimum term? - Do you promise results? (The honest answer is no.) Then watch the first three months. A competent manager, freelance or agency, should explain what they found in the account, what they changed and why, and what they will test next. Expect early work on tracking, negatives and structure before bids and budgets. If reports only show clicks and impressions, or the explanation is mostly jargon, ask for cost per enquiry or sale. If that number never appears, find someone else. ## FAQs ### Are PPC freelancers cheaper than agencies? Often, because they have lower overheads, but not always. Compare what is included: tracking set-up, reporting, ad copy, landing page advice and cover. A cheaper fee that leaves tracking broken can cost more in wasted ad spend. ### What if my freelancer disappears? If the Google Ads account is yours, you can remove their access and hand it to someone else with all history intact. If it is in their account, you may lose it. Always make sure your business owns the account and has admin access. ### Do agencies charge a percentage of ad spend? Many do, some charge a fixed fee, and some use whichever is higher. dijitul charges from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend if that is higher, with ad spend paid directly to Google. ### Can a freelancer and an agency work together? Yes. Some businesses use a freelancer for Google Ads and an agency for paid social or tracking. It works if roles are clear and both report from the same GA4 data, so results are not double counted. ### How do I switch from a freelancer to an agency? If you own the account, add the new manager as a user, remove the old one when ready, and ask for a handover of current tests and known issues. We review the account before changing anything, so performance is not disrupted. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Organic vs Paid Social Media: What Each Does Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/compare/organic-vs-paid-social/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > Organic social builds a community and credibility for free, but reaches only a small share of your followers. Paid social buys reach, targeting and measurable results, at a cost per impression. Most businesses need both. dijitul marketing runs organic social from £125 a month + VAT and paid social from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ## Key facts - Socialinsider's 2026 analysis of 872,075 brand posts put average organic reach at 1.25% of followers on Facebook and 3.20% on Instagram as of August 2026 - Organic posts mostly reach existing followers; paid ads can reach people who have never heard of you - Paid social is bought by auction, usually on impressions, and optimised to the goal you set - Organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform package - Paid social management from £150 a month + VAT, plus ad spend paid to the platform - Boosting a post is a simple form of paid social with limited targeting and objectives ## The short version Organic social is what you post to your own pages for free: updates, photos, reels, replies. Paid social is advertising on the same platforms, where you pay to show content to an audience you choose. They do different jobs, and the strongest social presence uses both. | | Organic social | Paid social | | Cost | Time or management fee; no media cost | Ad spend plus management | | Reach | A small share of followers, plus shares | As many people as your budget buys | | Targeting | Whoever follows you and the algorithm chooses | Location, demographics, interests, lookalikes, retargeting | | Speed | Builds slowly | Immediate once approved | | Best for | Community, trust, customer service, brand voice | New customers, launches, offers, lead generation, sales | | Measurement | Engagement, follower growth, profile actions | Cost per lead or sale, tracked through to your site | ## How far organic posts really go Organic reach on most platforms is low and has fallen over time. Socialinsider's 2026 study of 872,075 posts from brand pages reported that, as of August 2026, the average Facebook post reached 1.25% of the page's followers and the average Instagram post 3.20%. Reach varies with page size, format and how much people engage, and reels and short video usually travel further than static images. That does not make organic worthless. It means organic is mainly a way to keep existing followers and customers engaged, give prospects something credible to see when they check you out, and test which content resonates before you put money behind it. ## What organic social is for - **Credibility:** people check your Instagram or Facebook before they book or buy. An active, real page reassures; a dead one worries. - **Community and service:** replying to comments and messages, sharing customer photos, answering questions. - **Content testing:** posts that perform well organically are often the best candidates for ads. - **Personality:** behind the scenes, team, process. LinkedIn posts from named people often outperform company pages. Our organic service covers planning, creation, scheduling and community management from £125 a month + VAT per platform package. See social media management. ## What paid social is for - **Reaching new people** who match your customers, by location, interests or lookalikes of your best customers. - **Retargeting** website visitors, video viewers and people who engaged with your page. - **Lead generation** with in-app forms on Meta and LinkedIn. - **Sales** with catalogue ads and Advantage+ sales campaigns for online shops. Paid works best with tracking in place: the Meta pixel and Conversions API, LinkedIn Insight Tag and GA4, so results are measured as enquiries and sales rather than likes. Boosting a post is the simplest form of paid social, but it offers fewer objectives and controls than a campaign built in Ads Manager. Paid social management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ## Using them together A practical rhythm for a small business: post organically several times a week to keep the page alive and learn what works; promote the best-performing content and your key offers with paid campaigns; retarget people who engaged organically or visited your site. Organic gives paid better creative and social proof; paid gives organic more followers and reach. Judge both on the outcome you care about, enquiries or sales, rather than on likes alone. Budget follows the same logic. If you have time but little money, put effort into organic on one platform and collect emails so you are not dependent on the algorithm. If you have a budget but little time, a small paid campaign with good tracking will usually produce more measurable results than sporadic posting. Once both are running, review monthly which posts earned engagement and which ads earned enquiries, and let each inform the other: winning ad angles become organic posts, and organic hits become ads. Over a few months that loop is what makes both channels cheaper and more effective. ## FAQs ### Is organic social media still worth doing? Yes, for credibility, customer service and community, and to test content. But organic reach is low, so it rarely drives growth on its own. Socialinsider's 2026 data put average organic reach at 1.25% of followers on Facebook and 3.20% on Instagram. ### Is boosting a post the same as running ads? Boosting is a simple form of paid social. It is quick but offers fewer objectives, placements and targeting options than a campaign built in Meta Ads Manager. For lead generation or sales, a proper campaign with tracking usually performs better. ### How much should I spend on paid social? Enough to get meaningful data within a few weeks for one clear objective. We suggest a starting budget based on your audience size and the value of a lead or sale. Ad spend is paid directly to Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. ### Can you do both organic and paid for us? Yes. Organic social media management is from £125 a month + VAT per platform package, and paid social management from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. Running both lets us promote the content that already performs. ### Which platform should I focus on? The one your customers use. Instagram and TikTok suit visual consumer brands and younger audiences, Facebook suits local services and older audiences, and LinkedIn suits B2B. Most small businesses do better on one or two platforms done well. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Performance Max vs Search Campaigns in Google Ads Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/compare/performance-max-vs-search-campaigns/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > Search campaigns show text ads on Google search for keywords you choose, with full control and clear search term data. Performance Max uses one campaign and Google's automation to serve ads across Search, Shopping, YouTube, Display, Discover, Gmail and Maps. dijitul marketing builds and manages both from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ## Key facts - Performance Max serves across Search, Shopping, YouTube, Display, Discover, Gmail and Maps from one campaign - A PMax asset group takes up to 15 headlines, 5 long headlines, 5 descriptions, 20 images and 5 videos, per Google's best-practice guidance - Google raised the PMax campaign-level negative keyword limit to 10,000 in 2025 - PMax negative keywords apply to Search and Shopping inventory only; other channels use placement, topic and content exclusions - AI Max for Search campaigns, launched in 2025, adds search term matching and asset optimisation to standard Search campaigns as an opt-in layer - Google Ads management at dijitul from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend if higher ## The short version Search gives control. Performance Max gives reach. Search campaigns let you pick keywords, write ads for each, see exactly which searches triggered them and exclude what you do not want. Performance Max (PMax) takes your assets, audience signals and conversion goals and lets Google decide where and to whom to show ads across its whole inventory. | | Search campaigns | Performance Max | | Where ads show | Google search results and search partners | Search, Shopping, YouTube, Display, Discover, Gmail, Maps | | Targeting | Keywords you choose, by match type | Google automation, guided by audience and search theme signals | | Creative | Responsive search ads (up to 15 headlines, 4 descriptions) | Asset groups: headlines, long headlines, descriptions, images, video, logos | | Negative keywords | Full control at campaign and ad group level | Campaign-level, up to 10,000; Search and Shopping only | | Reporting | Full search terms report per keyword | Search term and channel insights, less granular | | Best for | Lead generation, services, tight budgets, precise control | Ecommerce with a product feed, accounts with strong conversion data | ## When Search is the better choice - **Lead generation for services.** A solicitor, plumber or B2B supplier needs to be sure ads show only for relevant searches, and PMax's Display and YouTube placements can bring low-quality leads. - **Small budgets.** PMax needs conversion data to learn. With only a few conversions a month, Search with tight keywords usually performs more predictably. - **Compliance-sensitive sectors.** Legal, healthcare and financial advertisers need to control wording and placements closely. - **You need to know what is working.** Search term reports show every query; that data informs ads, landing pages and SEO. Search itself has become more automated. Broad match with Smart Bidding, and AI Max for Search campaigns, which Google introduced in 2025 as an opt-in layer, expand matching beyond your keyword list. Use them deliberately, with negatives and close monitoring of search terms. ## When Performance Max is the better choice - **Ecommerce with a Merchant Center feed.** PMax replaced Smart Shopping and is now the main way to reach Shopping placements alongside YouTube and Display. - **Strong conversion tracking.** PMax optimises to the conversions and values you give it. Accurate purchase values or offline lead quality data make it far better. - **Good creative.** PMax needs images and ideally video; without video, Google may auto-generate it. - **Room to scale.** When Search has captured most of the available demand, PMax can find more across other inventory. Set boundaries. Use brand exclusions or campaign-level negatives to stop PMax claiming credit for brand searches you would win anyway, add placement and content exclusions for unsuitable sites, and give each asset group clear audience signals and search themes. ## Running both together Most mature accounts use both. A typical setup for an online shop: a brand Search campaign, PMax campaigns split by product margin, and non-brand Search for key category terms. For lead generation: Search as the core, with PMax tested carefully using offline conversion import so it optimises to qualified leads, not form fills. When a search query matches an exact match keyword in a Search campaign, Google prioritises the Search campaign over PMax, which gives you a way to keep control of your most important terms. We review search terms, channel performance and placements regularly in both. See our Performance Max service page for how we build it. ## Creative and asset groups PMax lives or dies on its assets. Google's best-practice guidance is to fill each asset group as fully as possible: up to 15 headlines, 5 long headlines, 5 descriptions, 20 images in landscape, square and portrait formats, and 5 videos in different orientations. Headlines are limited to 30 characters and long headlines and descriptions to 90. If you supply no video, Google may generate one from your images, and those auto-generated videos rarely represent a brand well. We group assets by theme, such as product category, service line or audience, so each asset group has a clear message and its own audience signals and search themes. Search campaigns need less: a responsive search ad with up to 15 headlines and 4 descriptions per ad group, written tightly around the keywords. That lower creative burden is another reason Search is often the better place for a small business to start. ## FAQs ### Is Performance Max better than Search? Neither is better in general. PMax often suits ecommerce with a product feed and good conversion data. Search usually suits lead generation, small budgets and sectors where control over wording and placements matters. Many accounts run both. ### Can I add negative keywords to Performance Max? Yes. Google added campaign-level negative keywords to PMax and raised the limit to 10,000 per campaign in 2025. They apply to Search and Shopping inventory only, so use placement, topic and content exclusions for YouTube, Display and other channels. ### Why is Performance Max spending on my brand name? PMax can match brand searches unless you exclude them, and those conversions would often happen anyway. Use brand exclusions or negatives in PMax and run a separate brand Search campaign so brand performance is visible on its own. ### Does Performance Max work for lead generation? It can, but it needs care. Without lead quality signals, it may find cheap, low-quality leads through Display and YouTube. Importing qualified or won leads from your CRM as offline conversions helps it optimise to the leads that matter. ### What is AI Max for Search? An optional layer Google added to Search campaigns in 2025. It uses broad match and keywordless technology to match more searches and can customise ad text and landing pages. It keeps Search reporting and controls, but needs close monitoring of search terms. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # GA4 vs Universal Analytics: What Changed Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/compare/ga4-vs-universal-analytics/ Updated: 2026-10-18 > Universal Analytics stopped processing data on 1 July 2023 and Google deleted UA properties from July 2024, so GA4 is now the only standard Google Analytics. GA4 measures everything as events, calls goals 'key events' and keeps detailed data for 2 or 14 months. dijitul marketing sets up GA4 from £95 + VAT one-off. ## Key facts - Standard Universal Analytics properties stopped processing hits on 1 July 2023, according to Google - Analytics 360 properties with a current order had a one-time extension to 1 July 2024 - From the week of 1 July 2024, Google removed access to all UA properties and the API and deleted the data - GA4 renamed 'conversions' to 'key events' in 2024, to distinguish them from Google Ads conversions - Standard GA4 retains user-level and event data for 2 or 14 months; retention does not affect standard aggregated reports - GA4 set-up at dijitul £95 + VAT one-off; conversion tracking £145 + VAT one-off ## The short version This is not a choice any more. Universal Analytics (UA) has been switched off and its data deleted. The useful question is what changed, so you can read GA4 properly and fix any set-up that was rushed during the migration. | | Universal Analytics | Google Analytics 4 | | Status | Stopped processing 1 July 2023 (standard); deleted from July 2024 | Current standard Google Analytics | | Data model | Sessions and pageviews, with hit types | Everything is an event with parameters | | Goals | Goals (destination, duration, event) | Key events (formerly called conversions) | | Bounce rate | Single-page sessions | Inverse of engagement rate | | Cross-device | Limited, cookie-based | User ID, Google signals and device data combined | | Data retention | Configurable, including indefinite | 2 or 14 months for explorations (standard); longer on 360 | | Reports | Large set of fixed reports | Fewer standard reports, plus Explorations and Looker Studio | | Consent | No built-in consent model | Works with Consent Mode v2 and behavioural modelling | ## What happened to Universal Analytics According to Google's help centre, standard UA properties stopped processing new hits on 1 July 2023. Analytics 360 customers with a current order got a one-time extension to 1 July 2024. From the week of 1 July 2024, Google removed access to all UA properties and the UA API, and deleted the data. If you did not export it, it is gone. That matters for year-on-year comparisons: any comparison earlier than your GA4 start date has to come from exports, spreadsheets or Looker Studio extracts you made before the deadline. ## The big differences in practice - **Events, not hits.** In GA4, page_view, scroll, click, form_submit and purchase are all events with parameters. You decide which events matter and mark them as key events. - **Key events, not goals.** Google renamed GA4 'conversions' to 'key events' in 2024 to separate them from conversions in Google Ads. A key event only becomes a Google Ads conversion when you import or link it. - **Engagement, not bounce.** An engaged session lasts longer than 10 seconds, has a key event, or has at least two page views. Bounce rate is the share of sessions that were not engaged. - **Retention limits.** Standard GA4 keeps user-level and event data for explorations for 2 or 14 months. Google's help page says standard aggregated reports are not affected; set retention to 14 months on day one, as it defaults to 2. - **Fewer canned reports.** GA4's standard reports are leaner. Explorations and Looker Studio fill the gaps. ## Common GA4 set-up problems we fix - Data retention left at 2 months. - Key events not defined, or every click marked as one. - Ecommerce purchase events missing value, currency or transaction ID, so revenue is wrong or duplicated. - Payment gateways such as PayPal or Stripe showing as referral sources, stealing credit from ads. - Internal and developer traffic not filtered. - No Consent Mode v2, so ad platforms receive incomplete or non-compliant signals. - GA4 not linked to Google Ads and Search Console. Most of these are quick to fix but invisible until you look. A clean set-up usually takes a few hours. GA4 set-up is £95 + VAT one-off; see GA4 set-up. ## Reporting you can use GA4's interface is powerful but not friendly for a monthly management meeting. We build Looker Studio dashboards (£145 + VAT one-off) that show the numbers you actually use: sessions by channel, key events, cost per enquiry from Google Ads and Meta, and revenue by source, compared month on month and, where history allows, year on year. If you only need GA4 checked, an audit at £45 an hour + VAT is often enough. For businesses that want more than GA4's interface can offer, the BigQuery export, available on standard GA4 properties, sends raw event data into Google Cloud, where it can be kept as long as you like and queried in detail. Google Cloud storage and query charges may apply above the free allowances. It is worth switching on early even if you do not use it yet, because the export only collects data from the day it is enabled. ## FAQs ### Can I still access my Universal Analytics data? No. Google removed access to UA properties and the API from the week of 1 July 2024 and deleted the data. If you exported reports or data to BigQuery, spreadsheets or Looker Studio extracts before then, those copies are all that remain. ### Why does GA4 show different numbers from UA? They count differently. GA4 is event-based, defines sessions and engagement differently, and applies consent and modelling. Small differences in users, sessions and bounce rate are expected and do not mean either was broken. ### What are key events in GA4? Key events are the actions you mark as important, such as a form submission, call click or purchase. Google renamed them from 'conversions' in 2024. They become Google Ads conversions only when you import or link them to your Ads account. ### How long does GA4 keep data? Standard GA4 lets you keep user-level and event data for explorations for 2 or 14 months. The default is 2, so change it to 14. Standard aggregated reports are not affected by this setting, according to Google. ### How much does GA4 set-up cost? GA4 set-up is £95 + VAT one-off. Conversion tracking across GA4, Google Ads and Meta is £145 + VAT one-off, and a Looker Studio reporting dashboard is £145 + VAT one-off. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Digital Marketing across England Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/england/ > dijitul marketing manages Google Ads, social media and email campaigns for small and mid-sized businesses anywhere in England, working remotely from our Mansfield office. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus your ad spend, and organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. No long contracts. England is not one advertising market. It is dozens of small ones, and the cost of a click changes with every one of them. A plumber bidding on "emergency plumber" in central London competes with national lead-generation firms and big budgets. The same keyword in a Lincolnshire market town may only have two or three local advertisers. That is why we build every Google Ads account around the area a business can actually serve, set by radius, town or postcode district, rather than switching on "England" and hoping. The sectors behave differently too. Trades and home services win most of their work from search: Local Services Ads where the category is eligible, plus tightly themed search campaigns with a long negative keyword list. Hotels, holiday lets and attractions in the Lake District, the Peak District, Cornwall and the coasts lean on Instagram and Meta ads, with budgets weighted towards the months before peak season. Manufacturers across the Midlands and the North sell to buyers who are on LinkedIn, not scrolling Instagram, so LinkedIn ads with lead gen forms and a decent capability page tend to beat broad search. Online shops in every county run Shopping and Performance Max from a clean Merchant Center feed, backed by Klaviyo or Mailchimp flows that recover abandoned baskets. - City professional firms: search ads on high-intent service terms, remarketing and LinkedIn - Trades and home services: Local Services Ads, call-focused search campaigns and Google Business Profile - Tourism and hospitality: Meta and Instagram ads, organic social and a seasonal email calendar - Retailers and makers: Shopping ads, Performance Max and email automation Measurement is the same everywhere. We set up GA4 key events, Google Ads conversion tracking and Consent Mode v2 so you can see which campaigns produce enquiries and sales, not just clicks. All of it is run remotely from Mansfield, so your location in England makes no difference to how we work. ## Who we market in England - Trades and home services - Solicitors and accountants - Online shops and retailers - Hotels, holiday lets and attractions - Manufacturers and B2B suppliers - Clinics and dentists - Charities - Recruitment agencies ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Do you work with businesses anywhere in England? Yes. Everything we do, from building Google Ads campaigns to writing email flows and scheduling social posts, is done remotely from Mansfield. We meet by video call, share reports through Looker Studio and keep in touch by phone and email, so a client in Cornwall gets the same service as one in Nottinghamshire. ### Can you limit our ads to the areas we actually cover? Yes. Google Ads can target a radius around your base, named towns and cities, or UK postcode districts, and exclude places you do not serve. Meta ads can also be limited by location. We set this up at the start so your budget is not spent on clicks from people you could never help. ### How much should we spend on ads? It depends on your sector and how competitive your area is. Ad spend is paid directly to Google or Meta and is separate from our fee. Our Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend if that is higher. We suggest a starting budget after looking at keyword costs for your area. --- # Digital Marketing across Scotland Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/scotland/ > For Scottish businesses, dijitul runs Google Ads, social media and email marketing remotely from Mansfield, covering everything from Highland hotels to Edinburgh law firms and Aberdeen energy suppliers. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and social media management is from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Scotland's paid media market splits along the same lines as its economy. Edinburgh's banks, insurers and law firms compete for a fairly small number of high-value searches, so the work there is about precise search campaigns, strong negative keyword lists and remarketing to people who have already read a service page. Glasgow has a wider mix of professional services, trades and creative businesses, with more local competition for everyday terms such as accountants, electricians and dentists. Food and drink is where Scotland stands out. Distilleries, gin brands, seafood and shortbread producers often sell direct online as well as through shops, which makes them natural fits for Shopping ads, Performance Max and email flows. A whisky or gin brand needs to respect the advertising policies for alcohol on Google and Meta, including age targeting, so we check every campaign against those rules before it goes live. Christmas, Burns Night and Father's Day are the big peaks, and the email calendar is planned around them weeks ahead. Aberdeen's energy and engineering suppliers, many now working on offshore wind, sell to procurement teams and engineers. LinkedIn ads with lead gen forms, aimed by job title and industry, usually reach those buyers better than broad search. Tourism across the Highlands and islands is seasonal and image-led, so hotels, guest houses and tour operators put most of their budget into Instagram and Meta ads in the months before the season, then rely on organic social and email to bring guests back. - Distilleries and food producers: Shopping ads, Meta ads and Klaviyo or Mailchimp flows - Edinburgh and Glasgow professional firms: search ads, remarketing and LinkedIn - Energy and engineering suppliers: LinkedIn campaigns and content for tenders - Tourism operators: Instagram, Meta ads and seasonal email We run all of this remotely from Mansfield, with reports in Looker Studio and calls by video, so being in Inverness or Shetland makes no difference. ## Who we market in Scotland - Distilleries and gin producers - Seafood and food producers - Hotels, guest houses and tour operators - Law firms and financial services - Energy and engineering suppliers - University spin-outs - Craft makers and gift shops - Charities and social enterprises ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you advertise our gin or whisky on Google and Meta? Yes, within the platforms' alcohol policies. Both Google and Meta allow alcohol ads in the UK with restrictions, including targeting adults only and avoiding certain claims. We check your ads, landing pages and audiences against those rules before launch so campaigns are not disapproved halfway through your busiest season. ### Can you target only the Highlands, or only the Central Belt? Yes. Google Ads and Meta ads can be limited to specific towns, regions or a radius around a point, and we can exclude areas you do not serve. For a Highland hotel we might target visitors searching from across the UK instead, because guests rarely live locally. ### Do you manage Instagram for Scottish tourism businesses? Yes. Organic social media management starts from £125 a month + VAT per platform, covering planning, captions, scheduling and replies. Paid Instagram and Facebook ads start from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. Many tourism clients combine both, with ads before the season and organic posts all year. ### Is a Mansfield agency a problem for a Scottish business? No. Campaign building, reporting and optimisation are all done online, and we talk by phone or video call. Your ad spend is paid directly to Google, Meta or LinkedIn, and you keep ownership of every account we set up. --- # Digital Marketing across Wales Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/wales/ > dijitul works with Welsh businesses from Cardiff to Wrexham, running Google Ads, social media and email marketing remotely from Mansfield, including bilingual campaigns built from your Welsh copy. Google Ads management costs from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Marketing in Wales has one question that most of England never has to ask: which language? Public bodies work to the Welsh Language Standards, and many private firms publish in Welsh and English because their customers expect it or because they supply the public sector. That carries through to ads. Google Ads and Meta both let you serve ads to people based on their language settings, so a bilingual campaign can run separate Welsh and English ad groups, each pointing to the matching page on your site. We build that structure from translations you supply and keep the reporting split so you can see how each language performs. Most of the population and most of the paid search competition sits in the south: Cardiff, Newport and Swansea. Professional firms, trades and clinics there bid against each other for local service terms, and good location targeting and negative keywords make a real difference to cost per lead. North East Wales, around Wrexham and Deeside, has a strong manufacturing base with Airbus at Broughton and a supply chain around it. Those firms usually find their buyers through LinkedIn ads and useful content rather than broad search. Tourism is the other big market. Holiday lets, campsites and attractions in Eryri, Pembrokeshire and Gower fill their calendars from Instagram, Facebook and Google searches made weeks before a trip. Ads aimed at people in the English Midlands and North West, who often holiday in Wales, can work as well as local targeting. Farms and food producers selling direct need Shopping ads and simple email flows for repeat orders. - Bilingual campaigns for public sector suppliers and community-facing businesses - Search ads and Local Services Ads for trades in Cardiff, Newport and Swansea - Meta and Instagram ads for holiday lets, campsites and attractions - LinkedIn and content for Deeside and Wrexham manufacturers All campaigns are managed remotely from Mansfield, so we work with Welsh clients exactly as we do with anyone else. ## Who we market in Wales - Bilingual public sector suppliers - Holiday lets, campsites and attractions - Farms and food producers - Manufacturers in Deeside and Wrexham - Trades in Cardiff, Newport and Swansea - Solicitors and accountants - Charities and community groups ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run ads in Welsh as well as English? Yes. We set up separate Welsh and English ad groups or ad sets, targeted by language, each linking to the right version of your landing page. We work from Welsh copy written or checked by your translator, so the wording is right, and we report on both languages separately. ### Can you target English visitors for our Welsh holiday let? Yes. Many guests travel from the Midlands, the North West and London, so we often target those areas with Meta and Google ads rather than Wales itself. We can also target people searching for places in Wales, wherever they are, which suits accommodation and attractions. ### Do you write and send our email newsletters? Yes. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT, covering campaign design, copy, sending and reporting in Mailchimp, Klaviyo or Brevo. We can send bilingual newsletters or segment your list by language preference so each subscriber gets the version they chose. --- # Digital Marketing across Northern Ireland Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/northern-ireland/ > dijitul manages Google Ads, social media and email marketing for Northern Ireland businesses, from Belfast tech firms to agri-food exporters, working remotely from Mansfield. Campaigns can target NI, Great Britain and the Republic of Ireland separately. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend; social media from £125 a month + VAT. Northern Ireland businesses often sell into three markets at once: Northern Ireland itself, Great Britain and the Republic of Ireland. That has a direct effect on advertising. A campaign aimed at Dublin needs euro pricing on the landing page, sometimes different delivery terms and its own Merchant Center settings if you run Shopping ads. We usually split campaigns by market so budgets, bids and results stay clear, rather than mixing a Belfast search with a Cork one in the same report. Belfast has a strong technology, cyber security and fintech sector, with Catalyst at Titanic Quarter and two universities producing spin-outs. Those firms sell to businesses, so their paid media leans towards LinkedIn ads aimed by job title and company size, with remarketing on Google to keep them in front of buyers during long sales cycles. Content, such as guides and case studies written in plain English, gives those ads something worth clicking. Agri-food is one of the biggest industries outside Belfast, covering dairy, meat, bakery and drinks. Producers selling direct need Shopping ads, Performance Max and email flows for repeat orders. Trade-focused processors are better served by LinkedIn and trade show follow-up emails. Tourism on the Causeway Coast and in the Mournes runs on Instagram and Meta ads, with the heaviest spend in spring and early summer. Trades, clinics and professional firms across the province compete on local search, where good location targeting matters because Northern Ireland is small and towns are close together. - Tech and cyber firms: LinkedIn ads, remarketing and content marketing - Agri-food producers: Shopping ads, Meta ads and email automation - Tourism and hospitality: Instagram and Facebook ads plus organic social - Cross-border traders: separate campaigns for NI, GB and the Republic We have no office or staff in Northern Ireland. Everything is managed remotely from Mansfield, with reporting in Looker Studio. ## Who we market in Northern Ireland - Agri-food producers - Dairy and drinks brands - Software and cyber security firms - Engineering and manufacturing firms - Tourism and hospitality businesses - Cross-border retailers - Solicitors and accountants - Charities ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run separate ads for customers in the Republic of Ireland? Yes. We normally create separate campaigns for the Republic, with their own budgets, ad copy and landing pages showing euro prices where relevant. That keeps costs and results clear, and stops spend drifting into one market at the expense of another. ### Do you run LinkedIn ads for Belfast tech companies? Yes. Paid social, including LinkedIn, starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend paid to LinkedIn. We target by job title, seniority, industry and company size, and often use lead gen forms so prospects can request a demo or download a guide without leaving LinkedIn. ### Can you help a food producer sell online across the UK? Yes. We set up Google Shopping or Performance Max from your product feed, run Meta ads to new audiences and build email flows such as welcome and abandoned basket messages. Delivery rules and chilled shipping limits need to be reflected in the feed and ads, which we check at the start. --- # Digital Marketing across the East Midlands Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/east-midlands/ > Based in Mansfield since 2006, dijitul runs Google Ads, social media and email marketing for businesses across the East Midlands, from Derby engineers to Lincolnshire food producers. We work remotely from Mansfield for most clients. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT. The East Midlands is our home region, and its marketing problems are ones we see every week. The region makes and moves things more than most of England. Derby has Rolls-Royce, the Alstom works at Litchurch Lane and Toyota at Burnaston, with a long supply chain of machine shops, fabricators and test houses behind them. Those suppliers rarely win work from Instagram. They win it when an engineer or buyer finds them on Google for a specific process, or sees them on LinkedIn. Tightly themed search campaigns on technical terms, plus B2B marketing on LinkedIn, suit them far better than broad awareness ads. Logistics is the other big employer, along the M1, A42, A50 and A14 and around East Midlands Airport. Distribution firms spend more on recruitment advertising than on selling, and Meta and Indeed-style job campaigns are often the brief. Lincolnshire and Leicestershire food producers, including Melton Mowbray's pie makers and cheesemakers, sell online with Shopping ads and email flows, with sharp peaks at Christmas. Then there are the market towns: Newark, Grantham, Matlock, Market Harborough and dozens more. Their trades, clinics, cafés and shops compete in small local auctions where clicks are often cheaper than in Nottingham or Leicester. A plumber in Newark does not need to pay to appear in Lincoln. Radius targeting, postcode district targeting and a well-kept Google Business Profile do most of the work. - Engineering and manufacturing: search ads on technical terms, LinkedIn and content - Logistics: recruitment campaigns on Meta and Google - Food producers: Shopping ads, Performance Max and Klaviyo flows - Market town trades and shops: local search ads, Local Services Ads and organic social Being in the region means we already know its towns, roads and sectors, which helps when setting targeting and budgets. Campaign work is done remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in East Midlands - Engineering and aerospace suppliers - Logistics and distribution firms - Food producers and processors - Market town trades and retailers - Accountants and solicitors - Textile, footwear and furniture makers - Care providers - University spin-outs ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Are you actually based in the East Midlands? Yes. dijitul is DIJITUL LTD, based at The Bungalow, 11 St John St, Mansfield, NG18 1QJ, and has been trading since 2006. Campaign work is done remotely, and you can reach us on 01623 650333 or info@dijitul.uk. ### Can you run ads for an engineering firm that sells to other businesses? Yes. For B2B engineering we usually combine Google search ads on specific processes and materials with LinkedIn ads aimed at engineers, buyers and procurement managers. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and Google Ads management from £150 a month + VAT. ### Can you help us recruit warehouse staff through ads? Yes. We run recruitment campaigns on Meta and Google, aimed at people within commuting distance of your site, with ads that state pay, shifts and location clearly. Meta has special ad category rules for employment ads that limit some targeting options, and we build campaigns within them. --- # Digital Marketing across Yorkshire and the Humber Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/yorkshire-and-the-humber/ > Across Yorkshire and the Humber, dijitul runs Google Ads, social media and email marketing for firms from Sheffield steel suppliers to York hotels, all managed remotely from Mansfield, just south of the county border. Google Ads management costs from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend; organic social media management is from £125 a month + VAT. Yorkshire and the Humber is several advertising markets sharing one region. Leeds has the largest concentration of law firms, banks and insurers in the north, along with a busy agency and media scene around Channel 4's headquarters. Paid search for professional services there is competitive, so the gains come from tight keyword themes, ad copy that names the exact service and remarketing to people who visited but did not call. South Yorkshire is industrial. Sheffield and Rotherham's engineering firms, many supplying aerospace and nuclear customers through the Advanced Manufacturing Park, sell to engineers and buyers. For them LinkedIn ads, Google search on specific processes and capability content usually beat broad social campaigns. Doncaster and the M18 and M62 corridors hold large logistics operations, where recruitment advertising on Meta is often a bigger budget line than sales ads. Tourism dominates the north and east. York, Harrogate, Whitby, Scarborough and the Dales depend on visitors, so hotels, guest houses, cafés and attractions put money into Instagram and Meta ads before Easter and the summer, then use email to bring past guests back for winter breaks. Harrogate's conference trade adds event-led campaigns. Hull and Grimsby's food processors and offshore wind suppliers are mostly B2B, while the region's farm shops and food brands sell direct with Shopping ads and seasonal email. - Leeds professional services: search ads, remarketing and LinkedIn - South Yorkshire engineering: LinkedIn, technical search ads and content - Coast and Dales tourism: Instagram, Meta ads and email for repeat stays - Food and drink brands: Shopping ads, Performance Max and Klaviyo flows South Yorkshire borders our base, but all campaign work is done remotely from Mansfield, with reporting through Looker Studio dashboards and regular calls. ## Who we market in Yorkshire and the Humber - Law and accountancy firms - Steel and engineering suppliers - Hotels, holiday lets and attractions - Logistics and haulage firms - Food and drink producers - Offshore energy suppliers - Digital and creative agencies - Charities ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you manage Google Ads for a Leeds law firm? Yes. Legal search terms are competitive, so we build campaigns around specific services such as conveyancing, family law or employment law, with strong negative keywords and call tracking. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of spend if higher, plus your ad spend. ### Do you run Instagram ads for York and Harrogate hotels? Yes. We run Meta ads across Instagram and Facebook, usually aimed at people in the cities that send you most guests, with budgets weighted towards the weeks before peak booking periods. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend paid to Meta. ### Can you target only South Yorkshire? Yes. Google Ads and Meta both let us target named towns, counties or a radius, and exclude everywhere else. For a Sheffield or Doncaster business serving local customers, that keeps spend inside the area you can actually reach. --- # Digital Marketing across North West England Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/north-west/ > dijitul runs Google Ads, social media and email marketing for North West businesses, from Manchester online retailers to Lancashire aerospace suppliers and Lake District hotels. We work remotely from Mansfield with reporting you can check any time. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend; social media management from £125 a month + VAT. The North West has two large city economies and a lot of very different country around them. Greater Manchester has one of the biggest concentrations of online retailers, digital agencies and professional firms outside London, which makes it one of the more competitive places in the UK for paid search. Ecommerce brands there live on Performance Max, Shopping ads and Meta, and they need clean product feeds, Consent Mode v2 and server-side or CAPI tracking to keep their numbers believable. Liverpool's visitor economy, port businesses and Knowledge Quarter each need something different. Hotels, bars and venues compete for tourists, match day crowds and concert audiences on Instagram and Meta. Freight forwarders and customs agents sell to businesses and do better with search ads on specific services plus LinkedIn. Life sciences firms often need content marketing more than ads. Lancashire has a large aerospace and defence supply chain around BAE Systems at Warton and Samlesbury, and Cheshire adds chemicals, automotive and life sciences. Those firms usually want LinkedIn campaigns and capability content aimed at engineers and buyers. Warrington, where the M6, M62 and M56 meet, is full of logistics operators that spend heavily on recruitment advertising. Cumbria is different again: the Lake District's hotels, cafés and activity providers need image-led social and seasonal email, while farms and food producers sell direct. - Manchester ecommerce: Shopping, Performance Max, Meta ads and Klaviyo flows - Liverpool hospitality and events: Instagram and Facebook ads plus organic social - Aerospace and engineering suppliers: LinkedIn ads and technical search campaigns - Lake District tourism: Meta ads, organic social and email for returning guests Some defence and nuclear clients have rules about what can be named in ads or case studies. Tell us at the start and we will work within them. Everything is run remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in North West England - Ecommerce and fashion brands - Digital and creative agencies - Aerospace and defence suppliers - Logistics and distribution firms - Hotels, cafés and activity providers - Solicitors and accountants - Recruitment agencies - Life sciences businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you handle Shopping ads for a Manchester online store? Yes. We review your Merchant Center feed, fix disapprovals and missing attributes, then run Shopping or Performance Max campaigns with sensible product groupings. Tracking includes GA4 purchase events and Google Ads conversion tracking so you can see return on ad spend by product. ### Do you run LinkedIn ads for aerospace suppliers in Lancashire? Yes. We target engineers, buyers and quality managers by job title, industry and company, and often use LinkedIn lead gen forms. Where customers restrict what you can say publicly, we keep ads to capabilities and approvals rather than naming programmes. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can you run seasonal ads for a Lake District hotel? Yes. We plan Meta and Google campaigns around your booking patterns, usually starting before spring and summer, and target the cities your guests come from. Email to past guests helps fill quieter months. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT. --- # Digital Marketing across North East England Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/north-east/ > North East businesses use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing, from Newcastle software firms and Sunderland automotive suppliers to Northumberland holiday cottages. Campaigns are managed remotely from our Mansfield office. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. North East England still leans on making things, and that shapes how its businesses advertise. Nissan's Sunderland plant supports a wide automotive supplier network, Hitachi Rail builds trains at Newton Aycliffe, and Teesside's chemicals and process industries are being joined by new offshore wind, hydrogen and carbon capture projects at Teesworks and across Teesside Freeport. Suppliers in those chains do not need viral social posts. They need to be found when a buyer searches for a process or certification, and seen on LinkedIn by the engineers who write the specification. LinkedIn ads aimed by job title and industry, plus search ads on precise technical terms, are usually the core. Newcastle is the region's commercial centre, with Sage, a strong games sector and Newcastle Helix bringing together universities and tech firms. SaaS and tech companies there want demo requests and trial sign-ups, which means search campaigns on problem-led keywords, remarketing and properly set up GA4 key events so the sales team can see which ads produce real pipeline. Law firms and accountants on the Quayside compete on local service searches. Northumberland and County Durham are mostly rural, with holiday cottages, cafés, farm shops and food producers. Their marketing is image-led and seasonal: Instagram and Meta ads before Easter and the summer, organic posts all year, and email to past guests. Recruitment is a constant theme too, as growing manufacturers and contact centres compete for staff. - Automotive, rail and process suppliers: LinkedIn and technical search ads - Newcastle tech and SaaS firms: search, remarketing and conversion tracking - Rural tourism and food: Meta ads, organic social and email - Manufacturers and contact centres: recruitment campaigns on Meta All campaign management happens remotely from Mansfield, with reports and calls on a schedule that suits you. ## Who we market in North East England - Automotive and EV suppliers - Rail and engineering manufacturers - Process and energy contractors - Software and games companies - Holiday cottages and tourism businesses - Farm shops and food producers - Accountants and solicitors - Contact centres ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you help a Teesside contractor win more tenders through marketing? Marketing will not replace a good tender, but it helps buyers find and remember you. We typically run LinkedIn ads to procurement and engineering roles, search ads on your specific services and remarketing to site visitors. We never promise contract wins, and we report on enquiries and leads honestly. ### Do you work with Newcastle SaaS companies? Yes. We set up search and remarketing campaigns aimed at demo requests and trials, and track sign-ups as GA4 key events imported into Google Ads. Conversion tracking set-up is a one-off from £145 + VAT, and ongoing Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT. ### Can you manage Facebook and Instagram for a Northumberland holiday cottage? Yes. Organic social media management starts from £125 a month + VAT per platform. We plan seasonal content, write captions and schedule posts, and can add Meta ads before your busy periods so the cottage reaches people who are planning a break. --- # Digital Marketing across the West Midlands Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/west-midlands/ > In the West Midlands, dijitul runs Google Ads, social media and email marketing for engineering suppliers, Birmingham professional firms, Stoke ceramics makers and rural businesses alike, working remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. The West Midlands is England's manufacturing heartland, and that colours its marketing. Jaguar Land Rover's sites in Solihull and Castle Bromwich, battery and EV research in Coventry and hundreds of family-owned toolmakers, casters and fabricators in the Black Country all depend on business buyers. Many of these firms have relied on word of mouth for decades and are now trying to reach new customers as the automotive industry changes. For them, a simple, well-tracked Google Ads account on specific processes, such as CNC machining, sheet metal or powder coating, often brings more useful enquiries than anything else. B2B marketing on LinkedIn adds reach to engineers and buyers. Birmingham is one of the largest professional services centres outside London, with HSBC UK headquartered in the city and a dense cluster of law, accountancy and insurance firms. Search costs for legal and financial terms are high, so landing pages, call tracking and good negative keyword lists matter a great deal. The NEC and ICC bring exhibitors who want pre-show and post-show campaigns, usually LinkedIn plus email follow-up. Stoke-on-Trent's ceramics makers sell tableware and giftware online, which suits Shopping ads, Instagram and email flows built around gifting seasons. Shropshire, Herefordshire and Worcestershire are more rural, with farm shops, food producers, wedding venues and holiday lets that need image-led social and seasonal ads. - Black Country and Coventry engineering: technical search ads and LinkedIn - Birmingham professional services: search ads, remarketing and call tracking - Ceramics and homeware makers: Shopping ads, Instagram and Klaviyo flows - Rural counties: Meta ads, organic social and email for venues and food producers We manage West Midlands campaigns remotely from Mansfield, with monthly reports and calls by phone or video. ## Who we market in West Midlands - Automotive and engineering suppliers - Toolmakers and fabricators - Law and accountancy firms - Ceramics and homeware makers - Exhibitors at the NEC - Food and farm businesses - Recruitment agencies - Wedding venues and holiday lets ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Will Google Ads work for a traditional Black Country engineering firm? Often, yes, if the account is built around the specific processes, materials and certifications buyers search for. Volumes are lower than consumer markets, but enquiries can be valuable. We track calls and form submissions so you can judge results on real enquiries, not clicks. ### Can you run campaigns around an NEC exhibition? Yes. We can run LinkedIn and Google ads to the people you want on your stand in the weeks before the show, then follow up with email to contacts gathered on the day. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT, and paid social from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you work with Stoke-on-Trent pottery brands? Yes. Ceramics sell well through Shopping ads and Instagram when product photos are strong. We manage the feed, campaigns and email flows such as welcome and abandoned basket messages, planned around Christmas, Mother's Day and wedding season. --- # Digital Marketing across the East of England Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/east-of-england/ > dijitul supports businesses across the East of England with Google Ads, social media and email marketing, from Cambridge tech start-ups to Fenland growers and Suffolk coast hotels, managed remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management costs from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend; organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. The East of England runs from the Fens and the Norfolk coast to the commuter belt of Hertfordshire and Essex, and its advertising needs shift just as much. Cambridge is one of Europe's best-known technology and life sciences clusters, with Arm headquartered in the city and a long list of software, chip design and biotech firms. Those companies market to specialists. They tend to get more from LinkedIn ads, useful content and remarketing than from broad search, and they need careful conversion tracking because a single qualified lead can be worth a lot. Norwich's insurance and financial services sector, along with professional firms across the region, competes for local service searches. Hertfordshire and Essex commuter towns have dense populations of trades, clinics and home services, where Local Services Ads and call-focused search campaigns usually pay their way. The A14 and A1 corridors and the Port of Felixstowe support a large logistics industry, and those firms often spend more on recruitment campaigns than on sales. Agriculture is huge across the Fens, Norfolk, Suffolk and Cambridgeshire. Farm shops, growers selling direct and food producers need Shopping ads, Instagram and simple email newsletters for seasonal produce. The Norfolk and Suffolk coasts depend on hotels, holiday parks and cafés, which need Meta ads in the months before summer, organic social all year and email to bring past guests back. - Cambridge tech and life sciences: LinkedIn, content and remarketing - Commuter belt trades and clinics: Local Services Ads and search campaigns - Farm shops and food producers: Shopping ads, Instagram and email - Coastal hotels and holiday parks: Meta ads and email for repeat bookings We run every East of England account remotely from Mansfield, with clear monthly reporting. ## Who we market in East of England - Tech and life sciences start-ups - Insurance and financial services firms - Trades and home services - Growers and farm shops - Holiday parks and hotels - Logistics and freight businesses - Accountants and solicitors - Charities ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you market a Cambridge deep-tech start-up? Yes. We usually start with a short strategy, then run LinkedIn ads to the job titles that matter, remarketing on Google and content that explains what you do in plain language. Consultancy and strategy work is £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote. ### Do Local Services Ads work for trades in Essex and Hertfordshire? For eligible trade categories they are often worth testing. You pay per lead rather than per click, and ads appear above standard search ads. We help with setup, verification steps and budget, alongside a normal search campaign for services that Local Services Ads do not cover. ### Can you send a seasonal newsletter for our farm shop? Yes. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT. We write and design campaigns about seasonal produce, events and opening times in Mailchimp, Klaviyo or Brevo, and only email people who have agreed to hear from you, in line with PECR. --- # Digital Marketing in London Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/london/ > dijitul gives London small businesses Google Ads, social media and email marketing without London agency overheads, working remotely from Mansfield. We manage campaigns for professional firms, clinics, restaurants, start-ups and independent retailers. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus your ad spend, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. London is the most expensive place in the UK to buy clicks. Professional services, clinics, trades and hospitality all compete with national brands and lead-generation sites for the same searches, and a broad campaign targeting "London" can burn through a budget by lunchtime. The fix is usually narrower targeting: specific boroughs or postcode districts, ad schedules that match when you can answer the phone, and keywords that describe exactly what you sell. A dentist in Islington does not need to appear for searches in Croydon. The City and Canary Wharf hold banks, insurers, law firms and accountancy practices that market to businesses and high-value clients. They tend to run search ads on specific services, remarketing to visitors and LinkedIn ads aimed by seniority and industry. Regulated firms need ad copy that respects FCA or SRA rules on financial promotions and claims, so we keep wording factual and agree it with you before launch. Shoreditch, Old Street and King's Cross are full of tech and fintech start-ups that want sign-ups and demos. They need GA4 key events, Google Ads conversion tracking and often Meta CAPI so their acquisition costs are accurate. The West End and every borough's high streets bring restaurants, bars, salons and independent shops, which do well with Instagram, Meta ads aimed at people nearby and a well-maintained Google Business Profile. London's large charity sector needs donation campaigns, email appeals and, where eligible, Google Ad Grants. - Professional and financial firms: search ads, remarketing and LinkedIn - Tech and fintech start-ups: conversion tracking, search and paid social - Restaurants, bars and shops: Instagram, local Meta ads and organic social - Charities: email appeals, Meta ads and Google Ad Grants Because we run everything remotely from Mansfield, our prices stay the same as anywhere else in the UK. ## Who we market in London - Law and accountancy firms - Financial services and consultancies - Tech and fintech start-ups - Restaurants, bars and cafés - Clinics and dentists - Independent retailers - National charities - Trades and home services ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can a remote agency manage Google Ads for a London business? Yes. Google Ads is managed online wherever the agency sits. What matters is how well the account is targeted and tracked. We target the boroughs or postcode districts you serve, track calls and forms properly, and send monthly reports, all from Mansfield at the same price we charge everywhere. ### Can you target only certain London boroughs? Yes. Google Ads supports targeting by borough, postcode district or radius, and Meta ads can target areas around a point. We set location options so ads only show to people in or regularly in those areas, and exclude the rest of London. ### Do you help charities with Google Ad Grants? Yes. Eligible charities can apply for Google Ad Grants, which provides free search advertising subject to Google's rules. We help with setup and ongoing management so the account stays compliant. Consultancy for the application is £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote. ### Do you manage Instagram for London restaurants? Yes. Organic social media management is from £125 a month + VAT per platform, covering content planning, captions, scheduling and replies. Paid Instagram ads aimed at people nearby start from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. --- # Digital Marketing across South East England Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/south-east/ > Whether you are a Thames Valley tech firm, an Oxford science company, a Kent vineyard or a Brighton studio, dijitul can run your Google Ads, social media and email marketing remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT. The South East wraps around London and has one of the strongest regional economies in the UK, which makes its paid search fairly competitive almost everywhere. Commuter towns are dense with trades, clinics, tutors and home services, all bidding for local searches. Careful radius and postcode district targeting, ad scheduling and Local Services Ads for eligible trades keep costs under control. The Thames Valley, along the M4 through Reading, Slough and Bracknell, is home to many technology companies and corporate headquarters. Those firms sell to businesses, so LinkedIn, account-based remarketing and well-tracked demo requests matter more than broad reach. Oxford and the Harwell Campus add science and space businesses that need content marketing to explain what they do. Milton Keynes has grown into a large logistics and services centre, with motorsport engineering nearby. Kent is still the Garden of England. Vineyards, cider makers and food producers sell through cellar doors, events and online shops. Wine needs ads that follow Google and Meta alcohol policies, while Shopping ads, Instagram and email flows bring direct sales, especially around Christmas. Wedding venues and rural businesses across Kent, Sussex and Hampshire rely on Instagram, Pinterest-style imagery and enquiry-focused search ads. Brighton's creative and digital agencies sometimes need white-label help with ad management. The ports at Southampton, Portsmouth and Dover support freight and haulage firms that recruit heavily. - Commuter belt trades and clinics: local search ads and Local Services Ads - Thames Valley tech: LinkedIn, remarketing and conversion tracking - Vineyards and food producers: Shopping ads, Meta ads and email - Wedding venues: Instagram, Meta lead ads and enquiry tracking Every campaign is managed remotely from Mansfield, with the same transparent pricing we use across the UK. ## Who we market in South East England - Technology companies - Science and research organisations - Vineyards and food producers - Wedding venues and rural businesses - Trades and home services - Clinics and dentists - Freight and haulage firms - Creative and digital agencies ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you advertise a Kent vineyard online? Yes, within Google and Meta's alcohol policies, which require adult-only targeting and responsible wording. We run Shopping ads for your online shop, Meta ads for tastings and tours, and email campaigns to past buyers. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT. ### Do you work with Thames Valley B2B tech companies? Yes. We build search and LinkedIn campaigns aimed at demo requests, set up GA4 key events and import them into Google Ads, and report pipeline by campaign. Paid social, including LinkedIn, starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can you generate enquiries for a wedding venue? Yes. Instagram and Facebook ads, including Meta lead forms, work well for venues, alongside search ads for terms such as barn wedding venue in your county. We track enquiries back to each campaign so you can see which channel brings bookings worth having. --- # Digital Marketing across South West England Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/south-west/ > From Bristol to Cornwall, dijitul runs Google Ads, social media and email marketing for South West businesses, including holiday lets, food and drink producers, cyber security firms and aerospace suppliers. We manage everything remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT. The South West has very different marketing needs at each end. Bristol is a big city economy with a large aerospace cluster around Filton, where Airbus, Rolls-Royce and GKN Aerospace operate, plus a busy creative, film and tech scene. Aerospace suppliers sell to engineers and procurement teams, so LinkedIn ads and technical search campaigns suit them. Cheltenham's cyber security firms, grown up around GCHQ, market to IT and security buyers who research carefully, which favours content, remarketing and LinkedIn over broad search. Further west the economy is dominated by tourism, hospitality and food. Cornwall, Devon, Dorset and the Cotswolds are full of small owner-run holiday lets, campsites, cafés, pubs and attractions. Most bookings start with a search or an Instagram post months before the trip, so budgets should be weighted towards January to May for summer, not spent in August when you are already full. Ads aimed at the cities guests come from, such as London, Birmingham and Bristol, often beat local targeting. Email to past guests is the cheapest way to fill shoulder-season dates. Cider makers, gin distillers, cheesemakers and ice cream producers sell online with Shopping ads, Meta ads and Klaviyo or Mailchimp flows, with peaks at Christmas and in summer. Swindon, Exeter and Plymouth have dense populations of trades, clinics and professional firms competing for local search, where postcode targeting and Local Services Ads help. - Holiday lets and hospitality: Meta ads, search ads on place names and email - Food and drink producers: Shopping ads, Instagram and email automation - Aerospace and cyber firms: LinkedIn, content and remarketing - Town trades and clinics: local search and Local Services Ads All campaigns are run remotely from Mansfield, so distance does not affect cost or service. ## Who we market in South West England - Holiday lets, campsites and attractions - Cafés, pubs and restaurants - Food and drink producers - Aerospace and engineering suppliers - Cyber security firms - Trades and home services - Creative and media companies - Farms and rural businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### When should a Cornish holiday let start advertising? Usually well before summer. Many guests book months ahead, so we weight Meta and Google spend towards the early months of the year and use email to past guests to fill spring and autumn gaps. The exact timing depends on your booking data, which we review first. ### Can you market a Cheltenham cyber security company? Yes. Security buyers research carefully, so we combine LinkedIn ads aimed at IT and security roles with useful content and remarketing. Content marketing starts from £195 a month + VAT, and paid social from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you set up email flows for food and drink brands? Yes. We build welcome, abandoned basket, post-purchase and win-back flows in Klaviyo or Mailchimp. Marketing automation set-up is a one-off from £195 + VAT, and ongoing email marketing is from £95 a month + VAT. --- # Digital Marketing in Mansfield Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/mansfield/ > dijitul is a Mansfield digital marketing agency, trading from The Bungalow on St John Street since 2006. We run Google Ads, social media and email marketing for Mansfield businesses, and you can sit down with us in person. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend; social media management from £125 a month + VAT. Mansfield is our home town. dijitul has traded from The Bungalow, 11 St John St, NG18 1QJ, since 2006, a short walk from the Market Place. For a Mansfield business that means you can call in, show us last month's ad bill and the enquiries it produced, and agree a plan across one table rather than a string of emails. We know the town's streets, estates and villages, which makes targeting decisions quicker and better. Paid search here is a local game. A roofer, electrician or driving instructor in Mansfield is competing with firms from Sutton, Kirkby, Chesterfield and Nottingham for the same searches. Targeting NG18, NG19, NG20 and NG21 postcode districts, or a sensible radius, stops budget leaking to people twenty miles away. Trades in eligible categories often do well with Local Services Ads, where you pay per lead, alongside a call-focused search campaign and an accurate Google Business Profile. The town's economy has moved from coal, hosiery and brewing to retail, health and care, logistics, public services and a large number of small owner-run firms. Each markets differently: - Shops, cafés and salons around the Market Place, Westgate, Leeming Street and the Four Seasons: Instagram and Facebook posts, local Meta ads and offers by email or SMS - Care homes and home care providers: recruitment campaigns on Meta and Google, plus search ads for families looking for care - Engineering and manufacturing firms around Forest Town, Mansfield Woodhouse and the A38 and A617: technical search ads and LinkedIn - Warehousing and distribution near Junction 28 of the M1: recruitment advertising for shift workers - Offices at Ransom Wood and Oakham Business Park: LinkedIn, search ads and email newsletters - Sole traders in Rainworth, Clipstone, Blidworth, Warsop and Pleasley: a small Google Ads budget and a well-kept profile Big employers such as King's Mill Hospital, Mansfield District Council and Mansfield Building Society on Regent Street shape the local labour market, so recruitment ads compete hard for staff. If you also need a new website for your campaigns to land on, our sister site web-design-mansfield.co.uk covers local web design. ## Who we market in Mansfield - Town centre shops, cafés and salons - Trades and construction firms - Care homes and home care providers - Engineering and manufacturing firms - Warehousing and distribution businesses - Solicitors and accountants - Dental and health clinics - Property and lettings agents - Charities and community groups - Sole traders and home-based businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can we meet you in person in Mansfield? Yes. We are at The Bungalow, 11 St John St, Mansfield, NG18 1QJ, close to the town centre. Call 01623 650333 to arrange a time. You can bring your current ad account details, reports or ideas and we will talk through what to change and what it will cost. ### Can you target only Mansfield and nearby villages? Yes. We can target postcode districts such as NG18, NG19, NG20 and NG21, a radius around your premises, or named towns and villages, and exclude everywhere else. That keeps your budget on people who can actually use your business. ### Do you manage Facebook and Instagram for Mansfield shops and salons? Yes. Organic social media management is from £125 a month + VAT per platform, covering content planning, captions, scheduling and replies. Local Meta ads to people near your shop start from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend paid to Meta. ### Can you help a Mansfield care provider recruit staff? Yes. We run recruitment campaigns on Meta and Google aimed at people within travelling distance, with ads that are clear about pay, hours and training. Employment ads on Meta fall under special category rules that restrict some targeting, and we build campaigns within those rules. --- # Digital Marketing in Nottingham Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/nottingham/ > Nottingham firms can hand their Google Ads, social media and email marketing to dijitul, from Hockley bars and Lace Market agencies to NG2 professional firms. We work remotely from Mansfield, half an hour up the A60. Google Ads management costs from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend; social media management from £125 a month + VAT. Nottingham is the East Midlands' largest city economy, and its paid search market reflects that. Big employers such as Boots, Experian, Capital One and Nottingham University Hospitals sit alongside thousands of small firms competing for the same local customers. For service businesses, the first job is usually narrowing the target: NG1 to NG9 postcode districts, or a radius that matches where you actually work, so you are not paying for clicks from Mansfield or Derby. Hospitality is a big part of the city. Bars, restaurants and venues across Hockley, the Lace Market and the Old Market Square compete for students, shoppers and weekend visitors. They need Instagram posts that show the place honestly, Meta ads aimed at people nearby on Thursday to Saturday, and email or SMS for events and offers. Two universities bring tens of thousands of students, so term dates shape the calendar for many venues and shops. The Creative Quarter around Hockley and Sneinton Market holds agencies, makers and independent shops that sell online, which suits Shopping ads, Instagram and Klaviyo flows. BioCity and university spin-outs market to specialists through LinkedIn and content. Professional firms in the city centre and at NG2 compete for high-value searches such as conveyancing, family law and accountants, where call tracking and good landing pages matter. - Bars, restaurants and venues: Instagram, local Meta ads and event emails - Accountants and solicitors: search ads, remarketing and call tracking - Makers and online shops: Shopping ads, Instagram and email automation - Life sciences start-ups: LinkedIn ads and content marketing - Student lettings agents: seasonal search and social campaigns Manufacturers on the estates around Colwick, Basford and towards the M1 tend to want technical search ads and LinkedIn. All Nottingham campaigns are managed remotely from our Mansfield office, with reports in Looker Studio. ## Who we market in Nottingham - Bars, restaurants and venues - Accountants and solicitors - Creative and independent retailers - Life sciences start-ups - Student lettings and estate agents - Manufacturers in Colwick and Basford - Healthcare and clinics - Charities ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run Google Ads for a Nottingham business remotely? Yes. Everything from keyword research to bid strategy and reporting is done online from our Mansfield office. We target the Nottingham postcode districts or radius you serve, track calls and forms as conversions, and send a monthly report you can check against your own enquiries. ### Can you promote events at our Hockley bar? Yes. We plan Instagram and Facebook posts around your events and run Meta ads to people nearby in the days before. SMS marketing from £75 a month + VAT can remind past customers who opted in, which works well for ticketed nights. ### Do you handle student-focused campaigns around term dates? Yes. For lettings agents, bars and shops that depend on students, we plan budgets around Freshers, exam periods and the house-hunting season, and pause or reduce spend during the holidays so you are not paying when the city is quiet. --- # Digital Marketing in Derby Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/derby/ > For Derby, dijitul manages Google Ads, social media and email marketing, especially for the engineering, aerospace and rail suppliers around Pride Park, Infinity Park and Sinfin. Campaigns are managed remotely from Mansfield along the A38. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and LinkedIn or Meta ad management from £150 a month + VAT. Derby is one of the UK's great engineering cities. Rolls-Royce builds and supports aero engines here, Alstom builds trains at Litchurch Lane, Toyota's plant is just outside at Burnaston, and the city has been chosen as the headquarters of Great British Railways. Around them sits a deep supply chain of machining, fabrication, testing and design firms on Pride Park, Infinity Park and the estates around Sinfin, Raynesway and Chaddesden. Those suppliers need a particular kind of marketing. Their buyers are engineers, quality managers and procurement teams who search for specific capabilities, such as five-axis machining, NDT inspection or AS9100-approved suppliers. A Google Ads account built around those exact terms, with tight negatives to filter out students and job seekers, can bring enquiries a general campaign never would. LinkedIn ads aimed at engineering and procurement roles at target companies keep you visible during long buying cycles, and a monthly email to past customers and contacts keeps you remembered between projects. Rail and aerospace customers often have rules about what suppliers can say publicly. We keep ads to capabilities, approvals and equipment, and check wording with you before anything goes live. - Aerospace, rail and automotive suppliers: technical search ads, LinkedIn and email - Testing and design consultancies: content marketing and remarketing - Cathedral Quarter shops, cafés and bars: Instagram, local Meta ads and offers - Professional firms on Pride Park: search ads and LinkedIn - Trades across the city: Local Services Ads and call-focused search Recruitment is a constant theme too, as the big employers draw skilled staff away from smaller suppliers, so careers campaigns on Meta and LinkedIn are a common brief. All Derby work is managed remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Derby - Aerospace engineering suppliers - Rail engineering firms - Automotive suppliers - Precision machining and fabrication - Design and testing consultancies - Cafés, bars and independent shops - Accountants and solicitors - Trades and construction firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can Google Ads work for a Derby aerospace supplier? It can, if campaigns target the specific processes, materials and approvals buyers search for, with negatives to block job and training searches. Volumes are modest but enquiries can be valuable. We track every call and form so you judge results on real enquiries. ### Can you target engineers at Rolls-Royce or Alstom on LinkedIn? LinkedIn lets you target by company, job title, skills and seniority, so you can reach engineering and procurement staff at named employers. We keep ads factual and within any rules your customers set. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you run recruitment ads for Derby engineering firms? Yes. We run careers campaigns on Meta, LinkedIn and Google aimed at skilled people within commuting distance. Employment ads on Meta must follow special category rules, which limit age and postcode-level targeting, and we plan around that. --- # Digital Marketing in Leicester Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/leicester/ > dijitul looks after Google Ads, social media and email marketing for Leicester businesses, from Golden Mile jewellers and textile brands to food manufacturers. We work remotely from Mansfield, about an hour up the M1. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend; social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Leicester grew on hosiery, knitwear and footwear, and many of its clothing and textile firms now design, make and sell online themselves. Fashion sells through pictures, so these brands get most from Instagram, Meta ads with catalogue product sets and Shopping ads from a clean product feed. Size and colour variants need to be set up correctly in Merchant Center or the feed throws errors and good products stop showing. Email flows for abandoned baskets and new collections usually pay for themselves quickly. The Golden Mile along Belgrave Road is famous for jewellers, sari shops, restaurants and sweet centres. Many have peak seasons around Diwali, Eid and the wedding season, so ads and email need planning weeks ahead. A lot of independent businesses across the city serve customers in more than one language. Google Ads and Meta can target by language setting, which lets us run Gujarati, Punjabi or Urdu ads alongside English ones from copy you supply, each linking to the matching page. Food manufacturing is a big employer, from Walkers at Beaumont Leys to smaller South Asian food producers. Producers selling to the trade tend to need LinkedIn and email; those selling direct need Shopping ads and Meta. Leicestershire sits in the logistics golden triangle, with Magna Park near Lutterworth, so recruitment advertising is a constant need for warehouse operators. - Clothing and textile brands: Instagram, Meta catalogue ads, Shopping and Klaviyo - Jewellers and sweet centres: seasonal search and social campaigns - Food manufacturers: LinkedIn for trade, Shopping ads for direct sales - Space Park Leicester start-ups: LinkedIn and content marketing - Restaurants: Instagram, local Meta ads and Google Business Profile Fosse Park and the city's busy retail parks keep competition for local shopping searches high. All Leicester campaigns are run remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Leicester - Clothing and textile brands - Jewellers and independent retailers - Food manufacturers and sweet centres - Restaurants - Wholesalers and importers - Space and engineering start-ups - Warehouse and logistics operators - Community and faith organisations ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run ads in Gujarati or Punjabi as well as English? Yes. We set up separate ad groups or ad sets targeted by language, using translations you supply or approve, each pointing to a page in the same language. Reporting is split so you can see how each language performs and where to put more budget. ### Do you manage Shopping ads for Leicester fashion brands? Yes. We review and fix your product feed, including sizes, colours and variant data, then run Shopping or Performance Max campaigns. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend if higher, plus the ad spend itself. ### Can you plan campaigns around Diwali and the wedding season? Yes. We build a marketing calendar with you and prepare ads, social posts and emails weeks in advance, so budgets rise as people start searching and fall once the peak has passed. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT. --- # Digital Marketing in Lincoln Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/lincoln/ > dijitul handles Google Ads, social media and email marketing for Lincoln businesses, from Bailgate hotels and Steep Hill gift shops to engineering firms and agri-food suppliers across the county. We work remotely from Mansfield, about an hour away. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend; social media from £125 a month + VAT. Lincoln is a cathedral city serving a large, mostly rural county, and its advertisers fall into a few clear groups. Tourism and heritage drive the uphill area around the Bailgate and Steep Hill, where hotels, cafés, gift shops and tour operators need to be found by visitors planning a trip. Many of those visitors search before they arrive, from Nottingham, Sheffield, Yorkshire or London, so targeting people searching for Lincoln, wherever they are, often works better than targeting Lincoln itself. Instagram and Meta ads showing the cathedral quarter and seasonal events, such as the Christmas period, fill rooms and tables. Engineering has deep roots here. Siemens Energy makes industrial gas turbines in Lincoln, supported by local engineering and fabrication firms that sell to business buyers. Search ads on specific capabilities, LinkedIn ads to engineers and buyers, and email newsletters to past customers suit them better than broad social media. RAF Waddington and the county's other bases bring defence contractors with similar needs. Lincolnshire grows a large share of the UK's vegetables and flowers, and the University of Lincoln runs the Lincoln Institute for Agri-Food Technology at Riseholme. Agricultural suppliers, packers and agritech firms market to farmers and growers, which suits LinkedIn, trade show campaigns and simple, useful email. The university's growth around the Brayford has also created a large student market for cafés, takeaways and letting agents, who need campaigns timed around term dates. - Hotels, cafés and gift shops: Instagram, Meta ads and search ads on place names - Engineering and fabrication firms: technical search ads and LinkedIn - Agri-food and agritech businesses: LinkedIn, events and email - Student-focused businesses: seasonal social and search campaigns Lincoln campaigns are managed remotely from our Mansfield office, with monthly reporting. ## Who we market in Lincoln - Hotels, cafés and tourism businesses - Gift shops and independent retailers - Engineering and fabrication firms - Agri-food and farming businesses - Defence contractors - Letting agents - Solicitors and accountants - Charities ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you reach people planning a trip to Lincoln? Yes. In Google Ads we can target people searching for Lincoln hotels or attractions from anywhere in the UK, and on Meta we can target the cities your visitors come from. That usually reaches more future guests than targeting only people already in Lincoln. ### Do you work with agricultural suppliers in Lincolnshire? Yes. Farmers and growers respond to practical content and well-timed offers, so we often combine LinkedIn and Meta ads with email campaigns around key seasons and shows. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can you manage Google Ads for a small Lincoln engineering firm? Yes. We build a focused campaign around your processes and certifications, filter out job and training searches, and track calls and forms. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, with no long contract. --- # Digital Marketing in Northampton Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/northampton/ > In Northampton, dijitul runs paid search, social media and email marketing for heritage shoemakers selling worldwide, logistics firms at Brackmills and Moulton Park, and local services across the town. All campaigns are managed remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend; social media management from £125 a month + VAT. Northampton is famous for shoemaking, and makers such as Church's, Tricker's and Crockett and Jones still produce footwear in and around the town. Many smaller leather and craft brands sell direct online to customers worldwide, which changes how they advertise. International Shopping ads need a feed with the right currency, shipping and size data for each country, and campaigns split by market so you can see whether the US, Europe or the UK is paying back. Meta ads with strong product photography, plus Klaviyo flows for abandoned baskets and repeat buyers, round out the mix. The town sits on the M1, which has made it a major base for warehousing and distribution at Brackmills, Moulton Park and along the corridor to the south. Logistics and fulfilment businesses run two kinds of marketing: B2B campaigns to win clients, usually LinkedIn and search ads on services such as ecommerce fulfilment or pallet storage, and constant recruitment campaigns to staff their sites. Financial services are another pillar, with Barclaycard and several insurers and lenders running large operations here. Smaller firms in that world, such as brokers and advisers, need search ads that respect FCA rules on financial promotions. Silverstone is just over the border to the south, and motorsport engineering firms in the area use LinkedIn and specialist search to reach teams and suppliers. - Footwear and leather brands: international Shopping ads, Meta and email - Logistics and fulfilment firms: LinkedIn, B2B search and recruitment ads - Financial services and brokers: compliant search ads and remarketing - Motorsport engineering suppliers: LinkedIn and technical search - Town centre shops and hospitality: Instagram and local Meta ads We manage Northampton campaigns remotely from Mansfield, with clear monthly reporting. ## Who we market in Northampton - Footwear and leather makers - Logistics and fulfilment firms - Financial services and insurance - Motorsport engineering suppliers - Online shops - Accountants and solicitors - Hospitality businesses - Charities ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run Shopping ads abroad for a Northampton shoemaker? Yes. We set up feeds and campaigns for each target country with the right currency, shipping costs and sizes, then split budgets by market. Return on ad spend is tracked per country through GA4 and Google Ads conversion tracking, so you can see which markets work. ### Do you market fulfilment and warehousing services? Yes. For B2B logistics we usually combine Google search ads on services such as ecommerce fulfilment or contract warehousing with LinkedIn ads to ecommerce and operations managers. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can you set up abandoned basket emails for our online shop? Yes. We build abandoned basket, browse abandonment, welcome and post-purchase flows in Klaviyo or Mailchimp. Marketing automation set-up is a one-off from £195 + VAT, and ongoing email marketing is from £95 a month + VAT. --- # Digital Marketing in Chesterfield Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/chesterfield/ > Chesterfield businesses get Google Ads, social media and email marketing from dijitul, from market traders and Sheepbridge engineers to Peak District cafés and guest houses. We are half an hour away in Mansfield and manage campaigns remotely. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT. Chesterfield is north east Derbyshire's main town, known for the twisted spire and one of England's largest open-air markets. Market traders and town centre shops do most of their marketing on Facebook and Instagram, where regular posts about stock, offers and market days keep regulars coming back. A small local Meta ad budget, aimed at people within a few miles, helps new shops get noticed, and a well-kept Google Business Profile does a lot of the work for "near me" searches. The town grew on coal, iron and engineering, and many small precision engineering and fabrication firms still work at Sheepbridge, Dunston and Whittington Moor. Some sit within Sheffield's manufacturing supply chain. They sell to engineers and buyers, so focused Google Ads on specific processes, a capability page that converts, and occasional LinkedIn campaigns usually beat generic social posting. Markham Vale, beside Junction 29a of the M1, holds distribution and manufacturing firms that need recruitment campaigns for shift workers. Chesterfield Waterside is bringing new offices and homes, so estate agents and developers need lead campaigns for viewings. And because Chesterfield is the gateway to the Peak District, cafés, pubs, guest houses and activity providers in and around the town compete for visitors who search before they travel, often from Sheffield, Nottingham and further afield. - Market traders and independent shops: organic social, local Meta ads and Google Business Profile - Engineering and fabrication firms: technical search ads and LinkedIn - Markham Vale employers: recruitment campaigns on Meta and Google - Peak District hospitality: Instagram, Meta ads and search on place names - Estate agents and developers: lead ads and email to registered buyers Chesterfield's trades compete with Sheffield firms for many of the same searches, so tight radius targeting matters. All campaigns are managed remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Chesterfield - Market traders and independent shops - Engineering and fabrication firms - Distribution businesses at Markham Vale - Cafés, pubs and guest houses - Estate agents and developers - Accountants and solicitors - Healthcare and care providers - Trades and construction firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you keep our ads to Chesterfield and not Sheffield? Yes. We can target a radius around your premises, named towns, or postcode districts such as S40 to S45, and exclude Sheffield or anywhere else you do not serve. That stops budget going on clicks from people too far away to become customers. ### Do you manage Facebook for Chesterfield market traders? Yes. Organic social media management starts from £125 a month + VAT per platform. We plan posts about stock, offers and market days, schedule them and reply to comments, and can add small local Meta ads when you want to reach new customers. ### Can you advertise a Peak District guest house near Chesterfield? Yes. We target people searching for places to stay in the Peak District and run Meta ads to the cities your guests come from. Email to past guests helps fill quieter weeks. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. --- # Digital Marketing in Loughborough Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/loughborough/ > dijitul supports Loughborough businesses with Google Ads, social media and email marketing, from university spin-outs and sports technology firms to engineers, cafés and student letting agents. We manage everything remotely from Mansfield, under an hour away. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend; organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT. Loughborough University's reputation for sport, engineering and design gives the town an unusual set of advertisers for its size. Sports science, performance analysis and sports technology businesses cluster around the university and its Science and Enterprise Park. Many of them sell to clubs, coaches and athletes worldwide, which suits targeted Meta and Instagram ads, YouTube video, and LinkedIn for selling to organisations rather than individuals. Spin-outs need the basics from day one: GA4 set up properly, key events for demo requests or sign-ups, and conversion tracking imported into Google Ads so early budgets are not wasted. The Charnwood Campus, the former pharmaceutical research site, adds life sciences firms that market to specialists through content marketing, LinkedIn and conferences. The town's engineering history continues with Brush, which has built electrical machines here for well over a century, and the John Taylor bell foundry. Engineering firms on the estates near junction 23 of the M1 sell to business buyers, so search ads on technical terms and LinkedIn are the usual mix. The large student population supports cafés, takeaways, gyms and letting agents. Their marketing is heavily seasonal: Freshers' week, the start of house-hunting season and exam periods. Instagram, TikTok and Meta ads aimed at people near campus, plus offers by SMS or email to students who opted in, tend to work better than search alone. Heritage attractions such as the Great Central Railway need event-led social and ads that reach families across the East Midlands. - Spin-outs and sports tech: conversion tracking, Meta, YouTube and LinkedIn - Life sciences firms: content marketing and LinkedIn - Engineers near the M1: technical search ads and email - Student-facing businesses: Instagram, TikTok and SMS offers All Loughborough campaigns are run remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Loughborough - University spin-outs - Sports technology and fitness businesses - Electrical and mechanical engineers - Life sciences companies - Student letting agents - Cafés and takeaways - Heritage and visitor attractions - Accountants and solicitors ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you set up tracking for a Loughborough start-up before we spend on ads? Yes, and we recommend it. GA4 set-up is a one-off from £95 + VAT, and conversion tracking for GA4, Google Ads and Meta CAPI is from £145 + VAT. That way your first ad budget is measured properly from the start. ### Do you run TikTok or Instagram ads aimed at students? Yes. Paid social on Meta or TikTok starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. We target people around campus, time spend around term dates and Freshers, and use offers that make sense for students, such as discounts or loyalty deals. ### Can you market a sports technology product internationally? Yes. We can run Meta and YouTube campaigns in several countries, split by market, and LinkedIn ads to clubs, governing bodies and performance staff. Strategy and planning is £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote, before campaigns start. --- # Digital Marketing in Newark-on-Trent Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/newark-on-trent/ > Newark-on-Trent businesses can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing, from antiques dealers and farms to showground exhibitors and Market Place cafés. We are based half an hour away in Mansfield and manage campaigns remotely. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend; social media management from £125 a month + VAT. Newark-on-Trent sits where the A1 and A46 meet, with fast trains to London from Newark Northgate, and its marketing reflects a market town with national reach. Newark Showground hosts agricultural events and some of Europe's largest antiques fairs, drawing dealers from across the country and abroad. Exhibitors and dealers use the fairs as their marketing calendar: Meta ads and email to their buyer lists before each fair, then follow-up offers afterwards. Antiques and collectables dealers increasingly sell online, where one-off items make paid advertising tricky. Standard Shopping ads work best with repeatable products, so for unique stock we often focus on Instagram, Meta catalogue ads, an email list of collectors and search ads on the dealer's specialist categories, such as Art Deco furniture or militaria. Email marketing to a list of past buyers is usually the best-performing channel for this trade. The countryside around Newark is agricultural. Farms, agricultural engineers and food producers sell to other farmers through LinkedIn, Facebook groups, trade shows and plain, useful email. Farm shops and producers selling direct need local Meta ads and Google Business Profile. British Sugar's factory and the wider agri economy bring suppliers who market B2B. - Antiques and collectables dealers: Instagram, Meta ads and collector email lists - Showground exhibitors and organisers: pre-event ads and post-event email - Farms and agricultural engineers: Facebook, LinkedIn and email - Market Place cafés, pubs and shops: organic social and local ads - Distribution businesses on the A1: recruitment campaigns The castle and Civil War heritage bring visitors who search for things to do in Newark, which local hospitality can capture with search ads on place names. Because Newark is in Nottinghamshire, it is close to home for us, though all campaigns are run remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Newark-on-Trent - Antiques and collectables dealers - Showground exhibitors and event organisers - Farms and agricultural engineers - Food producers and farm shops - Distribution businesses - Estate agents - Pubs, cafés and independent shops - Trades and construction firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you advertise one-off antiques online? Yes, though it needs a different approach from a normal shop. We focus on Instagram, Meta ads showing new stock, search ads on your specialist categories and email to collectors who opted in. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT. ### Can you run ads before an event at Newark Showground? Yes. We run Meta and Google ads to the audiences you want at your stand or event in the weeks before, targeted by location and interest, then email your contacts afterwards. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can you target farmers around Newark? Yes. Meta and LinkedIn both let us reach people in farming and agriculture by interest, job title or industry, limited to the counties you serve. We often pair that with practical email campaigns timed around harvest, drilling and the show calendar. --- # Digital Marketing in Sutton-in-Ashfield Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/sutton-in-ashfield/ > Right next door in Mansfield, dijitul runs Google Ads, social media and email marketing for Sutton-in-Ashfield trades, salons, takeaways, care providers and manufacturers, managing every campaign remotely. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus your ad spend, and organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform, with no long contract. Sutton-in-Ashfield is the largest town in Ashfield and sits right beside Mansfield, so its businesses compete with ours for many of the same customers. A Sutton plumber or roofer often finds that broad Google Ads targeting puts them up against firms from Mansfield, Kirkby, Alfreton and Nottingham. Targeting the NG17 postcode district and a sensible radius, adding negative keywords for jobs and DIY searches, and scheduling ads for when someone can answer the phone usually cuts wasted spend quickly. For eligible trade categories, Local Services Ads are worth testing because you pay per lead rather than per click. The town rebuilt after coal and hosiery around manufacturing, distribution, retail, health and a large number of small firms. Many of those firms have grown on word of mouth and a Facebook page, with no tracking in place. Before spending more, we set up simple conversion tracking for calls and forms so you can see which ads actually bring enquiries. - Trades and builders: call-focused search ads, Local Services Ads and Google Business Profile - Hair and beauty salons: Instagram, Facebook and SMS reminders for regulars - Takeaways and cafés: local Meta ads and offers to people nearby - Care providers and clinics near King's Mill Hospital: recruitment campaigns and search ads for families - Manufacturers and wholesalers near Junction 28: B2B search ads and recruitment The town centre around the Idlewells Shopping Centre and Portland Square has been going through regeneration, and independents there use organic social to build a following. Distribution sites along the A38 compete hard for staff, so recruitment advertising on Meta is a common brief. All of it is managed from Mansfield, a few minutes up the road. ## Who we market in Sutton-in-Ashfield - Trades and construction firms - Hair and beauty salons - Takeaways and cafés - Care providers and clinics - Small manufacturers - Wholesalers and distributors - Independent retailers - Sole traders ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you stop our ads showing in Mansfield and Nottingham? Yes. We can target NG17 and nearby postcode districts or a radius around your premises, and exclude Mansfield, Nottingham or anywhere else you do not want. That keeps your budget on Sutton customers and the villages you actually cover. ### Do you run Facebook and Instagram for Sutton salons? Yes. Organic social media management is from £125 a month + VAT per platform, including content planning, captions, scheduling and replies. SMS marketing from £75 a month + VAT can send appointment offers to clients who have opted in. ### Is Google Ads worth it for a small Sutton trade business? Often, if the campaign is tightly targeted and tracked. We start with a modest budget, track calls and form enquiries, and review cost per lead with you. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT, plus ad spend paid directly to Google. --- # Digital Marketing in Kirkby-in-Ashfield Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/kirkby-in-ashfield/ > Kirkby-in-Ashfield builders, trades, small manufacturers and local shops can get Google Ads, social media and email marketing from dijitul, run remotely from our Mansfield office about ten minutes away. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Monthly, cancel with notice. Kirkby-in-Ashfield is the administrative centre of Ashfield, with the district council on Urban Road, and its business base is mostly practical: builders, electricians, plumbers, small manufacturers, local shops, takeaways and salons, plus warehouse and distribution operations around Sherwood Business Park at Annesley near Junction 27 of the M1. Since the pits closed, much of the town's work has come from estates around Lowmoor Road and the edges of town. For trades, marketing usually starts with search. Homeowners type "builder near me" or "boiler repair Kirkby" and pick from the first few results. A focused Google Ads campaign, limited to NG17 and the surrounding villages, with call extensions and ad schedules that match your working hours, puts you in front of those searches. A complete Google Business Profile with photos and reviews supports it. We also find many local firms whose old ads account was set up by someone who has since disappeared, leaving no access. Recovering or rebuilding the account properly, with you as the owner, is often the first job. Local shops, salons and takeaways do best with Facebook and Instagram, where regular posts and small local ad budgets reach people in the town. Warehouse operators near the M1 run recruitment campaigns for shift staff, and small manufacturers use search ads on specific products or processes to reach trade buyers. - Builders and trades: local search ads, call tracking and Google Business Profile - Small manufacturers and engineers: B2B search ads and email to trade customers - Sherwood Business Park firms: recruitment campaigns and LinkedIn - Shops, takeaways and salons: organic social and local Meta ads The Robin Hood Line gives direct trains to Nottingham and Mansfield, so many residents commute, and evening and weekend ads often reach them best. All campaigns are run remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Kirkby-in-Ashfield - Building and construction contractors - Trades and maintenance firms - Small manufacturers and engineers - Warehouse and distribution businesses - Local shops and takeaways - Hair and beauty salons - Care providers - Sole traders ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### We have lost access to our old Google Ads account. Can you help? Usually, yes. We work through Google's account recovery steps with you, or set up a new account owned by your business if recovery is not possible. Either way, you end up as the owner, with us added as a manager, so you never lose access again. ### Can you target Kirkby and the nearby villages only? Yes. We can target NG17, a radius around your base or named places such as Annesley, Selston and Huthwaite, and exclude areas you do not cover. That keeps your spend local and your enquiries relevant. ### How much does it cost to run Google Ads for a builder? Our management fee starts from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend if that is higher. The ad spend itself is paid directly to Google and depends on how competitive local searches are. We suggest a starting budget after checking keyword costs for your area. --- # Digital Marketing in Worksop Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/worksop/ > Worksop businesses can rely on dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing, from Manton Wood distribution sites to Dukeries wedding venues. We are about half an hour south in Mansfield and work remotely. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend; social media from £125 a month + VAT. Worksop is the largest town in Bassetlaw, on the A57 close to the A1, and its economy has had to adapt quickly. The loss of Wilko, which had its headquarters and main distribution centre here before going into administration in 2023, left a gap that new and growing businesses are filling. Many of them are building their marketing from scratch, which is a good moment to set up GA4, conversion tracking and clean ad accounts properly rather than patching them later. Distribution and manufacturing at Manton Wood and other estates around the town mean recruitment advertising is a constant need. Meta and Google job campaigns aimed at people within commuting distance, with clear pay and shift details, usually outperform a single job board listing. Food manufacturers market to trade buyers through LinkedIn, trade shows and email, and to consumers through Shopping ads where they sell direct. Worksop is the gateway to the Dukeries, including Clumber Park. Wedding venues, event spaces, farm shops and rural hospitality businesses in the surrounding countryside live on Instagram and Facebook, where couples and visitors browse long before they enquire. Meta lead forms, search ads on terms such as wedding venues in Nottinghamshire, and email follow-up to enquiries help turn interest into viewings and bookings. - Distribution and logistics firms: recruitment campaigns and B2B search ads - Food manufacturers: LinkedIn, trade email and Shopping ads - Wedding and event venues: Instagram, Meta lead ads and email nurture - Town centre shops and cafés: organic social and local Meta ads - Trades and engineering firms: local and technical search ads Worksop's trades compete with firms from Sheffield, Retford and Rotherham for local searches, so tight location targeting matters. Everything is managed remotely from Mansfield, with clear monthly reporting. ## Who we market in Worksop - Distribution and logistics firms - Food manufacturers - Wedding and events venues - Pubs, cafés and hospitality - Engineering firms - Independent retailers - Trades and construction firms - Charities ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you generate wedding enquiries for a venue near Worksop? Yes. We run Instagram and Facebook ads with Meta lead forms, plus search ads on venue terms for Nottinghamshire and South Yorkshire, and send follow-up emails to new enquiries. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can you help us recruit warehouse staff in Worksop? Yes. We run job campaigns on Meta and Google aimed at people within travelling distance of your site, stating pay and shifts clearly. Meta's rules for employment ads limit some targeting options, so we work with location and job-related interests instead. ### Do you write email newsletters for small Worksop businesses? Yes. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT, covering writing, design, sending and reporting in Mailchimp, Klaviyo or Brevo. We only email people who have agreed to hear from you, in line with PECR. --- # Digital Marketing in Hucknall Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/hucknall/ > Hucknall gets Google Ads, social media and email marketing from dijitul, for everyone from aerospace suppliers near the aerodrome to home-based firms, childcare providers and High Street shops. We work remotely from Mansfield, around twenty minutes away. Google Ads management costs from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend; social media management from £125 a month + VAT. Hucknall sits on the northern edge of Nottingham, inside Ashfield, and has grown a lot with new housing on its edges. That growth has brought more home-based businesses, trades, childcare providers and local services, many of them run by one or two people who handle their own marketing in the evenings. For them, the most useful help is often simple: a Google Business Profile that is complete and up to date, a small, tightly targeted search campaign, and a regular rhythm of Facebook posts that local parents and homeowners actually see. Hucknall's location shapes targeting. It is the northern terminus of NET tram Line 1, has a Robin Hood Line station and sits minutes from Junction 27 of the M1, so local businesses serve customers across Nottingham and Ashfield. A dog groomer or tutor may want the NG15 postcode district plus Bestwood and Annesley, but not Nottingham city centre. Getting that right in Google Ads and Meta stops spend leaking to people who will never travel. The town also has a long aviation link. Rolls-Royce has operated at Hucknall Aerodrome for decades, and that heritage supports engineering supply chain businesses that market to trade buyers through search ads on specific processes and LinkedIn ads to engineers. - Home-based businesses and sole traders: Google Business Profile, small search campaigns and Facebook - Childcare providers: Facebook and Instagram aimed at local parents - Trades: call-focused search ads and Local Services Ads - Engineering and aerospace suppliers: technical search ads and LinkedIn - High Street cafés, salons and shops: organic social and local Meta ads Estate agents and accountants near the tram stop compete with Nottingham firms, so local wording and location targeting matter. All campaigns are run remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Hucknall - Engineering and aerospace suppliers - Home-based businesses - Trades and construction firms - Childcare providers - Estate agents and accountants - Cafés, salons and independent shops - Sole traders ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you advertise a childminder or nursery to Hucknall parents? Yes. We run Facebook and Instagram posts and small ads aimed at people living in and around Hucknall, plus search ads on childcare terms. Ads about childcare follow Meta and Google policies, and we keep wording factual about places, hours and Ofsted status where you provide it. ### Is a small Google Ads budget worth it for a sole trader? It can be, if the campaign is narrow. We target only your area and best services, track calls and forms, and review results with you monthly. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT, plus ad spend paid to Google. ### Do you help aerospace suppliers in Hucknall find new customers? Yes. We combine search ads on the processes and approvals buyers look for with LinkedIn ads to engineering and procurement roles. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and we keep wording within any customer confidentiality rules. --- # Digital Marketing in Ilkeston Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/ilkeston/ > Ilkeston firms get practical Google Ads, social media and email marketing from dijitul, from fabricators and trades to care providers and shops. We are around half an hour away in Mansfield and manage campaigns remotely. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Ilkeston is a market town in Erewash, on the Derbyshire and Nottinghamshire border, and that border matters for advertising. Local businesses serve customers on both sides, from Heanor and Kimberley to Stapleford and Long Eaton, so location targeting needs to follow the real catchment rather than a county line. In Google Ads that usually means a radius around the town or a set of postcode districts, with Nottingham and Derby city centres excluded unless you genuinely want that work. The town's history is coal, iron and textiles, and small manufacturers, fabricators and engineering firms still work on the estates around its edge. Many have traded for years on relationships and have no online marketing at all. A focused search campaign on what they actually make, such as steel fabrication, laser cutting or gates and railings, can open up trade and domestic work. We track calls and forms so you can see whether it pays. Bath Street and the Market Place have independent shops, cafés, salons and services, many family-run. Facebook remains the strongest channel here, especially for an audience that knows the town well. Regular posts, local events and offers, plus a small Meta ad budget at key times, keep them visible. The Ilkeston Charter Fair each October brings crowds into the centre and is a natural hook for promotions. - Fabricators and small manufacturers: product-led search ads and email to trade customers - Trades and construction firms: local search ads and Local Services Ads - Care providers and clinics: recruitment campaigns and search ads for families - Shops, cafés and salons: Facebook, Instagram and local offers The station that reopened in 2017 has made Ilkeston easier to commute from, which affects when ads reach people best. All campaigns are managed remotely from our office in Mansfield, with reporting you can check whenever you like. ## Who we market in Ilkeston - Small manufacturers and fabricators - Trades and construction firms - Care providers and clinics - Independent shops and salons - Cafés and takeaways - Wholesalers and trade suppliers - Accountants - Sole traders ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you target both the Derbyshire and Nottinghamshire sides of Ilkeston? Yes. We set targeting by radius or postcode district so it follows where your customers actually live, regardless of the county boundary, and exclude places such as city centres if you do not want work there. ### Can you run a Facebook promotion around the Charter Fair? Yes. We can plan posts and a short Meta ad campaign aimed at people in and around Ilkeston in the days before and during the fair. Organic social media management is from £125 a month + VAT per platform, and paid social from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Will Google Ads work for a small fabrication firm? It can, if keywords match what you make and where you deliver. We filter out job and DIY searches, track calls and quote requests, and review cost per enquiry with you. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. --- # Digital Marketing in Long Eaton Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/long-eaton/ > Long Eaton upholstery makers, furniture showrooms and local businesses can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We manage campaigns remotely from Mansfield, about forty minutes away. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform, monthly with no long contract. Long Eaton is best known as a centre for upholstery and furniture making. Sofa makers, upholsterers, frame makers and cutting rooms grew up in the town, many working from old lace mills, and plenty now sell direct to the public as well as to retailers. That makes online advertising central to how they sell, and it brings some specific challenges. Furniture is a considered purchase. People browse for weeks, compare fabrics and sizes, and often visit a showroom before buying. A campaign that judges success on same-day sales will underrate it. We usually combine Shopping ads or Performance Max for made-to-order ranges, Meta ads with strong photography, and remarketing that keeps your sofas in front of people while they decide. Tracking showroom visits, fabric sample requests and brochure downloads as GA4 key events gives a truer picture than counting only online orders. Email flows for sample requesters and abandoned baskets help close the gap. Product feeds for furniture need care: fabric and size options, long lead times and delivery charges must be accurate in Merchant Center, or ads get disapproved and customers get frustrated. Many makers also face competition from much bigger national furniture brands bidding on generic terms, so specific keywords, such as handmade sofas or made-to-measure corner sofas, usually work better than "sofas". - Upholstery and furniture makers: Shopping ads, Meta ads and email flows - Furniture showrooms: local search ads, Google Business Profile and remarketing - Logistics firms near the M1 and A50: recruitment and B2B campaigns - Trades and town centre shops: local search ads and organic social The town sits beside Junction 25 of the M1, close to East Midlands Airport, so transport firms are common too. Every campaign is run remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Long Eaton - Upholstery and furniture makers - Furniture showrooms and retailers - Frame makers and cutting rooms - Logistics and transport firms - Engineering and trade suppliers - Independent shops and cafés - Accountants and solicitors - Online sellers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### How do you measure ads for furniture that sells in the showroom? We track the steps that lead to a sale, such as fabric sample requests, showroom bookings, calls and brochure downloads, as GA4 key events, alongside online orders. Conversion tracking set-up is a one-off from £145 + VAT and gives a fairer view of what your ads produce. ### Can you run Shopping ads for made-to-order sofas? Yes. We set up the product feed with accurate sizes, fabrics, prices and delivery details, then run Shopping or Performance Max. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of spend if higher, plus ad spend. ### Do you write emails for people who requested fabric samples? Yes. We build automated follow-up emails in Klaviyo or Mailchimp for sample requesters and browsers who did not buy. Marketing automation set-up is from £195 + VAT one-off, and ongoing email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. --- # Digital Marketing in Beeston Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/beeston/ > In Beeston, dijitul helps science start-ups, cafés and bars, clinics, opticians and letting agents with Google Ads, social media and email marketing, all managed remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management costs from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform, with no long contract. Beeston sits on the south west edge of Nottingham, in Broxtowe, and its advertisers are an unusual mix for a town of its size. Boots has its headquarters campus on the Beeston border, part of which is now in the Nottingham Enterprise Zone, and the University of Nottingham's University Park campus is next door. Science and technology start-ups in and around Nottingham Science Park market to investors, partners and specialist buyers. For them, a clear website, careful conversion tracking and LinkedIn campaigns aimed by job title and industry matter more than broad consumer ads. The redevelopment of Beeston Square, with a cinema and restaurants, has brought more hospitality into the centre, and the high street has plenty of independent cafés, bars, shops, opticians and salons. Those businesses compete with Nottingham city centre for evening and weekend trade, so local Instagram and Meta ads aimed at people in Beeston, Chilwell, Stapleford, Bramcote and Attenborough tend to work better than city-wide campaigns. Tram Line 2 and Beeston station bring commuters through, which affects when posts and ads are seen. The student market is significant. Letting agents and landlords serving University of Nottingham students run campaigns timed to the house-hunting season, while cafés and bars plan around term dates. Clinics, opticians and salons rely on a strong Google Business Profile, search ads on specific treatments and reminder emails or SMS to existing clients. - Science and tech start-ups: LinkedIn, conversion tracking and content - Cafés, bars and restaurants: Instagram and local Meta ads - Opticians, clinics and salons: treatment-led search ads and SMS reminders - Student letting agents: seasonal search and social campaigns All Beeston campaigns are run remotely from our Mansfield office. ## Who we market in Beeston - Science and tech start-ups - Cafés, bars and restaurants - Opticians, clinics and salons - Letting agents and landlords - Professional services firms - Independent retailers - Charities ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run Instagram ads for a Beeston café without targeting all of Nottingham? Yes. Meta lets us target a small radius or named areas, so ads reach people in Beeston, Chilwell and nearby rather than the whole city. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend paid to Meta. ### Do you work with science start-ups near the university? Yes. We help with tracking, LinkedIn campaigns aimed at investors, partners or buyers, and content that explains your work clearly. Strategy and consultancy is £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote, and paid social from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can you help a letting agent fill student houses? Yes. We time Google and Meta campaigns around the house-hunting season, aimed at students and parents, with ads that link straight to available properties. Budgets drop once houses are let, so you are not paying for clicks you no longer need. --- # Digital Marketing in Grantham Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/grantham/ > Grantham farms, food producers, engineering firms and town centre businesses can hand their Google Ads, social media and email marketing to dijitul, managed remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus your ad spend, and organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Monthly, cancel with notice. Grantham is a market town in South Kesteven on the A1, with a station on the East Coast Main Line and quick access to Nottingham along the A52. That position has made it a base for manufacturing, engineering, food production and distribution, while the surrounding countryside is dominated by farming. Farms, farm shops and rural suppliers around Grantham market in two directions. Farm shops, butchers and producers selling direct need local Meta ads, a busy Facebook page and an email list for seasonal produce, Christmas orders and events. Agricultural suppliers and contractors selling to other farmers tend to do better with Facebook and LinkedIn aimed at farming audiences, plus plain, useful email. Food producers with an online shop add Shopping ads and abandoned basket flows. Engineering and manufacturing remain key to the local economy. Those firms sell to trade buyers, so search ads on specific products and processes, a clear capability page and occasional LinkedIn campaigns usually work better than general social posting. Distribution businesses along the A1 run regular recruitment campaigns. RAF Cranwell, a short drive east, adds defence contractors and a population of service families who are good customers for local services. Substantial new housing on the southern edge of town has brought more trades, home-based businesses and families, which means more competition for local searches such as electricians, cleaners and childcare. Tight radius targeting and a strong Google Business Profile help small firms stand out. - Farm shops and food producers: Facebook, local Meta ads and email - Agricultural suppliers: farming-focused social and email - Engineering and manufacturing firms: technical search ads and LinkedIn - Trades and home-based businesses: local search ads and Google Business Profile Grantham campaigns are managed remotely from our Mansfield office. ## Who we market in Grantham - Farms and farm shops - Food producers - Engineering and manufacturing firms - Distribution businesses - Defence contractors - Independent shops and cafés - Accountants and solicitors - Home-based businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you promote our farm shop to people around Grantham? Yes. We run Facebook and Instagram posts and small local Meta ads to people within driving distance, and build an email list for seasonal produce and Christmas orders. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT, and organic social from £125 a month + VAT. ### Can you target new housing estates around Grantham? We can target postcode districts and radius areas that cover the newer estates, which suits trades and local services looking for new customers. Ads can mention moving-in needs, such as fitted wardrobes, gardens or cleaning, where they fit your business. ### Do you work with engineering firms near the A1? Yes. We build focused Google Ads campaigns on what you make, filter out irrelevant searches, and track quote requests. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend paid directly to Google. --- # Digital Marketing in Boston Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/boston/ > dijitul runs paid search, social media and email marketing for Boston, Lincolnshire businesses, from growers and packhouses to hauliers and multilingual shops and restaurants, managed remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform, monthly, with no long contract. Boston is a port and market town surrounded by some of the most productive farmland in England. Growers, packhouses, food processors and hauliers make up a large share of local employers, and their marketing is mostly business to business. They sell to supermarkets, wholesalers and other processors, where relationships and trade shows matter more than ads. Where marketing does help, it is usually LinkedIn ads to buyers and technical staff, a capability-led website and email to trade contacts. Recruitment is often the biggest marketing job. Agricultural and food businesses need seasonal and permanent staff, and Boston has a large Eastern European community, many working in agriculture and food production. Job ads on Meta and Google work best when they are clear about pay, hours and transport, and many employers run them in Polish, Lithuanian, Latvian or Romanian as well as English, from translations they supply. Google Ads and Meta can target by language setting, so each version reaches the right people. Shops, restaurants and service businesses serving those communities also benefit from multilingual social posts and ads, along with a Google Business Profile that shows opening hours and photos clearly. The town's market, independent shops and cafés use Facebook heavily, and St Botolph's Church, the Boston Stump, brings visitors who search for things to do nearby. - Growers and food processors: LinkedIn, trade email and capability content - Employers with multilingual workforces: recruitment campaigns in several languages - Haulage and logistics firms: B2B search ads and driver recruitment - Shops and restaurants: multilingual social posts and local Meta ads - Agricultural engineers: farming-focused Facebook and email All Boston campaigns are managed remotely from our Mansfield office, around two hours away. ## Who we market in Boston - Growers and packhouses - Food processors - Haulage and logistics firms - Agricultural engineers and suppliers - Labour providers and agencies - Independent shops and restaurants - Care providers - Accountants ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run job ads in Polish or Romanian? Yes. We create separate ads targeted by language, using translations you supply or have checked, and link each to a page or form in the same language. Meta's employment ad rules limit some targeting, so we focus on location and language settings. ### Do you market growers and packhouses to supermarket buyers? Marketing supports those relationships rather than replacing them. We typically run LinkedIn ads to buyers and technical managers, send email updates to trade contacts and help with content for trade shows. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can you manage Facebook for a Boston restaurant? Yes. Organic social media management is from £125 a month + VAT per platform. We can post in English and another language if you supply or approve the translations, and add local Meta ads for busy weekends and events. --- # Digital Marketing in Kettering Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/kettering/ > Kettering warehouse operators, food and drink producers, leisure businesses and local trades can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing, all managed remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend if higher, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Kettering sits on the A14, the main route between the Midlands and the east coast ports, with the Midland Main Line to London St Pancras. That has made it and its neighbours a major centre for warehousing and distribution. For logistics businesses, marketing is often two separate jobs: winning clients through B2B search ads and LinkedIn, and recruiting enough people to run the sites. Recruitment campaigns on Meta and Google, timed for peak season, are a regular brief. Food manufacturing is significant nearby, with Weetabix based at Burton Latimer, just south of the town. Smaller food and drink producers in the area compete on shelves next to big brands, and online they need a clear position, honest product photography and ecommerce email flows that turn first orders into repeat customers. Shopping ads help when the product feed is clean and margins can carry the cost. Wicksteed Park, one of the country's oldest leisure parks, is on the town's southern edge, and leisure and hospitality businesses plan around school holidays, events and summer weekends. They need Facebook and Instagram content that shows what is on, Meta ads aimed at families within driving distance, and email to past visitors. Large new housing developments around the edge of town have brought more trades and home-based businesses competing for local searches, so tight location targeting matters. - Warehouse and distribution firms: recruitment ads and B2B search - Food and drink producers: Shopping ads, Meta and email automation - Leisure and hospitality: family-focused Meta ads and event emails - Builders and trades on new estates: local search ads and Google Business Profile - Footwear and craft businesses: Instagram and Shopping ads Kettering campaigns are run remotely from Mansfield, with reporting through Looker Studio. ## Who we market in Kettering - Warehouse and distribution firms - Food and drink producers - Leisure and hospitality businesses - Footwear and craft businesses - Builders and trades - Accountants and solicitors - Independent retailers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run peak-season recruitment ads for a Kettering warehouse? Yes. We run Meta and Google job campaigns aimed at people within commuting distance, with pay, shifts and start dates up front, and increase budgets in the weeks before your peak. Employment ads follow Meta's special category rules, which we plan around. ### Do you set up repeat-purchase emails for food brands? Yes. We build welcome, post-purchase, replenishment and win-back flows in Klaviyo or Mailchimp. Marketing automation set-up is from £195 + VAT one-off, and ongoing email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. ### Can you promote a leisure business to families near Kettering? Yes. We plan Facebook and Instagram posts around school holidays and events, and run Meta ads to families within driving distance. Organic social is from £125 a month + VAT per platform, and paid social from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. --- # Digital Marketing in Corby Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/corby/ > Corby manufacturers, distribution centres, staffing agencies and trades can get Google Ads, social media and email marketing from dijitul without a long contract. We manage every campaign remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management costs from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Corby was built on steel. Stewarts and Lloyds opened a huge steelworks here in the 1930s, recruiting heavily from Scotland, and although steelmaking ended in 1980, Tata Steel still makes tubes in the town. Corby rebuilt around manufacturing and distribution on estates such as Earlstrees and Willowbrook, with easy access to the A14 and A43, and today has one of the larger manufacturing bases in Northamptonshire. Steel, packaging, plastics, food and engineering firms sell to other businesses, so their paid media is usually focused. Search ads on precise products and processes, such as steel tube suppliers or contract packaging, reach buyers who already know what they need. LinkedIn ads help reach procurement and technical managers at named companies. Email to existing customers about new capabilities and stock keeps repeat business moving. Recruitment drives a lot of local advertising. Warehouses and factories need shift workers, drivers and engineers, and recruitment and staffing agencies serving those sites compete hard on Meta, Google and job boards. Clear ads with pay, shift patterns and transport details, aimed at people within commuting distance, tend to outperform vague "we're hiring" posts. The town regained a passenger station in 2009 and has grown with large areas of new housing, which brings more trades and sole traders who need a first, simple marketing setup: a Google Business Profile, a tight local search campaign and a Facebook page that is kept active. - Steel, packaging and engineering firms: B2B search ads and LinkedIn - Distribution centres: recruitment campaigns and B2B search - Recruitment and staffing agencies: Meta and Google job ads - Trades and sole traders: local search ads and Google Business Profile All Corby campaigns are managed remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Corby - Steel and metal manufacturers - Packaging and plastics manufacturers - Food producers - Warehouse and distribution operations - Recruitment and staffing agencies - Engineering companies - Trades and construction firms - Sole traders ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Do you run ads for Corby staffing agencies? Yes. We build Meta and Google campaigns for each role or site, with pay, shifts and location clear, and track applications as conversions. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. Meta employment ad rules apply, so targeting is based on location and job interests. ### Can Google Ads find new customers for a packaging manufacturer? It can reach buyers searching for specific packaging types, materials or services. We build campaigns around those terms, filter out consumer searches and track quote requests. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can you help a new trade business in Corby get started online? Yes. We can set up your Google Business Profile, a small, targeted search campaign and a basic social media plan. Consultancy and setup work is £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote, and ongoing management is priced monthly. --- # Digital Marketing in Wellingborough Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/wellingborough/ > For Wellingborough food producers, engineering firms, developers, estate agents and town centre businesses, dijitul provides Google Ads, social media and email marketing, managed remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management costs from £150 a month + VAT plus your ad spend, and organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. No long contracts. Wellingborough is a Nene Valley market town between Northampton and Kettering, with direct trains to London and estates such as Park Farm and Denington holding manufacturing, food, packaging and distribution businesses. Food is a notable part of the economy: Whitworths, known for dried fruit, nuts and home baking ingredients, has long been based here. Smaller food and drink producers in the area need product-led marketing, such as Shopping ads from a clean feed, Instagram content that shows the product honestly, and email to people who have bought before. The biggest change in the town is Stanton Cross, a large new neighbourhood being built east of the station with thousands of homes and new commercial space. That brings a steady flow of marketing for developers, estate agents and lettings firms: Meta lead ads for new releases, search ads on property terms and email to registered buyers. It also brings new residents who need trades, childcare, gyms and local services, so businesses that advertise early to new postcodes can win customers before habits form. Engineering and packaging manufacturers on the estates sell to trade buyers and do better with specific search ads and LinkedIn than broad social posts. Distribution firms run recruitment campaigns. The town centre's independent shops, cafés and salons rely on Facebook and Instagram, and serve villages such as Irchester, Earls Barton and Finedon, which should be part of their targeting. - Food and drink producers: Shopping ads, Instagram and email flows - Developers and estate agents: Meta lead ads, property search ads and email - Trades and local services: search ads aimed at new housing areas - Engineering and packaging firms: B2B search ads and LinkedIn - Salons, cafés and shops: organic social and local Meta ads All Wellingborough campaigns are managed remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Wellingborough - Food and drink manufacturers - Engineering and packaging firms - Distribution and logistics firms - Developers and estate agents - Salons, cafés and independent shops - Accountants and solicitors - Builders and trades firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run ads for new homes at Stanton Cross? Yes. Property developers and agents often use Meta lead ads and search ads on new-build terms, with email to registered buyers as phases launch. Housing ads on Meta fall under special category rules that limit some targeting, so we focus on location and interests within those rules. ### Can you help a trade business reach people moving to Wellingborough? Yes. We can target the postcode areas covering new housing and write ads about what new homeowners need, such as flooring, gardens or electrical work. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you work with small food brands near Wellingborough? Yes. We set up Shopping ads, Instagram content and email flows such as welcome and abandoned basket messages. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT, and marketing automation set-up from £195 + VAT one-off. --- # Digital Marketing in Market Harborough Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/market-harborough/ > Market Harborough accountants, solicitors, architects, boutiques and cafés can hand their Google Ads, social media and email marketing to dijitul, run remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. We work monthly and you can cancel with notice. Market Harborough is a prosperous south Leicestershire market town with a station on the Midland Main Line, and its economy leans towards professional services, independent retail and hospitality. Accountants, solicitors, financial advisers, architects, estate agents and consultancies are well represented, many in converted period buildings. Their marketing is about being chosen by people who compare carefully. Search ads on specific services, such as wills and probate, R&D tax claims or barn conversion architects, reach people with a real need. Remarketing keeps the firm visible while they decide, and a regular email newsletter to clients and contacts brings referrals. Financial advisers need ad copy that respects FCA rules on financial promotions, and solicitors must follow SRA guidance on how services and fees are described. We keep wording factual and agree it with you before anything runs. The high street is known for independent shops, boutiques, cafés and restaurants. Boutiques do well on Instagram with strong product photos, Meta ads to women within driving distance and email for new collections and events. Cafés and restaurants rely on a busy Google Business Profile and regular social posts. Foxton Locks on the Grand Union Canal draws visitors who search for places to eat nearby. Many residents commute to Leicester, Northampton, Milton Keynes or London, which affects when ads and posts reach them best: evenings, weekends and commuting hours. The wider district includes rural and equestrian businesses, plus Magna Park near Lutterworth, one of the UK's largest distribution parks. - Professional firms: service-led search ads, remarketing and email newsletters - Boutiques and independent shops: Instagram, Meta ads and collection emails - Cafés and restaurants: Google Business Profile and local social - Equestrian and rural businesses: interest-targeted Meta ads All Market Harborough campaigns are managed remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Market Harborough - Accountants and financial advisers - Solicitors and consultancies - Architects and surveyors - Estate agents - Independent shops and boutiques - Cafés, pubs and restaurants - Equestrian and rural businesses - Logistics suppliers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run compliant ads for a financial adviser? Yes. We keep ads factual, avoid promises about returns and agree all wording with you so your compliance process can sign it off. Search ads on specific services, plus remarketing, usually work best. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you manage Instagram for Market Harborough boutiques? Yes. Organic social media management is from £125 a month + VAT per platform, covering planning, captions, scheduling and replies. Meta ads for new collections and events start from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can you write a regular newsletter for our practice? Yes. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT, covering writing, design and sending in Mailchimp, Brevo or Klaviyo. For business contacts and clients we make sure your list and consent records meet UK GDPR and PECR. --- # Digital Marketing in Hinckley Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/hinckley/ > dijitul plans and runs Google Ads, social media and email marketing for Hinckley businesses, including automotive and vehicle engineering suppliers, knitwear makers, logistics firms and Bosworth tourism businesses. We work remotely from Mansfield, a little over an hour away. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend; social media from £125 a month + VAT. Hinckley's best-known employer is Triumph Motorcycles, which has its headquarters and factory in the town, and MIRA Technology Park on the A5 is one of Europe's major vehicle engineering and testing centres. That gives the area a strong automotive and engineering supply chain, and those firms market to a small number of specialist buyers. Their best channels are usually LinkedIn ads aimed at engineering, testing and procurement roles at vehicle makers and tier one suppliers, search ads on specific services such as homologation testing or prototype machining, and content that shows what they can do. Hinckley grew on hosiery and knitwear, and the firms that remain often sell direct online. Knitwear sells through photography and seasonality: Shopping ads and Meta ads in autumn and winter, email to past buyers before Christmas, and Instagram all year. Product feeds need accurate sizes, colours and materials to stay approved and to match what shoppers search for. The A5 and M69 corridors hold large logistics operations, and those firms run constant recruitment campaigns as well as B2B marketing to win new contracts. Bosworth Battlefield and the market town of Market Bosworth draw visitors to the rural parts of the borough, supporting pubs, cafés and attractions that need event-led social media and ads aimed at day-trippers from Leicester, Coventry and Nuneaton. - Automotive and vehicle engineering suppliers: LinkedIn, technical search and content - Knitwear and textile makers: Shopping ads, Meta ads and seasonal email - Logistics firms on the A5 and M69: recruitment and B2B campaigns - Bosworth tourism and hospitality: event-led social and day-trip ads Local trades and shops in Hinckley and Burbage compete with Nuneaton firms for searches, so careful radius targeting helps. Everything is managed remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Hinckley - Automotive engineering suppliers - Vehicle testing and research firms - Motorcycle and vehicle businesses - Knitwear and textile makers - Logistics and distribution businesses - Tourism and heritage businesses - Accountants and solicitors - Independent retailers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you target engineers at MIRA or vehicle makers on LinkedIn? Yes. LinkedIn lets us target by company, job title, skills and seniority, so ads can reach engineering, testing and procurement staff at named organisations. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and we keep claims factual and within any confidentiality rules. ### Do you run seasonal campaigns for knitwear brands? Yes. We increase Shopping and Meta spend as colder weather and gifting season arrive, send emails to past buyers before Christmas and keep Instagram active all year. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT. ### Can you stop our ads appearing in Nuneaton? Yes. We set targeting by radius, postcode district or named towns and exclude places you do not want, such as Nuneaton or Leicester, so your budget stays on the customers you serve. --- # Digital Marketing in Coalville Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/coalville/ > dijitul can take on Google Ads, social media and email marketing for Coalville businesses, from freight and building products firms to National Forest tourism and local trades. Campaigns are managed remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Coalville is the largest town in North West Leicestershire and grew up around coal mining, but today its district has some of the busiest logistics locations in the country. East Midlands Airport is a major air freight hub, and the East Midlands Gateway logistics park and rail freight terminal sit beside it near Junction 24 of the M1. Freight, distribution and logistics firms here run two types of campaign: B2B marketing to win shippers and contracts, usually search ads and LinkedIn ads, and recruitment marketing for drivers, warehouse staff and engineers. Quarrying remains important. Bardon Hill is one of the largest quarries in the area, and Aggregate Industries has its UK headquarters at Bardon. Building products firms, merchants and suppliers on the town's estates sell to contractors, specifiers and trade buyers. Search ads on specific products, email to trade accounts and content such as data sheets and project examples tend to work better than broad consumer ads. Coalville sits at the heart of the National Forest, which has planted millions of trees across former coalfield land. Tourism and leisure businesses have grown alongside it: activity centres, cafés, campsites, glamping and attractions. They need Instagram and Facebook content showing the forest through the seasons, Meta ads aimed at families and walkers within driving distance, and search ads on things to do terms. Ashby-de-la-Zouch, a few miles away, has many professional firms that compete for local service searches. - Logistics and air freight businesses: LinkedIn, B2B search and recruitment ads - Quarrying and building products firms: product search ads and trade email - National Forest tourism: Instagram, Meta ads and seasonal email - Trades and sole traders: local search ads and Google Business Profile All Coalville campaigns are run remotely from our Mansfield office. ## Who we market in Coalville - Logistics and air freight businesses - Quarrying and building products firms - Manufacturers and distributors - Tourism and leisure businesses - Trades and construction firms - Accountants and solicitors - Sole traders ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you market a freight forwarder near East Midlands Airport? Yes. We run search ads on the services shippers look for, such as air freight or customs clearance, plus LinkedIn ads to logistics and supply chain managers. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you promote National Forest attractions and campsites? Yes. We plan seasonal Instagram and Facebook content, run Meta ads to families and walkers within driving distance, and use email to bring past visitors back. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can you help a building products supplier reach contractors? Yes. We build search campaigns around your product names and specifications, send trade email newsletters about stock and new lines, and create content that specifiers find useful. Content marketing starts from £195 a month + VAT. --- # Digital Marketing in Buxton Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/buxton/ > dijitul helps Buxton hotels, guest houses, cafés, arts organisations and quarry-related firms with Google Ads, social media and email marketing, all managed remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform, with no long contract. Buxton is a spa town in the High Peak, surrounded by the Peak District National Park, and tourism, hospitality and culture sit at the centre of its economy. The Crescent reopened as a spa hotel in 2020, the Opera House runs a year-round programme and the Buxton International Festival brings audiences every summer. For hotels, guest houses, holiday cottages, cafés and restaurants, marketing follows that calendar. Instagram and Facebook do the heavy lifting, showing rooms, food and the town through the seasons, while Meta ads aimed at people in Manchester, Sheffield, Derby and Nottingham bring weekend visitors. Search matters too. Visitors type "things to do in Buxton" or "hotels near the Opera House" weeks before a trip. Search ads on those terms, with ad copy that mentions events and offers, and a well-kept Google Business Profile with current photos and opening hours, capture people at the point of planning. Email marketing to past guests and festival-goers is the cheapest way to fill midweek and winter dates, which matter a lot because weather can make winter quiet. Arts and festival organisations run campaigns tied to on-sale dates, with Meta ads, email to their lists and posters working together. Outdoor activity providers market climbing, walking and cycling through Instagram and video. Quarrying is the other big industry, and engineering and haulage firms supporting the quarries mostly need recruitment ads and B2B search rather than social media. - Hotels, guest houses and holiday cottages: Instagram, Meta ads and email to past guests - Arts and festival organisations: on-sale campaigns and email - Outdoor activity providers: video, Instagram and search on activities - Quarry-related firms: recruitment and B2B search ads Buxton campaigns are managed remotely from Mansfield, about an hour away. ## Who we market in Buxton - Hotels, guest houses and holiday cottages - Cafés, pubs and restaurants - Arts, theatre and festival organisations - Outdoor activity providers - Quarrying, haulage and engineering firms - Independent shops and makers - Trades businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you fill midweek and winter dates for a Buxton guest house? We can help by emailing past guests with offers for quieter dates, running Meta ads to nearby cities and targeting searches for winter breaks in the Peak District. Results depend on your offer and pricing, and we report bookings and enquiries honestly. ### Do you run ticket campaigns for festivals and theatres? Yes. We plan Meta and Google ads around on-sale dates, send emails to past bookers and adjust spend as sales come in. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. ### Can you manage Instagram for a Buxton café? Yes. Organic social media management is from £125 a month + VAT per platform, covering planning, captions, scheduling and replies. We can work from photos you take day to day, so posts feel current and genuine. --- # Digital Marketing in Matlock Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/matlock/ > Matlock activity providers, holiday cottages, craft makers and consultancies working with Derbyshire public bodies can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We manage it remotely from Mansfield, about forty minutes away. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend; social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Matlock is the county town of Derbyshire, home to Derbyshire County Council and Derbyshire Dales District Council, and a gateway to some of the busiest visitor spots in the Peak District. Matlock Bath, with its riverside and the Heights of Abraham cable cars, draws large numbers of visitors, the Derwent Valley Mills World Heritage Site runs through the area and Chatsworth is a short drive north. That makes tourism marketing the biggest category here. Outdoor activity providers, holiday cottages, B&Bs, cafés and pubs compete for visitors who plan online. Instagram and short video show off the setting, Meta ads aimed at people in Derby, Nottingham, Sheffield and Manchester bring day-trippers and weekenders, and search ads on activity and accommodation terms catch people ready to book. Most businesses here are small and trade seasonally, so budgets should rise in late winter and spring as people plan, rather than at the height of summer when you are already busy. John Smedley still makes knitwear at Lea Mills nearby, and the Dales have many craft makers and food producers selling online and at markets. They need Shopping ads, Instagram and simple email flows that turn one-off visitors into repeat customers. Public services are a large part of the local economy, and consultancies, contractors and charities working with the councils market through LinkedIn, content and email rather than consumer ads. Accountants and solicitors serving the Dales compete on local search, where a strong Google Business Profile helps. - Activity providers and attractions: video, Instagram and search ads - Holiday cottages and B&Bs: Meta ads to nearby cities and email to past guests - Craft makers and food producers: Shopping ads and email flows - Public sector suppliers: LinkedIn and content marketing All Matlock campaigns are managed remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Matlock - Outdoor activity providers - Holiday cottages and B&Bs - Cafés, pubs and restaurants - Craft and food makers - Public sector suppliers and consultants - Accountants and solicitors - Independent retailers - Trades businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### When should a Matlock activity provider advertise? Usually from late winter, when families and groups start planning, with budget peaking ahead of school holidays. We review your booking data first so spend follows when people actually book, not just when they visit. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can you sell our Derbyshire crafts online with Shopping ads? Yes. We set up the product feed, fix any Merchant Center issues and run Shopping or Performance Max campaigns. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of spend if higher, plus the ad spend itself. ### Do you help consultancies that work with councils? Yes. Public sector buyers research carefully, so we focus on LinkedIn, useful content and email to contacts, rather than consumer ads. Content marketing starts from £195 a month + VAT, and strategy work is £45 an hour + VAT. --- # Digital Marketing in Retford Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/retford/ > Retford farms, land agents, Market Square shops and local trades can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing, managed remotely from Mansfield, forty minutes away. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform, monthly with no long contract. Retford is a historic market town in Bassetlaw, north Nottinghamshire, and its Market Square with the town hall is still the heart of local trade. Independent shops, cafés and pubs around the square rely on Facebook more than any other channel. Regular posts about stock, events and opening times, a few photos of what is new, and small Meta ad boosts aimed at people within a few miles keep them visible. A complete Google Business Profile matters for anyone searching on their phone in town. The surrounding area is mainly agricultural. Farms, agricultural contractors and food businesses make up a large share of local firms, and they market differently. Contractors and suppliers selling to other farmers use Facebook, word of mouth and email, with campaigns timed around harvest, drilling and the show season. Farm shops and producers selling direct need local Meta ads and an email list for seasonal produce. Land agents, solicitors and accountants serving the farming community compete on local search and benefit from content that answers the questions rural clients ask. Retford station is on the East Coast Main Line, with fast trains to London, Doncaster and York, and the A1 runs just west of the town. Some engineering and distribution businesses have located here for those links, and they need B2B search ads and recruitment campaigns. Many home-based professionals have also moved to the area, bringing consultants and small firms that sell nationally and need LinkedIn and search rather than local ads. - Market Square shops, cafés and pubs: Facebook, Instagram and local offers - Farms and agricultural contractors: farming-focused Facebook and email - Land agents and rural professionals: local search ads and content - Home-based consultants: LinkedIn and national search campaigns All Retford campaigns are run remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Retford - Farms and agricultural contractors - Land agents and rural professionals - Food producers and farm shops - Estate agents and solicitors - Independent shops and cafés - Trades and engineering firms - Accountants - Home-based professionals ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you reach farmers around Retford with ads? Yes. Meta and LinkedIn let us target people interested in farming or working in agriculture, limited to the area you cover. We often pair ads with email campaigns timed around key points in the farming year. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you manage Facebook for Retford shops and pubs? Yes. Organic social media management is from £125 a month + VAT per platform, covering planning, posts, scheduling and replies. Small local Meta ads can be added for events, new menus or seasonal stock. ### Can a Retford-based consultant advertise nationally? Yes. If you sell across the UK, we target the regions or industries you serve rather than Retford itself, usually with search ads and LinkedIn. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. --- # Digital Marketing in Melton Mowbray Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/melton-mowbray/ > Melton Mowbray pork pie makers, cheesemakers, butchers, delis and rural businesses can turn to dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing, run remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. Social media management is from £125 a month + VAT. Melton Mowbray calls itself the Rural Capital of Food, and most of its marketing is about food. The Melton Mowbray pork pie has Protected Geographical Indication status, the town lies within the area where Stilton is made, and dairies such as Long Clawson are nearby. Artisan bakers, butchers, delis, cheesemakers and larger manufacturers all compete for attention, both in town and online. Food producers selling direct online need Shopping ads or Performance Max, a product feed that shows weights, prices and delivery options clearly, and Meta ads with photography that makes people hungry. Chilled delivery brings limits on where and when you can ship, which must match what the ads say. Christmas hampers, gift boxes and Father's Day are the big peaks, so campaigns and email sequences need planning weeks ahead. Ecommerce email flows for welcome, abandoned basket and post-purchase messages turn first orders into repeat buyers. Protected food names come with rules on how products are named and described, so ad copy should be checked against your certification requirements. Food festivals and weekly markets bring visitors into town, and shops, pubs and cafés use Instagram, Facebook and event-led ads aimed at day-trippers from Leicester, Nottingham and Grantham. Mars Petcare has a large factory in the town, with its Waltham Petcare Science Institute nearby, and suppliers around them market B2B. Melton's livestock market and the surrounding farms, estates and equestrian businesses use Facebook and email heavily. - Pork pie makers, bakers and butchers: Shopping ads, Meta ads and seasonal email - Cheesemakers and dairies: gift-led campaigns and Klaviyo flows - Pubs, cafés and food shops: Instagram and event-led local ads - Farms and equestrian businesses: Facebook and email All campaigns are managed remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Melton Mowbray - Pork pie makers and bakers - Butchers and delis - Cheesemakers and dairies - Food manufacturers - Pet food and animal care suppliers - Farms and equestrian businesses - Pubs, cafés and restaurants - Online food shops ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run Shopping ads for chilled food deliveries? Yes. We set up the product feed with accurate weights, prices and delivery options, and make sure ads and landing pages reflect your delivery days and areas. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of spend if higher, plus ad spend. ### Can you plan our Christmas hamper campaign? Yes. We build a calendar covering ads, social posts and emails from early autumn, with order deadlines clearly shown. Marketing automation set-up for flows is a one-off from £195 + VAT, and ongoing email marketing is from £95 a month + VAT. ### Do you promote food festivals and events in Melton? Yes. We run Facebook and Instagram campaigns aimed at people within driving distance in the weeks before, plus email to past attendees. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend paid to Meta. --- # Digital Marketing in Alfreton Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/alfreton/ > Twenty minutes along the A38 in Mansfield, dijitul runs Google Ads, social media and email marketing for Alfreton distribution businesses, engineers, hauliers, trades and town centre shops, managing everything remotely. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. No long contracts. Alfreton sits where the A38 and A61 meet, a few minutes from Junction 28 of the M1, and that location has made the area a significant base for warehousing and distribution. Large distribution centres and industrial units around Alfreton, South Normanton and Somercotes serve retailers and manufacturers nationwide. For those operators, recruitment is often the biggest marketing spend. Meta and Google job campaigns aimed at people within commuting distance, with pay, shifts and transport details clear, tend to fill roles faster than a single advert on a job board. Many also run B2B campaigns to win new contracts, using search ads on services such as contract warehousing and LinkedIn to supply chain managers. Like Mansfield, Alfreton grew on coal mining, and many small manufacturing, engineering and trade businesses remain. Engineers and fabricators do best with focused search ads on what they make and email to trade customers. Electricians, gas engineers, builders and other trades depend on local search, where Local Services Ads for eligible categories and a call-focused search campaign, targeted to DE55 and the surrounding villages, keep budget local. The town centre has independent shops, cafés, takeaways and salons that rely on Facebook and Instagram. The Hayes conference centre at nearby Swanwick hosts events and residential conferences, and villages such as Riddings, Ironville and Swanwick add more small firms that need a simple, affordable marketing setup. - Warehouse and distribution businesses: recruitment ads and B2B search - Manufacturers and engineers: product-led search ads and trade email - Electrical, gas and building trades: Local Services Ads and local search - Shops, takeaways and salons: organic social and local Meta ads All Alfreton campaigns are managed remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Alfreton - Warehouse and distribution businesses - Manufacturers and engineers - Haulage firms - Electrical and gas contractors - Building and trades firms - Independent shops and takeaways - Salons and local services - Sole traders ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you recruit warehouse staff for an Alfreton distribution centre? Yes. We run Meta and Google job campaigns aimed at people within commuting distance, with pay and shift details clear, and track applications as conversions. Meta's employment ad rules limit some targeting, so we rely on location and job-related interests. ### Do Local Services Ads work for Alfreton electricians and gas engineers? For eligible trades they are often worth testing, because you pay per lead and appear above normal search ads. We help with set-up and verification and run a standard search campaign alongside for services not covered. ### Can you target DE55 and the nearby villages only? Yes. We can target the DE55 postcode district, a radius around your base or named villages, and exclude Derby, Nottingham or anywhere else you do not cover. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. --- # Digital Marketing in Ripley Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/ripley/ > Ripley engineering firms, care providers, heritage attractions and local shops can work with dijitul on Google Ads, social media and email marketing, run remotely from Mansfield around twenty-five minutes away. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus your ad spend, and organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Ripley is a market town in Amber Valley and the administrative centre of the borough, with Amber Valley Borough Council at the Town Hall and Derbyshire Constabulary's headquarters at Butterley Hall on the edge of town. Public services are a major employer, and suppliers to councils and the police market through LinkedIn, content and direct email rather than consumer advertising. Their ads and pages need to be clear and accessible, because public sector buyers expect it. The town has a notable engineering history. The Butterley Company became one of Britain's leading ironworks and built the iron roof of St Pancras station. Engineering and fabrication firms still work on local estates, and they find new work through search ads on specific processes, a clear capability page and email to past customers. Tracking calls and quote requests shows which keywords produce real enquiries. Care providers are significant in the area and face two marketing jobs: finding families who need care, and recruiting carers. Search ads on care terms, a strong Google Business Profile and careful, warm social posts help with the first. Recruitment campaigns on Meta and Google, aimed at people within travelling distance and clear about pay and training, help with the second. See our care home marketing page for more. Heritage brings visitors. The Midland Railway Butterley operates from Butterley station and Denby Pottery is in the village of Denby nearby. Attractions need event-led social campaigns and ads aimed at families within driving distance, timed for school holidays. - Engineering and fabrication firms: technical search ads and email - Care providers: search ads for families and recruitment campaigns - Heritage attractions: event-led social and family-focused Meta ads - Town centre shops, cafés and trades: local social and search All Ripley campaigns are managed remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Ripley - Engineering and fabrication firms - Public sector suppliers - Care providers - Heritage and tourism businesses - Building and trades businesses - Independent shops and cafés - Accountants and solicitors - Sole traders ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you help a Ripley care provider recruit carers? Yes. We run recruitment campaigns on Meta and Google aimed at people within travelling distance, with clear details on pay, hours and training, and track applications. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. Meta employment ad rules apply. ### Do you promote heritage railway events? Yes. We plan Facebook and Instagram posts around your events calendar and run Meta ads to families and enthusiasts within driving distance, plus emails to past visitors. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT. ### Is Google Ads useful for a small engineering firm in Ripley? It can be, if campaigns focus on what you make and the areas you serve, and filter out job and training searches. We track calls and quote requests so you can see cost per enquiry. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. --- # Digital Marketing in Sheffield Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/sheffield/ > dijitul delivers Google Ads, social media and email marketing to Sheffield businesses, from advanced manufacturers and cutlery makers to Kelham Island bars and university spin-outs. We manage campaigns remotely from Mansfield, around forty minutes down the M1. Google Ads management costs from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend; social media management from £125 a month + VAT. Sheffield built its name on steel and cutlery, and making things is still at the heart of the city. Specialist steel, forging, tooling and precision engineering firms work across the Don Valley, and the University of Sheffield's Advanced Manufacturing Research Centre works with aerospace, nuclear and automotive manufacturers. Those firms sell to engineers and buyers who search for exact capabilities. Search ads on specific processes and materials, LinkedIn ads aimed at engineering and procurement roles, and content that shows real capability usually outperform broad social campaigns. Aerospace and nuclear customers often restrict what suppliers can say, so we keep ads to capabilities and approvals. The city's cutlery and metalwork heritage lives on in small makers selling knives, tools and homeware online. They do well with Shopping ads, Instagram and email to past buyers, with gifting peaks before Christmas and Father's Day. Product feeds for knives need care, because Google and Meta have policies on weapons and blades, and kitchen knives and tools must be presented clearly as kitchen or craft products to stay approved. Kelham Island, the Cultural Industries Quarter and the city centre hold a busy food, drink and creative scene. Bars and restaurants compete for students and weekend visitors on Instagram, TikTok and local Meta ads. Two large universities feed a stream of spin-outs that need conversion tracking and early-stage campaigns done properly. The Peak District on the doorstep supports outdoor and tourism businesses that sell to people across the north. - Steel, forging and engineering firms: technical search ads, LinkedIn and content - Cutlery and metalwork makers: Shopping ads, Instagram and email - Kelham Island hospitality: Instagram, TikTok and local Meta ads - Spin-outs and tech firms: tracking, search and LinkedIn - Outdoor businesses: video and search ads on activities All Sheffield campaigns are managed remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Sheffield - Steel, forging and tooling firms - Advanced manufacturing suppliers - Precision engineering companies - Cutlery and metalwork makers - Bars, restaurants and independents - Outdoor and tourism businesses - University spin-outs - Solicitors and accountants ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you advertise kitchen knives on Google and Meta? Usually yes, as kitchen and craft products, but blades are covered by both platforms' weapons policies, so product titles, images and landing pages need care. We check your feed and ads against current policies before launch to reduce disapprovals. ### Do you run LinkedIn campaigns for Sheffield engineering firms? Yes. We target engineering, quality and procurement roles by industry, company and seniority, often with lead gen forms or content offers. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend paid to LinkedIn. ### Can you manage Instagram for a Kelham Island bar? Yes. Organic social media management is from £125 a month + VAT per platform, covering planning, captions, scheduling and replies. Local Meta or TikTok ads for events start from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. --- # Digital Marketing in Leeds Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/leeds/ > dijitul offers Leeds businesses Google Ads, social media and email marketing at a clear monthly price, working remotely from Mansfield. We suit law firms, recruiters, start-ups, bars and retailers who want direct contact with the person running their account. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend; social media from £125 a month + VAT. Leeds has the biggest cluster of law firms, banks, insurers and building societies in the north, and that makes paid search for professional services expensive. Terms such as "solicitors Leeds" or "accountants Leeds" attract national firms, comparison sites and lead-generation companies as well as local practices. The firms that do well usually stop chasing generic terms and bid on specific services instead, such as commercial lease solicitors or R&D tax relief, with landing pages that answer the question and call tracking to show which keywords bring instructions. Ads for regulated services must follow SRA or FCA rules, so we agree wording with you first. Channel 4's move to the city strengthened an already busy media and agency scene around Leeds Dock and Holbeck. Some agencies use us as white-label help for client ad accounts. Fintech, health tech and software firms fed by the University of Leeds and Leeds Beckett need conversion tracking that ties ad spend to demo requests and sign-ups, plus LinkedIn campaigns aimed at the right job titles. Recruitment agencies are a big part of the Leeds economy, and they market in two directions: to candidates on Meta, LinkedIn and Google, and to clients through LinkedIn and email. Bars and restaurants around Briggate, Call Lane and the Trinity area compete for students, shoppers and weekend visitors on Instagram and TikTok. Out of town, Thorpe Park Leeds, Kirkstall Forge and the Aire Valley hold regional offices, distribution and manufacturing firms with B2B needs. - Law and accountancy firms: service-led search ads, remarketing and call tracking - Recruitment agencies: candidate campaigns and LinkedIn for clients - Fintech and software firms: tracking, search and LinkedIn - Bars and restaurants: Instagram, TikTok and local Meta ads - Independent retailers: Shopping ads and email flows All Leeds campaigns are managed remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Leeds - Solicitors and law firms - Accountants and financial advisers - Recruitment agencies - Fintech and software start-ups - Creative and digital agencies - Restaurants and bars - Independent retailers - Architects and surveyors ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Is Google Ads too expensive for a small Leeds law firm? Generic terms can be, but specific services often cost far less and convert better. We build campaigns around the work you want most, exclude irrelevant searches and track calls and forms. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of spend if higher, plus ad spend. ### Do you work white-label for Leeds agencies? Yes. We can manage paid search or paid social for your clients under your brand, reporting to you rather than the client. Pricing follows our normal rates, and consultancy or audit work is £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote. ### Can you run candidate ads for a Leeds recruitment agency? Yes. We run job campaigns on Meta, LinkedIn and Google aimed at the right skills and locations, and track applications. Meta treats job ads as a special category, which limits some targeting, so we plan within those rules. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. --- # Digital Marketing in Bradford Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/bradford/ > Bradford food producers, wholesalers, restaurants and family-run firms can get Google Ads, social media and email marketing from dijitul, managed remotely from Mansfield with plain-English reporting. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend paid to Google, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Bradford still makes and sells physical goods. Food and drink producers, textile and engineering firms and a large number of family-run wholesalers trade from Euroway, Bowling Back Lane and the mills around the city, and Morrisons and Yorkshire Building Society both have head offices here. Many local suppliers sell into big retail and finance customers, and their marketing is mostly B2B: search ads on products and services, LinkedIn to buyers and email to trade accounts about new lines and offers. Bradford has one of the youngest populations of any UK city and a large, entrepreneurial South Asian business community. Family firms often run their own Facebook and Instagram, and the most useful help is structure: a content plan, ads set up with proper tracking, and someone who can explain what the numbers mean. Where customers prefer Urdu or Punjabi, Meta and Google can serve ads by language setting, using copy you supply or approve. The city's restaurant and takeaway trade is one of the best known in the country. Restaurants compete hard on delivery apps and Google, so a well-maintained Google Business Profile, Instagram content that shows the food, local Meta ads on busy nights and SMS offers to customers who opted in all help. Online ordering tracked through GA4 shows which channel fills the kitchen. Bradford's year as UK City of Culture in 2025 brought more events and creative projects, and venues and arts groups need event-led social campaigns. Saltaire and Little Germany's mill conversions house small studios and firms that want social media management without agency overheads. - Food producers and wholesalers: B2B search, LinkedIn and trade email - Restaurants and takeaways: Instagram, local Meta ads and SMS - Family-run retailers: structured social plans and Shopping ads - Arts and community organisations: event campaigns and email All Bradford campaigns are run remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Bradford - Food and drink manufacturers - Wholesalers and importers - Textile and engineering firms - Restaurants and takeaways - Independent retailers - Arts and community organisations - Supermarket suppliers - Professional services firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you help a Bradford takeaway get more direct orders? Yes. We combine a strong Google Business Profile, Instagram posts showing your food, Meta ads to people nearby on busy nights and SMS offers to customers who opted in. SMS marketing starts from £75 a month + VAT. ### Can you run ads in Urdu or Punjabi? Yes. We set up ads targeted by language, using copy you write or approve, and link them to matching pages or order forms. Reporting is split by language so you can see what works. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you market wholesalers to trade buyers? Yes. We run search ads on the products and brands you stock, LinkedIn ads to buyers and regular email to trade accounts. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT, and Google Ads management from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. --- # Digital Marketing in York Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/york/ > York hotels, guest houses, attractions, independent shops, insurers and science park firms can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We run everything remotely from Mansfield with clear monthly reports. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. York's visitor economy dominates its local advertising. Millions of visitors come for the Minster, the walls and the Shambles, and hotels, guest houses, tour operators, cafés and attractions compete for them long before they arrive. Most of those searches happen in other cities: London, Leeds, Manchester, Newcastle. So York tourism campaigns usually target people searching for York, wherever they are, rather than people in York. Instagram and Meta ads aimed at the cities that send most guests, plus search ads on terms such as "hotels near York Minster" or "York ghost walk", catch people while they plan. Hospitality competes with online travel agents and booking sites for the same searches. Running ads on your own brand name, and tracking direct bookings properly through GA4 and your booking engine, can recover bookings that would otherwise go through commission. Email marketing to past guests fills quieter winter weeks between the Christmas markets and Easter. The city has a quieter business economy too. Insurance firms such as Aviva and Hiscox, rail consultancies around the station and the York Central scheme, and bioscience and agritech firms at York Science Park market to businesses through LinkedIn, search and content. Nestlé's KitKat factory keeps confectionery in York's story, and smaller food and drink makers in the surrounding countryside need Shopping ads and email. - Hotels and guest houses: search on place names, brand campaigns and email to past guests - Attractions and tours: Instagram, Meta ads and seasonal campaigns - Independent shops: Instagram, Shopping ads and gift-season email - Rail, insurance and science firms: LinkedIn and content All York campaigns are managed remotely from our Mansfield office. ## Who we market in York - Hotels and guest houses - Visitor attractions and tour operators - Cafés and tea rooms - Independent shops - Food and drink producers - Rail engineering consultancies - Science park companies - Insurance and financial firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you increase direct bookings for a York hotel? We can help by running ads on your own brand name, targeting people searching for York stays and tracking direct bookings through GA4 and your booking engine. We do not promise booking numbers, but we report clearly on what each campaign produces. ### Do you target visitors from other cities? Yes. For York tourism we often target people in London, Leeds, Manchester and other cities with Meta ads, and people searching for York terms anywhere on Google. That reaches future guests while they plan. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can you manage Instagram for a York attraction? Yes. Organic social media management starts from £125 a month + VAT per platform, covering planning, captions, scheduling and replies, built around your events, opening times and seasons. Meta ads to visitors from other cities can be added from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. --- # Digital Marketing in Hull Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/hull/ > Hull offshore wind suppliers, freight forwarders, caravan makers and Fruit Market bars can all use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. Campaigns are managed remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and paid social on LinkedIn or Meta from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. Hull's economy is tied to the Humber. Siemens Gamesa makes offshore wind turbine blades at Alexandra Dock, and a supply chain of fabricators, maintenance contractors and marine service firms has grown around renewables. Those businesses sell to operators and tier one contractors through tenders and relationships, so their marketing supports that process. LinkedIn ads aimed at engineering, procurement and HSEQ roles in energy, search ads on specific services and content such as capability statements and case studies keep them visible to buyers. The Port of Hull supports freight forwarders, shipping and haulage companies. They market to importers and exporters through search ads on services such as customs clearance or groupage, plus LinkedIn and email. Reckitt and other health and chemical manufacturers bring in packaging suppliers and contract manufacturers with similar B2B needs. In the East Riding, caravan and leisure vehicle makers sell to dealers and consumers, which suits Meta ads, YouTube and email around show season. Hull's year as UK City of Culture in 2017 left a confident creative and hospitality scene in the Fruit Market and the old town. Bars, cafés and restaurants there compete on Instagram and local Meta ads, especially for weekend and event trade. Recruitment is a growing need across the city as renewables and manufacturing expand, so careers campaigns on Meta and LinkedIn are common. - Offshore wind and engineering suppliers: LinkedIn, technical search and content - Freight forwarders and hauliers: service-led search ads and LinkedIn - Caravan and leisure makers: Meta, YouTube and dealer email - Fruit Market hospitality: Instagram and local Meta ads - Growing manufacturers: recruitment campaigns All Hull campaigns are run remotely from our Mansfield office, with reporting through Looker Studio. ## Who we market in Hull - Offshore wind suppliers - Engineering and fabrication firms - Freight forwarders and hauliers - Chemical and health products manufacturers - Caravan and leisure manufacturers - Marine service companies - Bars, cafés and restaurants - Creative businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can marketing help an offshore wind supplier in Hull? It supports tenders rather than replacing them. We run LinkedIn ads to engineering, procurement and HSEQ roles, search ads on your services and content that shows capability. Content marketing starts from £195 a month + VAT, and paid social from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you run Google Ads for freight forwarders? Yes. We build campaigns around the services importers and exporters search for, such as customs clearance, groupage or container haulage, and track quote requests. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can you promote events at a Hull bar? Yes. We plan Instagram and Facebook content around your events and run local Meta ads in the days before. Organic social media management is from £125 a month + VAT per platform. --- # Digital Marketing in Doncaster Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/doncaster/ > A short drive from our Mansfield office, dijitul runs Google Ads, social media and email marketing for Doncaster hauliers, warehouses, rail engineers, builders' merchants, trades and racecourse hospitality businesses, managing campaigns remotely. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Doncaster sits where the A1(M), M18 and East Coast Main Line meet, and its business base reflects that. Distribution centres line the motorway junctions, the iPort rail freight terminal at Rossington links road and rail, and hundreds of smaller hauliers, warehousing firms and trade counters operate across the district. Logistics marketing here splits into two jobs. Winning contracts means search ads on specific services, such as third-party logistics or pallet storage near the M18, and LinkedIn ads to supply chain managers. Staffing the sites means recruitment campaigns on Meta and Google for drivers, warehouse operatives and managers. Rail is the other long thread. The Plant Works built Flying Scotsman and Mallard, and rail engineering and maintenance firms still trade here. They sell to Network Rail contractors and train operators, which suits B2B marketing: LinkedIn, technical search and content showing approvals and capability. Doncaster became a city in 2022, and many local firms have outgrown marketing that was put together quickly years ago. Trades, builders and home services compete for local searches with firms from Rotherham, Barnsley and Worksop, so radius and postcode targeting, call tracking and Local Services Ads for eligible categories make a difference. Doncaster Racecourse, home of the St Leger, supports hospitality and events businesses that run campaigns around race days, with Meta ads, email to past guests and event-led search. - Hauliers and logistics firms: B2B search, LinkedIn and recruitment ads - Rail engineering firms: LinkedIn and technical content - Trades and builders' merchants: local search ads and Local Services Ads - Racecourse and events businesses: race-day campaigns and email Everything is managed remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Doncaster - Hauliers and couriers - Warehousing and third party logistics - Rail engineering firms - Builders' merchants and trade counters - Tradespeople and contractors - Racecourse and events businesses - Manufacturers - Training providers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you help a Doncaster haulier find new contracts? We can support it with search ads on your specific services and routes, LinkedIn ads to logistics and supply chain managers and email to past enquirers. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. We report enquiries honestly and never promise contract wins. ### Do you run race-day campaigns? Yes. We plan Meta and Google ads, plus emails to past customers, around the racing calendar, with spend rising in the weeks before big meetings. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT. ### Can you stop our ads showing in Rotherham and Barnsley? Yes. We set location targeting to the Doncaster postcode districts or radius you cover and exclude neighbouring towns you do not want, so your budget stays on the customers you can serve. --- # Digital Marketing in Rotherham Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/rotherham/ > dijitul runs paid search, LinkedIn, social media and email marketing for Rotherham businesses, especially the precision engineering, tooling and materials firms supplying the Advanced Manufacturing Park, plus local trades and retailers. We manage campaigns remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend; social media from £125 a month + VAT. Rotherham's steel and coal history has turned into one of the UK's best known advanced manufacturing clusters. The Advanced Manufacturing Park at Waverley houses the AMRC, the Nuclear AMRC and McLaren's composites centre, and a ring of machining, coating, tooling and inspection firms supplies aerospace, automotive and nuclear customers. These firms market to a small, demanding audience. Buyers want proof of capability, approvals and capacity before they send a drawing. That shapes the channels. LinkedIn ads aimed at engineering, quality and procurement roles at target companies keep a supplier visible. Search ads on exact processes, such as five-axis machining, thermal spray coating or CMM inspection, catch buyers with a live need, and negative keywords filter out jobs, training and student searches that would otherwise waste budget. A capability page and downloadable statement give ads something worth landing on, and tracking quote requests as conversions shows which keywords bring real work. Aerospace and nuclear customers often restrict what suppliers can say publicly, so ads focus on processes and approvals rather than programmes. Steel fabricators and smaller metal-working firms around Templeborough, Parkgate and the M1 junctions sell to contractors and builders as well as industry, which suits local search. Rotherham's town centre and Parkgate support retail and services, and those businesses mostly need Facebook, a strong Google Business Profile and tightly targeted local ads. Care providers across the borough need recruitment campaigns. - Precision engineering and machining: LinkedIn, technical search and capability content - Steel fabricators: local and trade search ads - Retailers and trades: Facebook, local Meta ads and Google Business Profile - Care providers: recruitment campaigns and search ads for families All Rotherham campaigns are run remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Rotherham - Precision engineering and machining firms - Aerospace and nuclear suppliers - Steel fabricators - Tooling and materials suppliers - Coating and inspection companies - Distribution firms - Retailers - Care providers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you advertise a machining firm without mentioning customers? Yes. We focus ads on your processes, materials, tolerances and approvals, and avoid naming customers or programmes unless you have permission. That keeps campaigns useful to buyers and within your confidentiality obligations. ### How do you stop wasted clicks on engineering keywords? We build negative keyword lists for jobs, apprenticeships, training, courses and DIY searches, review search terms regularly and track quote requests as conversions. A Google Ads audit can also check an existing account; audits are £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote. ### Do you help Rotherham care providers recruit? Yes. We run Meta and Google recruitment campaigns aimed at people within travelling distance, clear on pay, hours and training. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and employment ads follow Meta's special category rules. --- # Digital Marketing in Barnsley Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/barnsley/ > Barnsley tradespeople, manufacturers, market traders, cafés and digital start-ups can hand their Google Ads, social media and email marketing to dijitul at a clear monthly price. We work remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Barnsley is a practical, cost-conscious place to run a business, and most local firms want marketing that does a job without agency overheads. Since the pits closed, the borough has rebuilt around logistics on the M1, manufacturing and a large number of small owner-run firms. For a builder, electrician or plasterer in Barnsley, marketing usually means three things: a Google Business Profile with photos and reviews, a small, tightly targeted Google Ads campaign that only runs in the areas they cover, and a Facebook page that shows recent jobs. Getting the targeting right matters here because Barnsley trades compete with firms from Wakefield, Sheffield, Rotherham and Doncaster on the same searches. Targeting S70 to S75 postcode districts or a sensible radius, adding negative keywords for DIY and jobs, and scheduling ads for when someone can answer the phone usually lowers the cost per enquiry. Glassmaking has a long history in the borough, and food, engineering and building products firms on estates such as Ashroyd and around Wombwell and Cudworth sell to merchants and trade buyers. They need product-led search ads and email to trade accounts. Logistics operators at junctions 36 and 37, including large fulfilment centres, spend heavily on recruitment advertising. The Glass Works has brought new shops, restaurants and leisure into the town centre, and independents there use Instagram and local Meta ads to build a following. Barnsley Digital Media Centre supports tech and creative start-ups that need early tracking and a simple plan. - Tradespeople: local search ads, Google Business Profile and Facebook - Manufacturers and glassmakers: product search ads and trade email - Logistics firms: recruitment campaigns - Market traders and cafés: Instagram, Facebook and offers All Barnsley campaigns are managed remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Barnsley - Tradespeople and contractors - Manufacturers and glassmakers - Food producers - Logistics and warehousing firms - Market traders and independent shops - Cafés and restaurants - Digital start-ups - Care providers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### What is the cheapest sensible way for a Barnsley trade to advertise? Start with a complete Google Business Profile, then a small Google Ads campaign targeted only to your area and best services, with calls tracked. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. We suggest a starting budget after checking local keyword costs. ### Can you target only the Barnsley postcodes we cover? Yes. We can target S70 to S75 postcode districts, a radius or named villages, and exclude Sheffield, Wakefield or anywhere else you do not want work from. That keeps your spend local. ### Do you help Barnsley start-ups set up tracking? Yes. GA4 set-up is a one-off from £95 + VAT, and conversion tracking across GA4, Google Ads and Meta is from £145 + VAT. Setting this up before you spend on ads means every pound is measured from day one. --- # Digital Marketing in Wakefield Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/wakefield/ > dijitul works with Wakefield food and drink makers, distribution firms, public sector suppliers, arts organisations and Five Towns businesses on Google Ads, social media and email marketing, all managed remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management costs from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Wakefield sits where the M1 meets the M62, and that junction has drawn national distribution centres, parcel carriers and food businesses to Normanton, the Wakefield Europort and the motorway corridor. Logistics operators here spend a lot on recruitment advertising, especially before peak season, and also need B2B campaigns to win new clients. Food and drink is the district's other big employer. Bakeries, dairies and processors work across Pontefract, Castleford, Featherstone and Knottingley, and Pontefract's liquorice and the Rhubarb Triangle's forced rhubarb give local producers a story worth telling. Producers selling direct do well with Shopping ads, Instagram content that tells that story and email flows for repeat orders. Seasonal products, such as forced rhubarb in late winter and early spring, need campaigns that switch on and off with availability. As West Yorkshire's administrative centre, Wakefield has many firms supplying councils, police and health bodies. Those suppliers market through LinkedIn, content and email rather than consumer ads, and public sector buyers expect clear, accessible landing pages. Cultural organisations around The Hepworth Wakefield and the Yorkshire Sculpture Park need exhibition and event campaigns on Meta and email to their members and visitors. The Five Towns each have their own shops, trades and cafés. They mostly need Facebook, a strong Google Business Profile and small, local search campaigns that do not leak into Leeds. - Food and drink producers: Shopping ads, Instagram and seasonal email - Distribution and parcel firms: recruitment and B2B search - Public sector suppliers: LinkedIn and content marketing - Arts organisations: event campaigns and member email - Five Towns trades and shops: local search and Facebook All Wakefield campaigns are run remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Wakefield - Food and drink manufacturers - Bakeries and dairies - Distribution and parcel firms - Public sector suppliers - Arts and cultural organisations - Tradespeople - Independent retailers - Construction contractors ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run seasonal ads for a Rhubarb Triangle producer? Yes. We schedule Shopping, Meta and email campaigns around when produce is available, then pause or switch focus when the season ends. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, and email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. ### Do you market businesses that supply councils and police? Yes. Public sector buyers research carefully, so we focus on LinkedIn, clear content and email to contacts, with accessible landing pages. Content marketing starts from £195 a month + VAT, and paid social from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can you keep our Castleford trade ads out of Leeds? Yes. We target the postcode districts or radius you cover and exclude Leeds or anywhere else you do not want. That keeps clicks coming from people close enough to become customers. --- # Digital Marketing in Huddersfield Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/huddersfield/ > Huddersfield engineering firms, textile mills, university spin-outs and Holme and Colne Valley makers can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We manage campaigns remotely from Mansfield with clear monthly reporting. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend; social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Huddersfield still makes things. Fine worsted cloth is woven in mills around the town, David Brown has made gears here for well over a century, Cummins builds Holset turbochargers, and chemicals, valves, pumps and specialist machinery firms work along the Colne Valley and Leeds Road. Many of these firms export, and their marketing is B2B and often international. Engineering and machinery firms find buyers through search ads on specific products and part types, LinkedIn ads to engineers and buyers in target industries and countries, and email to distributors and existing customers. Campaigns for export markets need separate targeting, budgets and sometimes translated ad copy, so you can see whether Germany, the US or the Middle East is paying back. Textile mills and cloth merchants sell to tailors, brands and buyers worldwide. Instagram suits cloth well when photography shows texture and colour accurately, and LinkedIn reaches fashion and tailoring buyers. Email to trade customers about new bunches and seasonal collections keeps orders moving. Some mills now sell direct to the public, which brings Shopping ads and product feeds into play. The University of Huddersfield and its 3M Buckley Innovation Centre support start-ups that need early tracking, a clear message and small, well-measured campaigns. The Holme and Colne Valleys, with Holmfirth, Marsden and Slaithwaite, are full of small food, drink and craft businesses that sell online and at markets, and rely on Instagram, Facebook and email lists built at events. - Engineering and machinery: product search ads, LinkedIn and export campaigns - Textile mills: Instagram, LinkedIn and trade email - Spin-outs: GA4, conversion tracking and focused campaigns - Valley makers: Instagram, Shopping ads and email All Huddersfield campaigns are managed remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Huddersfield - Engineering and gear manufacturers - Textile mills and cloth merchants - Chemical companies - Machinery and valve suppliers - University spin-outs - Craft and food producers in the valleys - Independent shops and cafés - Professional services firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run export campaigns for a Huddersfield manufacturer? Yes. We set up separate campaigns per country or region on Google and LinkedIn, with their own budgets and, where needed, ad copy translated by your team or translator. Reporting shows enquiries by market. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Does Instagram work for selling cloth to tailors? It can, if photography shows colour and texture accurately. We plan posts around new collections and pair Instagram with LinkedIn and email to trade buyers. Organic social media management starts from £125 a month + VAT per platform. ### Can you help a Holmfirth maker sell online? Yes. We set up Shopping ads from your product feed, keep Instagram active and build a simple email list and welcome flow. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT, and marketing automation set-up from £195 + VAT. --- # Digital Marketing in Halifax Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/halifax/ > dijitul supports Halifax and Calderdale businesses with Google Ads, social media and email marketing, from Piece Hall traders and online makers to event venues and manufacturers. All campaigns are run remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management costs from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Halifax mixes old industry, finance and independent retail. Nestlé makes Quality Street here, the Halifax bank still employs large numbers on Trinity Road, and Dean Clough, once one of the world's biggest carpet mills, is now a complex of offices, studios and venues. The restored Piece Hall has become one of the north's best independent shopping and events spaces. Piece Hall traders and Calderdale makers usually sell both over the counter and online. Their marketing works best when the two support each other: Instagram showing new stock and the setting, Meta ads aimed at people within driving distance before events, Shopping ads for products that sell online, and an email list built from both shop and web customers. Abandoned basket and welcome flows in Klaviyo or Mailchimp turn browsers into buyers. Christmas and event weekends are the big peaks. Concerts and events at the Piece Hall and Dean Clough create steady demand for campaigns tied to on-sale dates: Meta ads, email to past bookers and posts across platforms in the right sizes. Hospitality around the venues benefits from event-led local ads. Manufacturers across Elland, Brighouse and Sowerby Bridge sell to trade buyers through search ads and LinkedIn. Up the valley, Hebden Bridge and Todmorden have a dense community of artists, makers and small online retailers who want marketing that suits handmade products. Flooding in the Calder Valley has also taught many businesses the value of a strong online channel when the shop has to close. - Piece Hall traders and makers: Instagram, Shopping ads and email flows - Venues and event organisers: on-sale campaigns and email - Manufacturers: B2B search ads and LinkedIn - Calder Valley makers: Instagram, Meta ads and newsletters All Halifax campaigns are managed remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Halifax - Independent retailers and makers - Online shops - Food and confectionery firms - Packaging and engineering manufacturers - Venues and event organisers - Cafés, bars and restaurants - Arts organisations - Financial services suppliers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you help a Piece Hall shop sell more online? Yes. We set up Shopping ads from your product feed, keep Instagram active with new stock and build email flows for welcome and abandoned baskets. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. ### Do you run ticket campaigns for Halifax venues? Yes. We plan Meta and Google ads around on-sale dates, email past bookers and adjust spend as tickets sell. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend paid to Meta. ### Can you work with a sole maker in Hebden Bridge? Yes. Many makers start with organic social management from £125 a month + VAT per platform and a simple email newsletter, then add small ad budgets around busy seasons. Consultancy and training is £45 an hour + VAT if you prefer to run it yourself. --- # Digital Marketing in Harrogate Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/harrogate/ > Harrogate hotels, spas, event businesses, food brands and financial advisers can work with dijitul on Google Ads, social media and email marketing, managed remotely from our Mansfield office. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Monthly, cancel with notice. Harrogate is a spa town built on visitors, and its marketing calendar follows the events. The Harrogate Convention Centre runs exhibitions and conferences through the year, the Great Yorkshire Show fills the showground each summer, and hotels, restaurants and bars depend on that trade. Hotels and spas need two kinds of campaign: leisure stays aimed at couples and families in Leeds, York, Manchester and further away, and corporate and event business aimed at organisers and delegates. Instagram and Meta ads handle the first; search ads and LinkedIn handle the second. Email to past guests fills quieter weeks. Exhibitors arriving at the convention centre often want pre-show campaigns. LinkedIn ads aimed at the job titles attending, Google ads on show-related searches and post-show email to contacts gathered on the stand make the most of an expensive stand. Harrogate is a food town too, with Bettys and Taylors of Harrogate setting a high bar. Smaller producers, delis and cafés selling to visitors and online want marketing that feels premium: restrained Instagram content, Shopping ads with excellent photography and gift-season email. Spending on brand search terms protects your name from competitors and resellers. The town's financial advisers, wealth managers, solicitors and estate agents at Hornbeam Park and in the Victorian centre compete for high-value clients who research carefully. Specific search ads, remarketing and a regular client newsletter usually work better than broad social. Adviser ads must follow FCA rules on financial promotions. Knaresborough, Ripon and Wetherby add rural, equestrian and tourism businesses. - Hotels and spas: Instagram, Meta ads, search and email to past guests - Exhibitors: pre-show LinkedIn and post-show email - Food and drink brands: Shopping ads and gift-season email - Advisers and solicitors: service search ads and newsletters All Harrogate campaigns are run remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Harrogate - Hotels and spas - Event and exhibition organisers - Exhibitors at the convention centre - Restaurants, cafés and tea rooms - Food and drink brands - Financial advisers and wealth managers - Estate agents - Rural and equestrian businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run campaigns around a Harrogate Convention Centre show? Yes. We run LinkedIn and Google ads to likely visitors in the weeks before, then email the contacts you gather afterwards. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. ### Do you handle compliant ads for wealth managers? Yes. We keep wording factual, avoid claims about returns and agree copy with you so it can go through your compliance sign-off. Search ads on specific services and remarketing usually suit wealth managers best. ### Can you manage Instagram for a Harrogate spa? Yes. Organic social media management is from £125 a month + VAT per platform. We plan content around treatments, seasons and offers, schedule posts and reply to messages, and can add Meta ads aimed at nearby cities. --- # Digital Marketing in Scarborough Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/scarborough/ > Seasonal Scarborough businesses, from South Bay hotels and caravan parks to cafés, attractions and food manufacturers, can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We manage everything remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Scarborough's trade is seasonal, and its marketing should be too. Hotels, guest houses, holiday lets, caravan parks, cafés and attractions along the South Bay and North Bay do most of their business between Easter and autumn, but many guests book in the dark months of the year. That means ad budgets should rise from January, when people plan summer breaks, rather than in July when you are already full. Meta ads aimed at the cities that send most visitors, such as Leeds, York, Sheffield and the West Riding towns, and search ads on terms like "caravan holidays Scarborough" or "dog friendly hotel Scarborough" catch people while they are deciding. Booking sites take a large share of accommodation bookings, so direct bookings matter. Running ads on your own brand name, giving people a reason to book direct and tracking bookings through GA4 and your booking engine help recover some of that commission. Email marketing to past guests is the cheapest way to fill spring and autumn dates, and SMS can work well for last-minute availability if guests opted in. Cafés, fish restaurants and attractions rely on Instagram, Facebook and a Google Business Profile with current opening hours, which change through the season. Short video of the seafront and food often outperforms still photos. Scarborough is not only tourism. McCain Foods has its UK head office and a large factory at Eastfield, Plaxton has built coaches here for more than a century, and engineering and food firms fill Scarborough Business Park. Those firms mostly need recruitment campaigns and B2B search rather than social media. - Hotels, guest houses and holiday lets: Meta ads, brand search and email - Caravan parks: seasonal campaigns aimed at Yorkshire cities - Cafés and attractions: Instagram, video and Google Business Profile - Manufacturers: recruitment ads and B2B search All campaigns are run remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Scarborough - Hotels and guest houses - Holiday lets and caravan parks - Cafés and fish restaurants - Visitor attractions - Food manufacturers - Coach and vehicle builders - Engineering firms - Gift shops and retailers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### When should a Scarborough hotel start advertising for summer? Usually from January, when many people plan summer breaks, with budget tapering as you fill. We look at your booking data first so spend follows booking patterns rather than the calendar. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can you help us get more direct bookings? We can run ads on your brand name, promote direct-booking benefits and track bookings through GA4 and your booking engine. Conversion tracking set-up is a one-off from £145 + VAT. We report results honestly and do not promise booking numbers. ### Can you send last-minute availability texts to past guests? Yes, if they opted in to receive SMS from you. SMS marketing starts from £75 a month + VAT, and works best for short notice offers. We keep messages short, clear and compliant with PECR, with an easy opt-out. --- # Digital Marketing in Grimsby Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/grimsby/ > Grimsby seafood processors, offshore wind contractors, port and logistics firms and Cleethorpes hospitality businesses can rely on dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We run campaigns remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management costs from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Grimsby is one of the UK's main centres for seafood processing. Young's Seafood is headquartered here, and dozens of processors, smokehouses and cold stores work around the docks, Europarc and Great Coates. Most of these firms sell to retailers, wholesalers and food service, so their marketing is B2B. LinkedIn ads to buyers and technical managers, email to trade contacts and content such as product specifications and sustainability information support a sales process built on relationships and audits. Smaller smokehouses and fishmongers that sell direct need Shopping ads, Meta ads and email, with careful wording about chilled delivery. The port's newer role is in offshore wind. Ørsted runs its East Coast Hub operations and maintenance base from Grimsby, and crew transfer vessel operators, engineering contractors and training providers have followed. They market to operators and principal contractors through LinkedIn and search, and they recruit constantly. Recruitment campaigns on Meta and LinkedIn, clear about qualifications, rotas and pay, are a regular need. Training providers advertise courses to technicians across the UK, which suits search ads on course names and accreditation terms. Logistics businesses around Grimsby and Immingham sell port, storage and haulage services through B2B search ads. Cleethorpes, next door, supports seaside cafés, hotels and attractions that need Instagram, Facebook and seasonal Meta ads aimed at visitors from across Lincolnshire and South Yorkshire. - Seafood and food processors: LinkedIn, trade email and specification content - Offshore wind contractors: LinkedIn, B2B search and recruitment - Training providers: search ads on course and accreditation terms - Port and logistics firms: service-led search ads - Cleethorpes hospitality: Instagram and seasonal Meta ads All Grimsby campaigns are managed remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Grimsby - Seafood processors - Food manufacturers - Cold storage operators - Offshore wind contractors - Crew transfer and marine services - Port and logistics firms - Training providers - Cleethorpes hospitality businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you advertise offshore wind training courses? Yes. We run search ads on course names and accreditation terms technicians look for, with landing pages showing dates and prices, and track bookings or enquiries. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you market seafood processors to retail buyers? Marketing supports those relationships. We usually run LinkedIn ads to buyers and technical managers, send regular trade emails and help produce content about products and standards. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can you run seasonal ads for a Cleethorpes café? Yes. We plan Instagram and Facebook posts around the season and events, and run local Meta ads aimed at visitors from nearby towns. Organic social media management is from £125 a month + VAT per platform. --- # Digital Marketing in Scunthorpe Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/scunthorpe/ > dijitul helps Scunthorpe engineering contractors, fabricators, hauliers, farm businesses and local trades with Google Ads, social media and email marketing, especially firms looking for customers beyond the steelworks. We work remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT. Scunthorpe is the UK's best known steel town, and hundreds of engineering contractors, fabricators, maintenance specialists and hauliers have grown up around the works. With the steelworks' future regularly in the national news, many of those suppliers are trying to win work in renewables, rail, energy and defence. That is a marketing problem as much as a sales one. A firm that has always won work through one big customer now needs to explain itself to strangers. The first step is usually a clear capability page or statement and a way to measure enquiries. Then come the channels buyers in new sectors actually use: search ads on specific services, such as steel fabrication, plant maintenance or shutdown support, aimed at the regions you can serve; LinkedIn ads to engineering, procurement and project managers in target industries; and email to contacts met at events. Case studies and project photos give ads something credible to point at, and tracking quote requests shows which sectors are responding. Hauliers along the M180 market to shippers through search ads and recruit drivers through Meta and job campaigns. North Lincolnshire's wider economy includes food processing and farming around Brigg, Barton-upon-Humber and Epworth, where farm shops and food businesses use Facebook, local Meta ads and email for seasonal produce. Trades and retailers in the town compete on local search, where a strong Google Business Profile and tightly targeted ads help. - Engineering contractors: B2B search ads, LinkedIn and capability content - Fabricators: service-led search ads targeted by region - Hauliers: B2B search and driver recruitment - Farm shops and food businesses: Facebook and email - Trades and retailers: local search and Google Business Profile All Scunthorpe campaigns are managed remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Scunthorpe - Steel supply chain firms - Engineering contractors - Fabricators - Hauliers and logistics firms - Industrial maintenance companies - Food processors - Farm shops and agricultural businesses - Tradespeople ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can marketing help us find customers outside the steel industry? It can make you visible to buyers in sectors such as renewables, rail and energy. We usually start with strategy and a capability page, then run search and LinkedIn campaigns aimed at those sectors. Strategy work is £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote. ### Do you run LinkedIn ads for engineering contractors? Yes. We target engineering, maintenance, procurement and project roles in the industries you want, often with lead gen forms. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend paid to LinkedIn. ### Can you help recruit HGV drivers in Scunthorpe? Yes. We run Meta and Google job campaigns aimed at drivers within travelling distance, clear on pay, routes and hours, and track applications. Meta employment ad rules limit some targeting options, and we work within them. --- # Digital Marketing in Manchester Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/manchester/ > Manchester ecommerce brands, tech start-ups, professional firms and venues can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing at a fixed monthly price, with direct contact with the person running the account. We work remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend; social media from £125 a month + VAT. Manchester is the north's biggest economy and one of the most competitive places in the UK to advertise online. Fashion and lifestyle brands grew up here, and hundreds of smaller ecommerce businesses sell through their own sites and marketplaces. For them, paid media is the engine: Performance Max and Shopping from a clean Merchant Center feed, Meta Advantage+ shopping campaigns, TikTok for younger audiences and Klaviyo flows for welcome, abandoned basket, browse abandonment and post-purchase messages. Because so much spend depends on platform algorithms, accurate tracking matters: Consent Mode v2, GA4 purchase events and Meta CAPI so the platforms optimise on real sales. Spinningfields holds banks, law firms and accountants that compete on expensive search terms. They usually get more from specific service keywords, remarketing and LinkedIn than from broad campaigns. Tech and SaaS start-ups along Oxford Road and in the Northern Quarter want sign-ups and demos, which means problem-led search campaigns and careful conversion tracking. The Northern Quarter and Ancoats are packed with independent bars, restaurants and shops. They compete on Instagram and TikTok, with local Meta ads on busy nights and SMS or email for events. Music venues and promoters need ticket campaigns tied to on-sale dates. Recruitment agencies, one of the city's larger sectors, advertise to candidates and clients at the same time. - Ecommerce brands: Performance Max, Meta, TikTok and Klaviyo flows - Start-ups: tracking, search and paid social - Professional firms: service search ads, remarketing and LinkedIn - Bars, venues and promoters: Instagram, TikTok and ticket campaigns - Agencies: white-label ad management Manchester has plenty of agencies. We suit businesses that want clear pricing and a straightforward working relationship, run remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Manchester - Ecommerce and fashion brands - SaaS and tech start-ups - Law and accountancy firms - Financial services companies - Bars, restaurants and venues - Music promoters - Recruitment agencies - Creative and digital agencies ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you manage Performance Max and Meta for a Manchester online store? Yes. We review your product feed and tracking, then run Performance Max or Shopping alongside Meta campaigns, with budgets shifted towards what produces profitable sales. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of spend if higher, plus ad spend. ### Do you set up Meta CAPI and Consent Mode v2? Yes. Conversion tracking across GA4, Google Ads and Meta CAPI is a one-off from £145 + VAT, including Consent Mode v2 so measurement respects visitors' cookie choices. It gives the ad platforms better data to optimise on. ### Do you run TikTok ads for Manchester brands? Yes. Paid social on TikTok starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. We often use Spark Ads, which boost organic posts from your account or creators, alongside standard in-feed ads and tracking through the TikTok pixel. --- # Digital Marketing in Liverpool Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/liverpool/ > Liverpool hotels, bars, venues, freight forwarders and life sciences firms can have dijitul manage their Google Ads, social media and email marketing. Every campaign is run remotely from Mansfield with clear monthly reporting. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Liverpool's visitor economy is huge, and much of its local advertising is about catching tourists, match day crowds and concert audiences. Hotels, bars and restaurants around the waterfront, Bold Street and the Baltic Triangle compete for people who often plan from elsewhere. Search ads on terms such as "hotels near Anfield" or "bottomless brunch Liverpool", Meta ads aimed at people in cities that send weekend visitors, and Instagram content that shows the real atmosphere all work together. Event calendars drive demand, so campaigns should follow football fixtures, concerts and big events rather than run at a flat budget. Promoters and venues run ticket campaigns tied to on-sale dates, with Meta ads, email to past bookers and posts across platforms. SMS marketing to customers who opted in can push last tickets or late availability. The Port of Liverpool keeps freight forwarders, customs agents and shipping firms busy. They market to importers and exporters through search ads on specific services and LinkedIn. The Knowledge Quarter, around the universities, the Liverpool School of Tropical Medicine, Liverpool Science Park and Paddington Village, holds life sciences and health research firms that sell to specialists through LinkedIn, content and conferences. The Baltic Triangle's games studios and digital agencies sometimes need help launching products or managing ad accounts for clients. - Hotels, bars and restaurants: Instagram, search on venue and event terms and Meta ads - Music venues and promoters: on-sale campaigns, email and SMS - Freight forwarders and customs agents: service search ads and LinkedIn - Life sciences firms: LinkedIn and content marketing - Games and digital studios: launch campaigns and white-label help All Liverpool campaigns are managed remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Liverpool - Hotels, bars and restaurants - Music venues and promoters - Freight forwarders and customs agents - Life sciences and health research firms - Games and digital studios - Online retailers - Tourism businesses - Professional services firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you plan ads around Liverpool match days and concerts? Yes. We schedule Meta and Google spend around the fixtures and events that bring your customers in, raising budgets beforehand and pulling back on quiet days. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you run ticket campaigns for Liverpool venues? Yes. We build Meta and Google campaigns around on-sale dates, email past bookers and send SMS reminders to customers who opted in. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT, and SMS marketing from £75 a month + VAT. ### Can you market a freight forwarder in Liverpool? Yes. We run search ads on the services importers and exporters look for, plus LinkedIn ads to logistics and supply chain managers, and track quote requests. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. --- # Digital Marketing in Preston Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/preston/ > Preston aerospace and nuclear suppliers, public sector contractors, professional firms and city centre businesses can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We manage campaigns remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management costs from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and paid social on LinkedIn or Meta from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. Preston is Lancashire's administrative city and sits close to two of the county's biggest engineering employers: BAE Systems at Warton and Samlesbury, and Westinghouse's nuclear fuel plant at Springfields. Hundreds of precision engineering, composites and technical services firms supply them. Their marketing has to work within tight confidentiality rules. Ads and case studies usually focus on processes, approvals and capacity rather than programmes or customers, and anything that names a customer needs permission. LinkedIn ads aimed at engineering and procurement roles across the aerospace and nuclear sectors, plus search ads on specific capabilities, keep these firms visible. Preston is known for the "Preston model" of community wealth building, which encourages large local institutions to spend more with local firms. Small businesses bidding for those contracts benefit from being easy to find and easy to check: a clear website, a strong Google Business Profile, case studies and search ads on the services councils, the NHS and the university buy. Public sector buyers expect accessible pages and plain language. The University of Central Lancashire brings tens of thousands of students into the city centre. Bars, cafés, shops and letting agents plan around term dates, using Instagram, TikTok and local Meta ads. Professional firms compete on local search, and logistics businesses near the M6, M55 and M61 recruit regularly. - Aerospace and nuclear suppliers: LinkedIn, capability search ads and content - Public sector contractors: local search, case studies and LinkedIn - Student-focused hospitality and retail: Instagram, TikTok and term-time campaigns - Professional firms: service search ads and remarketing - Logistics firms: recruitment campaigns All Preston campaigns are run remotely from Mansfield, with reporting in Looker Studio. ## Who we market in Preston - Aerospace supply chain firms - Nuclear sector suppliers - Precision engineering companies - Public sector contractors - Accountants and solicitors - Care providers - Student-focused hospitality and retail - Logistics firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you advertise a defence supplier without breaching confidentiality? Yes. We focus ads and landing pages on your processes, materials, approvals and capacity, avoid naming customers or programmes without permission, and agree all wording with you before launch. Your security officer can review campaigns first. ### Can marketing help us win local public sector work in Preston? It helps buyers find and check you. We improve your Google Business Profile, run search ads on the services public bodies buy and create case studies. Content marketing starts from £195 a month + VAT, and Google Ads management from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you run term-time campaigns for student businesses? Yes. We schedule Instagram, TikTok and Meta ads around Freshers, term dates and exam periods, and reduce spend during holidays. Organic social media management is from £125 a month + VAT per platform. --- # Digital Marketing in Bolton Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/bolton/ > Bolton food producers, distributors, engineering firms, care providers and family-run trades can get Google Ads, social media and email marketing from dijitul at a clear price, managed remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Bolton has a strong making and moving economy. Warburtons is headquartered here and still bakes in the town, other food and drink producers work across the borough, and engineering, packaging and defence firms operate from estates along the M61. Logistics North, between Bolton and Wigan, holds big distribution centres, and Middlebrook mixes offices with retail and leisure. Many Bolton businesses are family-owned and have traded for decades on reputation. Their marketing has often grown without a plan: an old Google Ads account nobody checks, a Facebook page updated now and then, no tracking. The most useful work is usually a tidy-up. A Google Ads audit finds wasted spend on irrelevant searches and broad locations, then a rebuilt campaign targets the BL postcode districts or radius you actually serve, with calls and forms tracked as conversions. Food producers selling to the trade use LinkedIn and email; those selling direct use Shopping ads and Meta. Distributors and hauliers recruit drivers and warehouse staff through Meta and Google job campaigns. Care providers across Horwich, Westhoughton, Farnworth and Kearsley need two kinds of campaign: search ads for families looking for care, and recruitment ads for carers. Trades and retailers across the borough compete with firms from Wigan, Bury and Manchester, so local targeting and a strong Google Business Profile matter. Facebook remains the most-used channel for local services here, and regular posts showing real work build trust. - Bakeries and food producers: trade email, LinkedIn and Shopping ads - Distributors and hauliers: recruitment campaigns and B2B search - Engineering and packaging firms: product search ads - Care providers: family search ads and recruitment - Trades and retailers: local search and Facebook All Bolton campaigns are managed remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Bolton - Bakeries and food producers - Distribution and logistics firms - Engineering and packaging manufacturers - Defence suppliers - Care providers - Tradespeople - Independent retailers - Family-run wholesalers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you check our old Google Ads account for wasted spend? Yes. An audit reviews search terms, locations, bidding, ads and tracking, and lists what to fix in plain English. Audits are £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote. If you want us to manage the account afterwards, management starts from £150 a month + VAT. ### Do you help Bolton care homes with marketing? Yes. We run search ads for families looking for care, keep your Google Business Profile current and run recruitment campaigns for carers. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and Meta employment ad rules apply. ### Can you manage Facebook for a Bolton trade business? Yes. Organic social media management is from £125 a month + VAT per platform. We post your recent jobs, reviews and offers, reply to comments and can add small local ads when you want more enquiries. --- # Digital Marketing in Warrington Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/warrington/ > dijitul supports Warrington engineering consultancies, nuclear and utility contractors, distribution firms, insurers and local trades with Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We run every campaign remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Warrington sits where the M6, M62 and M56 meet, and it has become a base for head offices, distribution centres and engineering consultancies. Birchwood Park has long been associated with the nuclear industry, and consultancies working on nuclear, power and infrastructure projects market to a small number of large clients. Their marketing is mostly thought leadership and relationship support: LinkedIn ads to engineers and project directors, content such as technical articles and case studies, and email to contacts. Recruitment of engineers is often as important as winning clients, so careers campaigns on LinkedIn are common. United Utilities is headquartered at Lingley Mere, and utility contractors around the town recruit operatives and engineers constantly, using Meta and Google job campaigns. Distribution parks at Omega and around Appleton Thorn hold national warehouses that also recruit heavily and market B2B services through search and LinkedIn. Offices at Centre Park, Birchwood and Lingley Mere hold insurance, finance and tech firms. Smaller brokers and advisers need search ads that respect FCA rules and remarketing to people comparing options. Tech firms want demo requests tracked properly as GA4 key events. Warrington's trades, clinics and retailers compete with firms from St Helens, Widnes, Wigan and Manchester, so precise location targeting matters. Golden Square and the town centre support retailers and hospitality that use Instagram and local Meta ads. - Engineering consultancies: LinkedIn, content and careers campaigns - Utility contractors and distribution firms: recruitment ads and B2B search - Insurance and finance firms: compliant search ads and remarketing - Tech companies: conversion tracking and search - Trades and retailers: local search and social All Warrington campaigns are managed remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Warrington - Nuclear and energy consultancies - Engineering consultancies - Utility contractors - Distribution centres - Insurance and financial services - Tech companies - Recruitment agencies - Tradespeople ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Do you run careers campaigns for engineering consultancies? Yes. We run LinkedIn and Meta campaigns aimed at engineers with the skills and experience you need, often with lead gen forms or a careers page, and track applications. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can content marketing help a nuclear consultancy win work? It helps clients find and trust you between projects. We write and publish technical articles, case studies and LinkedIn posts with your experts' input. Content marketing starts from £195 a month + VAT, and copywriting from £45 + VAT per piece. ### Can you keep Warrington ads away from Manchester and Liverpool? Yes. We target the Warrington postcode districts or radius you serve and exclude Manchester, Liverpool or any other city you do not want, so ads only show to people close enough to become customers and your budget is not spent elsewhere. --- # Digital Marketing in Chester Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/chester/ > Chester hotels, restaurants, wedding venues, independent retailers and financial firms can hand their Google Ads, social media and email marketing to dijitul, managed remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Monthly, cancel with notice. Chester's walls, the Rows, the racecourse and Chester Zoo draw visitors all year, and the city's hotels, restaurants, wedding venues and independent shops depend on them. Many of those visitors plan from elsewhere, so campaigns often target people in Liverpool, Manchester, North Wales and the Midlands rather than Chester itself. Search ads on terms such as "hotels near Chester Zoo" or "Chester races hospitality", Meta ads to nearby cities and Instagram content that shows the city honestly catch them while they plan. Race days and Christmas are peaks that need campaigns ready weeks ahead. Wedding and event venues in and around Chester sell an experience long before anyone visits. Instagram, Meta lead forms and search ads on venue terms generate enquiries, and email automation that sends brochures, pricing and open day invitations to new enquiries keeps couples moving towards a viewing. Retailers in the Rows and historic streets sell in store and online. Instagram, local Meta ads and Shopping ads for products that ship, plus email to past customers, build a loyal following. Restaurants and bars rely on Google Business Profile, Instagram and event-led posts. Chester also has a large financial services sector around Chester Business Park, with Bank of America and other card and insurance operations. Smaller advisers, brokers and professional firms in the city need compliant search ads and remarketing. Airbus at Broughton, just over the Welsh border, brings engineering suppliers who market B2B through LinkedIn and search. Some cross-border businesses want bilingual English and Welsh ads, which we can run from copy you supply. - Hotels and restaurants: search on place and event terms, Meta and Instagram - Wedding venues: Meta lead ads, search and enquiry email flows - Independent retailers: Instagram, Shopping ads and email - Financial and professional firms: compliant search and remarketing All Chester campaigns are run remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Chester - Hotels and restaurants - Wedding and event venues - Independent retailers - Banks and card providers - Insurance and financial firms - Aerospace and engineering suppliers - Estate agents - Visitor attractions ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you follow up wedding enquiries automatically? Yes. We build email flows in Mailchimp, Klaviyo or Brevo that send your brochure, pricing and open day invitations to new enquiries over the following weeks. Marketing automation set-up is a one-off from £195 + VAT. ### Do you run ads around Chester race days? Yes. We plan search and Meta campaigns for hotels, restaurants and bars around the racing calendar, aimed at people travelling in, with budgets rising beforehand. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can you run bilingual ads for Welsh customers? Yes. We create separate English and Welsh ads targeted by language, using copy written or checked by your translator, each linking to the matching page. Reporting shows how each language performs. --- # Digital Marketing in Stockport Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/stockport/ > Stockport consultants, accountants, trade suppliers, manufacturers, pubs and health practices can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We manage it all remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus your ad spend, and organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Stockport has its own economy rather than simply being a Manchester suburb. Its history is in hat making, Robinsons has brewed here since the nineteenth century, and new offices at Stockport Exchange beside the station have added professional and tech firms. Bredbury, Hazel Grove and Cheadle hold manufacturers, trade suppliers and distribution firms. A lot of Stockport's businesses are consultancies, accountants, advisers and freelancers, many working from home in Bramhall, Cheadle Hulme and Marple and selling across the North West or nationally. Their marketing is about being found and trusted by other businesses: LinkedIn content and ads, search ads on specific services, and a regular email newsletter to contacts and past clients. A clear LinkedIn presence and a few useful articles often matter more than a big ad budget. Trade suppliers and manufacturers on the industrial estates sell to installers, builders and businesses. They need product-led search ads, Shopping ads for trade counters that sell online, and email to trade accounts about stock and offers. Distribution firms around Bredbury recruit regularly. The Underbanks and the market area have a growing independent food, drink and retail scene. Pubs, bars and cafés use Instagram, local Meta ads and events to compete with Manchester city centre. Health and wellbeing practices, such as physios, dentists and therapists, rely on search ads on specific treatments, a strong Google Business Profile and reminder emails or SMS to existing clients. - Consultants and advisers: LinkedIn, service search ads and newsletters - Trade suppliers: product search ads, Shopping and trade email - Pubs, bars and cafés: Instagram and local Meta ads - Health and wellbeing practices: treatment search ads and SMS reminders - Tech firms: tracking and B2B search All Stockport campaigns are run remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Stockport - Consultants and freelancers - Accountants and financial advisers - Trade suppliers and wholesalers - Manufacturers - Pubs, bars and cafés - Health and wellbeing practices - Software and tech firms - Independent retailers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you help a Stockport consultant get more enquiries from LinkedIn? Yes. We can plan and write LinkedIn posts, run targeted LinkedIn ads to the job titles you sell to, and build a simple email newsletter for contacts. Organic social is from £125 a month + VAT per platform, and paid social from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you run Shopping ads for trade suppliers? Yes. If you sell online, we set up your product feed in Merchant Center and run Shopping or Performance Max campaigns aimed at trade buyers. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can you send appointment reminders and offers by SMS for a clinic? Yes, for clients who have opted in to marketing messages. SMS marketing starts from £75 a month + VAT. We keep messages short, compliant with PECR and with a clear opt-out. --- # Digital Marketing in Wigan Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/wigan/ > dijitul takes care of Google Ads, social media and email marketing for Wigan, Leigh and borough businesses, from food producers and hauliers to builders, salons and rugby clubs. Everything is managed remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Wigan's best known employer is Heinz, whose Kitt Green factory is one of the largest food plants in Europe, and food manufacturing runs through the borough's economy. Smaller producers selling to wholesalers, farm shops and independent retailers market through trade email, LinkedIn and food shows, while those selling direct need Shopping ads, Meta and email flows. The M6 and M58 run through the borough, so hauliers, distribution firms and depots are everywhere, from Martland Park to the Logistics North area on the Bolton border. These firms spend most of their marketing budget on recruitment: drivers, warehouse operatives and engineers. Meta and Google job campaigns with clear pay, routes and shift patterns, aimed at people within commuting distance, tend to fill roles faster than a single job board advert. Wigan also has a large number of small service businesses: builders, electricians, hair and beauty salons, cafés and gyms in Leigh, Standish, Hindley and Ashton-in-Makerfield. For trades, a strong Google Business Profile and a call-focused Google Ads campaign targeted to WN postcode districts work well. Salons and gyms rely on Instagram, Facebook and SMS or email offers to existing clients, with January and the run-up to summer and Christmas as peaks. Rugby league is part of Wigan's identity. Community clubs use Facebook and Instagram for match days, fundraising and junior sign-ups, and local businesses sponsoring them can promote that through their own channels. - Food producers: trade email, LinkedIn and Shopping ads - Hauliers and distribution firms: driver and warehouse recruitment - Builders and trades: local search ads and Google Business Profile - Salons and gyms: Instagram, Facebook and SMS offers - Rugby and sports clubs: match day and membership campaigns All Wigan campaigns are run remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Wigan - Food manufacturers - Hauliers and distribution firms - Tradespeople and builders - Hair and beauty salons - Gyms and fitness businesses - Rugby and sports clubs - Care providers - Independent retailers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you help a Wigan haulier recruit drivers? Yes. Driver ads work best when they lead with pay, home time and the type of work, so we write them that way and aim them at people near your depot on the M6 or M58. Applications are tracked by campaign. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you run January campaigns for gyms? Yes. We plan Instagram, Facebook and Meta ads for the new year rush, with offers for new members, and email or SMS to lapsed members who opted in. SMS marketing starts from £75 a month + VAT. ### Can you target Leigh and not the rest of the borough? Yes. We can target specific postcode districts or a radius around your premises and exclude areas you do not serve. That suits businesses that only cover Leigh, Atherton or Tyldesley. --- # Digital Marketing in Oldham Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/oldham/ > Oldham manufacturers, wholesalers, restaurants, takeaways, pharmacies and Saddleworth businesses can get practical Google Ads, social media and email marketing from dijitul, run remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform, monthly with no long contract. Oldham was one of the world's great cotton-spinning towns, and many of its mills now house small manufacturers, wholesalers and warehouses. Today's manufacturers work in food, packaging, electronics, textiles and engineering, mostly family-owned firms with tens rather than hundreds of staff, in Hollinwood, Chadderton, Royton, Shaw and Failsworth. They sell to trade buyers, so their marketing centres on search ads for specific products, Shopping ads where they sell online, and regular email to trade accounts about stock, prices and new lines. Wholesalers and distributors benefit from email more than most. A monthly trade newsletter with offers and new products, sent to customers who opted in, keeps orders coming without a big ad budget. Where wholesalers sell to retailers across the UK, search ads on brand and product names catch buyers comparing suppliers. Oldham's restaurants, takeaways and sweet centres are a big part of local life, and many are family businesses with strong links to the town's South Asian communities. They compete on Google Maps, delivery apps and Instagram. A complete Google Business Profile with menus and photos, Instagram content that shows the food, local Meta ads on busy nights and campaigns around Eid and Ramadan help bring customers in. Where owners prefer, posts and ads can run in Urdu or Bengali as well as English from copy they supply. Saddleworth's Pennine villages have creative, rural and tourism businesses with a different feel: cafés, pubs, makers and food producers that rely on Instagram, walkers and day-trippers from Manchester. - Manufacturers: product search ads and trade email - Wholesalers: newsletters to trade accounts and brand search - Restaurants, takeaways and sweet centres: Google Business Profile, Instagram and seasonal campaigns - Saddleworth businesses: Instagram and day-trip ads All Oldham campaigns are managed remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Oldham - Small manufacturers - Wholesalers and distributors - Restaurants, takeaways and sweet centres - Food producers - Packaging firms - Pharmacies and health practices - Saddleworth creative and rural businesses - Tradespeople ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you plan Eid and Ramadan campaigns for an Oldham restaurant? Yes. We plan Instagram and Facebook posts, local Meta ads and offers around those periods, with timings that suit your opening hours. Organic social is from £125 a month + VAT per platform, and paid social from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you write trade newsletters for wholesalers? Yes. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT, covering writing, design, sending and reporting. We help make sure your trade list has the right consent and an easy unsubscribe, in line with UK GDPR and PECR. ### Can you advertise a Saddleworth café to Manchester day-trippers? Yes. We run Instagram and Meta ads aimed at people in Manchester and nearby towns, especially before weekends and bank holidays, and keep your Google Business Profile current. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. --- # Digital Marketing in Rochdale Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/rochdale/ > Rochdale co-operatives, charities, social enterprises, manufacturers and local shops can work with dijitul on Google Ads, social media and email marketing, all managed remotely from our Mansfield office. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT, and email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. Rochdale is where the modern co-operative movement began, when the Rochdale Pioneers opened their shop on Toad Lane in 1844. Co-operatives, mutuals, housing associations, social enterprises and charities remain part of the town's economy, and their marketing has particular needs. Member organisations communicate with members as much as they sell: newsletters, AGM reminders, event invitations and updates on how money is spent. Email marketing with clear segments, accessible design and honest reporting suits them well. Charities need fundraising campaigns that treat people with respect, using Facebook and Instagram for appeals and events, and email for regular givers. Eligible charities can apply for Google Ad Grants, which provides free search advertising under Google's rules, and we can help keep an account compliant. Meta's rules on social issues and causes may apply to some campaigns, so we check before launch. Rochdale also has a strong manufacturing and logistics base. Kingsway Business Park by junction 21 of the M62 holds major distribution and manufacturing sites, and the Heywood parks near junction 19 host national retailers and carriers. These firms recruit constantly and use Meta and Google job campaigns. Manufacturers making textiles, building products and food sell to trade buyers through search ads and email. The town centre has been reshaped by the Rochdale Riverside development and the reopened River Roch, bringing new shops and food businesses that compete on Instagram and local Meta ads. The borough also covers Heywood, Middleton, Littleborough and Milnrow, each with its own trades and independents. - Co-operatives and mutuals: member email and accessible content - Charities: appeals on social, regular giver email and Google Ad Grants - Distribution firms: recruitment campaigns - Manufacturers: trade search ads and email - Riverside shops and food businesses: Instagram and local ads All Rochdale campaigns are run remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Rochdale - Co-operatives and mutuals - Charities and community groups - Housing associations - Social enterprises - Manufacturers - Distribution centres - Restaurants and takeaways - Independent retailers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you help a Rochdale charity with Google Ad Grants? Yes. Eligible charities can apply for free Google search advertising through Ad Grants. We help with the setup and manage the account so it follows Google's programme rules. Consultancy for the application is £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote. ### Do you send member newsletters for co-operatives? Yes. We design, write and send newsletters in Mailchimp, Brevo or Klaviyo, segmented by member type where useful, with accessible layouts and plain wording. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT. ### Can you recruit staff for a Kingsway warehouse? Yes. We run Meta and Google job campaigns aimed at people within commuting distance, clear on pay and shifts, and track applications. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. Meta employment ad rules apply. --- # Digital Marketing in Salford Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/salford/ > dijitul works with Salford production companies, digital agencies, Chapel Street bars and offices, health providers and logistics firms on Google Ads, social media and email marketing. Campaigns are managed remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. MediaCityUK at Salford Quays is one of the biggest media hubs in the UK outside London. BBC departments, ITV's northern base and hundreds of production companies, post-production houses and digital agencies work there. Those businesses already understand content, but they often need help with distribution and paid promotion. Independent production companies launching a channel or series can use YouTube ads and Meta to build an audience, with campaigns optimised for views or subscribers. Agencies sometimes want white-label paid media management so they can offer it to clients without hiring. Production and post-production companies also market to commissioners and brands. That is a B2B job: LinkedIn content and ads aimed at commissioning, marketing and brand roles, a showreel page that loads fast, and email to contacts after events and pitches. Beyond the Quays, Chapel Street and New Bailey have filled with offices, bars and restaurants that compete with Manchester city centre across the river. Instagram, TikTok and local Meta ads aimed at people living and working nearby, plus a strong Google Business Profile, help them win after-work and weekend trade. Office-based professional firms compete on search, often with Manchester firms, so specific service keywords and local wording matter. Salford Royal and the health and care sector recruit constantly, and Port Salford and estates in Eccles, Irlam and Swinton hold logistics and manufacturing firms that need recruitment campaigns and B2B search. - Production companies: YouTube and Meta for audiences, LinkedIn for commissioners - Digital agencies: white-label ad management - Chapel Street bars and restaurants: Instagram, TikTok and local ads - Health and care providers: recruitment campaigns - Logistics and manufacturing: recruitment and B2B search All Salford campaigns are run remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Salford - TV and media production companies - Post-production houses - Digital agencies - Freelance creatives - Bars, restaurants and offices on Chapel Street - Health and care providers - Logistics and freight firms - Manufacturers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run YouTube ads for a new channel from MediaCityUK? Yes. We run YouTube campaigns aimed at viewers interested in your subject, optimised for views or subscribers, and report on watch time and growth. Google Ads management, which covers YouTube, starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you offer white-label paid media for Salford agencies? Yes. We manage Google, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok campaigns for your clients under your brand and report to you. Pricing follows our normal rates, and audits or consultancy are £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote. ### Can you help a Chapel Street bar compete with Manchester? Yes. We target people living and working close by with Instagram and Meta ads, promote events and offers and keep your Google Business Profile strong. Organic social is from £125 a month + VAT per platform. --- # Digital Marketing in Blackpool Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/blackpool/ > Blackpool hotels, guest houses, shows, attractions and Winter Gardens event businesses can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing, planned around the season and the Illuminations. We work remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Blackpool is built on visitors. The Tower, the Pleasure Beach, the Winter Gardens and the Illuminations bring crowds from spring to autumn, and hotels, guest houses, bars, arcades, shows and attractions compete hard for them. Many visitors book from towns and cities across the north and Scotland, so campaigns usually target those areas rather than Blackpool itself. Search ads on terms such as "Blackpool hotels with parking" or "Blackpool shows this weekend", Meta ads to families and groups in the cities that send most guests, and Instagram content that shows what is on all play a part. Many Blackpool hotels and guest houses are small family businesses that rely on booking sites. Running ads on your own name, offering a reason to book direct and tracking bookings through GA4 can recover some commission. Email marketing to past guests is the cheapest way to fill early and late season dates, and Illuminations weekends are worth their own campaign. SMS to guests who opted in suits last-minute availability. Shows and venues run campaigns tied to on-sale dates: Meta ads, email to past bookers, Google ads on show names and a steady flow of social posts. The Winter Gardens' conference trade brings event organisers and exhibitors who need B2B campaigns and delegate emails. Hen and stag groups are a big market for bars and activities, and Meta and TikTok reach them well. The Blackpool Airport Enterprise Zone is drawing energy, digital and engineering businesses that market B2B through LinkedIn and search. - Hotels and guest houses: search on place terms, brand ads and email to past guests - Shows and venues: on-sale campaigns and email - Attractions and bars: Meta, TikTok and Instagram - Enterprise zone firms: LinkedIn and B2B search All Blackpool campaigns are managed remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Blackpool - Hotels and guest houses - Shows and entertainment venues - Visitor attractions and arcades - Bars and restaurants - Conference and event organisers - Holiday parks - Enterprise zone businesses - Public sector suppliers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run an Illuminations campaign for our hotel? Yes. We plan search and Meta ads for the Illuminations season, aimed at the towns and cities your guests come from, and email past guests with dates and offers. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. ### Do you sell show tickets with ads? Yes. We run Meta and Google ads around on-sale dates and show runs, email past bookers and adjust spend as tickets sell. We track ticket sales as conversions so you can see which ads pay their way. ### Can you reach hen and stag groups for a Blackpool bar? Yes. Meta and TikTok let us reach people planning group trips, with ads showing packages and offers. Organic social management is from £125 a month + VAT per platform, and paid campaigns from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. --- # Digital Marketing in Blackburn Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/blackburn/ > Blackburn wholesalers, multi-site retailers, manufacturers, property firms and restaurants can hand their Google Ads, social media and email marketing to dijitul, managed remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of ad spend if higher, and organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Blackburn has a strong tradition of entrepreneurial family businesses. EG Group, the forecourt and convenience retailer, was founded here, and many wholesalers, multi-site retailers, property firms and distributors across Blackburn with Darwen are run by second and third generation owners. When a business grows from one shop to ten, its marketing has to change too. Each branch needs its own Google Business Profile, local ads that point people to the nearest store and consistent social content, which calls for structure rather than one-off posts. For multi-site retailers, location-based Google Ads with location assets, Meta ads targeted around each branch and an email or SMS list shared across stores work well. Wholesalers selling to retailers need monthly promotions by email, search ads on the brands they stock and, where they sell online, Shopping ads from a clean feed. Manufacturing remains core. Graham and Brown makes wallcoverings here, and firms produce packaging, plastics, engineering components and building products, with suppliers to BAE Systems at Samlesbury a short drive away. Those firms market B2B through LinkedIn ads, technical search ads and email. Aerospace suppliers need to keep ads within customer confidentiality rules. Restaurants and takeaways compete on Google Maps, delivery apps and Instagram, with peaks around Eid and Ramadan. Property and lettings firms run lead campaigns for landlords and tenants. Darwen, the borough's other main town, has its own independents that rely on Facebook. - Multi-site retailers: per-branch profiles, local ads and shared email or SMS - Wholesalers: promotional email, brand search and Shopping ads - Manufacturers: LinkedIn and technical search - Restaurants and takeaways: Instagram, Google Business Profile and seasonal offers - Property and lettings firms: lead ads and email All Blackburn campaigns are run remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Blackburn - Wholesalers and distributors - Multi-site retail groups - Forecourt and convenience retailers - Manufacturers - Aerospace and engineering suppliers - Restaurants and takeaways - Property and lettings firms - Tradespeople ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you manage ads for several shops in different towns? Yes. We set up campaigns that point people to their nearest branch using location assets and radius targeting, keep each Google Business Profile current and report results by branch. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you send promotional emails for wholesalers? Yes. We design and send monthly or weekly promotions to trade customers who opted in, with clear pricing and ordering links. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT, and automation for reorders from £195 + VAT one-off. ### Can you run campaigns for a lettings agent? Yes. We run Meta and Google campaigns aimed at landlords looking for an agent, plus property ads for tenants. Housing ads on Meta fall under special category rules that limit some targeting, and we build campaigns within them. --- # Digital Marketing in Burnley Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/burnley/ > dijitul runs Google Ads, LinkedIn, social media and email marketing for Burnley businesses, from aerospace component makers and machining shops to town centre retailers and Pendle tourism firms. All campaigns are managed remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management costs from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend; organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT. Manufacturing makes up an unusually large share of Burnley's economy, and aerospace is at the centre of it. Safran Nacelles makes engine nacelle components in the town, and a cluster of precision machining, composites, surface treatment and tooling firms supplies aerospace and defence customers across Lancashire. These firms want to get onto approved supplier lists and win more work from existing customers, and marketing supports both. The core channels are LinkedIn ads aimed at engineering, quality and procurement roles in aerospace, defence and automotive, and Google search ads on specific capabilities such as five-axis machining, composite lay-up or NADCAP-approved processing. A capability page with machines, approvals and inspection equipment gives ads something credible to land on. Negative keywords filter out job and training searches, which are common for engineering terms. Customer confidentiality means ads focus on processes rather than programmes. Recruitment is a major marketing job too. Skilled machinists, inspectors and engineers are in demand, and careers campaigns on Meta and LinkedIn that show real work and clear pay help firms compete with bigger employers. The Weavers' Triangle mills are being redeveloped, the UCLan campus brings students into the centre, and Burnley FC draws visitors on match days. Retailers, cafés and trades in the town rely on Facebook, a strong Google Business Profile and local search. Pendle and the Ribble Valley support tourism and food businesses that use Instagram and Meta ads aimed at walkers and day-trippers from across Lancashire and Yorkshire. - Aerospace and machining firms: LinkedIn, capability search and content - Composites and materials companies: technical search and email - Manufacturers: careers campaigns for skilled staff - Retail, cafés and trades: Facebook and local search - Pendle tourism: Instagram and day-trip Meta ads All Burnley campaigns are run remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Burnley - Aerospace component manufacturers - Precision machining shops - Composites manufacturers - Surface treatment firms - Automotive suppliers - Engineering companies - Retailers and cafés - Rural tourism businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you help a Burnley machining firm recruit skilled staff? Yes. We run careers campaigns on Meta and LinkedIn aimed at machinists, inspectors and engineers within commuting distance, showing real work and clear pay. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. Meta employment ad rules apply. ### Will LinkedIn ads reach aerospace buyers? LinkedIn lets us target by industry, company, job title and seniority, so ads can reach engineering, quality and procurement staff at aerospace and defence firms. We keep ads factual and within any confidentiality rules your customers set. ### Do you promote Pendle walking and tourism businesses? Yes. We run Instagram and Meta ads aimed at walkers and day-trippers in nearby towns and cities, plus search ads on activity and place terms. Organic social management is from £125 a month + VAT per platform. --- # Digital Marketing in Lancaster Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/lancaster/ > Lancaster university spin-outs, energy and marine contractors, Morecambe Bay hotels, holiday parks and city centre independents can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We manage campaigns remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Lancaster is a compact historic city shaped by its university. Lancaster University has strengths in computing, cyber security, data science, environmental science and management, and InfoLab21 and the Health Innovation Campus help spin-outs and small tech firms get started. Those businesses usually need the same things early on: GA4 and conversion tracking in place before any ad spend, a clear message, and small, well-measured campaigns on search and LinkedIn aimed at the buyers or users they need. Energy brings a different kind of client. The two Heysham nuclear power stations and the Port of Heysham, with ferries and offshore support, sustain engineering, maintenance and marine service firms. They market to large operators through LinkedIn, technical search and content, within strict rules on what can be said publicly, and they recruit constantly. Tourism matters across the district. Lancaster Castle, Williamson Park and the Georgian streets draw visitors, Morecambe Bay has hotels and holiday parks, and the Lune Valley and Forest of Bowland support farm stays, outdoor activity providers and food producers. Their marketing is image-led and seasonal: Instagram, Meta ads aimed at people in Manchester, Preston, Leeds and Liverpool, search ads on place names and email to past guests. Holiday parks run campaigns from the start of the year as families plan summer breaks. The city centre's independent shops, cafés and pubs, many in old stone buildings, rely on Instagram, Facebook and a strong Google Business Profile, with a large student market that follows term dates. - Spin-outs and tech firms: tracking, search and LinkedIn - Energy and marine contractors: LinkedIn, technical content and recruitment - Hotels and holiday parks: Meta ads, search and email - Outdoor and farm stay businesses: Instagram and seasonal ads - City independents: local social and Google Business Profile All Lancaster campaigns are managed remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Lancaster - University spin-outs - Cyber security and data firms - Energy and nuclear contractors - Marine and port services - Hotels and holiday parks - Outdoor activity providers - Independent shops and cafés - Farm and food producers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### What should a Lancaster spin-out set up before advertising? GA4 with key events for sign-ups or demo requests, and conversion tracking imported into Google Ads and Meta. GA4 set-up is a one-off from £95 + VAT, and conversion tracking from £145 + VAT. Then small test campaigns show what works. ### Can you promote a Morecambe Bay holiday park? Yes. We run Meta and Google campaigns aimed at families in the cities your guests come from, weighted towards when they book, and email past guests about returning. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you work with nuclear sector contractors near Heysham? Yes. We run LinkedIn and search campaigns focused on capabilities and approvals, plus careers campaigns, and keep all wording within your customers' rules on publicity. Content and claims are agreed with you before anything goes live. --- # Digital Marketing in St Helens Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/st-helens/ > St Helens glass and materials manufacturers, engineering suppliers, Haydock distribution firms, hospitality businesses and local trades can get Google Ads, social media and email marketing from dijitul, managed remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. St Helens is the home of the British glass industry. Pilkington invented the float glass process here and still has major operations in the town, and a supply chain of engineering, materials and processing firms surrounds it. Those businesses sell to architects, specifiers, fabricators and manufacturers, which makes their marketing B2B and technical. Search ads on specific product types and specifications, LinkedIn ads aimed at architects, specifiers and procurement roles, and content such as data sheets and project examples tend to produce better enquiries than general awareness ads. Trade shows for building and glazing are a natural hook for pre-show and post-show email. Haydock, beside junction 23 of the M6, holds a large concentration of distribution centres, and the Parkside site near Newton-le-Willows is being developed for logistics. Operators there recruit drivers and warehouse staff constantly, so Meta and Google job campaigns, clear on pay and shifts, are a regular need. Haydock Park racecourse supports hospitality and events businesses that run campaigns around race days. Rugby league runs deep in St Helens, and community clubs and local sponsors use Facebook and Instagram for match days and fundraising. Trades, shops and cafés across the borough, including Newton-le-Willows, Rainhill and Eccleston, compete with Warrington, Wigan and Liverpool firms for local searches, so tight radius or postcode targeting and a strong Google Business Profile matter. - Glass and materials manufacturers: technical search, LinkedIn and specification content - Engineering suppliers: B2B search ads and trade email - Distribution centres: recruitment campaigns - Haydock Park hospitality: race-day campaigns and email - Trades and shops: local search and Facebook All St Helens campaigns are run remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in St Helens - Glass and materials manufacturers - Engineering suppliers - Distribution centres - Hauliers - Building products companies - Racecourse and hospitality businesses - Rugby and sports clubs - Tradespeople and retailers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you reach architects and specifiers on LinkedIn? Yes. LinkedIn lets us target architects, specifiers and procurement staff by job title, industry and seniority, often with a data sheet or guide as the offer. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend paid to LinkedIn. ### Do you run race-day campaigns near Haydock Park? Yes. We plan Meta and Google campaigns for hotels, pubs and restaurants around the racing calendar, aimed at racegoers travelling in, plus email to past customers. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT. ### Can you keep our ads within St Helens? Yes. We target the WA9 to WA12 postcode districts or a radius you choose and exclude Liverpool, Warrington or anywhere else you do not want, so budget stays on local customers. --- # Digital Marketing in Southport Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/southport/ > dijitul gives Southport retailers, hotels, restaurants, golf clubs, care homes and health practices Google Ads, social media and email marketing that suits a classic seaside town, all managed remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Southport is an elegant Victorian resort, and its businesses tend to want marketing that feels classic rather than loud. Lord Street, with its tree-lined boulevard, glass canopies and arcades, is home to independent fashion, gift and homeware shops. They sell to locals, visitors and, increasingly, online customers. Instagram and Facebook with good product photography, local Meta ads before events and seasons, Shopping ads for products that ship and email to past customers make a sensible mix. Golf is a big part of the town's identity. Royal Birkdale has hosted The Open, and the coast towards Formby has several famous links courses. Hotels, restaurants and golf businesses run campaigns for golfing breaks aimed at golfers across the UK and abroad, and when a major event comes to the coast, demand rises sharply. Campaigns need to be ready weeks ahead, with budgets that follow booking patterns. Southport has a large older population, and care homes, home care agencies, dentists and health practices are significant employers. Their marketing is about trust. Families researching care search carefully and read reviews, so search ads on care terms, an accurate Google Business Profile, warm and honest social content and quick responses to enquiries matter. Recruitment campaigns for carers and nurses run alongside. Facebook remains the strongest channel for reaching older audiences and their families. Formby, Ainsdale and Birkdale have many consultants and home-based professionals who market nationally through LinkedIn and search. - Lord Street retailers: Instagram, local Meta ads, Shopping and email - Hotels and golf businesses: golf break campaigns and event-led ads - Care homes and home care: family search ads, Facebook and recruitment - Dentists and health practices: treatment search ads All Southport campaigns are managed remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Southport - Independent retailers on Lord Street - Hotels and restaurants - Golf clubs and leisure venues - Care homes and home care agencies - Dentists and health practices - Estate agents - Financial planners - Home-based consultants ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you market golf breaks for a Southport hotel? Yes. We run search and Meta campaigns aimed at golfers across the UK, and further afield if you wish, promoting packages with nearby courses. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and email to past guests from £95 a month + VAT. ### How do you market a care home to families? We run search ads on care terms for your area, keep your Google Business Profile accurate, post warm and honest updates on Facebook and make sure enquiries are answered quickly. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Is Facebook still worth it for Southport businesses? For reaching older customers and their families, often yes. Organic Facebook management is from £125 a month + VAT per platform, and we can add small local ads for events or offers. --- # Digital Marketing in Crewe Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/crewe/ > Crewe automotive suppliers, rail contractors, logistics firms and Nantwich retailers and food producers can hand their Google Ads, social media and email marketing to dijitul, run remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Crewe is a railway town and a car town. Bentley Motors has built its cars at Pyms Lane since 1946, and a network of automotive suppliers, engineering firms and design consultancies works around it. Rolling stock, maintenance and infrastructure firms still operate near one of the country's busiest rail junctions. Both groups sell to a small number of demanding customers, and their marketing is B2B. LinkedIn ads aimed at engineering, purchasing and quality roles in automotive and rail, search ads on specific capabilities and content showing approvals and past work keep them visible. Customer confidentiality, especially around new vehicle programmes, means ads stick to capabilities rather than projects. Recruitment is a big part of marketing for these firms. Skilled engineers, technicians and rail staff are in demand, so careers campaigns on LinkedIn and Meta that show real work and clear pay help smaller firms compete with large employers. Logistics firms around junctions 16 and 17 of the M6 and Crewe Business Park also recruit heavily. Nantwich, a short drive away, is a historic market town with independent shops, restaurants and food producers. They rely on Instagram, Facebook, local Meta ads and email, with events such as food festivals and Christmas as peaks. The South Cheshire countryside is a major dairy area, and cheesemakers and farm shops sell direct with Shopping ads and email, especially around gifting seasons. - Automotive suppliers: LinkedIn, capability search and confidential-friendly content - Rail engineering contractors: LinkedIn and recruitment - Logistics firms: recruitment and B2B search - Nantwich retailers and restaurants: Instagram, local ads and email - Cheesemakers and farm shops: Shopping ads and gift-season email All Crewe campaigns are managed remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Crewe - Automotive suppliers - Engineering and design consultancies - Rail engineering contractors - Rolling stock maintenance firms - Distribution companies - Nantwich retailers and restaurants - Cheese makers and farm shops - Professional services firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you advertise an automotive supplier without revealing programmes? Yes. We focus ads and landing pages on processes, capacity, quality systems and approvals, never naming vehicles or customers without permission. All wording is agreed with you before launch so it fits your confidentiality obligations. ### Do you run careers campaigns for Crewe engineering firms? Yes. We run LinkedIn and Meta campaigns aimed at engineers and technicians within commuting distance, and track applications. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. Meta employment ad rules apply to job ads. ### Can you sell Cheshire cheese online with Shopping ads? Yes. We set up the product feed with accurate weights, prices and chilled delivery details, then run Shopping or Performance Max campaigns. Email flows for gifting seasons can be added from £95 a month + VAT. --- # Digital Marketing in Macclesfield Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/macclesfield/ > Macclesfield biotech and life sciences firms, consultancies, financial advisers, health practices and town centre independents can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing, all run remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management costs from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Macclesfield was once the centre of England's silk industry, and its modern economy is dominated by pharmaceuticals and life sciences. AstraZeneca has a major manufacturing site at Hurdsfield, and Alderley Park, the former research site nearby, is now a campus full of biotech, drug discovery and health technology companies. Laboratory services, validation, engineering and consulting firms have grown up around them. Life sciences marketing is careful work. Buyers are scientists, quality managers and procurement teams who research thoroughly, so content marketing that explains services clearly, LinkedIn ads aimed at the right roles and companies, and remarketing to people who have read technical pages usually beat broad campaigns. Claims about products and medicines are tightly regulated, and ad platforms have their own healthcare and pharmaceutical policies, so wording is agreed with your team before anything runs. Conferences are a natural hook for pre-event and post-event campaigns. The town and the surrounding area, including Wilmslow, Alderley Edge, Knutsford and Bollington, have many consultancies, financial advisers and home-based professionals. They market to businesses and affluent clients through LinkedIn, search ads on specific services, remarketing and regular email newsletters. Adviser ads follow FCA rules on financial promotions. Health and wellbeing practices, such as physios, aesthetics clinics and therapists, rely on treatment-led search ads, Instagram and a strong Google Business Profile. Town centre shops and cafés use Instagram and local Meta ads, and the monthly Treacle Market brings food and craft traders who build followings on social media. - Biotech and drug discovery firms: LinkedIn, content and conference campaigns - Validation and engineering consultancies: B2B search and LinkedIn - Financial advisers and accountants: compliant search ads and newsletters - Health and wellbeing practices: treatment search ads and Instagram All Macclesfield campaigns are managed remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Macclesfield - Biotech and drug discovery firms - Pharmaceutical suppliers - Laboratory services - Validation and engineering consultancies - Financial advisers and accountants - Home-based professionals - Health and wellbeing practices - Market traders and makers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you advertise life sciences services within platform rules? Yes. Google and Meta have healthcare and pharmaceutical policies, and some claims are regulated. We check campaigns against those policies and agree all wording with your team before launch. Paid social, including LinkedIn, starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you write technical content for biotech firms? Yes, working from your experts' input and drafts, with every piece reviewed by your team before publishing. Content marketing starts from £195 a month + VAT, and individual articles from £45 + VAT per piece. ### Can you run Google Ads for an aesthetics clinic? Yes, within Google's healthcare and medical policies, which restrict some treatments and claims. We build campaigns around specific treatments, track bookings and keep wording factual. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. --- # Digital Marketing in Carlisle Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/carlisle/ > Carlisle hauliers, food producers, farms, agricultural suppliers and Hadrian's Wall tourism businesses can get Google Ads, social media and email marketing from dijitul. Because everything is managed remotely from Mansfield, distance makes no difference. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT. Carlisle is the only city in Cumbria and the business centre for the far north of England and the Scottish Borders. Its marketing reflects a wide, rural catchment that crosses a national border. Campaigns for local services often need to cover Dumfries and Galloway and the Borders as well as North Cumbria, and Google Ads and Meta can target both sides precisely by town, radius or region. Its position on the M6, the A69 and the West Coast Main Line has made Carlisle a base for haulage and logistics firms serving both sides of the border. They market B2B through search ads on routes and services and through LinkedIn, and recruit drivers constantly through Meta and Google job campaigns. Food manufacturing is a major employer too, with McVitie's making Carr's water biscuits in the city and Nestlé nearby at Dalston. Smaller food and drink producers across North Cumbria sell direct with Shopping ads, Instagram and email, using a sense of place in their messaging. Agriculture runs through the wider economy. Harrison and Hetherington's livestock mart is one of the busiest in the UK, and farms, agricultural suppliers, vets and rural businesses depend on Carlisle. Farming audiences still respond well to Facebook, practical email and well-timed offers around sales and shows. Farms diversifying into holiday lets, farm shops or glamping need a different approach: Instagram, Meta ads aimed at the cities guests come from and search ads on place names. Hadrian's Wall, the castle and the cathedral bring walkers and visitors who plan online. Guest houses, cafés and attractions can reach them with search ads on walking and accommodation terms and email to past guests. - Hauliers: B2B search, LinkedIn and driver recruitment - Food producers: Shopping ads, Instagram and email - Farms and agricultural suppliers: Facebook and email - Farm diversification and tourism: Instagram, Meta ads and search All Carlisle campaigns are run remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Carlisle - Food manufacturers - Hauliers and logistics firms - Farms and agricultural suppliers - Livestock and auction businesses - Vets and rural services - Tourism and hospitality businesses - Engineering firms - Independent retailers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you target customers in the Scottish Borders as well as Cumbria? Yes. Google Ads and Meta let us target towns and regions on both sides of the border, or a radius around Carlisle, and exclude anywhere you do not cover. We can split campaigns by area so you see where enquiries come from. ### Do you market farm diversification projects? Yes. For holiday lets, glamping or farm shops we run Instagram and Meta ads aimed at the people most likely to visit, plus search ads on place and accommodation terms. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can you help a Carlisle haulier recruit drivers? Yes. Carlisle hauliers often run cross-border work, so we write driver ads that are upfront about routes into Scotland, nights out, pay and vehicle type, then show them to people within reach of your yard on Meta and Google. Each application is tracked back to its ad. --- # Digital Marketing in Newcastle Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/newcastle/ > Newcastle upon Tyne tech and SaaS firms, games studios, law and accountancy practices, bars and retailers can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We manage every campaign remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management costs from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Newcastle upon Tyne is the commercial capital of the North East, with one of the strongest tech sectors outside London. Sage was founded here, Ubisoft Reflections is based in the city, and digital agencies and SaaS start-ups cluster in the Ouseburn Valley and the centre. Newcastle Helix, on the old brewery site, brings together national innovation centres and businesses working with Newcastle and Northumbria universities. Tech and SaaS firms want sign-ups, trials and demo requests, which makes measurement the foundation. GA4 key events, Google Ads conversion tracking and, for paid social, the Meta pixel or LinkedIn Insight Tag tell you which campaigns produce real pipeline rather than cheap clicks. Search campaigns on the problem your product solves, competitor-adjacent terms used carefully, LinkedIn ads to the job titles that buy, and remarketing to trial users usually form the core. Games studios use YouTube, TikTok and Meta for launches and wishlist campaigns. Law firms, accountants and financial services businesses around the Quayside and Grey Street compete on local service searches. Specific services, call tracking and a regular client newsletter usually beat broad campaigns, with wording kept within SRA and FCA rules. The city's bars, restaurants and venues compete for students, shoppers and visitors. Instagram, TikTok, local Meta ads around events and a strong Google Business Profile all matter, along with event-led email. Retail and food brands in the region sell online with Shopping ads and Klaviyo flows. Cobalt Business Park in North Tyneside holds large offices whose occupants recruit through LinkedIn and Meta. - Tech and SaaS firms: tracking, search, LinkedIn and remarketing - Games studios: launch campaigns on YouTube, TikTok and Meta - Law and accountancy practices: service search ads and newsletters - Bars, restaurants and venues: Instagram, TikTok and event ads All Newcastle campaigns are run remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Newcastle upon Tyne - SaaS and tech companies - Games and digital studios - Law and accountancy firms - Banks and financial services - Health and research organisations - Bars, restaurants and venues - Retail and food brands - University spin-outs ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run demo-focused campaigns for a Newcastle SaaS firm? Yes. We build search and LinkedIn campaigns around the problems your product solves, track demo requests as conversions and report cost per demo. Conversion tracking set-up is from £145 + VAT one-off, and Google Ads management from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you run game launch campaigns? Yes. We can run YouTube, TikTok and Meta campaigns around trailers, wishlists and launch dates, aimed at players of similar games. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend paid to the platform. ### Can you manage Instagram for a Newcastle bar? Yes. Organic social media management is from £125 a month + VAT per platform, covering planning, captions, scheduling and replies. Local ads for events and offers can be added from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. --- # Digital Marketing in Sunderland Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/sunderland/ > Sunderland automotive and EV suppliers, engineering firms, contact centres and city centre businesses can get Google Ads, LinkedIn, social media and email marketing from dijitul, managed remotely from our Mansfield office. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Sunderland has the UK's largest car plant. Nissan has built cars at Washington Road since 1986 and now builds electric vehicles there, with AESC making batteries on the neighbouring site, and the International Advanced Manufacturing Park next door is drawing more automotive and EV suppliers. Component makers, tooling firms and logistics businesses on estates along the A19 make up a large supply chain. Those suppliers market to a small number of large customers and to new entrants arriving in the area. LinkedIn ads aimed at purchasing, engineering and quality roles in automotive and battery manufacturing, search ads on specific capabilities and content that shows approvals and capacity keep them visible. Confidentiality around vehicle programmes means ads focus on processes rather than projects. Recruitment is the other big job. Growing manufacturers compete hard for operators, technicians and engineers, and careers campaigns on Meta and LinkedIn that show real work, shift patterns and pay help them stand out. Doxford International Business Park hosts contact centres and back offices that recruit in volume, which suits Meta and Google job campaigns with fast application forms. Riverside Sunderland is bringing new offices and homes to the centre. City centre retail and hospitality use Instagram, Facebook and local Meta ads, and the university's students shape demand through the year. The Port of Sunderland supports marine and engineering firms that market B2B. Trades across the city compete with Newcastle and Durham firms for local searches, so tight location targeting helps. - Automotive and EV suppliers: LinkedIn, capability search and content - Manufacturers: careers campaigns for skilled and shift roles - Contact centres: volume recruitment on Meta and Google - City centre retail and hospitality: Instagram and local ads - Port and marine businesses: B2B search All Sunderland campaigns are managed remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Sunderland - Automotive and EV suppliers - Battery supply chain firms - Engineering and tooling companies - Logistics companies - Contact centres - Port and marine businesses - Retailers and hospitality - Tradespeople ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you help an EV supplier reach buyers in Sunderland? Yes. We run LinkedIn ads to purchasing, engineering and quality roles at automotive and battery manufacturers, plus search ads on your capabilities. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and we keep wording within customer confidentiality rules. ### Do you run volume recruitment for contact centres? Yes. We run Meta and Google job campaigns with simple application forms, aimed at people within commuting distance, and track applications by campaign. Meta employment ad rules apply, which limit some targeting options. ### Can you stop our ads showing in Newcastle? Yes. We target the Sunderland postcode districts or radius you serve and exclude Newcastle, Durham or anywhere else you do not want, so your budget stays on local customers who can actually reach you. --- # Digital Marketing in Middlesbrough Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/middlesbrough/ > Middlesbrough process and energy contractors, engineering firms, Boho Zone digital studios, health organisations and local shops can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing, all managed remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Teesside's heavy industry still shapes Middlesbrough's economy. The chemical and process plants at Wilton International and Billingham form one of the UK's largest integrated chemical complexes, and the former Redcar steelworks is being redeveloped as Teesworks, part of Teesside Freeport, with a focus on offshore wind, hydrogen and carbon capture. Engineering, maintenance, inspection and scaffolding contractors work across these sites. Contractors here sell to large operators through tenders, frameworks and relationships. Marketing supports that by making them visible and credible: LinkedIn ads to engineering, procurement and HSE managers in process and energy, search ads on specific services such as shutdown support or NDT inspection, and content such as case studies and safety records that buyers check. New businesses arriving for Teesworks projects often need a full marketing setup from scratch, starting with tracking and a clear website message. Recruitment is a constant theme. Energy transition projects and plant maintenance need skilled trades and engineers, and careers campaigns on Meta and LinkedIn, clear about tickets, rotas and pay, help contractors fill roles. Middlesbrough also has a lively digital scene in the Boho Zone near the station, supported by Teesside University's games, computing and design courses. Studios there use YouTube, TikTok and Meta for game launches and sometimes want white-label ad management for clients. Health organisations and the wider public sector recruit through Meta and Google. Retail and hospitality in the town centre rely on Instagram, Facebook and local Meta ads. - Process and energy contractors: LinkedIn, service search ads and case studies - Engineering firms: careers campaigns for skilled roles - Digital and games studios: launch campaigns and white-label help - Health organisations: recruitment campaigns - Retail and hospitality: Instagram and local ads All Middlesbrough campaigns are run remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Middlesbrough - Chemical and process industry contractors - Energy and hydrogen supply chain firms - Engineering and maintenance contractors - Inspection and testing companies - Digital and games studios - Health organisations - Training providers - Retail and hospitality ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can marketing help a contractor win work at Teesworks? It helps buyers find and check you, alongside your tenders. We run LinkedIn ads to the right roles, search ads on your services and help publish case studies. Content marketing starts from £195 a month + VAT, and paid social from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you run recruitment ads for skilled trades? Yes. We run Meta and LinkedIn campaigns aimed at people with the tickets and experience you need, clear on rotas and pay, and track applications. Meta employment ad rules limit some targeting, which we plan around. ### Do you offer white-label ad management for Boho Zone studios? Yes. We can manage Google, Meta or TikTok campaigns for your clients under your brand and report to you. Audits and consultancy are £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote, and ongoing management follows our normal rates. --- # Digital Marketing in Durham Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/durham/ > In Durham, dijitul handles Google Ads, social media and email marketing for everyone from university spin-outs and NETPark firms to student letting agents, hotels, cafés and attractions on the peninsula. Campaigns are run remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend; organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT. Durham is a small cathedral city with a big reputation. The cathedral and castle form a UNESCO World Heritage Site, and Durham University dominates much of the local economy. Its research in physics, space science, biosciences and computing feeds spin-outs, many of which move to NETPark at Sedgefield, the science park focused on printable electronics, photonics, semiconductors and space technology. Deep-tech start-ups market to investors, partners and specialist buyers, often internationally. They usually get more from LinkedIn ads aimed at the right job titles and industries, content that explains complex work simply, and conference campaigns, than from broad consumer channels. Tracking matters from the start, so early budgets are measured against real enquiries. Tourism is the other visible side of the city. Visitors come for the cathedral, the castle, the riverbanks and events such as Lumiere, and hotels, cafés, attractions and shops compete for them. Search ads on place and event terms, Meta ads aimed at nearby cities and Instagram content that shows the city honestly catch people while they plan. Graduation weeks and open days bring families who book hotels and restaurants months ahead. The student market is large. Letting agents and landlords run campaigns timed to the house-hunting season, and cafés, bars and takeaways plan around term dates with Instagram, TikTok and local Meta ads. Durham is also the county's administrative centre, so public sector suppliers market through LinkedIn and content, and manufacturers across County Durham use B2B search. - Spin-outs and science park firms: LinkedIn, content and tracking - Hotels, cafés and attractions: search on place terms, Meta and Instagram - Student letting agents: seasonal search and social - Public sector suppliers: LinkedIn and content All Durham campaigns are managed remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Durham - University spin-outs - Science park companies - Student lettings agents and landlords - Hotels and attractions - Cafés and independent shops - Event organisers - Public sector suppliers - Manufacturers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you market a NETPark deep-tech company? Yes. We usually start with a short strategy, then run LinkedIn ads to investors, partners or buyers and publish content that explains your technology clearly. Strategy work is £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote, and content marketing from £195 a month + VAT. ### Can you fill rooms around Durham graduation weeks? We can run search and Meta campaigns aimed at families planning graduation and open day trips, launched well in advance, plus email to past guests. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you run house-hunting campaigns for student letting agents? Yes. We time Google and Meta campaigns around when Durham students search for next year's housing, link ads straight to available properties and reduce spend once houses are let, so you only pay while there is something to fill. --- # Digital Marketing in Gateshead Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/gateshead/ > Gateshead manufacturers and trade counters on Team Valley, MetroCentre retailers, hospitality businesses and Quayside arts organisations can turn to dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. Everything is managed remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT. Gateshead faces Newcastle across the Tyne and has its own business base. Team Valley Trading Estate, built in the 1930s and one of the largest in the UK, holds hundreds of manufacturers, engineering firms, wholesalers, trade counters and offices. Most are established small and mid-sized businesses that have relied on reputation and repeat custom for years. For Team Valley firms, the most useful marketing is practical. Trade counters and wholesalers do well with search ads on the brands and product types they stock, Shopping ads where they sell online, and a monthly email to trade accounts about stock and offers. Manufacturers and engineering firms need search ads on specific capabilities and occasional LinkedIn campaigns to reach buyers. Many already have an old Google Ads account running quietly in the background, and an audit often finds spend leaking to irrelevant searches or far-off locations. The MetroCentre and the retail parks around it support shops, restaurants and leisure businesses that compete for shoppers from across Tyneside. Local Meta ads, Instagram, offers by email or SMS, and a strong Google Business Profile help them stand out from national chains. Gateshead Quays is a cultural destination, home to the BALTIC Centre for Contemporary Art and The Glasshouse International Centre for Music, and arts organisations need campaigns for exhibitions and concerts, email to members and, where eligible, Google Ad Grants. The borough also includes Whickham, Blaydon, Ryton, Birtley and Felling, with plenty of trades and independents that compete with Newcastle firms for local searches. - Manufacturers and engineering firms: capability search and LinkedIn - Trade counters and wholesalers: brand search, Shopping and trade email - Retail and leisure: local Meta ads, Instagram and offers - Arts and cultural organisations: event campaigns, member email and Ad Grants All Gateshead campaigns are run remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Gateshead - Team Valley manufacturers - Engineering companies - Wholesalers and trade counters - Retailers - Hospitality and leisure businesses - Arts and cultural organisations - Charities - Tradespeople ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you audit our Team Valley firm's Google Ads account? Yes. We review search terms, locations, bidding, ads and tracking, and give you a plain-English list of what to fix. Audits are £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote, and ongoing management starts from £150 a month + VAT. ### Do you help Gateshead arts organisations sell tickets? Yes. We run Meta and Google campaigns for exhibitions and concerts, email members and past bookers, and help eligible charities with Google Ad Grants. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT. ### Can you send trade emails for a Gateshead wholesaler? Yes. We write, design and send regular emails to trade customers about stock, offers and new lines, to people who have opted in. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT. --- # Digital Marketing in Darlington Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/darlington/ > Darlington consultancies working with government, engineering and rail firms, logistics companies, market traders and heritage businesses can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We manage campaigns remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Darlington is often called the birthplace of the modern railway. The Stockton and Darlington Railway opened in 1825, and its bicentenary in 2025 brought new attention to the town's heritage sites. Rail and infrastructure engineering is still part of the economy, Cummins makes engines here, and precision engineering and fabrication firms work from Faverdale, Lingfield Point and other business parks along the A1(M). The biggest recent change is the Darlington Economic Campus, which brings together HM Treasury and other government departments. Consultancies, contractors and service businesses working with government market in a particular way. Buyers research carefully and value clarity, so LinkedIn ads aimed at civil service and public sector roles, useful content and email to contacts work better than flashy campaigns. Landing pages should be accessible, with clear headings and plain language, because public sector buyers expect it. Engineering and rail firms market to large customers through LinkedIn, capability search ads and case studies, and recruit skilled staff through careers campaigns. Logistics companies near the A1(M) and A66 run B2B search ads and recruitment campaigns. The town centre and covered market have many independent shops, cafés and traders. Facebook and Instagram, a complete Google Business Profile and small local Meta ads around events keep them visible. Heritage sites and tourism businesses benefit from event-led campaigns and search ads aimed at visitors from across the North East and Yorkshire. Rural businesses around the town use Facebook and email. - Government suppliers and consultancies: LinkedIn, content and accessible landing pages - Engineering and rail firms: capability search, LinkedIn and recruitment - Logistics companies: B2B search and driver recruitment - Market traders and independents: Facebook, Instagram and local ads - Heritage and tourism businesses: event-led campaigns All Darlington campaigns are managed remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Darlington - Government suppliers and consultancies - Engineering manufacturers - Rail and infrastructure contractors - Logistics companies - Professional services firms - Market traders and independent shops - Heritage and tourism businesses - Farms and rural businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### How should a consultancy market itself to government buyers in Darlington? Usually through LinkedIn ads to the relevant public sector roles, clear content that explains your expertise and email to contacts, with accessible landing pages. Content marketing starts from £195 a month + VAT, and paid social from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can you manage Facebook for Darlington market traders? Yes. Organic social media management is from £125 a month + VAT per platform, covering posts about stock, offers and market days, scheduling and replies. Small local Meta ads can be added for events. ### Do you run recruitment ads for rail engineering firms? Yes. We run careers campaigns on LinkedIn and Meta aimed at engineers and technicians, clear about roles and pay, and track applications. Meta employment ad rules apply, which we plan around. --- # Digital Marketing in Hartlepool Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/hartlepool/ > dijitul supports Hartlepool energy and nuclear contractors, fabricators, marine firms, creative makers and marina hospitality businesses with Google Ads, social media and email marketing, all run remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management costs from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Hartlepool is a port town with a long industrial and maritime history, and its economy now leans heavily on energy and engineering. The nuclear power station on the coast is a major employer, supported by maintenance and specialist contractors. The port and Able Seaton Port handle offshore work, including oil and gas decommissioning, and the town is part of Teesside Freeport. Steel pipe making continues, and fabricators and engineering firms fill Queens Meadow and the industrial estates. Contractors to safety-critical sites need to prove competence, and marketing supports that. LinkedIn ads aimed at engineering, procurement and HSE roles at operators, search ads on specific services such as pipe fabrication or decommissioning support, and case studies that show safe, well-managed work help buyers shortlist them. Nuclear and energy clients often restrict what suppliers can say publicly, so ads focus on capabilities and approvals. Recruitment campaigns for welders, fabricators and technicians run alongside. Hartlepool has a creative side too. The Northern School of Art trains designers, illustrators and makers, and graduates who start their own businesses often need help with the parts of selling they were not taught: Instagram that sells, Shopping ads for products, and email lists that turn followers into customers. The historic quay and the National Museum of the Royal Navy, with HMS Trincomalee, bring visitors to the marina, where restaurants, bars and attractions use Instagram, Facebook and Meta ads aimed at day-trippers from across Teesside and County Durham. Trades and shops across the town compete with Middlesbrough and Stockton firms for local searches. - Nuclear and energy contractors: LinkedIn, service search and case studies - Fabricators and pipe makers: B2B search and recruitment - Creative makers: Instagram, Shopping ads and email - Marina hospitality and attractions: Instagram and day-trip ads All Hartlepool campaigns are managed remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Hartlepool - Nuclear and energy contractors - Offshore and decommissioning firms - Fabrication and pipe manufacturers - Marine and port services - Engineering companies - Creative makers and designers - Marina hospitality businesses - Training providers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you advertise a nuclear sector contractor? Yes. We run LinkedIn and search campaigns focused on capabilities, approvals and safety, and agree all wording with you so it respects your customers' publicity rules. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can you help a Northern School of Art graduate sell online? Yes. Many makers start with organic Instagram management from £125 a month + VAT, a simple email list and welcome flow, then add Shopping ads once products and photos are ready. Training is also available at £45 an hour + VAT if you prefer to do it yourself. ### Do you run ads for marina restaurants and attractions? Yes. We run Instagram and Meta ads aimed at day-trippers from nearby towns, promote events and keep your Google Business Profile current. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. --- # Digital Marketing in Stockton-on-Tees Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/stockton-on-tees/ > Stockton-on-Tees process industry suppliers, biotech manufacturers, Yarm restaurants and independents, market traders and venues can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing, managed remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Stockton-on-Tees is the largest borough in the Tees Valley by population, and it mixes heavy industry with market town life. Billingham is a major centre for the chemicals and process industries, including Fujifilm's biologics manufacturing site and specialist chemical producers. Engineering, fabrication and maintenance firms in Thornaby, Preston Farm and Portrack support them, and Wynyard Business Park attracts offices and advanced manufacturing. Process industry suppliers sell to plant operators through frameworks and approved supplier lists. LinkedIn ads to engineering, maintenance and procurement roles, search ads on specific services and case studies support those relationships. Biotech and regulated manufacturers market to specialists through content and conferences, within strict rules on claims, and recruit scientists and technicians through LinkedIn. Stockton's wide high street still hosts its market, and the restored Globe theatre has brought live entertainment back to the centre. The Stockton International Riverside Festival is a well-known annual arts event. Venues and promoters run campaigns around on-sale dates and festival weekends, with Meta ads, email and social posts. Market traders and town centre shops rely on Facebook and Instagram. Yarm, an affluent market town within the borough, has independent shops, restaurants and professional firms that want polished, understated marketing. Restaurants there compete on Instagram and Google Business Profile; boutiques use Instagram, Meta ads and email for new collections. Thornaby, Ingleby Barwick, Norton and Billingham add trades and local services that need tightly targeted search campaigns, because Middlesbrough and Darlington firms bid on the same terms. - Process and chemical suppliers: LinkedIn, service search and case studies - Biotech manufacturers: content, conferences and recruitment - Venues and events: on-sale campaigns and email - Yarm restaurants and boutiques: Instagram, Meta ads and email - Trades and local services: targeted search and Google Business Profile All Stockton-on-Tees campaigns are run remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Stockton-on-Tees - Chemical and process industry suppliers - Biotech manufacturers - Engineering and fabrication firms - Yarm restaurants and independents - Market traders - Venues and event organisers - Professional services firms - Tradespeople ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Do you run campaigns for Yarm restaurants and boutiques? Yes. We manage Instagram, run Meta ads to nearby affluent areas and send emails for new menus or collections. Organic social is from £125 a month + VAT per platform, and email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. ### Can you help a Billingham process supplier get on buyers' radar? Yes. We run LinkedIn ads to engineering, maintenance and procurement roles at operators, search ads on your services and help publish case studies. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can you promote events around the Riverside Festival? Yes. We plan Meta and Google campaigns for venues, bars and traders around festival weekends, aimed at people across Teesside, plus email to past customers. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. --- # Digital Marketing in Birmingham Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/birmingham/ > Birmingham law and accountancy firms, manufacturers, Jewellery Quarter makers, NEC exhibitors, Digbeth creatives and restaurants can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We manage every campaign remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Birmingham is the UK's second city and one of its most competitive places to buy clicks. The Colmore Business District holds a large concentration of law, accountancy, banking and insurance firms, and HSBC UK has its head office in the city. Generic terms such as "solicitors Birmingham" attract national firms and lead-generation sites, so professional practices usually do better with specific services, careful negative keywords, call tracking and remarketing. Ads for regulated services are kept within SRA and FCA rules. The Jewellery Quarter is home to hundreds of jewellers and related trades, and many now sell online. Jewellery suits Shopping ads and Instagram when photography is strong, with engagement rings, wedding bands and gifting seasons driving demand. Product feeds need accurate metal, stone and size data, and email flows for browsers and past buyers turn a long consideration period into sales. The NEC and ICC host major exhibitions and conferences through the year. Exhibitors get more from an expensive stand when they run LinkedIn and Google ads to likely visitors beforehand and email contacts afterwards. Manufacturing remains part of the city's identity, from Cadbury at Bournville to engineering and automotive firms across the city and the Black Country, which market B2B through LinkedIn and capability search ads. Digbeth has become a hub for digital, creative and media businesses, and the city's restaurants and bars compete hard on Instagram, TikTok and local Meta ads. Recruitment agencies and charities, both large sectors here, run candidate and supporter campaigns. - Law and accountancy firms: specific service search ads, remarketing and call tracking - Jewellery Quarter makers: Shopping ads, Instagram and email flows - NEC and ICC exhibitors: pre-show LinkedIn and post-show email - Manufacturers: LinkedIn and capability search - Restaurants and bars: Instagram, TikTok and local ads All Birmingham campaigns are run remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Birmingham - Law and accountancy firms - Banks and insurers - Manufacturers and engineering firms - Jewellers and Jewellery Quarter makers - NEC and ICC exhibitors - Creative and digital agencies - Restaurants and hospitality - Recruitment agencies ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run Shopping ads for a Jewellery Quarter jeweller? Yes. We set up a product feed with accurate metal, stone, size and price data, then run Shopping or Performance Max campaigns, plus email flows for browsers and past buyers. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you run campaigns around NEC exhibitions? Yes. We run LinkedIn and Google ads to likely visitors in the weeks before, then email contacts after the show. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. ### Is Google Ads affordable for a small Birmingham law firm? It can be when campaigns focus on specific services rather than generic terms, with negatives and call tracking in place. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of spend if higher, plus ad spend paid to Google. --- # Digital Marketing in Coventry Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/coventry/ > dijitul plans and manages Google Ads, LinkedIn, social media and email marketing for Coventry automotive and EV firms, battery start-ups, engineering consultancies, games studios and student-focused businesses. Everything is run remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend; organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT. Coventry is the historic home of the British motor industry and now sits at the centre of its move to electric vehicles. Jaguar Land Rover has its headquarters and engineering centre at Whitley, the London Electric Vehicle Company builds electric taxis at Ansty Park, and the UK Battery Industrialisation Centre helps firms scale up battery manufacturing. The Manufacturing Technology Centre and WMG at the University of Warwick connect research with industry. Engineering consultancies, test and design firms and component suppliers market to a small number of technical buyers. LinkedIn ads aimed at engineering, purchasing and programme roles at vehicle makers and tier one suppliers, search ads on specific capabilities such as battery testing or lightweighting, and content that shows expertise keep them visible through long buying cycles. Confidentiality is standard in automotive, so ads focus on capabilities rather than customer projects. EV and battery start-ups also need investor and partner awareness, conference campaigns and careful tracking from day one. Recruitment is a major part of marketing for growing engineering firms, which compete with large employers for engineers and technicians through LinkedIn and Meta careers campaigns. Coventry's year as UK City of Culture in 2021 boosted its creative and events scene, and the Friargate business district by the station is adding new offices. Nearby Leamington Spa is one of the UK's biggest games development clusters, where studios run launch campaigns on YouTube, TikTok and Meta. Two universities bring a large student population that shapes demand for cafés, bars, takeaways and letting agents through the year. - Automotive and EV firms: LinkedIn, capability search and content - Battery and manufacturing start-ups: tracking, LinkedIn and conference campaigns - Engineering firms: careers campaigns - Games studios: launch campaigns on YouTube, TikTok and Meta - Student-focused businesses: term-time social campaigns All Coventry campaigns are managed remotely from Mansfield. ## Who we market in Coventry - Automotive engineering firms - EV and battery supply chain companies - Component manufacturers - Testing and design consultancies - University spin-outs - Logistics and distribution firms - Games studios - Student-focused retail and hospitality ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run LinkedIn campaigns for a Coventry engineering consultancy? Yes. We target engineering, purchasing and programme roles at vehicle makers and suppliers by company, job title and seniority, often with a guide or case study as the offer. Paid social starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you help battery start-ups with marketing? Yes. We set up GA4 and conversion tracking first, then run LinkedIn and search campaigns aimed at partners, customers or investors, and help with conference campaigns. GA4 set-up is from £95 + VAT, and strategy work is £45 an hour + VAT. ### Can you run term-time campaigns for Coventry student businesses? Yes. We plan Instagram, TikTok and Meta ads around Freshers, term dates and exams for cafés, bars and letting agents, and reduce spend during holidays. Organic social is from £125 a month + VAT per platform. --- # Digital Marketing in Wolverhampton Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/wolverhampton/ > Wolverhampton businesses can hire dijitul to run their Google Ads, social media and email marketing without a local office in the way. We work remotely from Mansfield for Black Country engineers, trade counters and city centre independents. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT and social media management from £125 a month + VAT. Wolverhampton is a city that still makes things, and its marketing needs follow from that. The i54 business park by junction 2 of the M54 holds Jaguar Land Rover's engine plant alongside aerospace and engineering firms such as Moog, and a long chain of machine shops, fabricators and coating specialists works around them in Bilston, Wednesfield and along Willenhall Road. Those suppliers rarely win work from an Instagram post. They win it when a buyer searches for a process, a material or a tolerance and finds a clear page with a quote form, or when a procurement manager sees their name on LinkedIn more than once. For that B2B layer we usually build tightly themed Google Search campaigns on exact and phrase match, with a long negative keyword list to keep out job seekers and students, and conversion tracking on quote requests and phone calls. LinkedIn Ads with lead gen forms suit firms chasing tier one buyers, because the audience can be narrowed by industry and job title rather than postcode. The city centre is a different market. Independent shops, cafés and salons around Queen Square and Lichfield Street compete for locals and for the student population of the University of Wolverhampton, so Meta and Instagram ads with a tight radius, plus a well kept Google Business Profile, tend to matter more than search ads. Accountants, solicitors and housing teams near the i9 building and the Interchange often get the best return from a monthly email newsletter and a small, steady search budget. - Engineering suppliers: Search ads on process terms, LinkedIn lead gen, remarketing to past site visitors - Trade counters and distributors: Shopping ads from a clean Merchant Center feed - City centre independents: local Meta ads and organic Instagram - Professional firms: email newsletters and branded search protection Clicks on Black Country trade terms are contested by Birmingham agencies' clients too, so we keep budgets on the searches that actually turn into quotes. ## Who we market in Wolverhampton - Precision engineering and machining firms - Aerospace and automotive suppliers - Trade counters and distributors - Metal finishing and fabrication shops - Accountants and solicitors - Independent shops and cafés - Property and lettings agents - Training providers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run Google Ads for a Wolverhampton engineering firm remotely? Yes. Everything happens in your Google Ads account, which you own. We research the process and material terms buyers actually search, build the campaigns, set up conversion tracking on quote forms and calls, and report monthly. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Google. ### Is LinkedIn worth it for a Black Country supplier? It can be, if your buyers are a defined group such as purchasing managers at automotive or aerospace firms. LinkedIn clicks cost more than Google, so we use it for targeted lead gen forms and remarketing rather than broad awareness. Paid social management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can you target Wolverhampton and Bilston only, not the whole West Midlands? Yes. Google Ads and Meta both let us set location targeting by radius or by named areas, and we set Google to target people in or regularly in those places rather than people merely interested in them. That stops a city centre café paying for clicks from Coventry. --- # Digital Marketing in Stoke-on-Trent Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/stoke-on-trent/ > For Potteries brands, warehouses and Hanley retailers, dijitul runs Google Ads, social media and email marketing remotely from our base in Mansfield. Stoke-on-Trent ceramics makers often need Shopping ads and email flows most. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, social media from £125 a month + VAT and email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. Stoke-on-Trent is six towns rather than one centre: Tunstall, Burslem, Hanley, Stoke, Fenton and Longton. That matters for local advertising, because a shop in Longton and a café in Burslem do not share a catchment, and a single city-wide radius wastes money. We target by town or tight radius instead. Ceramics still gives the city its identity. Tableware and giftware names such as Portmeirion, Steelite, Churchill China and Emma Bridgewater make here, and a ring of smaller studios, decorators and gift brands sells direct online. For those makers, marketing is mostly product led: - Google Shopping and Performance Max campaigns fed by a tidy Merchant Center feed, with accurate titles, colours, patterns and GTINs - Meta and Instagram ads using lifestyle photography of a table set, not just a plate on white - Klaviyo or Mailchimp flows: welcome series, abandoned cart, post-purchase care tips and win-back for last year's Christmas buyers - Gifting peaks around Mother's Day, Black Friday and the run-up to Christmas, planned weeks ahead so budgets and email calendars are ready The wider economy is broader than pots. bet365 is headquartered in the city, Michelin has a long-established site, and the A500 and A50 links to the M6 have drawn warehousing to Etruria Valley and Meir. Logistics and engineering firms here usually want B2B search ads on service terms and a steady flow of recruitment adverts, where Meta and Indeed-style job ads often outperform search. Staffordshire University and nearby Keele add a student audience that responds well to Instagram and TikTok for food, nightlife and services in Hanley. Heritage sites and visitor attractions need their opening times, booking links and events promoted consistently across Google Business Profile, Facebook and email, especially for school holidays. Competition for paid clicks on generic homeware terms is national, not local, so we focus spend on branded, pattern-specific and gift-intent searches where a Potteries maker has a real edge. ## Who we market in Stoke-on-Trent - Ceramics and tableware makers - Homeware and gift brands selling online - Pottery decorators and small studios - Warehousing and distribution companies - Engineering suppliers - Heritage sites and visitor attractions - Independent retailers in Hanley - Care providers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you set up Google Shopping ads for our Stoke pottery brand? Yes. We check your Merchant Center feed first, fixing titles, product types, GTINs and images so products show for the right searches, then build Shopping or Performance Max campaigns around your best sellers. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, plus ad spend paid to Google. ### Do you set up email flows for ceramics shops on Shopify? We do. Most Shopify stores benefit from a welcome series, abandoned cart and post-purchase flow in Klaviyo or Mailchimp. Marketing automation set-up is £195 + VAT one-off, and ongoing email campaigns start from £95 a month + VAT. You need consent to email people, so we check your sign-up forms too. ### Can you target Hanley and Burslem rather than the whole city? Yes. Meta and Google both allow radius and location targeting, so a Hanley shop can advertise to people nearby rather than paying for clicks across all six towns and Newcastle-under-Lyme. We review the location report monthly and trim areas that spend without converting. ### Do you manage our Instagram as well as the ads? We can. Organic social media management, covering content planning, scheduling and replying to comments, starts from £125 a month + VAT per platform package. Many Potteries brands pair that with paid Instagram ads so new products reach people beyond existing followers. --- # Digital Marketing in Worcester Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/worcester/ > Heating installers, engineers, hotels and solicitors in Worcester can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We work remotely from Mansfield and report in plain English every month. Google Ads management costs from £150 a month + VAT, and organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Worcester is a compact cathedral city on the Severn with a business base that punches above its size. Worcester Bosch makes boilers at its Warndon site and Yamazaki Mazak builds machine tools in the city, and both support a network of installers, component makers and service engineers across the county. That installer network is the clearest paid search opportunity here. People search for a boiler service, a new combi or an emergency repair when they need one, and a well built Google Search campaign, plus Local Services Ads where the trade is eligible, puts a local engineer in front of them at that moment. Worcester Six, by junction 6 of the M5, has added manufacturing and logistics units whose marketing is mostly B2B: search ads on specific services, LinkedIn for reaching buyers and recruitment campaigns for drivers and engineers. The city centre around the High Street, Friar Street and the cathedral quarter runs on tourism, hospitality and independent shops. Those businesses do best with: - Instagram and Facebook content that shows rooms, food and events, boosted with small radius ads during race days and summer weekends - A Google Business Profile with accurate hours, menus and booking links - An email list of past guests for midweek offers and seasonal menus Lea and Perrins gives the city a food and drink identity, and farm and food producers across the county sell through farm shops and online, where Shopping ads and email flows help. Solicitors, accountants, surveyors and financial advisers in the centre and around Shrub Hill tend to want brand protection on Google, a regular client newsletter and LinkedIn content. The University of Worcester brings students and staff, and nearby Malvern's cyber security cluster adds technical firms that buy on trust and expertise, so thought leadership content and LinkedIn tend to beat broad paid reach for them. ## Who we market in Worcester - Heating and building services installers - Precision engineering suppliers - Food and drink producers - Hotels, restaurants and tea rooms - Solicitors and accountants - Financial advisers - Cyber security and technology firms - Independent retailers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run Google Ads for a Worcester heating engineer? Yes. Heating and plumbing are good fits for search ads because people search when they have a problem. We build campaigns on service and emergency terms, add call tracking and negatives for DIY searches, and check whether Local Services Ads suit you. Management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can you target Worcester and Malvern but not Birmingham? Yes. We set location targeting to the towns and radius you actually serve and exclude areas you do not. On Google we target people located in those areas, not those just searching about them, so your budget is spent within your patch. ### Do you run email newsletters for Worcester professional firms? We do. We write and send monthly newsletters in Mailchimp, Brevo or similar, keep the list clean, and make sure SPF, DKIM and DMARC are in place so messages reach inboxes. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT. --- # Digital Marketing in Walsall Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/walsall/ > Saddlers, hardware makers and trade suppliers in Walsall get Google Ads, social media and email marketing from dijitul, run remotely from Mansfield. We set up campaigns that bring enquiries and online orders from the right buyers. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT and email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. Walsall was once called the town of a hundred trades, and two of them still define it. It is the traditional home of English saddlery, and a handful of saddlers still sell bridles and saddles to riders worldwide. Neighbouring Willenhall built the British lock industry, and security hardware is still made in that part of the borough. Darlaston adds metal processing and engineering, and junctions 9 and 10 of the M6 have drawn trade counters, builders merchants and hauliers. Craft and hardware firms like these often have excellent products that are invisible online. Marketing them is usually about getting the catalogue in front of buyers who are already searching: - Google Shopping campaigns for leather goods and hardware, built on a Merchant Center feed with exact product names, materials and part numbers - Search ads on specific terms such as a bridle type or a lock standard, rather than broad words that attract browsers - Remarketing to people who viewed a product and left, through Google and Meta - Email flows for repeat buyers, including restock alerts and seasonal reminders for the equestrian calendar Saddlery sells internationally, so we often run separate campaigns by country with their own budgets and currency, rather than one campaign that lets the UK starve other markets. Trade counters and builders merchants serve a radius around the M6, and they get the best results from local search ads, a strong Google Business Profile and Facebook posts about stock and opening hours. Manufacturers with five to twenty staff tend to need a simple, steady B2B search campaign plus recruitment ads when they are hiring machinists or drivers. The town centre has independent retailers, food businesses and personal services. For them, small Meta ad budgets targeted around Walsall and the neighbouring estates usually outperform search, because people discover a salon or a takeaway by scrolling rather than searching. ## Who we market in Walsall - Leather goods and saddlery makers - Lock and security hardware manufacturers - Metal processing and engineering firms - Trade counters and distributors - Builders merchants - Online retailers and marketplace sellers - Hauliers and logistics operators - Independent town centre retailers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you advertise a Walsall saddlery business overseas? Yes. We can run Google Ads and Meta campaigns by country, each with its own budget, language settings and shipping-aware landing pages, so international buyers see relevant products. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid to the platform. ### Do you set up Shopping ads for hardware with part numbers? We do. Part numbers, materials and standards go into product titles and attributes in Merchant Center, which helps your products match the precise searches trade buyers make. We also add negative keywords so you are not paying for unrelated DIY queries. ### Can a small Walsall manufacturer run recruitment ads with you? Yes. Meta job adverts targeted around Walsall, Darlaston and Willenhall are often an affordable way to reach machinists, welders and drivers. Paid social management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and we can run it only for the months you are hiring. --- # Digital Marketing in Dudley Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/dudley/ > Across the Dudley borough, dijitul plans and manages Google Ads, social media and email marketing for engineers, attractions, retailers and professional firms. All of it is done remotely from Mansfield, with accounts in your name. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT. The Dudley borough covers much more than Dudley town. Brierley Hill has Merry Hill and the Waterfront offices, Stourbridge has its glassmaking heritage and a busy independent high street, and Halesowen and Cradley Heath grew around chain and metal trades. Foundries, toolmakers and fabricators are still spread across the estates. Each part of the borough markets differently. Engineering firms here sell to automotive, construction and aerospace buyers. Their best channels are usually Google Search ads on specific capabilities, such as a casting process or a fabrication service, plus remarketing so a buyer who looked at the capability page sees the name again. A short LinkedIn campaign can help when a firm is chasing a particular industry. The visitor economy is a big part of the local picture. Dudley Zoo and Castle and the Black Country Living Museum bring in people from across the country, and nearby cafés, pubs and small hospitality businesses can catch that traffic with: - Meta and Instagram ads targeted at people near the attractions on busy weekends and school holidays - Google Business Profile posts and menu updates - An email or SMS list for regulars, used for events and quiet midweek nights Retailers at Merry Hill and on the local high streets compete with national chains for paid clicks, so we steer them towards local inventory, opening hours and offers rather than broad product terms. Glass studios and craft makers in Stourbridge often sell online to buyers far beyond the borough, which suits Shopping ads and Instagram, supported by good photography. Professional firms at the Waterfront usually need modest, well controlled search campaigns, branded keyword protection and a client newsletter. Dudley College's Institute of Technology also supports a construction and modern methods of building cluster, where LinkedIn and search ads work for B2B leads. ## Who we market in Dudley - Foundries and metal fabricators - Toolmakers and precision engineers - Glass studios and craft makers - Cafés, pubs and visitor attractions - Retailers at Merry Hill and on local high streets - Construction and building firms - Professional services at the Waterfront - Property and lettings agents ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you target Stourbridge and Brierley Hill separately? Yes. We can split campaigns by town with separate budgets and ads, so a Stourbridge shop and a Brierley Hill office are not competing for the same pot of money. Location reports then show which areas actually produce enquiries. ### Do you run ads for cafés near Dudley Zoo and the Black Country Living Museum? We do. Small Meta and Instagram budgets around the attractions on weekends and school holidays, plus an up to date Google Business Profile, can bring in visitors looking for food nearby. Paid social management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Is Google Ads worth it for a small Dudley foundry? Often, if the searches exist. We check search volumes for your processes and materials before spending anything, build a small campaign on the strongest terms and track quote requests and calls. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with spend paid directly to Google. --- # Digital Marketing in Solihull Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/solihull/ > dijitul manages Google Ads, LinkedIn and Meta advertising, organic social and email marketing for Solihull firms, from NEC event companies to Touchwood retailers. We run everything remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads and paid social management each start from £150 a month + VAT, and email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. Solihull packs a lot of the West Midlands economy into one borough. Jaguar Land Rover's Lode Lane plant, Birmingham Airport and the NEC all sit within it, and the planned HS2 Interchange at Arden Cross is intended to anchor a new business district. Regional offices, consultancies and technology firms fill Blythe Valley Park and Birmingham Business Park, and the streets around Touchwood are busy with solicitors, wealth managers and estate agents. That mix makes Solihull one of the more competitive places in the region for paid clicks on professional services terms. Wealth management, conveyancing and estate agency keywords attract Birmingham firms too, so we keep campaigns tight: exact match on high intent searches, strong negative lists, and landing pages that answer the question rather than a generic home page. - Event and exhibition firms: Google Search and LinkedIn campaigns timed around the NEC calendar, plus email to past exhibitors before each show - Consultancies and tech firms: LinkedIn Ads with lead gen forms, targeted by job title and company size, and content that gives buyers a reason to talk - Estate agents: Meta lead ads for valuations, plus remarketing to people who viewed properties - Wealth managers and financial advisers: branded search protection and a compliant, well designed client newsletter Hotels and hospitality groups near the airport and NEC see demand spike around big shows, so budgets need to move with the event calendar rather than sit flat all year. Automotive suppliers in the JLR supply chain tend to market quietly, through search ads on specific capabilities and a presence on LinkedIn. Retailers and restaurants in the town centre mostly benefit from Instagram, local Meta ads and email or SMS offers to regulars. Measurement matters in a borough like this, so we set up GA4 key events and conversion tracking before scaling any spend. ## Who we market in Solihull - Event organisers and exhibition contractors - Consultancies and regional offices - Technology firms at Blythe Valley Park - Estate agents - Wealth managers and financial advisers - Law firms and accountants - Hotels and hospitality groups - Automotive supply chain companies - Retailers in Touchwood and the town centre ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run LinkedIn Ads for a Solihull consultancy? Yes. We build LinkedIn campaigns targeted by job title, seniority, industry and company size, usually with lead gen forms so prospects can respond without leaving LinkedIn. Paid social management is from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to LinkedIn. ### Can our ads change around NEC show dates? They can. We schedule budgets and ads around the shows that matter to you, raise spend in the weeks before and pause or reduce it afterwards. Email to past visitors or exhibitors can run alongside, from £95 a month + VAT. ### Do you set up conversion tracking before running ads? Yes, always. Without it you cannot tell which clicks became enquiries. Conversion tracking across GA4, Google Ads and Meta CAPI is £145 + VAT one-off, and covers forms, calls and bookings, set up with Consent Mode so it respects cookie choices. ### Can you target Solihull without paying for Birmingham clicks? Yes. We set location targeting to Solihull and the nearby areas you serve, exclude the rest, and check the location report regularly. Some firms do want Birmingham traffic, in which case we split it into its own campaign and budget. --- # Digital Marketing in West Bromwich Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/west-bromwich/ > dijitul helps West Bromwich and wider Sandwell businesses with Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We run campaigns remotely from Mansfield for manufacturers, wholesalers, food businesses and high street services. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. West Bromwich is the main town of Sandwell, with Oldbury, Smethwick, Tipton, Wednesbury and Rowley Regis making up the rest of the borough. It sits on the M5 with the M6 close by, and that location suits making and moving goods. Metal processing, plastics, food production and building products firms fill the estates near junctions 1 and 2, and cash and carry operators, wholesalers and hauliers serve Birmingham from here. Many are family firms competing on price and speed for bigger customers. Those firms usually need lead generation rather than brand awareness. Practical campaigns we run for this kind of business include: - Google Search ads on specific product and service terms, with trade-only messaging so retail browsers do not click - Shopping ads for wholesalers and building products suppliers selling online - Meta recruitment ads for drivers, warehouse staff and machine operators around the borough - Email campaigns to existing trade customers about price changes, new lines and stock The high street is different. Takeaways, restaurants, beauty salons and personal services serve a large and diverse local population, and they mostly find customers through Facebook, Instagram, TikTok and Google Maps. For these businesses a small Meta ad budget with a two to three mile radius, regular posts, and accurate Google Business Profile hours tend to outperform search ads. Allergen and menu information needs to match across delivery apps, the website and the Google listing. West Bromwich Albion at The Hawthorns brings match day footfall that pubs and food businesses can plan around with timed social posts. Sandwell College trains school leavers and adults, and training providers in the area often need Meta lead ads for course enquiries. Community and faith organisations can sometimes use Google Ad Grants if they are registered charities, which gives eligible charities free search advertising within Google's rules. ## Who we market in West Bromwich - Metal processing and engineering firms - Plastics and building products manufacturers - Food producers and packers - Wholesalers and cash and carry operators - Hauliers and logistics firms - Takeaways and restaurants - Beauty and personal services - Community and faith organisations ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you stop retail customers clicking our trade-only ads? Mostly, yes. We write ads that say trade only, add negative keywords for retail and DIY phrases, and send clicks to a page that asks for a trade account. That keeps the budget on buyers who can actually order. ### Do you run Facebook ads for West Bromwich takeaways and salons? We do. Small radius Meta ads with offers, opening hours and a clear way to order or book work well for high street businesses. Paid social management is from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Meta. ### Can a Sandwell charity get free Google ads? Registered charities may qualify for Google Ad Grants, which provides free search advertising subject to Google's eligibility and account rules. We can check eligibility and help set it up and manage it. Help is charged at £45 an hour + VAT or a fixed quote. --- # Digital Marketing in Telford Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/telford/ > Telford manufacturers, Ironbridge tourism businesses and agri-food start-ups can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We work remotely from Mansfield and keep every account in your own name. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, and email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. Telford is a 1960s new town built around older places such as Wellington, Dawley, Madeley and Oakengates, and its planners gave it large employment estates from the start. Stafford Park, Halesfield, Hortonwood and Hadley Park now hold plastics, electronics, automotive component, food and packaging firms, many of them international companies with UK operations here, and the M54 links them straight into the motorway network. Marketing for those manufacturers is mostly about reaching buyers and recruits: - Google Search ads on specific capabilities such as injection moulding, PCB assembly or contract packing, with conversion tracking on quote forms - LinkedIn campaigns aimed at procurement and engineering roles in target sectors - Recruitment ads on Meta for production, warehouse and engineering roles around Telford and Shropshire - Trade show support: email invitations to prospects and remarketing to stand visitors afterwards The Ironbridge Gorge, a UNESCO World Heritage Site, sits within the borough, and its museums, hotels, cafés and gift shops depend on visitors choosing to stay longer. That suits Instagram and Facebook content, Meta ads aimed at people planning trips to Shropshire, and email to past visitors before school holidays and events. Tourism businesses here are seasonal, so we plan budgets around spring and summer peaks and keep winter spend lean. Harper Adams University near Newport specialises in agriculture and food, and agri-tech and food start-ups linked to it often need a first Google Ads account, a launch email list and a simple Shopify Shopping feed. The public sector, including a large HMRC workforce, makes Telford a place with steady demand for professional services, recruitment and training firms, which tend to market through search and LinkedIn. Retail and leisure around Southwater and Telford Centre compete with national chains, so independents there get more from local Instagram and offers by email or SMS than from broad search ads. ## Who we market in Telford - Plastics and packaging manufacturers - Electronics and automotive component makers - Warehousing and distribution companies - Agri-tech and food start-ups - Museums, hotels and cafés around Ironbridge - Retail and leisure in Southwater - Recruitment and training providers - Accountants and solicitors ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run Google Ads for a Telford contract manufacturer? Yes. We research the capability terms buyers search, build focused campaigns with negatives for jobs and training searches, and track quote requests and calls. Management is from £150 a month + VAT, with spend paid directly to Google. ### Do you market Ironbridge hotels and attractions? We do. That usually means Instagram and Facebook content, Meta ads aimed at people planning trips to Shropshire, and email to past guests before peak seasons. Social media management starts from £125 a month + VAT per platform package. ### Can you help a Harper Adams start-up launch its first campaigns? Yes. We can set up GA4 for £95 + VAT, connect conversion tracking, build a first Google Ads or Meta campaign and a welcome email flow. Strategy time is £45 an hour + VAT, which suits small launch budgets. --- # Digital Marketing in Shrewsbury Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/shrewsbury/ > Shrewsbury independents, land agents and Shropshire food producers can hand their Google Ads, social media and email marketing to dijitul. We run it remotely from Mansfield, with clear monthly reports. Prices start from £150 a month + VAT for Google Ads management and from £125 a month + VAT for social media management. Shrewsbury sits almost entirely inside a loop of the River Severn and acts as the service centre for countryside reaching to the Welsh border. That gives it a wide catchment for some businesses and a very local one for others, and the marketing plan has to match. The medieval centre, with its timber-framed buildings, is packed with independent shops, cafés and restaurants that compete on character rather than price. For them, organic Instagram, consistent Facebook posts and small Meta ad budgets aimed at locals and weekend visitors usually do more than search ads. An email list of regular customers is valuable here, because people who love an independent shop will open its emails. A large professional sector of land agents, rural surveyors, solicitors and accountants serves farms and estates across Shropshire and mid Wales. Their marketing is quieter and longer term: - Google Search ads on specific services such as agricultural valuations, probate or farm business tax, targeted at the rural catchment rather than the town alone - A client newsletter covering rule changes and market updates - LinkedIn for staff profiles and firm news - Meta ads for property sales and auction listings, targeting people interested in rural property Food and drink producers selling through farm shops and online benefit from Shopping ads and email flows, particularly ahead of Christmas hampers and summer events. Events such as the Shrewsbury Flower Show bring summer visitors, and the restored Flaxmill Maltings has become a visitor and business space, which gives hotels, guest houses and attractions clear seasonal peaks to plan paid social around. Business parks at Battlefield and Shrewsbury Business Park house distribution and engineering firms near the A5 and A49, which generally need B2B search and recruitment campaigns. Mobile signal and broadband are patchy across rural Shropshire, so we keep landing pages light and fast. ## Who we market in Shrewsbury - Independent shops and boutiques - Cafés, restaurants and guest houses - Land agents and rural surveyors - Solicitors and accountants - Agricultural merchants and machinery dealers - Food and drink producers - Event organisers - Distribution and engineering firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you target rural Shropshire and mid Wales, not just Shrewsbury? Yes. For land agents and rural firms we usually set a wider radius or list the market towns and counties you serve. For town centre shops we keep it tight. Separate campaigns let each have its own budget. ### Do you manage Instagram for Shrewsbury independent shops? We do. We plan content, schedule posts, write captions and reply to comments, with organic management from £125 a month + VAT per platform package. Some shops add a small Meta ad budget for launches and Christmas. ### Can you run Meta ads for farm and rural property sales? Yes. We build ads around each property or auction with good photography and send clicks to the listing or a lead form. Paid social management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend paid to Meta. --- # Digital Marketing in Hereford Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/hereford/ > Cider makers, farm food brands, holiday lets and rural firms in and around Hereford can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. Our team works remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, email marketing from £95 a month + VAT, and SMS from £75 a month + VAT. Hereford is the only city in one of England's most rural counties, and a lot of its business life comes from the land: food, drink and farming services. Heineken's Bulmers cider mill is a major employer, and smaller cider and perry makers work from farms across Herefordshire. Soft fruit, hops, beef and poultry add packing, processing and agricultural services. For producers selling direct, online marketing is mostly about getting products found and bought again: - Google Shopping campaigns from a clean Merchant Center feed, with alcohol products checked against Google's alcohol advertising policy and age-appropriate targeting - Instagram content showing orchards, harvest and kitchens, which gives a small brand the provenance big brands cannot copy - Klaviyo or Mailchimp flows for repeat orders, gift reminders before Father's Day and Christmas, and post-purchase reviews - Trade email to delis, farm shops and pubs about new batches and seasonal lines Tourism is the other main strand. The cathedral and its Mappa Mundi, the Wye Valley and the timber-framed villages draw visitors, which supports hotels, holiday lets, pubs and attractions. These businesses compete with booking sites for clicks, so we focus on branded search, Meta ads aimed at people planning trips to Herefordshire, and email to past guests, which costs far less than another commission. Rural solicitors, land agents, vets and auctioneers serve a wide area including Leominster, Ledbury, Ross-on-Wye and Bromyard. Search campaigns for them should cover those market towns rather than just the city. The Hereford Enterprise Zone at Skylon Park brings defence and advanced manufacturing firms, who usually need LinkedIn and specific B2B search terms, and NMiTE has added engineering education. Rural broadband and mobile signal are variable, so we keep ad landing pages light and quick to load. ## Who we market in Hereford - Cider, perry and drinks producers - Food producers and farm shops - Fruit growers and packers - Holiday lets, hotels and pubs - Visitor attractions - Rural solicitors and land agents - Vets and agricultural merchants - Defence and advanced manufacturing firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you advertise cider on Google and Meta? Yes, within each platform's alcohol policy. Google and Meta both allow alcohol ads in the UK with restrictions, including age targeting and rules on the claims you can make. We set campaigns up to comply and check ads before they run. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT. ### Can you cover Ross-on-Wye, Ledbury and Leominster too? Yes. We can target Hereford plus the market towns and surrounding villages you serve, or run separate campaigns for each town where demand differs. Location reports show which areas bring enquiries. ### Is email worth it for a Herefordshire holiday let? Usually, yes. Past guests who opted in are your cheapest source of repeat bookings. A few well timed emails a year, for spring breaks, summer and Christmas, can fill gaps without paying booking site commission. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT. ### Do you run SMS offers for Hereford pubs and food businesses? We can. SMS suits short offers and event reminders to customers who gave consent, which PECR requires. SMS marketing starts from £75 a month + VAT, plus message costs from the SMS platform. --- # Digital Marketing in Stafford Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/stafford/ > In Stafford, dijitul runs Google Ads, LinkedIn, Meta, social media and email marketing for engineering firms, recruiters, care providers and town centre businesses. We do it remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, and organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform package. Stafford is Staffordshire's county town, so public administration is a big part of its economy. The county council and Stafford Borough Council both have their headquarters here, County Hospital serves the town, Staffordshire University has a health and nursing campus, and Beacon Barracks is a major army base. Alongside that sits more than a century of heavy electrical engineering, from English Electric's works onwards, and grid and power transmission equipment is still designed and built in the town. That heritage supports test houses, contract engineers and technical consultancies. Engineering and technical firms here sell to specialist buyers, so broad advertising rarely pays. What tends to work: - Google Search campaigns on precise terms such as a test standard or a type of electrical study, with a small daily budget and strong negatives - LinkedIn Ads and organic posts aimed at engineers and procurement teams in utilities, rail and energy - Remarketing to visitors of capability and case study pages - A quarterly email to past clients and framework contacts Recruitment agencies and firms hiring engineers or care staff are active advertisers in a town like this. Meta and LinkedIn job ads, targeted around Stafford, Stone and Cannock, are often cheaper per applicant than generic job boards. Care and support providers usually need a mix of recruitment ads and family-facing search campaigns. With M6 junctions 13 and 14 either side of town, distribution firms on the business parks need recruitment and B2B search campaigns too. The town centre has independent retailers and hospitality that benefit from local Instagram and Facebook ads, and the surrounding countryside supports farms and market towns such as Stone and Eccleshall, where rural businesses sell through farm shops, events and email lists. Firms supplying the public sector often need clear, accessible landing pages for tender and framework visibility. ## Who we market in Stafford - Electrical and power engineering firms - Test and inspection houses - Engineering consultancies - Recruitment agencies - Care and support providers - Logistics and distribution operators - Accountants and solicitors - Farms and rural producers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run recruitment ads for a Stafford employer? Yes. We run Meta and LinkedIn job campaigns targeted around Stafford and nearby towns, with simple application forms or links to your careers page. Paid social management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and you can run it only when hiring. ### Will Google Ads work for a niche engineering consultancy? It can, but volumes are small, so we check search demand first. If people search for your services, a tightly targeted campaign with conversion tracking is worthwhile. If not, LinkedIn and email to your existing network usually work better. ### Can you target Stafford, Stone and Eccleshall only? Yes. We set location targeting to those towns or a set radius and exclude places you do not serve. Google is set to people located in the area, so you do not pay for clicks from people elsewhere just researching Stafford. --- # Digital Marketing in Nuneaton Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/nuneaton/ > Automotive suppliers, logistics firms and local trades in Nuneaton can rely on dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We plan and run campaigns remotely from Mansfield, and you keep ownership of every account. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT and paid social from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. Nuneaton is Warwickshire's largest town and, with Bedworth, forms a borough built on making and moving goods. The A5, M6 and M69 all pass close by, the West Coast Main Line runs through, and areas such as Bermuda Park hold warehouses, trade counters and distributors. The standout cluster is automotive. MIRA Technology Park, on the A5 towards Hinckley, is one of Europe's largest vehicle engineering and test sites, where carmakers and suppliers develop electric, connected and autonomous technology. Smaller testing, tooling and component firms nearby sell into that world, and their buyers are engineers who research carefully before making contact. Marketing that suits them: - Google Search ads on specific services, such as a type of testing, prototype machining or validation work, with tight match types and negatives for job and course searches - LinkedIn Ads targeted at engineering and procurement roles at vehicle makers and tier one suppliers - Remarketing to visitors who read capability or case study pages - Email updates to existing contacts around trade shows and new capabilities Logistics businesses on the edges of town compete hard for drivers and warehouse staff, especially before peak season. Meta job ads aimed at people living within commuting distance are usually the quickest way to fill shifts, and we can run them only when needed. The town centre has independent shops, cafés and services, and builders and trades serve Nuneaton, Bedworth and the villages towards Hinckley. For them, Google Search with call tracking, Local Services Ads where the trade qualifies, and a well kept Google Business Profile tend to bring the most enquiries. George Eliot Hospital, named after the novelist born in the town, is a large employer, and care and health providers often need recruitment campaigns alongside family-facing search ads. Because Nuneaton sits between Coventry, Leicester and Birmingham, location targeting needs care so local businesses do not pay for clicks from across three cities. ## Who we market in Nuneaton - Automotive engineering consultancies - Vehicle test and development firms - Component and parts suppliers - Warehousing and logistics operators - Trade counters - Builders and trades - Care and healthcare providers - Independent retailers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you reach engineers at MIRA and vehicle makers with LinkedIn Ads? Yes. LinkedIn lets us target by job function, seniority and employer, so a Nuneaton test or tooling firm can reach engineers and buyers in the automotive sector. Paid social management is from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to LinkedIn. ### Can you limit our ads to Nuneaton and Bedworth? Yes. We set location targeting to the towns or radius you serve and exclude Coventry, Leicester or Birmingham if you do not want those clicks. Google is set to target people located in your area, not people searching about it from elsewhere. ### Do you run job ads for warehouses near the A5? We do. Meta recruitment campaigns targeted at people within commuting distance work well for shift roles, and we can switch them on before peak and off afterwards. You pay the platform for ad spend and us from £150 a month + VAT while running. --- # Digital Marketing in Rugby Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/rugby/ > Rugby logistics operators, engineering firms and new Houlton businesses can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We manage it all remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, social media management from £125 a month + VAT, and conversion tracking set-up is £145 + VAT. Rugby gave its name to a sport, but the town earns its living from logistics and engineering. The M1, M6 and M45 meet nearby, the West Coast Main Line passes through, and large distribution parks cluster around the junctions, with the rail freight terminal at Crick a few miles away. Retail chains, third party logistics operators and parcel networks all run sites here. For 3PL and freight businesses, marketing is mostly about winning contracts and staff: - LinkedIn campaigns aimed at supply chain and operations managers at retailers and manufacturers looking for warehouse space or fulfilment - Google Search ads on terms such as contract warehousing, pallet storage or ecommerce fulfilment, with conversion tracking on enquiry forms - Meta recruitment ads for drivers and warehouse operatives before the autumn peak - Email to prospects and past enquirers when capacity becomes available Engineering has deep roots too. Electrical manufacturing arrived with British Thomson-Houston in the early 1900s and power conversion engineering is still done in the town, while Ansty Park towards Coventry houses the Manufacturing Technology Centre and aerospace firms. These businesses tend to use search ads on narrow technical terms, LinkedIn and trade show follow-up email rather than broad social media. Rugby is growing fast. Houlton, built on the former Rugby Radio Station site, is bringing new homes, schools and local businesses, and new residents need to find a dentist, a gym, a café and tradespeople. That is an ideal audience for local Meta ads, Google Business Profile posts and Search ads on service terms with a short radius. New businesses there often need everything from scratch: GA4, a first ad account and a simple email list. The town centre has independent retailers, restaurants and professional offices. Many residents commute to London by rail, so weekend and evening timing matters for local social ads. ## Who we market in Rugby - Third party logistics providers - Parcel and freight carriers - Electrical and power engineering firms - Advanced manufacturers at Ansty Park - New businesses in Houlton - Construction and housebuilding suppliers - Independent shops and restaurants - Recruitment agencies ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you generate B2B leads for a Rugby warehousing firm? Yes. We usually combine Google Search ads on fulfilment and storage terms with LinkedIn campaigns aimed at operations and supply chain managers, all tracked to enquiries. Google Ads and paid social management each start from £150 a month + VAT, plus ad spend. ### We have just opened in Houlton. Where should we start? Start with a complete Google Business Profile, GA4 and conversion tracking, then a small local Meta campaign aimed at Houlton and nearby estates. GA4 set-up is £95 + VAT one-off, and we can advise by the hour at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Can our ads run only at certain times of day? Yes. Google and Meta both support ad scheduling. A restaurant might advertise in the late afternoon, while a B2B firm might run only in working hours. We review performance by hour and day and adjust. --- # Digital Marketing in Redditch Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/redditch/ > Precision engineers, wholesalers and high street services in Redditch can get Google Ads, social media and email marketing from dijitul. We handle the work remotely from Mansfield and report monthly on enquiries and cost. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, and email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. Redditch has been making small, precise things for centuries. It once led the world in needle making, then fishing tackle and springs, a history told at the Forge Mill Needle Museum. The new town that grew from the 1960s laid out industrial areas at Moons Moat, Park Farm and Ravensbank, now home to engineering, automotive, packaging and distribution firms. Mettis Aerospace produces forged and machined components here for aircraft, defence and energy customers, surrounded by machine shops, heat treaters and inspection specialists. That precision supply chain sells to buyers who search in detail. A spring maker or fastener supplier can do well with: - Google Shopping or Search ads built around part types, materials and sizes, so a buyer searching for a specific compression spring or fastener lands on the right product - A clean product feed with dimensions and part numbers in titles and attributes - LinkedIn Ads aimed at aerospace and automotive procurement roles - Remarketing and email follow-up for quote requests that went quiet Wholesalers and trade suppliers on the estates often have large catalogues, which suits Performance Max or Shopping campaigns segmented by margin so the budget favours profitable lines. The location between the M42 and M5 means many residents commute to Birmingham and Worcester, and the Kingfisher Shopping Centre forms the retail heart of the town. Salons, personal services and healthcare providers serving local residents usually win most of their customers through Instagram, Facebook and Google Maps. Small radius Meta ads with booking links, a regular posting rhythm and SMS reminders for regulars tend to outperform search for them. Paid search competition here comes partly from Birmingham businesses targeting the whole region, so careful location settings and local wording in ads help Redditch firms stand out. ## Who we market in Redditch - Aerospace component manufacturers - Precision machine shops - Spring and fastener makers - Heat treatment and finishing firms - Packaging manufacturers - Wholesalers and trade suppliers - Salons and personal services - Healthcare and care providers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can Shopping ads work for industrial parts like springs? They can, if the product feed is detailed. We put part types, materials and dimensions into titles and attributes so products match precise searches, and we exclude irrelevant queries. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus spend. ### Do you run Instagram for Redditch salons? We do. Organic management covers content planning, posting and comment replies from £125 a month + VAT per platform package, and many salons add a small local Meta ad budget with a booking link. ### Can you send SMS reminders and offers for our salon? Yes, to customers who have consented, as PECR requires. SMS marketing is from £75 a month + VAT plus message costs, and works well for last minute availability and seasonal offers. --- # Digital Marketing in Leamington Spa Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/leamington-spa/ > Leamington Spa studios, start-ups, restaurants and lettings agents can hire dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We are based in Mansfield and work with Warwickshire businesses remotely. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, and organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Royal Leamington Spa looks like a Regency town of white terraces and parks, but its business nickname is Silicon Spa. Playground Games and Ubisoft Leamington have studios here, Codemasters began in nearby Southam, and hundreds of smaller studios, freelancers, QA testers and agencies have grown up around them. The University of Warwick is a few miles away, and Jaguar Land Rover and Aston Martin operate at Gaydon to the south. Marketing in a town full of developers and designers needs to be sharp. The common jobs we see here: - Games and tech start-ups: paid social to grow wishlists or sign-ups, with Meta and TikTok creative tested quickly and tracked properly through Meta CAPI and GA4 key events - Studios hiring: LinkedIn recruitment campaigns aimed at specific roles such as gameplay programmers or technical artists - B2B tech and automotive consultancies: Google Search on niche service terms and LinkedIn Ads with lead gen forms - Agencies and studios: a newsletter to clients and partners rather than more social posts The town centre has its own busy market. Restaurants and bars around the Parade and Warwick Street compete for students, locals and visitors, and they get the most from Instagram content, local Meta ads timed for evenings and weekends, and an email or SMS list for events. Independent retailers do well with Instagram and email, and Shopping ads if they sell online. Lettings and estate agents have a large student and young professional market. Meta lead ads for landlord valuations and remarketing to people who viewed listings work well, and seasonality matters: student lettings peak in the months before the academic year, while family moves cluster around spring. Clicks for professional services in Warwick and Leamington are competitive, so landing pages need to be specific and quick. ## Who we market in Leamington Spa - Games studios and technology start-ups - Digital and creative agencies - Automotive engineering consultancies - Restaurants and bars - Independent retailers on the Parade - Student lettings and estate agents - Accountants and solicitors - Fitness and wellbeing businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run TikTok or Meta ads for an indie game launch? Yes. We set up campaigns with tracking to wishlists, sign-ups or store visits, test several short videos and move budget towards what performs. Paid social management is from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to the platform. ### Do you run LinkedIn recruitment ads for Leamington studios? We do. LinkedIn lets us target by skills, job title and location, which suits hard to fill technical roles. We write the ads, set budgets and report on applications, from £150 a month + VAT plus spend. ### Can a Leamington restaurant run ads only to locals and students? Yes. We set a tight radius around the town and Warwick, use Instagram and Facebook placements, and schedule ads for the hours people decide where to eat. Many restaurants add an email list for events, from £95 a month + VAT. --- # Digital Marketing in Burton upon Trent Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/burton-upon-trent/ > Breweries, bottle shops, food manufacturers and logistics firms in Burton upon Trent can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We work remotely from Mansfield, just up the road in Nottinghamshire. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, and email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. Burton upon Trent is the town that taught Britain to brew pale ale. Its gypsum-rich water made Bass and Worthington famous, Molson Coors brews here, Marston's has its brewery here, the National Brewery Centre tells the story, and the Marmite factory exists because of spent brewer's yeast. Around the big names are maltsters, packaging firms, laboratories and a growing crowd of microbreweries and bottle shops. For small drinks businesses, digital marketing has to work within alcohol advertising rules, which Google and Meta both apply in the UK, including age targeting and limits on what ads can claim. Within those rules, a typical Burton brewery plan looks like: - Instagram content showing new releases, brew days and taproom events, with small paid boosts to over-18s near the taproom - Google Shopping for online beer shops, with a feed that carries style, ABV and pack size - Klaviyo or Mailchimp flows: new release alerts, subscription box reminders and re-order nudges - Email to pubs and bottle shops about seasonal and limited runs Christmas gift packs and Father's Day are reliable peaks, and beer festivals give social content all year. The A38 and A50 have made Burton a strong logistics location, with warehouses and manufacturers on business parks such as Centrum 100, and Toyota's Burnaston plant just over the border employs many local people. Those firms need recruitment ads more than anything, plus B2B search campaigns on specific services. Food and drink manufacturers supplying retailers tend to market through trade shows, LinkedIn and email rather than consumer ads. The town centre's pubs, shops and services benefit from local Facebook ads, Google Business Profile updates and event posts. Burton sits between Derby and Birmingham, so local businesses should keep ad targeting tight to avoid paying for clicks from both cities. ## Who we market in Burton upon Trent - Breweries and microbreweries - Pubs, bars and bottle shops - Food and drink manufacturers - Drinks wholesalers and distributors - Packaging and engineering suppliers - Warehousing and logistics operators - Automotive suppliers - Leisure and tourism businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can a Burton brewery advertise on Instagram and Google? Yes, within each platform's alcohol rules. Ads must be aimed at adults, avoid claims about effects and follow UK advertising codes. We set targeting and copy to comply. Paid social management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you set up email flows for online beer shops? We do. A welcome flow, abandoned cart, new release alerts and re-order reminders cover most of the value. Marketing automation set-up is £195 + VAT one-off, with ongoing campaigns from £95 a month + VAT. ### Can you target Burton without Derby and Birmingham clicks? Yes. We set location targeting to Burton and nearby villages, or a short radius, and exclude the cities if you do not serve them. If you deliver nationally, online sales campaigns can run separately with their own budget. --- # Digital Marketing in Tamworth Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/tamworth/ > Builders, couriers, leisure operators and retailers in Tamworth can count on dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing, run remotely from our Mansfield base. We set up tracking so you see which ads bring calls. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT. Tamworth grew around a road junction, where the A5 crosses the M42 near the M6 Toll, a few miles from Birmingham. Large distribution centres surround the town, and estates such as Centurion Park hold builders, engineers, trade suppliers and light manufacturers who work across the West Midlands. Many are owner-run firms where marketing has happened by word of mouth for years. For builders, roofers, kitchen fitters and other trades, the most direct route to enquiries is search: - Google Search ads on service terms with call tracking, and negatives for DIY and job searches - Local Services Ads where the trade is eligible, which charge per lead rather than per click - A complete Google Business Profile with photos of real jobs and steady reviews - Facebook posts and small ads showing finished work to homeowners nearby Distribution and courier firms mainly need recruitment campaigns and B2B search ads on specific services such as same-day delivery or pallet distribution. Tamworth also has a busy leisure economy. Ventura Retail Park draws shoppers from a wide area, the SnowDome is a regional indoor ski centre, Drayton Manor theme park sits just outside the town, and the castle reminds visitors that Tamworth was once the royal centre of Mercia. Leisure businesses here have strong seasonal and school holiday peaks, and they benefit from Meta ads aimed at families within an hour's drive, email to past visitors and promotion of events. Retailers and cafés in the historic centre compete with the retail park, so they do better with Instagram, local offers and a loyal email or SMS list than with broad search ads. Estate agents and driving schools also advertise heavily here and usually get the best return from Meta lead ads and tightly targeted search. ## Who we market in Tamworth - Builders and construction trades - Distribution and courier firms - Engineering and fabrication companies - Leisure attractions and activity centres - Retailers and retail park tenants - Cafés and restaurants - Estate and lettings agents - Driving schools and training providers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Are Local Services Ads available for Tamworth trades? For some trades, yes. Google offers Local Services Ads in the UK for a set list of categories, with screening checks before ads go live, and you pay per lead. We check whether your trade qualifies and run it alongside normal search ads where it helps. ### Can you advertise a Tamworth attraction to families in the region? Yes. Meta ads targeted at parents within a set drive time, timed for school holidays, work well alongside email to past visitors. Paid social management is from £150 a month + VAT, plus ad spend paid directly to Meta. ### How much should a Tamworth builder spend on Google Ads? It depends on your trade and area. We look at search volumes and likely click costs first and suggest a starting budget you are comfortable with. Our management fee starts from £150 a month + VAT and ad spend is paid directly to Google. --- # Digital Marketing in Lichfield Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/lichfield/ > Lichfield solicitors, financial planners, wedding venues and independent shops can work with dijitul on Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We run it remotely from Mansfield with no long contracts. Prices start from £150 a month + VAT for Google Ads management and £95 a month + VAT for email marketing. Lichfield is a small cathedral city whose three spires can be seen across the surrounding countryside. Samuel Johnson was born here, and the compact streets around the market square and Bird Street are full of independent shops, restaurants and hotels. It is also an affluent commuter base, with good rail links through Lichfield Trent Valley, which supports a strong cluster of solicitors, accountants, financial planners, architects and consultancies, often working from period buildings or home offices in villages such as Shenstone and Whittington. Professional firms here usually want marketing that feels established rather than loud: - Google Search ads on specific services such as wills and probate, conveyancing or retirement planning, targeted at Lichfield and nearby villages - Branded search protection so competitors do not appear above you when someone searches your firm's name - A monthly or quarterly client newsletter with plain-English updates, which keeps referrals coming - LinkedIn content for partners and advisers Financial promotions have their own rules, so we keep ad copy factual and check it with you before it runs. Hospitality is the other big strand. Hotels and venues around the city host weddings and events, and couples plan a year or more ahead. Instagram and Pinterest content, Meta ads aimed at engaged couples in the region, and a nurture email sequence after a brochure request suit them well. Restaurants and pubs get more from local Instagram and event posts. The National Memorial Arboretum at Alrewas brings visitors year round, supporting cafés, B&Bs and tourism businesses that can target people planning visits. Fradley Park, a major distribution location by the A38, has logistics firms that mostly need recruitment ads. Search competition for legal and financial terms extends from Birmingham and Sutton Coldfield, so local wording and tight targeting matter. ## Who we market in Lichfield - Solicitors and accountants - Financial planners and advisers - Architects and consultancies - Hotels, venues and wedding businesses - Restaurants and pubs - Independent retailers - Tourism and heritage attractions - Logistics firms at Fradley Park ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run Google Ads for a Lichfield solicitor? Yes. We build campaigns around the services you want more of, such as probate or conveyancing, target Lichfield and the surrounding villages, and track calls and enquiry forms. Management is from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Google. ### How do you market a Lichfield wedding venue? Usually with Instagram and Pinterest content, Meta ads aimed at engaged couples in the region, and an email sequence for people who download your brochure. Social media management starts from £125 a month + VAT per platform package. ### Do you write client newsletters for financial planners? We do. We write and send plain-English newsletters, keep your list compliant with UK GDPR and PECR, and check content with you before sending. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT. --- # Digital Marketing in Cannock Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/cannock/ > Through dijitul, Cannock trades, warehouses, outdoor businesses and retailers get Google Ads, social media and email marketing managed remotely from Mansfield. You own the ad accounts and see monthly results in plain English. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, and paid social management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. Cannock was a mining town until the collieries closed, and it has since rebuilt its economy around warehousing, manufacturing and shopping. The M6, M6 Toll and A5 are all close, and sites such as Kingswood Lakeside hold warehouses, building products suppliers and light manufacturers. Hednesford, Rugeley and Norton Canes complete the district, each with small engineering firms, trades and high street businesses. Owner-managed trade businesses are a big part of the local economy, and their marketing needs are simple: make the phone ring with the right jobs. For builders, kitchen fitters, landscapers and roofers we typically run: - Google Search campaigns on specific services, with call tracking and negative keywords for DIY, jobs and materials searches - Local Services Ads where the trade qualifies - Facebook and Instagram posts of finished jobs, with small ads to homeowners in Cannock, Hednesford and nearby villages - A follow-up email or SMS to past customers asking for reviews and referrals Building products suppliers and trade counters often benefit from Shopping ads and trade account sign-up campaigns. Retail and leisure have grown in recent years. The McArthurGlen designer outlet near Cannock, opened in 2021, has added retail and hospitality jobs and draws shoppers from across the region. Cannock Chase, a protected landscape of heath and forest, brings walkers and mountain bikers who support cafés, bike shops, activity providers and holiday lets. Those businesses have strong weekend and summer peaks, and Meta ads aimed at outdoor and cycling interests within an hour's drive, plus Instagram content from the trails, suit them well. Logistics firms need recruitment campaigns for drivers and warehouse staff, especially in the run-up to Christmas. Care providers across the district also advertise for staff and often need Meta job ads alongside family-facing search campaigns. ## Who we market in Cannock - Builders and home improvement trades - Logistics and delivery companies - Building products suppliers - Light manufacturers - Outdoor activity and leisure providers - Cafés and hospitality - Retailers and outlet tenants - Care providers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you get more kitchen and bathroom enquiries for a Cannock fitter? We can build Google Search campaigns around the exact services you offer, track calls and forms, and show your best work on Facebook and Instagram to homeowners nearby. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you market outdoor businesses on Cannock Chase? Yes. Instagram content from the Chase, Meta ads aimed at walkers, riders and families within driving distance, and email to past customers work well for bike shops, cafés and activity providers. Organic social starts from £125 a month + VAT. ### Can you cover Rugeley and Hednesford as well as Cannock? Yes. We can target the whole district or pick specific towns, and run separate campaigns if demand or pricing differs. Location reports show which areas bring enquiries so budget follows results. --- # Digital Marketing in Kidderminster Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/kidderminster/ > In Kidderminster and the wider Wyre Forest, dijitul manages Google Ads, social media and email marketing for flooring firms, attractions, holiday parks and trades. We work remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, social media management from £125 a month + VAT, and email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. For two hundred years carpets defined Kidderminster. Brintons remains closely associated with the town, and the Museum of Carpet keeps the story alive in an old works by the canal. Carpet and flooring design still has a presence here, alongside engineering, packaging and building products firms on estates around Hoo Farm and Stourport Road. Flooring is a considered purchase. People browse for weeks, order samples and compare colours at home, so the marketing has to follow that journey: - Google Shopping and Search ads for ranges and colours, with sample orders tracked as a conversion, not just final sales - Pinterest and Instagram for room inspiration, which suits interiors buyers - Email flows after a sample request, reminding people of their chosen colours and offering help with measuring - Remarketing to people who viewed product pages but did not order Trade and contract buyers need a different route, usually LinkedIn and email to specifiers and retailers. As the main town of Wyre Forest, Kidderminster also has a tourism economy. The Severn Valley Railway runs steam trains from Kidderminster to Bridgnorth, the West Midland Safari Park lies between the town and Bewdley, and Stourport-on-Severn adds canal basins and riverside hospitality. Attractions, holiday parks, pubs and B&Bs have clear seasonal peaks, and they get good results from Meta ads aimed at families and day-trippers across the West Midlands, plus email to past visitors before events and school holidays. Engineering and manufacturing firms with small marketing budgets usually start with a modest Google Search campaign and a tidy Google Business Profile. Trades and home improvement businesses across Kidderminster, Bewdley and Stourport do best with search ads and Facebook. Click competition is moderate here compared with Birmingham, which can make local search good value. ## Who we market in Kidderminster - Carpet and flooring manufacturers - Engineering and packaging firms - Building products suppliers - Heritage and visitor attractions - Holiday parks, pubs and B&Bs - Food producers - Independent retailers - Trades and home improvement businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you track flooring sample orders as conversions? Yes. We set sample requests up as GA4 key events and Google Ads conversions, so campaigns are judged on samples as well as sales. Conversion tracking set-up is £145 + VAT one-off and includes Meta CAPI if you advertise there. ### Do you advertise Wyre Forest holiday parks and attractions? We do. Meta ads aimed at families and day-trippers within a few hours' drive, timed to school holidays and events, plus email to past guests usually form the core. Paid social management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can you target Kidderminster, Bewdley and Stourport only? Yes. We can set location targeting to those three towns or a radius around them and exclude Birmingham and Worcester, so local businesses only pay for clicks from people they can serve. --- # Digital Marketing in Cambridge Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/cambridge/ > Cambridge spin-outs, biotech firms, professional practices and hospitality businesses can use dijitul for Google Ads, LinkedIn, social media and email marketing. We work remotely from Mansfield and set up tracking first. Google Ads and paid social management both start from £150 a month + VAT, and a Looker Studio dashboard is £145 + VAT one-off. Cambridge sits at the centre of the cluster known as Silicon Fen. The University of Cambridge has spun out hundreds of companies, Arm has its headquarters here, and the physical clusters are easy to map: Cambridge Science Park, opened by Trinity College in 1970 as the first in the UK, St John's Innovation Centre, the Cambridge Biomedical Campus around Addenbrooke's with AstraZeneca's global headquarters, and Granta Park and the Babraham Research Campus to the south. Science and technology companies sell to small, expert audiences, so marketing is about precision rather than reach: - LinkedIn Ads targeted by job function, seniority and industry, for example R&D leads in pharma or engineering managers in semiconductors, often with lead gen forms or event sign-ups - Google Search ads on specific technical terms, assays or service names, where volumes are low but intent is high - Account-based remarketing to visitors from target organisations - Email nurture for leads that need months to convert, with content that answers technical questions Conferences and funding announcements give natural peaks for paid promotion, and recruitment is a constant, so many firms also run LinkedIn job campaigns. The historic centre supports tourism, hospitality, retail and a large number of language schools. Language schools and summer programmes recruit internationally, which suits Google Search and Meta campaigns by country with landing pages in the right language. Hotels and restaurants compete with booking platforms and benefit from branded search, Instagram content and email to past guests. Patent attorneys, accountants and solicitors serving the tech cluster tend to use LinkedIn and branded search more than broad ads. Click costs on professional and recruitment terms are higher in and around Cambridge than in most of the East of England, so careful keyword selection and strong negatives matter. ## Who we market in Cambridge - University spin-outs - Biotech and medtech start-ups - Software and hardware technology firms - Laboratory and research services - Patent attorneys and IP firms - Accountants and consultancies - Hotels, restaurants and language schools - Charities and research foundations ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run LinkedIn Ads for a Cambridge biotech start-up? Yes. We target by job function, seniority, industry and company, use lead gen forms or event registrations, and track results back to your CRM where possible. Paid social management is from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to LinkedIn. ### Is Google Ads worth it for niche scientific services? Often, because the few people searching for a specific assay or service are likely buyers. We check search volumes first and keep budgets to the terms with real intent. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT plus spend. ### Can you advertise a Cambridge language school abroad? Yes. We can run Google and Meta campaigns by country, with separate budgets, schedules and landing pages in the right language, and track enquiries from each market. Strategy and set-up time can also be charged at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Can you build us a reporting dashboard? Yes. A Looker Studio dashboard pulling GA4, Google Ads, LinkedIn and Meta data into one view is £145 + VAT one-off. It helps founders and boards see spend and leads without logging into each platform. --- # Digital Marketing in Norwich Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/norwich/ > Norwich brokers, law firms, research companies and independents in the Lanes can hand dijitul their Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We cover Norwich and Norfolk remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, social media from £125 a month + VAT and email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. Norwich is East Anglia's largest city and has been an insurance centre since Norwich Union was founded here in 1797. As Aviva it still employs large numbers, and brokers, claims handlers, software suppliers, accountants and law firms fill the centre and Broadland Business Park. Insurance and financial services are among the most expensive sectors for paid search clicks, so smaller Norwich brokers need focus: - Google Search ads on niche cover types, such as a specific trade or property type, rather than broad insurance terms dominated by national brands - Branded search protection and remarketing to quote abandoners - Renewal and cross-sell email to existing clients, which costs far less than winning new ones - Compliant ad copy, checked with you, because financial promotions have rules Science is the city's other pillar. Next to the University of East Anglia, Norwich Research Park is home to the John Innes Centre, the Earlham Institute and the Quadram Institute, and their spin-outs need LinkedIn campaigns and specialist search ads. Norwich University of the Arts supports a lively creative and games scene, which means a lot of small studios and agencies that market through Instagram, LinkedIn and portfolio content. The historic centre, the Lanes and the market are full of independent shops, cafés and restaurants. Instagram, local Meta ads and an email list of regulars usually beat search ads for them. Beyond the city, Norfolk's farming, food and tourism businesses look to Norwich for services. Holiday lets and attractions across the Broads and the coast have a strong summer peak and benefit from Meta ads aimed at people planning UK breaks, plus email to past guests in the new year when many people book. Charities and membership organisations are active in the city and may be eligible for Google Ad Grants. ## Who we market in Norwich - Insurers, brokers and claims handlers - Solicitors and accountants - Research and science park companies - Digital agencies and creative studios - Food and agricultural producers - Holiday let and tourism operators - Independent shops and cafés in the Lanes - Charities and membership organisations ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can a small Norwich insurance broker compete on Google Ads? Yes, by avoiding broad terms the national brands dominate and focusing on niche cover types where you specialise. We add strong negatives and track quote requests. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, with spend paid directly to Google. ### Do you market Norfolk holiday lets? We do. Meta ads aimed at people planning UK breaks, Instagram content and email to past guests early in the year cover most needs. Paid social management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and email from £95 a month + VAT. ### Can a Norwich charity get free Google advertising? Registered charities may qualify for Google Ad Grants, which offers free search ads subject to Google's eligibility checks and account rules. We can check your eligibility, set it up and manage it, charged at £45 an hour + VAT or a fixed quote. --- # Digital Marketing in Peterborough Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/peterborough/ > Peterborough ecommerce brands, engineering firms, hauliers and new Hampton businesses can turn to dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We run everything remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, email marketing from £95 a month + VAT, and email automation set-up is £195 + VAT. Peterborough grew fast after its new town designation in 1967 and has kept growing. The A1(M) and A47 meet here and King's Cross is under an hour away by train, so the city is ringed by distribution centres and fulfilment warehouses for national retailers and online brands. Plenty of smaller ecommerce businesses are based here or use those warehouses, and that shapes the marketing we do most: - Google Shopping and Performance Max campaigns built on a well structured Merchant Center feed, with custom labels for margin and stock so budget goes to profitable products - Meta Advantage+ shopping campaigns with Conversions API set up so purchases are measured accurately - Klaviyo flows covering welcome, abandoned cart, browse abandonment, post-purchase and win-back - Black Friday and Christmas planning, with email calendars and budgets agreed weeks ahead The city also has deep engineering roots. Perkins Engines, part of Caterpillar, has made diesel engines here for decades, and Baker Perkins builds food and printing machinery, both supported by machining, fabrication and service firms. These businesses tend to need B2B search campaigns on specific capabilities, LinkedIn for reaching buyers in target industries, and trade show follow-up by email. Haulage and logistics firms are constant recruiters. Meta job ads targeted around Peterborough and the A1 corridor are often the most cost-effective way to reach drivers and warehouse staff, especially before the autumn peak. Office employment around Lynch Wood and the city centre includes financial services and professional firms that use search ads and client newsletters. Hampton, to the south, is one of the largest new developments in the area, and new residents there are an ideal audience for local Meta ads from dentists, gyms, cafés and trades. ARU Peterborough, opened in 2022, adds a student audience for food and leisure businesses. ## Who we market in Peterborough - Online retailers and ecommerce brands - Distribution and logistics companies - Engine and machinery manufacturers - Engineering service firms - Haulage companies - Accountants and solicitors - Builders and trades - New businesses in Hampton ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you manage Shopping and Performance Max for a Peterborough online shop? Yes. We start with the Merchant Center feed, fixing titles, attributes and custom labels, then structure campaigns so best sellers and high margin lines get the budget. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Google. ### Do you set up Klaviyo for Shopify stores? We do. Set-up of the core flows, welcome, abandoned cart, browse abandonment, post-purchase and win-back, is £195 + VAT one-off, and ongoing campaign management starts from £95 a month + VAT. ### Can you run driver recruitment ads around the A1? Yes. Meta job ads targeted at people within commuting distance of your depot work well for drivers and warehouse roles. Paid social management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and you can pause between hiring rounds. --- # Digital Marketing in Ipswich Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/ipswich/ > Freight forwarders, insurance brokers, tech firms and Waterfront hospitality in Ipswich can get Google Ads, social media and email marketing from dijitul. We work remotely from Mansfield across Suffolk. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, LinkedIn and other paid social from £150 a month + VAT, and email from £95 a month + VAT. Ipswich is Suffolk's county town and one of the oldest continuously settled towns in England, but its modern economy rests on ports, insurance and technology. The Port of Felixstowe, the UK's busiest container port, is a short drive down the A14, and Ipswich's own port moves grain and bulk cargo. Freight forwarders, customs agents, hauliers and warehouse operators are everywhere. Logistics firms here mostly market to other businesses, and the useful channels are: - Google Search ads on specific services such as customs clearance, import brokerage or container haulage, with strong negatives to keep out job seekers and tracking searches - LinkedIn Ads aimed at importers, supply chain managers and ecommerce operators - Email to existing customers when rules, rates or routes change, which customs and freight clients genuinely need - Recruitment campaigns for HGV drivers and warehouse staff Insurance is the second strand. The listed Willis Building is the town's best-known office, and insurers, brokers, financial advisers and accountants are big employers. Insurance clicks are expensive, so small brokers do better with niche cover terms, branded search protection and renewal emails than with broad campaigns against national brands. Technology is the third. BT's research and development headquarters at Adastral Park in Martlesham has drawn telecoms, software and engineering firms into the Innovation Martlesham cluster. These companies sell to technical buyers and use LinkedIn, specialist search terms and content to reach them. The Waterfront, home to the University of Suffolk, has bars and restaurants that benefit from Instagram, local Meta ads and event promotion. Independent retailers in the town centre do best with a loyal email list and local social ads rather than broad search. Ipswich Town matchdays also give town centre pubs a regular reason to post. ## Who we market in Ipswich - Freight forwarders and customs agents - Hauliers and warehousing operators - Insurers and insurance brokers - Telecoms and technology companies - Financial advisers and accountants - Solicitors - Bars and restaurants on the Waterfront - Independent retailers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you generate leads for an Ipswich customs agent? Yes. We combine Google Search ads on specific customs and import terms with LinkedIn campaigns aimed at importers and supply chain roles, all tracked to enquiry forms and calls. Each channel's management starts from £150 a month + VAT, plus ad spend. ### Can you target Felixstowe and Ipswich only? Yes, for local services we can target those towns or a set radius. For B2B freight services, buyers are often nationwide, so we usually target the UK and let the ad copy show you are based near Felixstowe. ### Do you write renewal and client emails for brokers? We do. We set up and send renewal reminders, newsletters and cross-sell emails, keep them factual and check them with you before sending. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT. --- # Digital Marketing in Chelmsford Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/chelmsford/ > Electronics makers, professional practices, salons and restaurants in Chelmsford can rely on dijitul to run Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We manage it remotely from Mansfield and agree goals before spending a penny. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT. Chelmsford became a city in 2012, but its technology story starts in 1898, when Guglielmo Marconi opened the world's first wireless factory here. That electronics heritage continues through Teledyne e2v, which makes imaging sensors and specialist components, and a network of smaller electronics and engineering firms. They sell complex products to technical buyers worldwide, which suits: - Google Search ads on precise product and specification terms, sometimes run by country for export markets - LinkedIn Ads aimed at engineers and procurement teams in target industries - Remarketing around trade shows and email follow-up to leads met at events As the county town, Chelmsford houses Essex County Council, and Broomfield Hospital is a major employer. Chelmsford Business Park and the centre hold insurers, law firms, accountants and regional offices. Fast trains to London Liverpool Street mean these firms compete with London practices for clicks on terms such as conveyancing, divorce or financial advice, so tight local targeting, specific landing pages and branded search protection make a real difference. Client newsletters keep past clients and referrers warm. The city centre around Bond Street and High Chelmer has retail, and restaurants and bars line the river. Salons, gyms and personal services are numerous and competitive. For them, Instagram content, small Meta ad budgets with booking links and SMS or email reminders for regulars tend to work better than search ads. Restaurants benefit from timing ads for evenings and weekends. The new Beaulieu Park station is opening up development on the north-east side, bringing new residents for local businesses to reach. Writtle, just outside the city, has a long-standing land-based college, and rural and equestrian businesses in the surrounding villages tend to use Facebook and local search. ## Who we market in Chelmsford - Electronics and imaging manufacturers - Engineering firms - Law firms and accountants - Insurers and financial services - Public sector suppliers - Salons and personal services - Restaurants and bars - Land-based and rural businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can a Chelmsford law firm compete with London firms on Google Ads? Yes, if campaigns are focused. We target Chelmsford and the surrounding area, bid on the services you want more of, and send clicks to specific pages. Management is from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Google. ### Do you run ads for electronics firms selling abroad? We do. We can run Google and LinkedIn campaigns by country with separate budgets and wording, and track enquiries from each market. Strategy and set-up time can be quoted or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Can you run Instagram and booking ads for a Chelmsford salon? Yes. We manage organic Instagram from £125 a month + VAT per platform package and can add small Meta ads with a booking link, targeted at people within a few miles of your salon. --- # Digital Marketing in Colchester Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/colchester/ > For Colchester attractions, food producers, estate agents and data start-ups, dijitul runs Google Ads, social media and email marketing remotely from Mansfield. We set clear budgets and track every enquiry. Prices start from £150 a month + VAT for Google Ads management, £125 a month + VAT for social media and £95 a month + VAT for email. Colchester became a city in 2022 and claims to be Britain's oldest recorded town, the Roman Camulodunum. Colchester Castle, Colchester Zoo, the nearby coast and Dedham Vale bring in visitors year round, and attractions, cafés and holiday accommodation compete for their attention. For these businesses, marketing follows the calendar: - Meta and Instagram ads aimed at families within driving distance, timed to school holidays and events - Google Search ads on branded and day-out terms, protecting the attraction's own name from resellers - Email to members and past visitors before each holiday period, with ticket offers - Google Business Profile posts and up to date hours Food is a strong local thread. Tiptree, home of Wilkin and Sons jams, is nearby, and farms and small producers across north Essex sell through farm shops, delis and online. Shopping ads, Instagram content showing the farm or kitchen, and Klaviyo flows for gift and repeat orders help them compete with bigger brands, with Christmas the main peak. The University of Essex at Wivenhoe Park is strong in data science and AI, and start-ups on its Knowledge Gateway research park often need their first marketing set-up: GA4, conversion tracking and a LinkedIn or Google Ads campaign for early customers. The university also brings a large student audience for food, bars and services. Colchester is a garrison city with a long military history, and a large commuter population uses the direct rail line to London. Estate and lettings agents, solicitors, accountants and trades are numerous, and competition for local service clicks is real. Estate agents get good results from Meta lead ads for valuations, while trades do best with search ads and call tracking. Private healthcare and therapy practices tend to use search ads with careful, policy-compliant wording. ## Who we market in Colchester - Visitor attractions and leisure operators - Food producers and farm shops - University spin-outs and data start-ups - Estate and lettings agents - Private healthcare and therapy practices - Restaurants and cafés - Independent retailers - Builders and trades ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you advertise a Colchester attraction during school holidays? Yes. We plan Meta and Google campaigns around school holiday dates in Essex and neighbouring counties, raising budgets in the weeks before and reducing them afterwards. Paid social management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you run valuation lead ads for estate agents? We do. Meta lead ads with a simple valuation form, targeted at homeowners in your patch, plus remarketing to people who viewed your listings, are a common set-up. Each lead lands in your inbox or CRM within minutes. ### Can you help a Knowledge Gateway start-up set up tracking? Yes. GA4 set-up is £95 + VAT and full conversion tracking across GA4, Google Ads and Meta CAPI is £145 + VAT, both one-off. That way your first ad budget is measured properly from day one. --- # Digital Marketing in Luton Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/luton/ > Aviation suppliers, travel businesses, engineers and food businesses in Luton can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We run campaigns remotely from Mansfield and you own every account. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, and Meta, TikTok or LinkedIn ads management from £150 a month + VAT plus spend. Luton built its name on hats and then on vehicles. Vauxhall made cars and vans here for around 120 years until production ended in 2025, and the engineering firms that grew around the plant are now chasing new customers. That usually means a first proper B2B marketing push: Google Search ads on specific capabilities, a LinkedIn presence aimed at buyers in new sectors, and email to contacts made at trade shows. Today Luton is above all an airport town. London Luton is among the UK's busiest airports, easyJet has its headquarters beside it, and maintenance, ground handling, catering, cargo, car parking and private aviation firms surround it. Marketing here splits two ways: - B2B aviation services: LinkedIn and narrow search campaigns aimed at airlines and operators, plus recruitment ads for engineers and ground staff - Consumer travel services such as airport parking, transfers and travel agents: Google Search with strong conversion tracking, because these are price-compared clicks with national competition The M1 makes Luton a base for logistics and distribution firms, who mostly need recruitment and B2B search campaigns. The town is young and diverse, with a lot of independent food businesses, wholesalers and food importers. Restaurants and takeaways reach customers through Instagram, TikTok and Meta ads with a tight radius, and through accurate Google Business Profile listings. Wholesalers and importers selling to the trade benefit from search ads and email to their customer base, sometimes in more than one language. The University of Bedfordshire's main campus adds a student audience that responds to TikTok and Instagram. Community organisations and charities may be eligible for Google Ad Grants. Click competition on travel terms around the airport is high, so we focus budgets on high intent searches and track every booking. ## Who we market in Luton - Aviation maintenance and ground handling firms - Travel and airport parking companies - Engineering and manufacturing suppliers - Wholesalers and food importers - Restaurants and takeaways - Logistics and distribution operators - Independent retailers - Community organisations ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run Google Ads for an airport parking or transfer firm? Yes. These clicks are competitive and price-compared, so we focus on high intent terms, track bookings rather than clicks, and test landing pages for speed and clarity. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Google. ### Do you run TikTok ads for Luton food businesses? We do. Short vertical videos, local targeting and Spark Ads that boost your own organic posts can work well for restaurants and takeaways with a young audience. Paid social management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can you help a former Vauxhall supplier find new customers? Yes. We usually start with a short audit and plan, charged at £45 an hour + VAT, then build Google Search and LinkedIn campaigns around the capabilities new sectors need, with conversion tracking on quote requests. --- # Digital Marketing in Bedford Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/bedford/ > Bedford engineering firms, food businesses, logistics companies and new Wixams start-ups can get Google Ads, social media and email marketing from dijitul. Our team works remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT, and email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. Bedford, the county town on the Great Ouse, is one of England's most diverse places. Post-war recruitment for the brickworks brought many Italian families, and large South Asian and Eastern European communities have followed. You see it on the high street in delis, restaurants, bakeries and food importers, and it affects marketing too: some audiences are best reached with ads and posts in more than one language, and Meta lets us target by language as well as location. The area has a distinctive engineering profile. Cranfield University, known for aerospace, engineering and management, is a short drive away, Millbrook Proving Ground is a well-known vehicle test facility a few miles south, and the Cardington airship hangars recall the town's aviation history. Consultancies, test specialists and automotive suppliers around them market to technical buyers, typically with: - Google Search ads on narrow service terms, with a modest budget and conversion tracking on enquiries - LinkedIn Ads aimed at engineering and R&D roles at vehicle makers and aerospace firms - Email to contacts from events and past projects With the A421 running to the M1 and Milton Keynes, distribution and trade businesses on the town's business parks need recruitment campaigns and B2B search ads. Wells and Co still brews in Bedford, and food and drink producers sell through local shops, pubs and online. Wixams, the large new settlement to the south, is bringing new homes and local businesses whose first customers are new residents. Local Meta ads, a complete Google Business Profile and a launch email list are the usual starting point. Fast trains to London St Pancras support a large commuter population and professional firms in the town centre, who compete with London practices for clicks, so local targeting and branded search protection matter for solicitors and accountants. ## Who we market in Bedford - Vehicle test and engineering firms - Engineering consultancies - Automotive suppliers - Food importers, delis and restaurants - Distribution and logistics companies - Solicitors and accountants - New businesses in Wixams - Builders and trades ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run ads in more than one language for Bedford businesses? Yes. Meta and Google both allow language targeting, so a deli or restaurant can run ads in English and, for example, Italian or Polish to people who use those languages. We need the translated copy checked by you or a native speaker. ### Is LinkedIn worth it for an engineering consultancy near Cranfield? Often, because buyers are a small, defined group. We target by job function, seniority and industry, use lead gen forms, and track enquiries. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT, plus ad spend paid directly to LinkedIn. ### We are opening in Wixams. What should we do first? Set up a full Google Business Profile, GA4 and tracking, then run a small Meta campaign aimed at Wixams and nearby villages. GA4 set-up is £95 + VAT one-off, and advice is £45 an hour + VAT. --- # Digital Marketing in Southend-on-Sea Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/southend-on-sea/ > Seafront attractions, restaurants, hotels and Leigh-on-Sea independents can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing in Southend-on-Sea. We run it remotely from Mansfield and plan around the season. Paid social and Google Ads management each start from £150 a month + VAT, and SMS marketing from £75 a month + VAT. City status arrived in 2022, but Southend-on-Sea is still a seaside resort at heart, with the longest pleasure pier in the world, Adventure Island, and a seafront that runs from Leigh-on-Sea to Shoeburyness. Tourism is seasonal and competitive, and seafront businesses make much of their year in a few busy weeks. Marketing has to be ready before the weather turns: - Meta and Instagram ads aimed at day-trippers across Essex and east London, scheduled for warm weekends, bank holidays and school holidays - Short video content for Instagram Reels and TikTok that shows the place at its best - SMS and email to past customers with event dates and offers, sent only to people who opted in - Google Business Profile updates with seasonal hours, so nobody turns up to a closed door Restaurants, cafés and bars along the seafront, in Leigh and in Westcliff compete for locals as much as visitors, and they do well with Instagram, local ads timed for evenings, and events. Hotels and guest houses compete with booking sites, so branded search ads and email to past guests help keep more direct bookings. Away from the beach, the economy is broader. Olympus KeyMed has its UK base in the city, and London Southend Airport, in neighbouring Rochford district, supports aviation, maintenance and engineering firms at the Airport Business Park. Those businesses market B2B through LinkedIn and specific search terms. Two railway lines to London make Southend home to many commuters, creative freelancers and small professional firms. The University of Essex has a city centre campus and South Essex College adds further education. Estate agents and independent retailers in Leigh-on-Sea are particularly active on Instagram and Facebook, and local Meta ads with a tight radius suit them better than broad search. ## Who we market in Southend-on-Sea - Seafront attractions and amusement operators - Restaurants, cafés and bars - Hotels and guest houses - Event organisers - Medical and engineering suppliers - Aviation businesses near the airport - Estate agents - Independent retailers in Leigh-on-Sea ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can our Southend ads switch on for sunny weekends and holidays? Yes. We schedule budgets around bank holidays, school holidays and events, and can raise or pause spend at short notice when the forecast changes. Paid social management is from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to the platform. ### Do you run SMS offers for seafront businesses? We do, to customers who have opted in as PECR requires. SMS works well for last minute offers and event reminders. SMS marketing starts from £75 a month + VAT plus message costs. ### Can you target Leigh-on-Sea separately from Southend? Yes. We can set separate campaigns for Leigh, Westcliff and central Southend with their own budgets and ads, which helps independents reach people who actually shop locally. Location reports then show which area brings the most bookings or visits. --- # Digital Marketing in Basildon Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/basildon/ > Engineering subcontractors, packaging firms, builders and leisure businesses in Basildon can have dijitul manage their Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We do it remotely from our office in Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform package. Basildon was one of the first post-war new towns, designated in 1949, and the large employment areas laid out then still shape it. Ford develops vehicles at its Dunton Technical Centre, New Holland has built tractors here since 1964, Leonardo designs and makes defence electronics, and Costa Coffee opened its roastery in the town in 2017. Around those names, a long list of smaller electronics, engineering, print, packaging and building products firms work from estates such as Southfields and Burnt Mills. Subcontractors that supply large automotive, agricultural and defence customers often rely on a few big accounts. Marketing is a way to reduce that risk: - Google Search campaigns on specific processes and services, such as precision machining, PCB assembly or contract packaging, with conversion tracking on drawing uploads and quote forms - LinkedIn Ads aimed at procurement and engineering roles in new target sectors - Remarketing to buyers who visited capability pages - Email to existing customers about new machines, certifications and capacity Printing and packaging firms can also run Shopping ads for standard products such as boxes or labels. The A127 and A13 run straight to London and the Thames Gateway ports, so construction firms, trades and distributors here often serve a wide area. Builders and trades do well with Google Search ads, Local Services Ads where available and Facebook posts showing finished work, and we target the towns they actually cover rather than all of south Essex. The Festival Leisure Park and Eastgate shopping centre support restaurants, leisure and retail. Leisure operators get the most from Meta ads around school holidays and weekends, and restaurants from Instagram and offers by email. Competition for trade clicks comes from across Essex and east London, so tight location settings save money. ## Who we market in Basildon - Engineering and electronics subcontractors - Automotive and agricultural machinery suppliers - Defence supply chain businesses - Printing and packaging firms - Distribution and logistics companies - Construction firms and trades - Building products suppliers - Restaurants and leisure businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can marketing help a Basildon subcontractor win new customers? It can. Search ads on your specific processes and LinkedIn campaigns aimed at buyers in new sectors put you in front of people already looking. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with spend paid directly to Google. ### Can you track drawing uploads and RFQs as conversions? Yes. We set file uploads and quote forms up as GA4 key events and Google Ads conversions, so you can see which keywords bring real requests. Conversion tracking set-up is £145 + VAT one-off. ### Do you run Facebook ads for Basildon builders? We do. Posts and ads showing finished jobs, aimed at homeowners in the towns you cover, work well alongside search ads. Paid social management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend paid to Meta. --- # Digital Marketing in Watford Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/watford/ > Watford head offices, film and TV suppliers, recruiters and professional firms can use dijitul for Google Ads, LinkedIn, social media and email marketing. We work remotely from Mansfield with clear monthly reporting. Google Ads and paid social management both start from £150 a month + VAT, and a Looker Studio reporting dashboard costs £145 + VAT one-off. Watford sits just inside the M25 at the start of the M1, a short train ride from Euston, and has become a head office town. J D Wetherspoon, Costco UK and TJX Europe are all based here, and offices along Clarendon Road, near Watford Junction and at Croxley Park house many other corporate and professional teams. Head office marketing teams often have brand rules and big goals but not enough hands. We support them with: - Paid search and paid social management under their own brand guidelines, with reporting that rolls up into a Looker Studio dashboard - Conversion tracking audits, Consent Mode v2 checks and GA4 clean-ups - LinkedIn recruitment and employer brand campaigns for hard to fill roles Film and television are the other big strand. Warner Bros. Studios Leavesden, just north of the town, is one of Europe's largest film studios and home to the Harry Potter studio tour. It supports production companies, set builders, equipment hire firms, post-production houses and freelancers. These businesses sell to producers and production managers, so LinkedIn, narrow search terms such as specific kit hire, and email to past productions work better than broad social ads. Hospitality near the studios can reach visitors with Meta ads aimed at people planning a trip. Recruitment agencies are numerous in Watford and spend heavily on paid channels. LinkedIn and Meta job ads, plus Google Search for client-side terms, are standard, and measuring cost per placement rather than cost per click keeps spend honest. Professional services firms compete with London practices for clicks, so branded search protection and local, specific landing pages help. Restaurants, bars and retailers around the town centre and the high street do best with Instagram and local ads, and Watford FC matchdays give pubs and restaurants a regular hook for social posts. ## Who we market in Watford - Retail and hospitality head offices - Film and TV production suppliers - Equipment hire and events companies - Recruitment agencies - Professional services firms - Creative freelancers and agencies - Restaurants, bars and retailers - Estate agents ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you support an in-house marketing team at a Watford head office? Yes. We can run specific channels such as Google Ads or LinkedIn under your brand rules, audit tracking, or build a Looker Studio dashboard for £145 + VAT. Ad-hoc help and training are £45 an hour + VAT. ### How do you market a film equipment hire firm? Usually with Google Search ads on specific kit and service terms, LinkedIn aimed at production managers and producers, and email to past productions about new stock. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you run LinkedIn job ads for Watford recruiters? We do. We target candidates by skills, job title and location, write the ads and track applications. Paid social management is from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to LinkedIn. --- # Digital Marketing in St Albans Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/st-albans/ > Small professional firms, salons, restaurants and independent shops in St Albans can hand dijitul their Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We work remotely from Mansfield and suit firms of one to twenty people. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, and copywriting or blog posts start from £45 + VAT per piece. St Albans is a cathedral city built beside Roman Verulamium, and fast Thameslink trains to London St Pancras make it affluent and busy. Many residents run their own businesses here rather than commuting, which has created a thick layer of small professional firms: accountants, solicitors, financial planners, architects, recruiters, consultancies and marketing agencies, many with between one and twenty people. Small firms here compete with each other and with London practices for the same searches, so the marketing has to be efficient: - Google Search ads limited to St Albans, Harpenden and nearby villages, on the specific services each firm wants more of - LinkedIn content and a modest LinkedIn Ads budget for B2B consultancies and recruiters - A regular client newsletter that keeps the firm front of mind for referrals - Blog posts and guides that answer the questions clients actually ask, which also feed email and social content Architects and designers often find Instagram and Pinterest bring better enquiries than search, because clients choose on style. Twice a week the street market fills St Peter's Street, and the historic lanes around the cathedral are full of independent shops, cafés, restaurants and pubs. Tourism adds visitors to the Roman sites and the cathedral. Independents here do best with Instagram, local Meta ads timed for weekends and an email list of regulars. Salons and wellbeing businesses benefit from booking-focused ads and SMS reminders. Nearby Harpenden is home to Rothamsted Research, and the University of Hertfordshire is a short drive away in Hatfield. Click costs for professional services in Hertfordshire tend to be higher than in much of the Midlands, which makes tight targeting, strong negative keywords and conversion tracking especially important for small budgets. ## Who we market in St Albans - Accountants and financial planners - Solicitors and legal practices - Architects and consultancies - Marketing agencies and recruiters - Independent shops and cafés - Restaurants and pubs - Salons and wellbeing businesses - Research teams in Harpenden ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run Google Ads for a small St Albans accountancy? Yes. We target St Albans, Harpenden and nearby villages, bid on the services you want, such as self assessment or small business accounts, and track calls and forms. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend paid to Google. ### Do you write blogs and newsletters for professional firms? We do. Blog posts and articles start from £45 + VAT per piece, and a managed email newsletter starts from £95 a month + VAT. The same content can feed LinkedIn posts. ### Can you manage Instagram for a St Albans café or shop? Yes. Organic management covers planning, posting and replying to comments from £125 a month + VAT per platform package. A small local ad budget can help with launches and seasonal events. --- # Digital Marketing in Stevenage Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/stevenage/ > Space, defence and biotech suppliers in Stevenage, along with recruiters and old town businesses, can use dijitul for Google Ads, LinkedIn, social media and email marketing. We work remotely from Mansfield. LinkedIn and other paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT, and Google Ads management from £150 a month + VAT. Stevenage was Britain's first post-war new town, designated in 1946, and it has grown into a centre for advanced technology. Airbus Defence and Space builds satellites here, MBDA designs and makes missile systems, and GSK runs a large research and development campus. Beside GSK, the Stevenage Bioscience Catalyst gives labs and offices to young biotech firms, and the Cell and Gene Therapy Catapult's manufacturing centre has made the town a hub for cell and gene therapy. Suppliers to these sectors sell to small, expert audiences, often under restrictions on what they can say publicly. Marketing has to respect that: - LinkedIn Ads and organic content aimed at engineers, scientists and procurement teams, with careful wording approved before it runs - Google Search ads on narrow technical terms such as a test method or a specialist service, with low volumes but high intent - Event marketing around conferences, with email invitations and LinkedIn follow-up - Recruitment campaigns, which are constant in a town competing for scarce technical skills Specialist recruiters in Stevenage spend heavily on LinkedIn and job ads, and they benefit from tracking cost per application and per placement rather than clicks. The A1(M) and the East Coast Main Line give fast access to London and Cambridge, so B2B firms here often target buyers across the wider region. Engineering consultancies and precision manufacturers in the supply chain usually start with a focused Google Ads campaign and a LinkedIn company page that actually posts. The town centre is in the middle of a long regeneration programme, and the old town high street has independent shops, pubs and restaurants. Those businesses do well with Instagram, local Meta ads and email or SMS to regulars. Builders and trades serving Stevenage and nearby villages get most enquiries from search ads and Google Maps. ## Who we market in Stevenage - Space and satellite suppliers - Defence electronics and engineering firms - Biotech and cell therapy companies - Laboratory and test services - Engineering consultancies - Specialist recruiters - Builders and trades - Independent shops and pubs in the old town ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you advertise a defence supplier without saying too much? Yes. We work to your approval process, keep claims general where needed and focus targeting on the right job roles and sectors rather than detailed messaging. Every ad is approved by you before it goes live. ### Do you run LinkedIn campaigns for biotech firms at the Catalyst? We do. We target by job function, seniority and industry for partnering, events or recruitment, and track results through lead gen forms and GA4. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can a Stevenage old town pub run local ads? Yes. A small Meta budget targeted within a couple of miles, promoting quiz nights, live music or food offers, plus regular Instagram posts, is usually enough. Organic social management starts from £125 a month + VAT. --- # Digital Marketing in Hemel Hempstead Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/hemel-hempstead/ > Maylands businesses, ecommerce brands, trades and town centre shops in Hemel Hempstead can bring in dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We run campaigns remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, email marketing from £95 a month + VAT, and GA4 set-up is £95 + VAT. Hemel Hempstead grew after the war as a new town wrapped around an old market town in the Gade valley, and its working life is dominated by Maylands Business Park beside junction 8 of the M1, close to the M25. National distribution centres, regional headquarters, technology firms, data centres, manufacturers and trade suppliers all sit there. Maylands was badly damaged by the Buncefield oil depot explosion in 2005 and has since been rebuilt. A business park of that size produces several distinct marketing needs: - Ecommerce brands fulfilling from Hemel: Shopping and Performance Max campaigns, Meta ads with Conversions API, and Klaviyo flows for repeat orders - Regional offices and technology firms: LinkedIn campaigns, Google Search on specific B2B services, and help tidying GA4 and Consent Mode v2 so data can be trusted - Distribution firms: recruitment ads for drivers and warehouse staff ahead of peak - Trade suppliers: Shopping ads for stock lines and email to trade account holders Paper and print run through the town's history. John Dickinson's mills at Apsley and Nash Mills beside the Grand Union Canal were nationally important, and print and packaging businesses still operate locally. They can often sell standard products through search and Shopping ads while winning bespoke work through LinkedIn and email. Construction and trades firms serve Hemel, Berkhamsted, Tring and Kings Langley, a mix of commuter towns where homeowners search for builders, kitchen fitters and landscapers. Search ads with call tracking and Local Services Ads where available usually bring the most enquiries. The town centre, the Water Gardens, Riverside and the old town high street have retailers, restaurants and cafés that benefit from Instagram and local Meta ads. Being so close to London and Watford, local service clicks can be competitive, so careful location targeting keeps budgets on nearby customers. ## Who we market in Hemel Hempstead - Distribution centres and logistics operators - Regional head offices - Technology and data centre companies - Ecommerce brands - Manufacturers and print businesses - Trade suppliers and wholesalers - Construction and trades firms - Restaurants and independent shops ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run ecommerce ads for a brand fulfilling from Maylands? Yes. We manage Shopping and Performance Max on Google and Advantage+ shopping on Meta, with proper conversion tracking so revenue is measured. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to the platform. ### Can you target Berkhamsted and Tring as well as Hemel? Yes. We set location targeting to the towns and villages you serve, and can split them into separate campaigns if prices or demand differ. Location reports show where enquiries actually come from. ### Can you check our GA4 and Consent Mode set-up? We can. We audit GA4 events, key events and Consent Mode v2, and fix what is wrong. GA4 set-up is £95 + VAT one-off and full conversion tracking across GA4, Google Ads and Meta CAPI is £145 + VAT. --- # Digital Marketing in King’s Lynn Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/kings-lynn/ > Growers, food processors, holiday parks and pubs around King’s Lynn can work with dijitul on Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We cover West Norfolk remotely from our base in Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform package. King’s Lynn grew rich as a port where the Great Ouse meets the Wash, trading with the Hanseatic League in the Middle Ages. Its medieval merchants' houses still line the riverside, and ships still bring in and take out grain, timber and steel. Inland, the Fens are among the most productive farmland in the country, so food runs the local economy: field vegetables, cereals, sugar beet and soft fruit are grown, packed and processed around the town, supported by cold stores, hauliers and agricultural engineers. Most food processors and packhouses sell to retailers and wholesalers, not the public, so their marketing tends to be: - LinkedIn and trade show follow-up aimed at buyers and category managers - Recruitment campaigns on Meta for seasonal and permanent roles, often in more than one language - Google Search for specific services such as contract packing or cold storage Growers and farm shops selling direct are different. Instagram content from the fields, Facebook posts about what is in season, an email list for pick-your-own dates and Christmas orders, and Google Business Profile updates work well. Tourism is important here. The Sandringham Estate, the coast at Hunstanton and the historic quayside draw visitors, and holiday parks, cottages, hotels and pubs depend on them. These businesses have a short summer peak and compete with booking platforms, so Meta ads aimed at people planning Norfolk breaks, branded search ads and email to past guests in January, when many people plan holidays, are the core. Manufacturing is also present: Palm Paper runs a large newsprint mill and the town has an established medical devices industry, both of which market B2B through LinkedIn and specialist search. Industrial estates at Hardwick and North Lynn hold distributors and trade firms that benefit from local search. Click competition is low compared with cities, which can make paid search good value. ## Who we market in King’s Lynn - Food processors and packhouses - Growers and farm businesses - Cold storage and haulage firms - Agricultural engineers - Medical device manufacturers - Holiday parks, cottages and hotels - Pubs and restaurants - Port and shipping services ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you market a Norfolk holiday park? Yes. We run Meta ads aimed at families and couples planning Norfolk breaks, branded search to protect your name from booking sites, and email to past guests early in the year. Paid social management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you run seasonal recruitment ads for packhouses? We do. Meta job ads targeted around King’s Lynn and the Fens, in the languages your workforce uses, work well for seasonal roles. You pay the platform directly for ad spend and we can run campaigns only during hiring periods. ### Is Google Ads worth it in a rural area like West Norfolk? Often, yes. Search volumes are lower, but so is competition, so clicks can be cheaper than in cities. We check demand first and keep budgets realistic. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid to Google. --- # Digital Marketing in Great Yarmouth Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/great-yarmouth/ > Holiday parks, seafront attractions, guest houses and offshore energy suppliers in Great Yarmouth can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We work remotely from Mansfield and plan around the summer season. Paid social management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. Great Yarmouth lives on two calendars. In summer it is a classic resort, with the Golden Mile, the Pleasure Beach, its piers and a ring of holiday parks, caravan sites and guest houses, with the Norfolk Broads close by. All year round it is an energy town: it served southern North Sea gas for decades and is now a base for operating and maintaining the wind farms off the East Anglian coast. The Outer Harbour handles offshore vessels and project cargo, and Beacon Park in Gorleston hosts energy and engineering firms. Tourism marketing here is about filling a short season and the shoulder months around it: - Meta and Instagram ads aimed at families and couples across the Midlands, London and the East planning seaside breaks, starting in the new year when many holidays are booked - Branded Google Search ads so people searching a park's name land on the direct booking page, not a reseller - Email and SMS to past guests with early booking offers, sent only to people who opted in - Short video for Reels and TikTok showing pools, beaches and entertainment Attractions, arcades, cafés and restaurants on the seafront also benefit from Google Business Profile updates with seasonal hours and events. The energy supply chain markets very differently. Marine services, crew transfer operators, inspection firms and fabricators sell to wind farm operators and principal contractors, so LinkedIn Ads targeted at offshore operations and procurement roles, search ads on specific services, and email around industry events work best. Training and certification centres, often linked to East Coast College's energy courses, can use Google Search for course terms and Meta lead ads for enquiries. Paid search competition for holiday terms is national and heavy, so we keep spend on branded and specific searches and lean on social and email for reach. ## Who we market in Great Yarmouth - Holiday parks and caravan sites - Seafront attractions and arcades - Hotels, guest houses and cafés - Offshore energy service companies - Marine and crew transfer operators - Inspection and survey firms - Engineering fabricators - Training and certification centres ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### When should a Great Yarmouth holiday park start advertising? Usually in the new year, when many families book summer breaks, with a second push for late availability. We plan budgets across the year so spend follows booking patterns, from £150 a month + VAT for paid social management plus ad spend. ### Can you reach offshore wind operators with LinkedIn Ads? Yes. We target by job function, seniority and company in the offshore energy sector, and use lead gen forms or event sign-ups. Ad spend is paid directly to LinkedIn, and management starts from £150 a month + VAT. ### Do you run email and SMS for holiday businesses? We do, to guests who opted in. Early booking offers, late availability and event news perform well. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT and SMS from £75 a month + VAT plus message costs. --- # Digital Marketing in Bury St Edmunds Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/bury-st-edmunds/ > Bury St Edmunds food and drink producers, land agents, equine businesses and independent shops can get Google Ads, social media and email marketing from dijitul. We work remotely from Mansfield across West Suffolk. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, organic social from £125 a month + VAT, and email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. Bury St Edmunds is a historic market town laid out around a great medieval abbey, and the abbey ruins, St Edmundsbury Cathedral and the Georgian streets still draw visitors. Two industries define it. Greene King has brewed at its Westgate Brewery since 1799, and British Sugar's factory on the edge of town processes beet from farms across East Anglia. Agricultural merchants, machinery dealers, agronomists and land agents serve the farming economy, and food manufacturers cluster on Suffolk Business Park beside the A14. Food and drink makers here sell through farm shops, delis, pubs and online, and their marketing usually combines: - Google Shopping for online shops, with clean product data and seasonal promotions - Instagram content that shows the farm, kitchen or brewhouse - Email flows for repeat orders, plus Christmas hamper and gift campaigns planned from early autumn - Trade email to stockists about new lines Land agents, surveyors and rural solicitors serve a wide area of Suffolk, so their search campaigns cover the villages and market towns where clients live, not just Bury. Meta ads work well for farm and rural property listings, and client newsletters keep estates and farmers informed about rule changes. Newmarket, the home of British horseracing, is close by, and trainers, studs and equine businesses market to a specialist, often international audience. LinkedIn, targeted Meta ads and email to owners and breeders are usually more useful than broad search. The town centre, with its regular market, the Arc shopping centre and many independent shops, cafés and restaurants, attracts shoppers from across Suffolk. Independents do best with Instagram, local Meta ads timed for market days and weekends, and an email list. Hotels and hospitality businesses benefit from email to past guests and events such as the Christmas Fayre. ## Who we market in Bury St Edmunds - Breweries and drinks producers - Food manufacturers and farm shops - Agricultural merchants and growers - Land agents and rural surveyors - Equine and racing businesses - Independent shops and cafés - Hospitality and tourism businesses - Accountants and solicitors ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run Christmas hamper campaigns for a Suffolk food producer? Yes. We plan Shopping ads, Instagram content and email campaigns from early autumn, with order deadlines built in. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and email from £95 a month + VAT. ### Do you market equine businesses near Newmarket? We do. Equine audiences are specialist, so we use targeted Meta and LinkedIn campaigns, email to owners and breeders, and search ads on specific services. Strategy and set-up can be charged at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Can a land agent target rural Suffolk rather than just Bury? Yes. We set location targeting to the villages and market towns you serve, or a wide radius, and can split campaigns by service. Location reports show which areas produce enquiries. --- # Digital Marketing in the City of London Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/city-of-london/ > Smaller firms in the City of London, such as boutique law firms, Lloyd's brokers, wealth managers and fintechs, can use dijitul for LinkedIn, Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We work remotely from Mansfield. LinkedIn and Google Ads management each start from £150 a month + VAT, and email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. Few places concentrate as much finance as the Square Mile. The Bank of England, the London Stock Exchange and Lloyd's of London are all here, alongside global banks, insurers, asset managers and many of the largest law firms. Around them sit thousands of smaller businesses: boutique law firms, insurance brokers, Lloyd's market service companies, wealth managers, compliance consultants, recruiters, and fintech and insurtech start-ups spilling towards Aldgate and Shoreditch. Small City firms compete with very large ones for the same clients and the same search terms. Clicks on legal, financial and recruitment keywords in central London are among the most contested anywhere, so we keep campaigns narrow: - Google Search on specific services and niches, such as a type of commercial dispute or a specialist insurance line, rather than broad terms - Branded search protection, so competitors and directories do not sit above your name - LinkedIn Ads aimed at defined roles, sectors and company sizes, often promoting a briefing, webinar or report - Email newsletters and market updates to clients and intermediaries, which keep relationships warm between deals Regulated firms have rules on financial promotions, and law firms have their own professional conduct requirements, so we keep claims factual and every ad and email is approved before it runs. Consent Mode v2 and cookie choices also need handling properly, because City clients notice. Fintech and insurtech start-ups need a different approach: conversion tracking from day one, LinkedIn and Google campaigns tested against cost per qualified lead, and Looker Studio reporting that founders can show investors. Recruitment firms spend heavily on LinkedIn and job ads and should measure cost per placement. Livery companies and membership bodies often use email and LinkedIn to reach members. ## Who we market in City of London - Boutique law firms and barristers' chambers - Insurance brokers and Lloyd's market firms - Wealth and asset managers - Fintech and insurtech start-ups - Compliance and risk consultancies - Accountancy and consultancy firms - Recruitment firms - Livery companies and membership bodies ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can a boutique City law firm afford Google Ads? Yes, if campaigns focus on niche services rather than broad legal terms. We research specific searches, add strong negatives and track enquiries, so spend goes where cases come from. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Google. ### Do you check ads against financial promotion rules? We write factual, careful copy and every ad goes to you for approval before running, so your compliance team can sign it off. We do not make return or performance claims, and we follow each platform's financial services policies. ### Can you run LinkedIn campaigns for a Lloyd's market firm? Yes. LinkedIn lets us target underwriters, brokers, risk managers and other roles by company and seniority. We usually promote reports, events or briefings. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. --- # Digital Marketing in Westminster Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/westminster/ > Westminster clinics, galleries, charities, restaurants and investment firms can hire dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We run campaigns remotely from Mansfield and keep a close eye on cost per enquiry. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform package. Westminster covers a large slice of central London, and each neighbourhood has its own economy. Around Victoria and Whitehall, Parliament draws in think tanks, charities, trade bodies and public affairs consultancies. Marylebone, including Harley Street, has one of the largest concentrations of private medical and dental practices in the country. Mayfair and St James's hold hedge funds, family offices, private banks, art galleries and luxury retail. Soho is a centre for film, post-production and advertising, and the West End around Oxford Street, Regent Street and Covent Garden is one of the busiest retail and theatre districts in the world. Marketing differs sharply by neighbourhood: - Private clinics and dentists: Google Search on specific treatments, written to fit Google's healthcare ad policies and UK advertising rules, with call and booking tracking. Remarketing for health topics has restrictions, so we plan around them - Galleries and luxury brands: Instagram content and carefully targeted Meta ads, plus email to collectors and clients about exhibitions and private views - Charities and membership bodies: Google Ad Grants where eligible, email to supporters, and LinkedIn for policy and events - Theatres, restaurants and hotels: Meta and Instagram ads timed to shows and seasons, and branded search to protect direct bookings Clicks for treatments, legal services and hospitality in central London are expensive, so tight keyword lists, exact location settings and landing pages that answer the question are essential. A treatment page that loads fast on a phone and shows prices clearly will usually convert better than a home page. Investment firms and family offices rarely want broad advertising. They tend to value a polished LinkedIn presence, a quarterly client email and branded search protection. ## Who we market in Westminster - Private medical and dental practices - Art galleries and dealers - Charities and think tanks - Professional bodies and trade associations - Theatres, hotels and restaurants - Luxury and boutique retailers - Film, TV and advertising companies - Investment firms and family offices ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run Google Ads for a Harley Street clinic? Yes. We build treatment-specific campaigns within Google's healthcare policies and UK advertising rules, track calls and bookings, and avoid claims we cannot support. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Google. ### Can a Westminster charity use Google Ad Grants? Registered charities may be eligible for Google Ad Grants, which gives free search advertising subject to Google's rules on account quality. We can check eligibility, set it up and manage it at £45 an hour + VAT or a fixed quote. ### Do you manage Instagram for galleries and boutiques? We do. We plan and schedule posts, write captions and reply to comments, from £125 a month + VAT per platform package. Exhibition launches and private views can be supported with small targeted ad budgets. --- # Digital Marketing in Camden Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/camden/ > Across Camden, from Holborn chambers to King's Cross start-ups and Camden Town venues, dijitul runs Google Ads, social media and email marketing remotely from Mansfield. You own every account and see results monthly. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, paid social from £150 a month + VAT, and email from £95 a month + VAT. Camden stretches from Holborn and Bloomsbury up to Hampstead and Highgate, and few boroughs have such a varied business mix. The Knowledge Quarter around King's Cross, Euston and Bloomsbury groups UCL, the Francis Crick Institute, the British Library and Great Ormond Street Hospital, and King's Cross is now a major business district with Google's UK offices and Central Saint Martins at Granary Square. Each part of the borough markets differently: - Holborn chambers and law firms: LinkedIn content for members, branded search protection, and Google Search on specialist areas of law, written within professional conduct rules - Bloomsbury publishers, charities and academic societies: email newsletters to readers and members, Google Ad Grants for eligible charities, and Meta ads for book launches and appeals - King's Cross start-ups and research spin-outs: LinkedIn and Google campaigns with proper GA4 and conversion tracking, reported against cost per qualified lead - Camden Town markets, music venues and fashion brands: Instagram, TikTok and Meta ads for gigs and drops, with tight timing around event dates Music venues and promoters live by ticket sales in the last two weeks before a show, so we often run short, intense Meta campaigns with ticket purchase tracking. Market traders and independent fashion brands selling online benefit from Instagram Shopping, Meta catalogue ads and email flows for repeat customers. Hampstead and Belsize Park have therapists, private clinics and independent shops serving residents, and they do best with very local search ads and Google Business Profile listings. Healthcare advertising has platform restrictions, so wording and targeting need care. Central London click costs are high, so we focus spend on clear intent and measure every enquiry. ## Who we market in Camden - Barristers' chambers and law firms - Publishers and academic societies - Charities and foundations - Life sciences and AI start-ups - Music venues and promoters - Market traders and fashion brands - Therapists and private clinics - Design and creative agencies ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you sell gig tickets with Meta ads for a Camden venue? Yes. We run short, focused campaigns around each show, target fans of similar artists and track ticket purchases with Meta's pixel and Conversions API where your ticketing platform allows. Management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you run email for publishers and charities? We do. We design, write and send newsletters and appeals, manage lists under UK GDPR and PECR, and check deliverability settings such as SPF, DKIM and DMARC. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT. ### Can a Hampstead therapist advertise only to nearby residents? Yes. We set a tight radius or postcode-level targeting, write ads within Google's healthcare policies and focus on the specific therapies you offer. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT. --- # Digital Marketing in Islington Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/islington/ > Clerkenwell architects, furniture showrooms, Old Street start-ups and Upper Street restaurants can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing in Islington. We work remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management costs from £150 a month + VAT, organic social media from £125 a month + VAT, and CRO from £195 a month + VAT. Islington is small but dense. Clerkenwell, in the south, has one of the highest concentrations of architects and design studios anywhere, plus furniture and lighting showrooms that host Clerkenwell Design Week each year. Around Old Street, the start-up cluster once nicknamed Silicon Roundabout straddles the border with Hackney. Farringdon, now on the Elizabeth line, ties it all to the City. Further north, Angel and Upper Street are lined with restaurants, bars, theatres and independent shops, and Highbury has Arsenal's Emirates Stadium. Marketing for these groups looks quite different: - Architects and design studios: Instagram and Pinterest for project work, LinkedIn for commercial clients, and a quarterly email to past clients. Search ads work for specific services such as house extensions or planning drawings, targeted at nearby boroughs - Furniture and lighting showrooms: Shopping ads, Meta catalogue ads, Pinterest, and campaigns timed around Design Week - Start-ups and scale-ups: Google and LinkedIn campaigns with clean tracking, landing page tests and conversion rate optimisation once traffic is steady - Restaurants, bars and theatres: Instagram content, Meta ads timed for evenings and weekends, and email or SMS to regulars Start-ups often spend a lot on clicks before fixing the page those clicks land on. Small CRO changes, such as a clearer headline, fewer form fields or faster mobile loading, can matter as much as bids, and A/B tests show which version actually works. Charities and social enterprises are numerous in the borough and may be eligible for Google Ad Grants. Arsenal matchdays affect footfall around Highbury and Holloway, which local pubs and restaurants can plan social posts around. Central London click costs mean tight targeting is essential for any local service. ## Who we market in Islington - Architecture practices - Design and branding studios - Furniture and lighting showrooms - Technology start-ups and scale-ups - Creative and digital agencies - Restaurants and bars on Upper Street - Theatres and venues - Charities and social enterprises ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Do architects get work from Google Ads? Some do, mainly for defined services such as extensions, loft conversions or planning drawings. We test a small campaign targeted at nearby boroughs and track enquiries. Many practices find Instagram and Pinterest bring better-fit clients, so we often combine both. ### Can you improve conversion rates for an Old Street start-up? Yes. Our conversion rate optimisation service, from £195 a month + VAT, uses analytics, heatmaps and A/B tests to improve landing pages and sign-up flows, so existing ad spend brings more customers. ### Can you promote a showroom around Clerkenwell Design Week? We can. We plan Instagram content, Meta ads aimed at designers and specifiers, and email invitations to past visitors and clients in the weeks before the event, then remarket to visitors afterwards. Paid social is from £150 a month + VAT plus spend. --- # Digital Marketing in Hackney Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/hackney/ > Craft breweries, direct-to-consumer brands, makers, cafés and Shoreditch start-ups in Hackney can hand dijitul their Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We run it remotely from Mansfield. Paid social management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, social media management from £125 a month + VAT, and Klaviyo email from £95 a month + VAT. Hackney's economy leans heavily on creative, digital and independent businesses. Shoreditch, at the southern tip of the borough, has been the centre of East London's tech scene for well over a decade, and Hoxton, Haggerston and Dalston continue the mix of studios, agencies and production companies. Next to the Olympic Park, Hackney Wick and Fish Island are known for artists' studios, makers and craft breweries in converted warehouses. Broadway Market, London Fields, Mare Street, Chatsworth Road and Stoke Newington Church Street are lined with independent cafés, food shops and boutiques. Many Hackney businesses are small, founder-led brands selling online as well as through a shop, stall or taproom. Their marketing tends to be product and community led: - Instagram and TikTok content, with Spark Ads or boosted posts for launches and drops - Meta catalogue and Advantage+ shopping campaigns with Conversions API, so sales are measured properly despite browser tracking limits - Klaviyo flows: welcome, abandoned cart, browse abandonment, post-purchase and win-back, plus launch emails - Google Shopping for products people search for by name or type Breweries have to work within alcohol ad rules on Google and Meta, including age targeting, but taproom events, new releases and online beer shops all give good reasons to advertise. Start-ups and agencies in Shoreditch need clean GA4 and tracking, LinkedIn campaigns for B2B products, and sometimes overflow support for client paid media. Music venues and event spaces sell tickets through short, focused Meta campaigns. Hackney also has a large voluntary and community sector, from local charities to housing and arts organisations, many of which may qualify for Google Ad Grants. Local cafés and shops do best with a tight radius, regular posts and an email or SMS list for regulars. ## Who we market in Hackney - Craft breweries and drinks brands - Direct-to-consumer ecommerce brands - Artists, makers and small manufacturers - Independent shops and cafés - Fashion and textile businesses - Technology start-ups and digital agencies - Music venues and event spaces - Charities and social enterprises ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you set up Klaviyo for a Hackney DTC brand? Yes. We build the core flows, welcome, abandoned cart, browse abandonment, post-purchase and win-back, for £195 + VAT one-off, and can run ongoing campaigns and launches from £95 a month + VAT. We check sign-up consent and deliverability too. ### Do you run TikTok Spark Ads for small brands? We do. Spark Ads let us boost your own organic TikTok posts, or creators' posts with permission, so ads look native. Paid social management is from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to TikTok. ### Can a Hackney Wick brewery advertise its taproom? Yes, within Google and Meta alcohol policies. We target adults nearby, promote events and new releases, and avoid claims the rules prohibit. Organic Instagram management from £125 a month + VAT pairs well with small event budgets. --- # Digital Marketing in Tower Hamlets Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/tower-hamlets/ > Canary Wharf firms, fintech start-ups, Brick Lane restaurants and East End wholesalers can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing in Tower Hamlets. We work remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, paid social from £150 a month + VAT plus spend, and SMS from £75 a month + VAT. Tower Hamlets holds two very different business worlds. Canary Wharf, on the Isle of Dogs, rivals the City as a financial district, with global banks, law firms and technology companies in its towers, and Level39 in One Canada Square has hosted many fintech and cyber security start-ups. Around them work consultancies, recruiters, compliance specialists, caterers and facilities firms. Smaller financial and professional firms near Canary Wharf face the same challenge as those in the City: competing for clicks against very large rivals. That means: - Narrow Google Search campaigns on specialist services, with branded search protection - LinkedIn Ads aimed at defined roles in banks and financial firms - Email updates to clients and intermediaries, approved before sending because of financial promotion rules Fintech and cyber security start-ups need tracking set up properly from the start and campaigns judged on qualified leads or sign-ups rather than clicks. Further west and north, Spitalfields, Brick Lane, Whitechapel and Aldgate are dense, historic and entrepreneurial. Bangladeshi-owned restaurants, wholesalers, retailers and travel agents are central to the area, alongside markets, fashion and vintage shops. For restaurants and takeaways, Instagram, TikTok and Meta ads with a tight radius, accurate delivery app and Google listings, and SMS offers to opted-in regulars bring the most orders. Wholesalers and food importers selling to the trade benefit from Google Search and email to their customer list, sometimes in more than one language. Whitechapel has the Royal London Hospital and Queen Mary University of London's medical school, with the main campus at Mile End, bringing a large student audience. Bow, Poplar and Wapping have growing numbers of small businesses and creative studios. Charities and community organisations may qualify for Google Ad Grants. ## Who we market in Tower Hamlets - Financial and professional firms - Fintech and cyber security start-ups - Consultancies and recruiters - Restaurants and takeaways - Food wholesalers and importers - Fashion and vintage retailers - Market traders - Charities and community organisations ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run Google Ads for a Brick Lane restaurant? Yes. We target people nearby and visitors searching for food in the area, track calls, bookings and order clicks, and keep your Google Business Profile accurate. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Google. ### Do you run SMS offers for East London takeaways? We do, to customers who opted in, as PECR requires. Short offers and quiet-night promotions work well by text. SMS marketing starts from £75 a month + VAT plus message costs from the SMS platform. ### Can a Canary Wharf fintech get help with LinkedIn and tracking? Yes. We set up conversion tracking for £145 + VAT one-off, then run LinkedIn and Google campaigns judged on qualified leads or sign-ups. Paid social management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. --- # Digital Marketing in Southwark Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/southwark/ > Food traders, Bermondsey breweries, Peckham restaurants and London Bridge firms can count on dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing in Southwark. We plan and manage campaigns remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform package. Southwark runs south from the Thames opposite the City, and its riverside mixes offices and culture. Consultancies, tech firms and corporate teams work in The Shard and More London by London Bridge, while Tate Modern and Shakespeare's Globe keep Bankside busy with visitors all year. Food is what many people think of first. Borough Market has traded for centuries, and Bermondsey's railway arches house bakers, distillers, food producers and the cluster of breweries nicknamed the Beer Mile. Many of these businesses sell through a stall, a web shop, wholesale accounts and a taproom at once, and their marketing has to join those up: - Instagram content and small Meta ads for market days, taproom events and new products - Google Shopping and Meta catalogue ads for web shops, with a clean product feed - Klaviyo or Mailchimp flows to turn one-off market customers into online repeat buyers - Email to restaurants and delis about wholesale lines Drinks producers must follow Google and Meta alcohol policies, including adult-only targeting. Professional and consultancy firms near London Bridge compete with City firms for clicks, so they do best with narrow search campaigns, LinkedIn and a client newsletter. Guy's Hospital, King's College London's Guy's campus and London South Bank University at Elephant and Castle make health and education large employers, and health-linked businesses need ads written within healthcare policies. Elephant and Castle's regeneration has brought new homes and shops. Further south, Peckham has independent restaurants, bars, artists and creative businesses, and Dulwich has professional practices and independent shops serving residents. These neighbourhoods have quite different audiences, so we usually target them separately rather than treating Southwark as one market. Charities in the borough may be eligible for Google Ad Grants. ## Who we market in Southwark - Market traders and food producers - Breweries and distillers - Restaurants, bars and event venues - Consultancies and professional firms - Health and research organisations - Creative studios and galleries - Independent retailers - Charities and education providers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can a Borough Market trader grow online sales with ads? Yes. Shopping and Meta catalogue ads put products in front of people searching or browsing, and email flows turn market customers into repeat online buyers. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT and email from £95 a month + VAT. ### Can you target Peckham and Dulwich separately? Yes. We can run separate campaigns for each neighbourhood with their own budgets and ads, which suits restaurants and shops whose customers live nearby. Location reports show where results come from. ### Do you manage Instagram for Bermondsey breweries? We do. We plan posts around releases and events, write captions and reply to comments, within alcohol advertising rules. Organic management starts from £125 a month + VAT per platform package. --- # Digital Marketing in Lambeth Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/lambeth/ > Arts organisations, Brixton food traders, clinics, salons and nurseries in Lambeth can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We plan campaigns around each neighbourhood and run them remotely from Mansfield. Paid social and Google Ads management each start from £150 a month + VAT, and email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. Lambeth changes character every mile or so. Along the South Bank, the Southbank Centre, the National Theatre and the BFI sit beside the London Eye, and a ring of arts charities, production companies and event suppliers works around them. St Thomas' Hospital and King's College London's Waterloo campus make health a major employer in the north of the borough. Further south, Brixton is known for its markets, Brixton Village, independent food and live music, and Clapham, Stockwell and Streatham add salons, nurseries, fitness studios and home-based consultants. Arts and cultural organisations sell seasons, shows and memberships, which suits: - Meta and Instagram ads built around each show or season, with ticket purchases tracked through the pixel and Conversions API where the ticketing system allows - Email to bookers and members, segmented by what they have attended before - Google Ad Grants for eligible arts charities, alongside paid search on show names - Remarketing to people who looked at a show page but did not book Food traders and restaurants in Brixton live on Instagram and TikTok, with Google Maps and delivery apps doing much of the rest. Short video, regular posts and small radius Meta ads for events and new menus usually work better than search ads. Health clinics and health charities need ads written within Google and Meta healthcare policies, and they often get most from specific treatment or service searches. Salons and wellbeing studios in Clapham and Streatham do well with booking-focused Instagram ads and SMS reminders to opted-in regulars. Nurseries and tutors tend to market to parents through Facebook, Google Business Profile reviews and search ads around enrolment periods. Because neighbourhoods differ so much, we target by area rather than the whole borough, which keeps central London click costs under control. ## Who we market in Lambeth - Arts and cultural venues - Event and production companies - Market traders and street food businesses - Independent restaurants and bars - Health clinics and charities - Salons and wellbeing studios - Nurseries and education providers - Consultants and home-based businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you sell tickets for a South Bank arts organisation with Meta ads? Yes. We build campaigns around each show or season, target people with relevant interests and past bookers, and track ticket sales where your ticketing system supports it. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with spend paid to Meta. ### Do you run Instagram for Brixton food businesses? We do. We plan posts and short videos, write captions and reply to comments, from £125 a month + VAT per platform package. Small local ad budgets help with new menus, events and quiet nights. ### Can a Clapham salon target only nearby customers? Yes. We set a tight radius around the salon, use booking-focused ads on Instagram and Facebook, and can add SMS reminders to opted-in clients from £75 a month + VAT. --- # Digital Marketing in Wandsworth Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/wandsworth/ > In Wandsworth, dijitul runs Google Ads, social media and email marketing for estate agents, gyms, clinics, cafés and Nine Elms food suppliers. We manage everything remotely from Mansfield, with tracking set up before spend starts. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, and conversion tracking set-up costs £145 + VAT one-off. Wandsworth's riverside has been rebuilt over the last decade. Battersea Power Station now holds shops, restaurants and offices, the US Embassy sits at Nine Elms, and New Covent Garden Market, London's main wholesale fruit, vegetable and flower market, trades nearby. Food suppliers, florists and caterers there sell to restaurants, hotels and event planners, so Google Search on specific wholesale terms and email to trade buyers work better than consumer social. Away from the river, Putney, Wandsworth Town, Earlsfield, Balham, Tooting and the streets around Clapham Junction are busy residential neighbourhoods full of estate and letting agents, cafés, gyms, nurseries, tutors and home-based consultants. These are some of the most competitive local markets in London for paid clicks, and each needs a slightly different plan: - Estate and letting agents: Meta lead ads for valuations, remarketing to people who viewed listings, and a landlord newsletter - Gyms and fitness studios: Instagram content, Meta ads for trial offers aimed within a mile or two, and SMS to lapsed members - Private clinics and dentists: Google Search on specific treatments, within healthcare ad policies, with call and booking tracking - Nurseries and tutors: Facebook, Google Business Profile reviews and search ads timed around term starts Tooting is home to St George's Hospital and its university, which brings healthcare recruiters and clinics. Healthcare recruiters typically use LinkedIn and Meta job ads, measured on cost per applicant. Many residents work from home or commute through Clapham Junction, so weekday evening and weekend timing matters for local social ads. Cafés, bars and restaurants do best with Instagram and a regulars list for email or SMS. Tight radius targeting by neighbourhood avoids paying for clicks from people who will never cross the borough. ## Who we market in Wandsworth - Estate and letting agents - Food wholesalers and florists - Cafés, bars and restaurants - Gyms and fitness studios - Private clinics and dental practices - Nurseries and tutors - Healthcare recruiters - Freelancers and home-based consultants ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Do Meta lead ads work for Wandsworth estate agents? They can. A simple valuation form aimed at homeowners in your patch, plus remarketing to people who viewed your listings, is a common set-up. Leads can go straight to your inbox or CRM. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can a Balham gym target people within a mile? Yes. Meta allows radius targeting down to a small area, and we can schedule ads for the times people decide to join, such as January and September. Organic Instagram management is from £125 a month + VAT per platform package. ### Can you advertise a Nine Elms food wholesaler to restaurants? Yes. We use Google Search on specific wholesale terms aimed at London, plus LinkedIn or email to chefs and buyers. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to the platform. --- # Digital Marketing in Croydon Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/croydon/ > Trade counters, car dealers, tech start-ups, immigration solicitors and recruiters in Croydon can get Google Ads, social media and email marketing from dijitul. We do it remotely from Mansfield, with accounts in your name. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, social media from £125 a month + VAT and email from £95 a month + VAT. Croydon is one of outer London's biggest office centres, with towers around East Croydon station, the Home Office at Lunar House, which houses UK Visas and Immigration, and national firms such as Superdrug based in the borough. Fast trains to London Bridge, Victoria and Gatwick have made it a long-standing base for back-office and professional work. Lunar House has given rise to a cluster of immigration advisers and solicitors. Immigration is a sensitive and regulated area, and search ads must be accurate and avoid promising outcomes. Narrow campaigns on specific visa types, clear pricing on landing pages and call tracking tend to work best, and ads may need to run in several languages for some audiences. The Purley Way corridor is a different world. Retail parks, trade counters, builders' merchants and car dealerships line the road. Their marketing is mostly about local search and stock: - Google Search and Shopping ads for trade counters and merchants, with click-and-collect messaging - Vehicle listing ads and Meta catalogue ads for car dealers, plus remarketing to people who viewed stock - Local inventory and Google Business Profile updates for retail park tenants Croydon has had a vocal tech and start-up scene for more than a decade, with co-working spaces and small software firms that need clean tracking, LinkedIn campaigns and landing page testing. Recruitment agencies are numerous and spend on LinkedIn and job ads. The town centre has been through a long regeneration. Boxpark Croydon brought street food and events, Fairfield Halls reopened as an arts and conference venue, and Croydon was London Borough of Culture for 2023. Events and hospitality businesses do best with Instagram, Meta ads timed to event dates and email lists of past attendees. ## Who we market in Croydon - Trade counters and builders' merchants - Car dealerships - Immigration advisers and solicitors - Tech start-ups and digital firms - Recruitment agencies - Professional services firms - Events and hospitality venues - Retailers and franchise outlets ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run Google Ads for a Croydon immigration solicitor? Yes. We build campaigns on specific visa and immigration services, keep ad claims accurate and within Google's policies, and track calls and enquiries. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Google. ### Do you run stock ads for Purley Way car dealers? We do. Meta catalogue ads and Google campaigns can show your current stock to people searching or browsing nearby, with remarketing for vehicles they viewed. Paid social management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can you promote events at Boxpark or Fairfield Halls? Yes. We run Instagram and Meta campaigns around event dates, target people with relevant interests across south London and Surrey, and email past attendees. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT. --- # Digital Marketing in Bromley Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/bromley/ > Bromley high street retailers, estate agents, opticians, salons and Biggin Hill aviation firms can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We target each town centre separately and work remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT and organic social from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Bromley is London's largest borough by area, stretching from built-up Penge and Beckenham to open countryside around Biggin Hill and Downe. It behaves more like a group of Kent towns than one place. Bromley town centre, with The Glades and its long High Street, is the main hub, while Orpington, Beckenham, West Wickham, Petts Wood and Chislehurst each have their own parades of independent shops, cafés, estate agents, opticians, accountants and salons. That spread matters for paid advertising. A café in Chislehurst and a salon in Penge have different customers, so we target by town or tight radius rather than the whole borough: - Estate agents: Meta valuation lead ads in each office's patch, remarketing to listing viewers and a vendor newsletter - Opticians, dentists and healthcare practices: Google Search on specific services within healthcare ad rules, with booking tracking - Salons and wellbeing businesses: Instagram content, booking ads within a mile or two, and SMS reminders - Independent retailers: Facebook and Instagram for new stock and events, with email to regulars Many professional people commute into central London from Bromley South and the borough's other stations, and more now work from home part of the week. That changes when people browse, so we check performance by day and hour rather than assuming office hours. Biggin Hill is the borough's most distinctive business location. London Biggin Hill Airport is now a business aviation hub, with maintenance, charter and engineering firms on and around the airfield. Charter operators can use search ads on route and aircraft terms, while maintenance and engineering firms reach operators through LinkedIn and specialist search. Builders and home improvement firms serving the borough's larger homes get most enquiries from search ads and Facebook. ## Who we market in Bromley - High street retailers - Estate agents - Accountants and financial advisers - Opticians and healthcare practices - Salons and wellbeing businesses - Schools, nurseries and tutors - Aviation and engineering firms - Builders and home improvement firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you target Orpington and Beckenham separately? Yes. We set up separate campaigns or ad sets for each town with their own budgets and ads, which suits multi-branch estate agents and practices. Location reports then show which branch areas bring enquiries. ### Can a Bromley optician advertise on Google? Yes, within Google's healthcare policies. We build campaigns on eye tests, contact lenses and specific services, track bookings and calls, and target people near each practice. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you market Biggin Hill charter and aviation firms? We do. Charter firms can use Google Search on route and aircraft terms, while maintenance and engineering firms are better reached through LinkedIn aimed at operators. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. --- # Digital Marketing in Kingston upon Thames Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/kingston-upon-thames/ > Kingston upon Thames independents, restaurants, letting agents, New Malden's Korean businesses and student start-ups can hand dijitul their Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We run it remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform package. Kingston is one of south-west London's main shopping towns. The Bentall Centre, the historic Market Place and the riverside restaurants draw customers from across south-west London and north Surrey, and many businesses are independents trading next to national chains. Competing with a chain for paid clicks on generic terms is expensive, so independents here usually do better with: - Instagram and Facebook content showing products, people and the shop itself - Small Meta ad budgets aimed within a few miles, timed for weekends and seasonal events - Google Business Profile posts, product listings and reviews - An email list of regulars for new stock, events and offers Restaurants, bars and cafés by the river compete for both locals and visitors and benefit from evening and weekend ad scheduling. Kingston University, with campuses at Penrhyn Road, Knights Park and Kingston Hill, brings a large student population and a steady flow of graduates into small studios and start-ups. Letting agents, cafés and takeaways market heavily to students, and Instagram and TikTok work well for that audience. Student lettings have a clear calendar, with demand building months before the academic year. New Malden has one of the largest Korean communities in Europe, with restaurants, grocers and import businesses along its High Street. Some of these businesses benefit from ads and posts in Korean as well as English, aimed at both the community and the wider audience interested in Korean food. Surbiton is a commuter suburb with a busy parade of independent shops and cafés, and it needs its own local targeting. Kingston Hospital is a major employer, and healthcare and wellbeing practices need ads written within healthcare policies. Light industrial firms in the borough tend to use specific B2B search terms rather than social. ## Who we market in Kingston upon Thames - Independent retailers - Restaurants, bars and cafés - Korean food and import businesses - University start-ups - Letting agents - Fitness and leisure operators - Tutors and education providers - Healthcare and wellbeing practices ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run ads in Korean for a New Malden business? Yes. Meta and Google both support language targeting, so we can run Korean and English versions side by side. You or a native speaker check the Korean copy before it goes live. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### How should a Kingston independent shop compete with chains online? Usually through local social content, small radius Meta ads, a strong Google Business Profile and an email list, rather than broad search ads where chains outbid you. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT. ### Can you target Surbiton separately from Kingston town centre? Yes. We can set separate radius or postcode targeting for Surbiton, Kingston and New Malden, each with its own budget, so ads reach people who actually shop at each location. --- # Digital Marketing in Richmond upon Thames Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/richmond-upon-thames/ > Consultants, pubs, heritage attractions, therapists and estate agents in Richmond upon Thames can rely on dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We work remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, email marketing from £95 a month + VAT, and copywriting from £45 + VAT per piece. Richmond upon Thames is the only London borough on both banks of the river, and much of its economy grows out of heritage and green space. The Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew, a UNESCO World Heritage Site, and Hampton Court Palace draw visitors all year, along with Richmond Park and the riverside. Twickenham Stadium, the home of England rugby, turns match days into peak trading for pubs and restaurants. In Teddington, the National Physical Laboratory anchors a cluster of science and engineering expertise. The borough's town centres, including Richmond, Twickenham, Teddington, East Sheen and Barnes, are dominated by independent shops, restaurants, estate agents and professional practices rather than large offices. A large share of the working population are consultants, freelancers and company directors running small businesses from home. Their marketing is usually about reputation: - LinkedIn content and modest LinkedIn Ads for consultants selling to larger companies - A regular newsletter to clients and contacts, written in their own voice - Google Search on specific services, often aimed well beyond the borough - Articles and guides that show expertise and feed both email and social posts Pubs, restaurants and cafés plan around the rugby calendar and summer riverside trade, with Instagram and Meta ads timed to fixtures and good weather. Visitor businesses and heritage charities benefit from Meta ads aimed at day-trippers, Google Ad Grants where eligible, and email to members. Therapists, coaches and wellbeing practices do well with specific search terms and a clear booking page, within healthcare and wellness ad policies. Estate agents in an affluent market use Meta lead ads for valuations and polished Instagram content for listings. Wealth managers and financial planners prefer branded search protection and client email over broad campaigns. ## Who we market in Richmond upon Thames - Consultants and company directors - Pubs, restaurants and cafés - Visitor attractions and heritage charities - Sports clubs and match-day venues - Therapists and coaching practices - Estate agents - Wealth managers and financial planners - Science and engineering consultancies ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you plan pub and restaurant ads around Twickenham match days? Yes. We schedule Meta and Instagram posts and ads around fixtures, promote bookings and match-day offers, and pause spend when you are already full. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Meta. ### Do you write newsletters for independent consultants? We do. We write in your voice, send through Mailchimp, Brevo or similar, and keep your list compliant with UK GDPR. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT, and articles from £45 + VAT per piece. ### Can a Richmond therapist advertise on Google? Yes, within Google's healthcare and wellness policies. We target the specific therapies you offer, keep claims careful and track bookings. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. --- # Digital Marketing in Ealing Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/ealing/ > Park Royal food manufacturers, wholesalers, Southall jewellers and restaurants, and Ealing Broadway professional firms can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We run it remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, and Meta, TikTok or LinkedIn ads management from £150 a month + VAT plus spend. Ealing's leafy reputation hides a very industrial borough. Park Royal, which Ealing shares with Brent and Hammersmith and Fulham, is London's largest industrial estate and a major centre for food and drink manufacturing, wholesale and distribution, with vehicle servicing, printing and logistics alongside. Acton and Perivale add more warehouses and units along the A40. Food manufacturers and wholesalers mostly sell to other businesses, so their marketing leans towards: - Google Search ads on specific product and service terms aimed at caterers, retailers and restaurants across London - Google Shopping and trade web shops for wholesalers with online ordering - LinkedIn and email to buyers, with trade show follow-up - Recruitment ads for production and warehouse staff Southall has one of the UK's largest South Asian communities, and its high streets are full of jewellers, sari and fashion shops, sweet centres, grocers, restaurants and travel agents. Festivals such as Diwali and Eid, and the wedding season, drive peaks in demand. Instagram content and Meta ads timed to those peaks, sometimes in more than one language, plus Shopping and Meta catalogue ads for jewellers and fashion retailers selling online, tend to work well. Showing true colour and detail in product photos matters a lot for these ads. Ealing Broadway, now on the Elizabeth line, is a busy office and retail centre with professional firms, shops and restaurants, and Ealing Studios, one of the oldest working film studios in the world, gives the area a film and television freelancer base. Professional firms use search and client newsletters, while freelancers and production companies market through LinkedIn and portfolio content. Education providers, including tutors and colleges, typically use search and Meta lead ads around enrolment periods. ## Who we market in Ealing - Food and drink manufacturers - Wholesalers and distributors - Jewellers and fashion retailers - Restaurants and sweet centres - Film and TV production companies - Professional services offices - Education providers - Logistics firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run Diwali and wedding season campaigns for Southall retailers? Yes. We plan Instagram content, Meta ads and Shopping campaigns ahead of each festival and wedding season, and can run ads in more than one language. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with spend paid directly to Meta. ### Do you market Park Royal food wholesalers? We do. Search ads aimed at caterers and restaurants across London, Shopping for online ordering, and email to trade customers are the usual mix. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can you set up a Looker Studio report covering all our channels? Yes. A Looker Studio dashboard combining GA4, Google Ads and Meta data costs £145 + VAT one-off, so you can see spend, leads and sales in one place without logging into each platform. --- # Digital Marketing in Harrow Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/harrow/ > Accountants, pharmacies, solicitors, property businesses and family-run shops in Harrow can work with dijitul on Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We plan campaigns for each high street and run them remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT and email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. Harrow runs on small and family-owned businesses rather than one big employer. It is one of the most diverse boroughs in the country, and its high streets in Harrow town centre, Wealdstone, Pinner, Stanmore, Rayners Lane and South Harrow are lined with pharmacies, accountants, solicitors, travel agents, grocers, restaurants and property businesses. Many have traded for decades on word of mouth, and digital marketing is often a new step. For these firms, the most useful starting points are simple and measurable: - A complete Google Business Profile for each branch, with services, hours and photos, and a steady flow of reviews - Google Search ads on specific services, such as self assessment tax returns, conveyancing or travel vaccinations, targeted at nearby postcodes - Facebook and Instagram posts in the languages customers use, with small local ad budgets for seasonal services - Email or SMS reminders to existing clients, for example before tax deadlines or flu season Accountants have a clear calendar, with self assessment in January and year-end work in spring, so search budgets can rise and fall with demand. Pharmacies need ads that follow healthcare policies, and travel clinic services have strong seasonal peaks before summer. Harrow School on Harrow on the Hill and the University of Westminster's Harrow campus at Northwick Park make education part of local identity, and tutoring centres compete hard for parents, especially before entrance exams. Search ads and Facebook lead ads around exam timetables work well. Northwick Park Hospital is one of the largest employers, supporting clinics and care services. Landlords and property agents use Meta lead ads for landlord sign-ups and listing promotion, and restaurants and takeaways rely on Instagram, TikTok and accurate delivery listings. ## Who we market in Harrow - Accountants and tax advisers - Pharmacies and clinics - Solicitors - Family-run retailers and grocers - Restaurants and takeaways - Landlords and property agents - Travel agents - Tutoring centres and schools ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you increase self assessment clients for a Harrow accountant? Yes. We run Google Search ads on self assessment and small business terms, targeted at nearby postcodes, raising budgets from late autumn to January. Calls and forms are tracked. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can a pharmacy advertise travel vaccinations? Yes, within Google and Meta healthcare policies. We build campaigns around specific services, keep wording factual and time them for the months before summer travel. Paid social management is from £150 a month + VAT plus spend. ### Do you send SMS reminders for Harrow businesses? We do, to customers who opted in, as PECR requires. Reminders for tax deadlines, appointments or seasonal services work well. SMS marketing starts from £75 a month + VAT plus message costs. --- # Digital Marketing in Barnet Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/barnet/ > Charities, schools, solicitors, dental practices, estate agents and specialist food businesses across Barnet can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We work remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, social media from £125 a month + VAT, and email automation set-up is £195 + VAT. Barnet is London's most populous borough and has no single business district. Finchley, Golders Green, Hendon, Edgware, Mill Hill, Whetstone and Chipping Barnet each have their own high street, and the economy is built on hundreds of small practices, shops, schools and community organisations. Charities and community organisations are a big part of that, many serving the area's Jewish, Greek Cypriot and other communities with schools, care services, food banks and cultural programmes. Their marketing is about stretching a budget: - Google Ad Grants for eligible charities, which provides free search advertising within Google's rules - Email appeals and newsletters, segmented by donors, volunteers and service users - Facebook content and small Meta ads for events and appeals - Automated thank-you and welcome emails for new donors Schools and nurseries are everywhere in the borough, and Middlesex University's main campus is in Hendon. Independent schools and nurseries usually advertise around open days and admissions windows with Meta ads aimed at parents nearby and search ads on school and nursery terms. Solicitors, accountants, estate agents, dental and medical practices fill the high streets. Dental and medical ads need to follow healthcare policies, and search campaigns work best when tied to specific treatments with clear pricing on the landing page. Estate agents use Meta valuation ads and listing remarketing. Kosher and specialist food businesses in Golders Green, Hendon and Edgware have strong seasonal peaks around religious festivals, which suit planned Instagram content, email to customers and online ordering campaigns. Brent Cross Town's regeneration and new homes in Colindale are bringing new residents, a useful audience for local services. Home-based consultants across the borough tend to rely on LinkedIn and email. ## Who we market in Barnet - Charities and community organisations - Schools, nurseries and tutors - Solicitors and accountants - Dental and medical practices - Estate agents and property managers - Kosher and specialist food businesses - Independent retailers - Home-based consultants ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can a Barnet charity get free Google ads? Registered charities may qualify for Google Ad Grants, which offers free search advertising subject to eligibility and ongoing account rules. We check eligibility, set it up and manage it, charged at £45 an hour + VAT or a fixed quote. ### Do you run open day campaigns for schools and nurseries? We do. Meta ads aimed at parents within a set radius, search ads on school and nursery terms and email to enquirers are timed around your open days and admissions windows. Paid social management is from £150 a month + VAT plus spend. ### Can you plan festival campaigns for a kosher food business? Yes. We plan Instagram content, email and online ordering ads around the festival calendar, with order deadlines built in. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT, and automation flows are £195 + VAT to set up. --- # Digital Marketing in Enfield Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/enfield/ > Lea Valley manufacturers, wholesalers, bakeries, grocers, care providers and high street shops in Enfield can hire dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We work remotely from Mansfield and agree targets first. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, and organic social media from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Enfield is London's northernmost borough and one of its most industrial. The Lea Valley corridor, Brimsdown and Ponders End hold manufacturers, food producers, builders' merchants, recycling operators and distribution warehouses, all close to the M25 and the A406 North Circular. Meridian Water in Edmonton is adding homes and workspace around a new station. Industrial firms in the borough usually need B2B marketing that brings enquiries from across London and the South East: - Google Search ads on specific products and services, such as fabrication, contract food production or skip and waste services, with conversion tracking on quote forms and calls - Shopping ads for builders' merchants and trade suppliers with online catalogues - LinkedIn for manufacturers selling to larger firms - Meta recruitment ads for production, warehouse and driving roles The western side of the borough is more suburban. Enfield Town has its market and shopping centre, while Southgate, Winchmore Hill, Palmers Green and Bush Hill Park have busy high streets with professional practices, cafés and independent shops. Palmers Green has a large Greek Cypriot community, and Edmonton and Enfield have well-established Turkish, Turkish Cypriot and Kurdish communities. Bakeries, grocers, restaurants and wholesalers serving them often do well with Instagram, Facebook and ads in more than one language. North Middlesex University Hospital in Edmonton is a major employer, and care providers and pharmacies across the borough advertise both to families and for staff. Care homes need family-facing search ads within healthcare policies plus recruitment campaigns. Accountants and professional practices on the high streets benefit from branded search, specific service ads and client newsletters. Local trades get most work from search ads and Facebook targeted at the neighbourhoods they cover. ## Who we market in Enfield - Manufacturers and fabricators - Food producers and bakeries - Builders' merchants and trade suppliers - Wholesalers and distributors - Restaurants and grocers - Recycling and waste operators - Care providers and pharmacies - Accountants and professional practices ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you generate trade enquiries for an Enfield manufacturer? Yes. We research the product and service terms buyers search, build focused Google Search campaigns aimed at London and the South East, and track quote requests and calls. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Google. ### Can you run ads in Greek or Turkish for local businesses? Yes. Meta and Google support language targeting, so we can run ads in English and Greek or Turkish to reach different customers. Translated wording is checked by you or a fluent speaker before anything goes live. ### Do you run recruitment ads for care providers? We do. Meta job ads targeted around your homes, with simple application forms, often fill care roles faster than job boards. Paid social management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend paid to Meta. --- # Digital Marketing in Romford Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/romford/ > Builders, electricians, plumbers, salons, bars and market traders in Romford and wider Havering can get Google Ads, social media and email marketing from dijitul. We manage it remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, social media from £125 a month + VAT, and SMS marketing from £75 a month + VAT. Romford is the main town of Havering and one of outer east London's biggest retail centres. It has held a market since the thirteenth century, and Romford Market still trades beside The Liberty, The Brewery and The Mall. The town has a busy evening economy of bars, restaurants and venues that draw people from across east London and south Essex. Havering also has a strong base of trades and construction firms: builders, roofers, electricians, plumbers and kitchen fitters working across London and Essex via the A12, A127 and M25. For trades, paid search is usually the most direct route to work: - Google Search ads on specific services and emergency terms, with call tracking and negatives for DIY, jobs and supplier searches - Local Services Ads where the trade qualifies, paid per lead - Separate campaigns for London postcodes and Essex towns if pricing or travel differs - Facebook posts and small ads showing finished work to homeowners in Hornchurch, Upminster and nearby Bars, restaurants and venues compete on nights out, so Instagram, TikTok and Meta ads for events, timed for Thursday to Saturday, plus SMS offers to opted-in regulars, tend to work best. Salons and beauty businesses use Instagram heavily and benefit from booking ads and reminder texts. The Elizabeth line gives direct trains to the West End and Canary Wharf, and Queen's Hospital is one of the area's largest employers. Hornchurch and Upminster have affluent high streets with estate agents, professional practices, cafés and boutiques, while Rainham and the riverside have industrial and logistics businesses that need recruitment and B2B search campaigns. Car dealers and repairers along the main roads benefit from stock ads and local search. Market traders and independent shops do well with Facebook and Instagram. ## Who we market in Romford - Builders, roofers and building trades - Electricians and plumbers - Market traders and independent shops - Bars, restaurants and venues - Salons and beauty businesses - Estate agents - Logistics firms - Car dealers and repairers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can a Romford electrician get more jobs from Google Ads? Usually, yes. We build campaigns on the services you want, including emergency work if you offer it, track calls, and exclude areas you do not cover. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Google. ### Can you cover both Havering and Essex towns? Yes. Many Romford trades work in Brentwood, Basildon and Thurrock too. We can run separate campaigns for London and Essex areas so each has its own budget, wording and phone tracking, and you can see which side brings better jobs. ### Do you run Instagram and event ads for Romford bars? We do. Organic Instagram management starts from £125 a month + VAT, and we add Meta ads for events and weekend nights, aimed at people within a set radius. Opted-in regulars can also get SMS offers on quieter nights. --- # Digital Marketing in Stratford Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/stratford/ > Here East start-ups, fashion and cultural businesses, Westfield retailers and regeneration contractors in Stratford can turn to dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We work remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads and paid social management each start from £150 a month + VAT, and conversion rate optimisation from £195 a month + VAT. Stratford, in Newham, has changed more than almost anywhere in London since the 2012 Games. Queen Elizabeth Olympic Park holds the London Stadium, now home to West Ham United, plus the Aquatics Centre and the Copper Box Arena, and the station is one of London's busiest interchanges. International Quarter London houses large employers including the Financial Conduct Authority, and Westfield Stratford City is one of Europe's largest urban shopping centres. Here East, the former press and broadcast centre, is now a technology and innovation campus with Loughborough University London, studios and start-ups. Start-ups here typically need: - GA4, Consent Mode and conversion tracking set up properly before spending on ads - Google and LinkedIn campaigns judged on sign-ups or qualified leads, not clicks - Landing page tests and conversion rate optimisation once traffic is steady - Email onboarding flows for new users The East Bank cultural and education quarter brings UCL East, the London College of Fashion, V&A East, Sadler's Wells East and BBC music studios. Fashion and design businesses market through Instagram, TikTok and Meta catalogue ads, often around launches and London Fashion Week timing, while cultural organisations sell tickets with short Meta campaigns and email to members. Sports and events operators around the park have clear event peaks and benefit from Meta ads aimed at people across London and email to past attendees. Retail and hospitality brands near Westfield compete with national chains, so they lean on Instagram, local offers and branded search. The older Stratford town centre and wider Newham have wholesalers, family businesses and community organisations serving a very diverse population, where ads in several languages and Facebook groups can matter. Construction and regeneration contractors use LinkedIn and specific search terms for B2B work and recruitment. ## Who we market in Stratford - Tech and SaaS start-ups - Fashion and design businesses - Cultural and arts organisations - Sports and events operators - Retailers and hospitality brands - Construction and regeneration contractors - Wholesalers and family businesses - Community organisations and charities ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you help a Here East start-up measure ad spend properly? Yes. We set up GA4 for £95 + VAT and full conversion tracking across GA4, Google Ads and Meta CAPI for £145 + VAT, both one-off, so campaigns are judged on sign-ups or leads from day one. ### Do you run Instagram and TikTok ads for fashion brands? We do. We run catalogue ads, Spark Ads and launch campaigns with purchase tracking, and test creative quickly. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to the platform. ### Can you promote events at the Olympic Park? Yes. We plan Meta and Instagram campaigns around event dates, target people across London with relevant interests, and email past attendees. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT. --- # Digital Marketing in Uxbridge Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/uxbridge/ > Uxbridge corporate offices, Heathrow freight and travel businesses, hotels and Brunel start-ups can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We manage campaigns remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, LinkedIn and Meta ads management from £150 a month + VAT plus spend. Uxbridge is the main town of Hillingdon, on London's western edge at the end of the Metropolitan and Piccadilly lines and close to the M25, M40 and M4. That road access has long attracted company offices, and Stockley Park, between Uxbridge and Heathrow, is one of the UK's best-known business parks, home to technology, pharmaceutical and professional services firms. Heathrow sits inside the borough and shapes much of the economy. Hayes, West Drayton and Harlington hold freight forwarders, cargo handlers, airline suppliers, hotels, car parking operators and travel businesses. Their marketing splits clearly: - Freight and aviation suppliers: Google Search on specific services such as air freight to particular regions or customs clearance, plus LinkedIn aimed at importers and logistics managers - Airport parking, transfers and hotels: competitive consumer search where every click is price-compared, so conversion tracking on bookings and fast mobile landing pages matter most - Hotels: branded search to win direct bookings from people who already know the name, plus email to past corporate guests Corporate offices and pharmaceutical firms at Stockley Park often have in-house teams and want help with specific channels, such as LinkedIn campaigns, GA4 and Consent Mode audits, or a Looker Studio dashboard pulling all their channels together. Pharmaceutical advertising has strict rules, so work there tends to be recruitment and corporate rather than product promotion. Brunel University London has its campus in Uxbridge, with strong engineering, design and computing departments. Its spin-outs and the student population create demand for start-up marketing set-ups and student-focused social ads from cafés, takeaways and letting agents. The town centre around The Chimes has retail and restaurants that compete with nearby retail parks, so local Instagram and offers by email work better than broad search. ## Who we market in Uxbridge - Corporate head offices - Pharmaceutical and life sciences firms - Freight forwarders and cargo agents - Hotels and hospitality - Airport parking and transfer operators - Engineering and design firms - University spin-outs - Retailers and student-focused businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run Google Ads for a Heathrow parking operator? Yes. These searches are competitive and price-led, so we focus on high intent terms, track bookings rather than clicks, and keep landing pages fast on mobile. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Google. ### Do you run LinkedIn campaigns for Uxbridge freight forwarders? We do. We target importers, exporters and logistics managers by industry and job title, often with lead gen forms. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend paid to LinkedIn. ### Can you build a reporting dashboard for a Stockley Park marketing team? Yes. A Looker Studio dashboard combining GA4, Google Ads, LinkedIn and Meta data costs £145 + VAT one-off. Audits and training for in-house teams are £45 an hour + VAT. --- # Digital Marketing in Brighton Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/brighton/ > Hotels, restaurants, independent shops and wellbeing studios in Brighton can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing, and local agencies can use us for overflow paid media. We work remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT. Brighton and Hove already has plenty of marketers. Its digital and creative sector, sometimes nicknamed Silicon Beach, is one of the strongest outside London, with agencies, games studios and freelancers across the city. So a Brighton business looking at a marketing firm in Mansfield usually wants something specific: a fixed monthly fee, a straightforward paid media specialist, or extra hands. Local agencies sometimes bring us overflow Google Ads, Meta or Klaviyo work while keeping the client relationship themselves. Tourism and hospitality are a large part of the local economy. The seafront, Brighton Palace Pier, the Royal Pavilion and conferences at the Brighton Centre bring visitors all year, supporting hotels, guest houses, bars, restaurants and venues. For them: - Branded Google Search ads protect direct bookings from booking sites bidding on the hotel's own name - Instagram and Meta ads aimed at people in London and the South East planning short breaks, timed around events and weekends - Email to past guests for quiet midweek periods and winter - Google Business Profile updates for menus, opening hours and events The Lanes and North Laine are known for independent shops, cafés and boutiques. Many also sell online, which suits Instagram Shopping, Meta catalogue ads and Klaviyo flows for repeat customers. The University of Sussex and the University of Brighton bring a large student population, supporting letting agents, takeaways and bars, while American Express has its European headquarters in the city. Wellbeing, yoga and fitness businesses are numerous and do best with Instagram content, booking-focused local ads and SMS or email reminders. Charities and social enterprises are well represented and may be eligible for Google Ad Grants. Click competition for hospitality terms is high, so we focus on branded and specific searches. ## Who we market in Brighton - Hotels and guest houses - Restaurants, bars and cafés - Independent shops and boutiques - Digital and design agencies - Event and conference venues - Wellbeing and fitness businesses - Student lettings agents - Charities and social enterprises ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Do you take overflow paid media work from Brighton agencies? Yes. We can manage Google Ads, Meta or Klaviyo for your clients under your agency's name, either on a monthly fee from £150 a month + VAT or by the hour at £45 an hour + VAT. You keep the client relationship. ### Can a Brighton hotel stop booking sites bidding on its name? You cannot stop them bidding, but a branded search campaign usually costs little and puts your direct booking link at the top. We track direct bookings so you can see the saving against commission. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT. ### Do you set up email flows for North Laine shops selling online? We do. Welcome, abandoned cart and post-purchase flows in Klaviyo or Mailchimp cost £195 + VAT one-off to set up, and ongoing campaigns start from £95 a month + VAT. --- # Digital Marketing in Reading Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/reading/ > Software houses, IT consultancies, specialist recruiters and town centre businesses in Reading can use dijitul for Google Ads, LinkedIn, social media and email marketing. We work remotely from Mansfield, judging campaigns on qualified leads. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, and a Looker Studio dashboard costs £145 + VAT one-off. Reading is the commercial centre of the Thames Valley. Microsoft's UK headquarters is at Thames Valley Park, Green Park hosts large corporate offices beside the M4, Thames Water is headquartered in the town, and the Elizabeth line and fast trains to Paddington tie Reading closely to London and Heathrow. Around those large firms are software houses, telecoms firms, IT consultancies, contractors and specialist recruiters. Technology and IT services firms sell to business buyers with long decision cycles. The marketing that works for them is precise and patient: - LinkedIn Ads targeted by job title, industry and company size, promoting guides, webinars or demos, with lead gen forms - Google Search on specific services and products, such as a particular Microsoft partner service or managed service type, with careful negatives to remove job and training searches - Email nurture sequences for leads that are not ready yet - Clean GA4, Consent Mode v2 and CRM integration, so marketing can be tied to pipeline Specialist recruiters are numerous in Reading and spend heavily on LinkedIn and job ads. Measuring cost per applicant and per placement, rather than clicks, quickly shows which campaigns are worth keeping. Insurance and financial services firms here have their own rules on promotions, so copy stays factual and goes through approval. Small contractors and one-person consultancies usually need a simpler setup: a LinkedIn presence that posts regularly, a modest search campaign and a newsletter to past clients. The University of Reading, including Henley Business School, and the Royal Berkshire Hospital are major employers. The town centre and The Oracle have retail and hospitality that benefit from Instagram and local Meta ads. Click costs for B2B technology terms in the Thames Valley are high, so tight keyword selection matters. ## Who we market in Reading - Software and IT services companies - Telecoms firms - IT consultancies and contractors - Specialist recruiters - Insurance and financial services - Professional services firms - Research and agri-tech start-ups - Retail and hospitality businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you generate B2B leads for a Reading IT consultancy? Yes. We usually combine LinkedIn Ads aimed at IT and operations decision makers with Google Search on specific services, track leads into your CRM and report on qualified pipeline. Each channel's management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you run LinkedIn job ads for specialist recruiters? We do. We target candidates by skills, title and location, write the ads and track applications. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to LinkedIn. ### Can you connect our ad data to a single dashboard? Yes. A Looker Studio dashboard combining GA4, Google Ads, LinkedIn and Meta costs £145 + VAT one-off. It saves logging into each platform, makes monthly reporting faster and gives directors one place to check spend and leads. --- # Digital Marketing in Oxford Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/oxford/ > Oxford spin-outs, life sciences firms, publishers, language schools and hotels can work with dijitul on Google Ads, LinkedIn, social media and email marketing. We run everything remotely from Mansfield. LinkedIn and Google Ads management each start from £150 a month + VAT, and content marketing from £195 a month + VAT. Oxford's economy grows out of its universities. The University of Oxford, its colleges and Oxford Brookes University are major employers, and the city has one of the UK's most active spin-out scenes, with companies in life sciences, quantum computing, AI, energy and engineering at Oxford Science Park, Begbroke and across the county at Harwell and Milton Park. The John Radcliffe Hospital and its research centres make healthcare a large sector, and BMW's Plant Oxford in Cowley builds the MINI. Spin-outs moving from grants to investment and first customers need marketing that is credible to specialists: - LinkedIn Ads aimed at defined roles in pharma, energy or engineering, promoting papers, webinars or partnership enquiries - Google Search on specific technologies or services, where volumes are low but intent is high - Content marketing, such as explainers and application notes, that feeds search, LinkedIn and email - GA4 and conversion tracking set up properly, so early spend can be reported to investors Publishing has deep roots. Oxford University Press is based here, alongside many smaller publishers, education businesses and research charities, which tend to use email to readers and members, Meta ads for launches and Google Ad Grants where eligible. Tourism is large. Visitors come for the colleges, museums and libraries, supporting hotels, restaurants and tour operators, and the city has many English language schools recruiting international students. Language schools and summer programmes benefit from Google and Meta campaigns by country, with landing pages in the right language and timing set around when families book. Hotels and restaurants compete with booking sites and benefit from branded search and email to past guests. Medical device and life sciences firms work under strict promotional rules, so most of their paid activity is aimed at professionals, partners and recruits. ## Who we market in Oxford - University spin-outs - Life sciences and biotech firms - Medical device and engineering companies - Publishers and education businesses - Research charities - Hotels, restaurants and tour operators - Language schools - Architects and consultancies ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you market an Oxford spin-out to partners and investors? Yes. LinkedIn campaigns targeted by role and industry, content that explains the technology clearly, and tracked landing pages are the usual starting point. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to LinkedIn. ### Do you advertise language schools internationally? We do. We run Google and Meta campaigns by country, with separate budgets, languages and landing pages, timed for when families and agents book courses. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus spend. ### Can you write technical content for a science company? Yes, working from your source material and with your team checking accuracy. Content marketing starts from £195 a month + VAT, and individual articles from £45 + VAT per piece. --- # Digital Marketing in Southampton Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/southampton/ > Freight forwarders, marine engineers, cruise and travel businesses and student-focused firms in Southampton can get Google Ads, social media and email marketing from dijitul. We work remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, paid social from £150 a month + VAT plus spend, and email from £95 a month + VAT. Southampton is built around its port. It is one of the UK's busiest container ports and the country's leading cruise port, and Carnival UK, which runs P&O Cruises and Cunard, is headquartered in the city. A long supply chain of freight forwarders, ship agents, provisioning firms, marine engineers and logistics operators works around the docks. Port and marine businesses mostly sell to buyers who may be anywhere in the world. Useful channels include: - Google Search on specific services such as ship spares, marine electrical repair or container haulage from Southampton, sometimes run by country - LinkedIn Ads aimed at ship managers, superintendents and logistics roles - Email to existing customers about services, rates and capacity Cruise passengers create a consumer market too. Cruise parking, transfers, hotels and pre-cruise restaurants compete for people searching before departure, which is fiercely price-compared. Fast landing pages, booking tracking and branded search protection matter most, and seasonality follows the cruise calendar. The city has a strong research base. The University of Southampton is known for engineering, electronics and oceanography, the National Oceanography Centre sits on the waterfront, and Ordnance Survey has its headquarters here. Tech and geospatial start-ups and research spin-outs typically need LinkedIn and specific search campaigns with good tracking. Solent University adds a large student population focused on maritime, media and business courses, so letting agents, takeaways and bars market heavily on Instagram and TikTok, with student lettings peaking months before the academic year. WestQuay makes the city centre a regional shopping destination, and independent retailers compete with chains through local social ads and email. Southampton General Hospital is one of the largest employers, supporting health and care businesses that need recruitment campaigns. ## Who we market in Southampton - Freight forwarders and ship agents - Marine engineering firms - Cruise parking and travel businesses - Tech and geospatial start-ups - Research spin-outs - Retail and hospitality businesses - Student letting agents - Professional services firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run Google Ads for Southampton cruise parking? Yes. We target people searching before departure, track bookings, keep landing pages fast on mobile and adjust budgets around the cruise calendar. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Google. ### Do you market marine engineering firms internationally? We do. We can run Google Search campaigns by country and LinkedIn Ads aimed at ship managers and superintendents, tracking enquiries from each market. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### When should student letting agents advertise in Southampton? Demand builds well before the academic year, so we usually start Instagram, TikTok and Meta lead ads early and raise spend as students start house hunting. Organic social management is from £125 a month + VAT per platform package. --- # Digital Marketing in Portsmouth Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/portsmouth/ > Defence suppliers, heritage attractions, Southsea bars, ferry and freight firms and letting agents in Portsmouth can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We run campaigns remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, and organic social media from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Portsmouth is Britain's only island city and has been home to the Royal Navy for centuries. HMNB Portsmouth is the base for much of the surface fleet, including the aircraft carriers, and a large supply chain of shipbuilding, maintenance, engineering, electronics and cyber security firms works around it, with BAE Systems among the major employers. Defence suppliers market quietly and often under restrictions on what they can say. We only work from what you are cleared to share, and every ad and post is approved before it runs. Typical activity: - LinkedIn Ads and organic content aimed at engineering and procurement roles in defence and maritime - Google Search on specific capabilities, with modest budgets and strong negatives - Recruitment campaigns for engineers and technicians, which are constant in a tight skills market Heritage and tourism sit right beside the naval base. The Historic Dockyard, with HMS Victory, HMS Warrior and the Mary Rose, the Spinnaker Tower and Gunwharf Quays draw large numbers of visitors and shoppers. Attractions benefit from Meta ads aimed at families planning days out, school holiday timing and email to members and annual pass holders. Southsea adds a seafront, independent shops, cafés and an active evening economy, where Instagram and local Meta ads timed for evenings and weekends work well. Portsmouth International Port runs ferries to France, Spain and the Channel Islands, and Wightlink connects the city to the Isle of Wight, supporting freight, travel and logistics businesses. Travel-related services such as port parking compete on price-led search and need booking tracking. The University of Portsmouth brings a large student population, so letting agents and student landlords market heavily on Instagram, TikTok and Meta lead ads in the months before the academic year. ## Who we market in Portsmouth - Defence and marine engineering suppliers - Electronics and cyber security firms - Attractions and tour operators - Ferry, port and logistics businesses - Hotels, bars and restaurants - Student landlords and letting agents - Retailers - Office-based professional firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you market a defence supplier without sensitive details? Yes. We work only from material you are cleared to share, keep wording general where needed and focus targeting on the right roles and organisations. Every ad is approved by you before it goes live. ### Do you run Meta ads for Southsea bars and restaurants? We do. Instagram content and Meta ads aimed within a few miles, scheduled for evenings and weekends, work well for events and food offers. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can you promote a Portsmouth attraction for school holidays? Yes. We plan Meta and Google campaigns around school holiday dates across the South, aimed at families within driving distance, and email members and past visitors. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT. --- # Digital Marketing in Milton Keynes Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/milton-keynes/ > Milton Keynes logistics operators, ecommerce brands, motorsport suppliers and SaaS start-ups can trust dijitul with Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We manage it remotely from Mansfield, a straight run up the M1. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT and email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. Milton Keynes was designated a new town in 1967 and became a city in 2022. Its grid roads, central position on the M1 and West Coast Main Line, and large supply of commercial land have made it one of the UK's main logistics locations, with distribution centres at Magna Park and around junctions 13 and 14. Central Milton Keynes holds large offices for national employers, including Network Rail at The Quadrant and a major Santander UK operation. Logistics and ecommerce shape much of the marketing here: - Third-party logistics operators: LinkedIn and Google Search aimed at brands looking for fulfilment, with lead tracking - Ecommerce and multichannel retailers: Shopping and Performance Max with a well structured feed, Meta Advantage+ with Conversions API, and Klaviyo flows for repeat orders - All of them: recruitment campaigns, which are constant, especially before peak season Milton Keynes is part of the UK's motorsport and advanced engineering cluster. Red Bull Racing's Formula One team is based in the city, and many specialist suppliers work nearby. Those suppliers sell to a small, expert audience, so narrow search campaigns, LinkedIn and trade show follow-up email suit them better than broad ads. The Open University has its headquarters at Walton Hall, and Bletchley Park draws visitors, supporting tourism and hospitality. Tech and SaaS start-ups in the city need clean tracking from the start and campaigns judged on sign-ups or demos. The city has grown fast, and new estates keep adding residents who need local trades, gyms, dentists and childcare. Those businesses do well with Google Search, Local Services Ads where available, and local Meta ads targeted at specific estates. Centre:MK draws shoppers from a wide area, so independent retailers lean on Instagram and email rather than broad search. ## Who we market in Milton Keynes - Third-party logistics operators - Ecommerce and multichannel retailers - Motorsport and engineering suppliers - Corporate and back-office teams - Tech and SaaS start-ups - Trades and small manufacturers - Recruitment agencies - Retail and hospitality businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you get fulfilment leads for a Milton Keynes 3PL? Yes. Google Search on fulfilment and warehousing terms plus LinkedIn campaigns aimed at ecommerce and operations managers, all tracked to enquiries, is a common set-up. Management of each channel starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you manage Performance Max for online retailers? We do. We start with the product feed and conversion tracking, then build asset groups by product category or margin and review search term insights regularly. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT. ### Can a trade business target only certain Milton Keynes estates? Yes. We can target by radius or postcode around the estates you serve and exclude the rest, so a busy local tradesperson only pays for nearby enquiries. Location reports show which areas convert. --- # Digital Marketing in Canterbury Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/canterbury/ > Canterbury hotels, English language schools, Whitstable food businesses, Kent vineyards and letting agents can rely on dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We run everything remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, social media from £125 a month + VAT and email from £95 a month + VAT. Canterbury Cathedral, St Augustine's Abbey and St Martin's Church together form a UNESCO World Heritage Site, and the medieval city draws visitors all year. That supports hotels, guest houses, tour guides, gift shops, cafés and restaurants, many of them small independents. For these businesses: - Branded Google Search ads help win direct bookings from people who already know the name - Instagram content and Meta ads aimed at people planning day trips and short breaks from London and the South East - Email to past guests for quieter months - Google Business Profile updates with seasonal hours and events Education is the city's other pillar. The University of Kent and Canterbury Christ Church University bring a large student population, supporting letting agents, landlords, takeaways and bars, and there are many English language schools. Language schools recruit internationally, so Google and Meta campaigns by country, landing pages in the right language and email to agents abroad are the core. Booking patterns differ by market, so budgets should follow each country's calendar rather than run flat. The surrounding district adds a strong food and drink economy. Whitstable is known for oysters and seafood, fruit growers and farm shops are spread across the countryside, and Kent vineyards and drinks producers sell through cellar doors, events and online. Those businesses do well with Instagram, Shopping ads for online shops, Klaviyo or Mailchimp flows for repeat orders, and Christmas gift campaigns. Alcohol producers need to follow Google and Meta alcohol policies. The Marlowe Theatre is a major regional venue, and arts and events organisations sell tickets through short Meta campaigns and email to past bookers. The King's School and the hospital are also significant employers. ## Who we market in Canterbury - Hotels, guest houses and tour operators - English language schools - Restaurants and seafood businesses - Fruit growers and farm shops - Vineyards and drinks producers - Independent retailers - Student letting agents - Arts and events organisations ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you advertise a Canterbury language school abroad? Yes. We run Google and Meta campaigns by country with separate budgets, languages and landing pages, and track enquiries from each market. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to the platform. ### Do you market Kent vineyards and drinks producers? We do, within Google and Meta alcohol policies. Instagram content, adult-targeted ads for tours and tastings, Shopping for online sales and email to past visitors are the usual mix. Organic social starts from £125 a month + VAT. ### Can you promote shows for a Canterbury arts organisation? Yes. We run short Meta campaigns around each show, target people with relevant interests in Kent, and email past bookers. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. --- # Digital Marketing in Slough Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/slough/ > Slough Trading Estate manufacturers, data centre contractors, wholesalers and family-run shops can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We work remotely from Mansfield and track every lead. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, LinkedIn and Meta ads from £150 a month + VAT plus spend. Slough is a bigger business location than its size suggests. Its position on the M4, near Heathrow and on the Elizabeth line has made it a base for company headquarters for decades, and Reckitt and Mars Wrigley UK have major offices here. The Slough Trading Estate, owned by SEGRO, is one of Europe's largest business estates under single ownership, home to manufacturers, food producers, distributors and trade counters since the 1920s. In recent years the Trading Estate has become one of the UK's most important data centre locations, bringing electrical, mechanical, facilities and IT contractors. Those contractors win work through relationships and frameworks, but marketing still helps: - LinkedIn Ads and content aimed at data centre operators, facilities managers and principal contractors - Google Search on specific services, such as critical power maintenance or cooling installation, with modest budgets - Recruitment campaigns for engineers and electricians, which are in high demand Manufacturers and food producers on the estate mostly sell B2B, so search ads on product and capability terms, LinkedIn and trade email matter more than consumer social. Distributors and trade counters can use Shopping ads for stock lines. Slough has one of the most diverse populations in the UK, reflected in its many family-owned businesses: grocers, restaurants, wholesalers, accountants, pharmacies, driving schools and travel agents. For them, a complete Google Business Profile, local search ads on specific services and Facebook or Instagram posts, sometimes in more than one language, are the best starting point. Driving schools and travel agents in particular get good results from Meta lead ads. The town centre is being redeveloped with new homes and offices, bringing new residents for local services to reach. Click competition is shaped by nearby Windsor, Maidenhead and west London, so tight targeting matters. ## Who we market in Slough - Food and consumer goods manufacturers - Data centre and facilities contractors - Distribution and logistics firms - Wholesalers and food distributors - Corporate headquarters teams - Family-run retailers and grocers - Accountants and pharmacies - Driving schools and travel agents ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you market a data centre contractor on LinkedIn? Yes. We target data centre operators, facilities managers and contractors by job title and company, promote case studies and capabilities, and run recruitment campaigns for engineers. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do Meta lead ads work for driving schools in Slough? They often do. A short form for lesson enquiries, targeted at people nearby and in the right age range, can bring a steady flow of learners. Ad spend is paid directly to Meta, and management starts from £150 a month + VAT. ### Can you advertise in several languages for a Slough grocer? Yes. Meta and Google support language targeting, so we can run ads in English and other languages your customers use. You or a native speaker check translated copy before it goes live. --- # Digital Marketing in Guildford Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/guildford/ > Guildford games studios, space and tech companies, solicitors, wealth managers and High Street retailers can hire dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We run campaigns remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, and paid social on LinkedIn, Meta or TikTok from £150 a month + VAT plus spend. Guildford is Surrey's county town and one of the best-known centres for video game development in the UK. Criterion Games, Media Molecule and Supermassive Games are based in or around the town, and the cluster has produced many smaller independent studios and freelancers. Indie studios need marketing that builds an audience before launch: - TikTok, Instagram and YouTube content, with paid boosts to grow wishlists and newsletter sign-ups - Meta and TikTok ads tested quickly with several short clips, judged on cost per wishlist or sign-up - A launch email list and announcement sequence - LinkedIn recruitment campaigns for programmers and artists The University of Surrey is known for engineering, space and communications research, and Surrey Research Park next to the campus hosts well over a hundred technology, space and life sciences companies, including Surrey Satellite Technology. These firms sell to specialists and use LinkedIn, narrow search terms and event-led email. Guildford's cobbled High Street, castle and cathedral frame a busy shopping and dining centre, surrounded by solicitors, accountants, wealth managers, insurers and surveyors. Professional firms compete with each other and with London practices for clicks, so they benefit from specific service campaigns targeted at Guildford and surrounding villages, branded search protection and client newsletters. Wealth managers and financial firms need factual, approved copy. The Royal Surrey County Hospital is a large employer, and private healthcare practices need ads within healthcare policies. Retailers and restaurants on the High Street do best with Instagram, local Meta ads and email lists. The A3 and fast trains to Waterloo make the town popular with home-based consultants, who mostly market through LinkedIn and referrals. ## Who we market in Guildford - Games studios and developers - Space and satellite technology firms - Engineering and telecoms companies - Solicitors and accountants - Wealth managers and insurance firms - Life sciences businesses - Retailers and restaurants - Home-based consultants ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you grow wishlists for a Guildford indie game? Yes. We run TikTok and Meta campaigns with several short clips, track clicks through to your store page and sign-ups, and move budget to the best performers. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to the platform. ### Do you run Google Ads for Guildford solicitors? We do. We target Guildford and nearby villages, bid on the specific services you want more of, and track calls and enquiries. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend paid to Google. ### Can you help a Surrey Research Park company with LinkedIn? Yes. We target by job function, seniority and industry for partnering, events or recruitment, and set up tracking so results are clear. Training for your own team is available at £45 an hour + VAT. --- # Digital Marketing in Woking Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/woking/ > Motorsport suppliers, charities, recruiters, professional firms and local trades in Woking can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We work remotely from Mansfield with clear monthly reporting. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, and email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. Woking grew up around its railway station, and fast trains to London Waterloo, often under half an hour, still shape the town. Many residents commute or work hybrid, and the town centre has been heavily redeveloped with new towers, offices and the Victoria Place shopping centre. The McLaren Technology Centre on the edge of town is home to McLaren's Formula One team and wider engineering operations, and it supports a network of precision engineering, composites, electronics and design suppliers across Surrey and north Hampshire. Those suppliers sell to engineers who value accuracy over flair: - Google Search on specific processes and materials, such as composite tooling or precision machining, with tight targeting and conversion tracking on drawing uploads - LinkedIn Ads aimed at engineering and procurement roles in motorsport, aerospace and automotive - Recruitment campaigns for skilled machinists and technicians WWF-UK has its headquarters at the Living Planet Centre in the town centre, one of several charities and not-for-profits in the area. Charities can benefit from Google Ad Grants where eligible, email to supporters, and Meta ads for appeals and events, with careful measurement of cost per donor. Accountants, solicitors, financial advisers, recruitment agencies and consultancies are well represented. For them, a mix of narrow search campaigns, branded search protection, LinkedIn and a client newsletter usually works better than broad social ads. Building and trades businesses serve Woking and surrounding villages and get most enquiries from search ads with call tracking and Facebook posts showing finished work. H. G. Wells wrote The War of the Worlds while living in the town, a story that local hospitality and tourism businesses sometimes use in content. Retail and hospitality around the town centre benefit from Instagram and local offers. ## Who we market in Woking - Motorsport and precision engineering suppliers - Composites and manufacturing firms - Charities and not-for-profits - Accountants and financial advisers - Recruitment agencies - Solicitors - Marketing and consultancy firms - Building and trades businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run Google Ads for a motorsport engineering supplier? Yes. We research the process and material terms engineers search, build tight campaigns, and track quote requests and drawing uploads as conversions. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Google. ### Do you help Woking charities with Google Ad Grants? We do. Eligible charities can get free search advertising under Google's Ad Grants programme, subject to account rules. We check eligibility, set it up and manage it at £45 an hour + VAT or a fixed quote. ### Can a Woking builder target only nearby villages? Yes. We set location targeting to the villages and towns you cover and exclude the rest, so you only pay for clicks from people you can serve. Calls and forms are tracked so you see which areas bring work. --- # Digital Marketing in Crawley Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/crawley/ > Gatwick suppliers, airport hotels and parking operators, Manor Royal manufacturers and local retailers in Crawley can get Google Ads, social media and email marketing from dijitul. We run campaigns remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, and conversion tracking set-up costs £145 + VAT one-off. Crawley's economy has grown up alongside Gatwick Airport, which lies within the borough and is one of the largest employers in the South East. Airlines, ground handlers, cargo agents, aircraft maintenance firms, hotels, car parking operators and travel companies cluster around it, and Virgin Atlantic has its head office in the town. Airport-related consumer services, such as parking, transfers and hotels, face some of the most price-compared searches in the region. What helps: - Google Search campaigns focused on high intent terms, with bookings tracked as conversions and value-based bidding where data allows - Fast mobile landing pages with clear prices - Branded search protection and email to past customers before holiday seasons B2B aviation suppliers and maintenance firms reach airlines and operators through LinkedIn and specific search terms, and run recruitment campaigns for engineers and ground staff. Manor Royal Business District, between the town centre and the airport, is one of the largest business parks in the South East. It holds manufacturers, engineering and electronics firms, pharmaceutical and medical technology companies, distribution centres and trade counters, along with offices of national and international companies including Thales. Manufacturers use search ads on capabilities and LinkedIn for buyers. Medical technology firms work under promotional rules, so their paid activity is mostly aimed at professionals and recruitment, with all copy approved by their regulatory team. The town's neighbourhoods were each built with their own parade of shops, and County Mall and Queens Square serve the centre. Local retailers, salons and takeaways do best with Facebook, Instagram and tight radius ads. The M23 and the Brighton Main Line mean many trades and service businesses here cover a wide area from Horsham to Redhill, so location targeting should match the area they actually serve. ## Who we market in Crawley - Airlines and ground handling firms - Aircraft maintenance providers - Airport hotels and parking operators - Travel companies - Engineering and medical technology manufacturers - Distribution and logistics firms - Trade counters and wholesalers - Local retailers and service businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run Google Ads for a Gatwick parking or hotel business? Yes. We focus on high intent searches, track bookings and revenue, keep landing pages fast and adjust budgets around holiday seasons. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Google. ### Do you market Manor Royal manufacturers? We do. Google Search on specific capabilities and LinkedIn campaigns aimed at buyers and engineers are the usual mix, with quote requests tracked as conversions. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can medtech firms advertise with you? Yes, with care. Medical device promotion has rules, so we focus on audiences such as clinicians, distributors and recruits, and your regulatory team approves every ad before it runs. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. --- # Digital Marketing in Maidstone Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/maidstone/ > Maidstone solicitors, public sector suppliers, Kent growers, vineyards and wedding venues can hand dijitul their Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We work remotely from Mansfield and agree goals before any spend. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, social media from £125 a month + VAT per platform package. Maidstone is Kent's county town and home to Kent County Council, Kent Police headquarters and the Crown and County Courts. That concentration of public bodies supports solicitors, barristers' chambers, accountants, surveyors and many suppliers and consultancies. Legal and professional firms here compete across the county for clicks, so the most effective set-ups are: - Google Search campaigns on specific services, such as criminal defence, family law or commercial property, targeted at the towns each firm serves - Branded search protection so directories and rivals do not sit above the firm's name - Client newsletters and LinkedIn content for referrers Public sector suppliers win work through frameworks and tenders, but LinkedIn content and a few focused search campaigns help them get noticed by buyers between tender rounds. Maidstone sits in the heart of the Garden of England. The surrounding borough is largely rural, with fruit farms, orchards, vineyards, hop growers, garden centres and food producers, and attractions such as Leeds Castle nearby. Those businesses market to consumers and visitors: - Instagram content from orchards, vineyards and kitchens - Meta ads for tours, tastings, pick-your-own and seasonal events, aimed at people across Kent and south London - Email lists for wine clubs, farm shop offers and Christmas orders - Shopping ads for online sales, with alcohol advertised within Google and Meta policies Vineyards and wedding venues have long sales cycles. Couples plan a year or more ahead, so Instagram and Pinterest inspiration, Meta ads to engaged couples and a nurture email sequence after brochure requests work well. The town centre, with Fremlin Walk, The Mall and a busy High Street, has retail and a growing evening economy, where local Instagram and Meta ads suit independents. Construction and logistics firms near the M20 need search and recruitment campaigns. ## Who we market in Maidstone - Solicitors and barristers' chambers - Accountants and surveyors - Public sector suppliers - Fruit growers and packhouses - Vineyards and food producers - Wedding venues and visitor attractions - Construction and building suppliers - Retailers and hospitality ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run Google Ads for a Maidstone law firm? Yes. We target the services you want more of and the Kent towns you serve, track calls and enquiries, and protect your brand name in search. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Google. ### How do you market a Kent vineyard? Usually with Instagram content, adult-targeted Meta ads for tours and tastings within alcohol policies, Shopping ads for online sales and a wine club email list. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you run nurture emails for wedding venues? We do. After a brochure request, a short sequence of emails with photos, availability and a viewing invitation keeps couples engaged. Marketing automation set-up is £195 + VAT one-off, and ongoing email from £95 a month + VAT. --- # Digital Marketing in Basingstoke Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/basingstoke/ > Insurers, technology firms, logistics operators, trade counters and local trades in Basingstoke can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We handle it all remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, LinkedIn or Meta ads from £150 a month + VAT plus spend, and GA4 set-up is £95 + VAT. Basingstoke expanded rapidly from the 1960s as a London overspill town, and the M3 and fast trains to London Waterloo have made it one of Hampshire's main business centres. The AA has its headquarters here, and insurance, financial services and technology firms are spread across Basing View, which is being redeveloped, Chineham Business Park and other parks on the edge of town. Office-based firms here often have in-house marketing but need specialist help with paid channels: - Insurance and financial services: Google Search on specific products, with factual, approved copy and conversion tracking on quotes, plus renewal and cross-sell email - Technology and IT services: LinkedIn Ads targeted by job title and industry, Google Search on specific services, and email nurture for longer sales cycles - Contact centres and large employers: recruitment campaigns on Meta and LinkedIn - All of them: GA4 and Consent Mode v2 set up properly, so data can be trusted The M3 makes Basingstoke a practical base for distribution and logistics, with warehouses and industrial estates such as Daneshill and Houndmills housing manufacturers, trade counters and logistics firms. Trade counters can use Shopping ads and local search, manufacturers can use B2B search and LinkedIn, and warehouses need recruitment campaigns before peak season. Festival Place is the main shopping centre, The Anvil is a well-known concert venue, and Basingstoke and North Hampshire Hospital is a major employer. Retail and hospitality businesses do best with Instagram, local Meta ads and event-led email. Trades and home improvement businesses serving the town and the surrounding villages get most enquiries from Google Search with call tracking, Local Services Ads where available and Facebook posts of finished work. IT contractors and home-based consultants usually rely on LinkedIn and referrals. ## Who we market in Basingstoke - Insurance and financial services teams - Technology and IT services firms - Distribution and logistics companies - Manufacturers and trade counters - Contact centres - Maintenance and installation contractors - Retail and hospitality businesses - Trades and home-based consultants ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you support an in-house marketing team in Basingstoke? Yes. We can manage specific channels such as Google Ads or LinkedIn, audit GA4 and tracking, or train your team at £45 an hour + VAT. You keep ownership of all accounts and data. ### Do you run Google Ads for insurance products? We do. Insurance clicks are competitive, so we focus on specific products and niches, keep copy factual and approved, and track quotes as conversions. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Google. ### Can Local Services Ads work for Basingstoke trades? For eligible trades, yes. Google offers Local Services Ads in the UK for a set list of categories, with screening checks, and you pay per lead. We check whether your trade qualifies and run it alongside search ads where useful. --- # Digital Marketing in High Wycombe Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/high-wycombe/ > Furniture makers, interiors retailers, engineers and Chiltern consultants in High Wycombe can rely on dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We work remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT, and email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. High Wycombe made its name in furniture. For more than a century it was known for chair making, especially Windsor chairs, and Wycombe Wanderers are still nicknamed the Chairboys. Names such as Ercol and G-Plan grew from that heritage, and furniture design and making remain part of the local economy, supported by Buckinghamshire New University's design teaching. Furniture is a considered purchase, and its marketing follows a long journey from inspiration to order: - Pinterest and Instagram for room inspiration, which is where many interiors buyers start - Google Shopping and Performance Max with a detailed feed, including materials, finishes and dimensions - Meta catalogue ads and remarketing to people who viewed products or ordered swatches - Email flows after a swatch or brochure request, plus showroom event invitations Made-to-order makers should track swatch requests and showroom bookings as conversions, not just sales, so campaigns are judged fairly. Cressex Business Park and the estates near the M40 hold engineering firms, precision manufacturers, distributors and trade counters. They benefit from B2B search campaigns on specific capabilities, LinkedIn and Shopping ads for stock lines. RAF High Wycombe, home to Air Command, is nearby, and defence and corporate suppliers market quietly through LinkedIn. Aviation and flight training businesses near Wycombe Air Park can use search and Meta ads for course enquiries. The M40 and the Chiltern line link the town to London, Oxford and Birmingham, and the surrounding Chiltern villages are full of home-based consultants, who usually rely on LinkedIn and a client newsletter. The Eden shopping centre anchors the town centre, where independent retailers compete with chains through Instagram, local ads and email lists. ## Who we market in High Wycombe - Furniture and joinery makers - Furniture and interiors retailers - Engineering and precision manufacturers - Distributors and wholesalers - Defence and corporate suppliers - Aviation and flight training businesses - Design studios - Home-based consultants ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you advertise made-to-order furniture online? Yes. We use Shopping, Pinterest and Meta catalogue ads, track swatch and brochure requests as conversions, and follow up with email. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to the platform. ### Do you run Pinterest ads? We can, particularly for furniture and interiors, where many buyers start on Pinterest. We set up the tag, build campaigns from your product catalogue and report on traffic and conversions alongside other channels. ### Can you help a High Wycombe engineer find new customers? We can. Google Search on specific capabilities, LinkedIn aimed at buyers and remarketing to visitors usually form the plan, with quote requests tracked. Strategy and set-up can be charged at £45 an hour + VAT. --- # Digital Marketing in Aylesbury Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/aylesbury/ > Aylesbury public sector suppliers, care providers, housebuilders, trades and equestrian businesses can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We run campaigns remotely from Mansfield and track every enquiry. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, and paid social management from £150 a month + VAT plus spend. Aylesbury is the county town of Buckinghamshire and home to Buckinghamshire Council, so public administration and the businesses that supply it are a large part of the economy. The town has grown quickly, with large housing developments such as Kingsbrook and Berryfields bringing new residents, schools and local businesses. Those new estates are one of the clearest marketing opportunities. New residents need dentists, gyms, nurseries, cleaners, tradespeople and takeaways, and they look on Google Maps, Facebook groups and Instagram. Local businesses can reach them with: - Meta ads aimed at specific estates with an introductory offer - Google Search on services with a short radius and call tracking - A complete Google Business Profile with photos and reviews Housebuilders and estate agents use Meta lead ads and remarketing to people who viewed new homes, with campaigns timed around launches and show home events. Healthcare has a special place in Aylesbury's story. Stoke Mandeville Hospital is home to the National Spinal Injuries Centre, and the Stoke Mandeville Games held there are recognised as the forerunner of the Paralympic movement. The hospital is one of the area's largest employers, and care providers across the area need two kinds of campaign: family-facing search ads within healthcare policies, and recruitment ads for carers and nurses. Food production matters too. Arla Foods runs a large dairy at Aston Clinton, and the wider Vale has farms, equestrian businesses and rural enterprises that market through Facebook, Instagram and email. To the west, Westcott Venture Park, a former rocket test site, hosts space and engineering firms that use LinkedIn and specialist search. Public sector suppliers benefit from LinkedIn content and visibility between tenders. The Waterside Theatre and the old town support hospitality that suits local Instagram and event email. ## Who we market in Aylesbury - Public sector suppliers - Healthcare and care providers - Engineering and space technology firms - Food and dairy suppliers - Housebuilders and estate agents - Trades and builders - Farms and equestrian businesses - Retailers and hospitality ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can we target new residents in Kingsbrook and Berryfields? Yes. We can aim Meta ads and Google Search at those estates using radius or postcode targeting, with offers for new customers. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Meta. ### Do you run recruitment ads for Aylesbury care providers? We do. Meta job ads targeted around your homes or service area, with a short application form, often fill care roles faster than job boards. We can run them only when you are hiring. ### Can you market equestrian businesses in the Vale of Aylesbury? Yes. Facebook and Instagram content, Meta ads aimed at riders and horse owners, and email to clients work well for livery yards, instructors and equestrian retailers. Organic social starts from £125 a month + VAT per platform package. --- # Digital Marketing in Chichester Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/chichester/ > Goodwood event suppliers, glasshouse growers, marinas, holiday lets and arts venues around Chichester can work with dijitul on Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We run it remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, social media from £125 a month + VAT and email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. Chichester is a small cathedral city with an unusually varied economy. Just to the north, the Goodwood Estate hosts the Festival of Speed, the Goodwood Revival and Glorious Goodwood racing, drawing very large crowds, and Rolls-Royce Motor Cars builds its cars at Goodwood. Those events create sharp peaks for hotels, pubs, holiday lets, caterers and event suppliers across the area. Marketing for them is about timing: - Branded and event-specific Google Search ads running in the weeks before each event, with bookings tracked - Meta ads aimed at motorsport and racing fans planning a visit - Email to past guests well ahead of the event calendar - Quieter months filled with Instagram content, local offers and harbour or Downs breaks The coastal plain around the city has one of the largest concentrations of commercial glasshouse growers in the UK, producing salad crops, peppers, herbs and flowers for supermarkets. Growers and packhouses sell to retailers rather than consumers, so their marketing is mostly LinkedIn, trade events and recruitment campaigns for seasonal and permanent staff. Chichester Harbour, a protected landscape, supports sailing clubs, marinas, boatyards and marine services. These businesses sell to boat owners, often across the South Coast and London, and do well with Google Search on specific services such as berths, boat storage or engine servicing, plus email to customers before the season starts. Culture matters too. Chichester Festival Theatre is one of the country's leading regional theatres, and the Pallant House Gallery holds an important collection of modern British art. Arts organisations sell seasons and memberships through email, Meta ads and Google Ad Grants where eligible. Independent retailers and professional practices in the city centre benefit from local social ads and branded search. ## Who we market in Chichester - Event organisers and suppliers - Glasshouse growers and packhouses - Motorsport and automotive suppliers - Arts and cultural organisations - Marinas and sailing businesses - Hotels, pubs and holiday lets - Independent retailers - Professional services firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you time ads around the Festival of Speed and Revival? Yes. We plan search and Meta campaigns for the weeks before each Goodwood event, aimed at people planning a visit, then reduce spend afterwards. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Google. ### Do you market Chichester Harbour marinas and boatyards? We do. Google Search on specific services, Meta ads aimed at boat owners along the South Coast and in London, and email before the season are the usual mix. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT. ### Can an arts organisation get free Google ads? Registered charities may qualify for Google Ad Grants, which gives free search advertising under Google's rules. We check eligibility, set it up and manage it, charged at £45 an hour + VAT or a fixed quote. --- # Digital Marketing in Worthing Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/worthing/ > Worthing care homes, home care agencies, dental practices, seafront cafés and tradespeople can hire dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We plan and run campaigns remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, and Meta recruitment or family-facing ads management from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. Worthing is West Sussex's largest town, a seaside resort with a long promenade and Worthing Pier at its centre. It has an older population than many towns, so health and social care is one of the biggest sectors: care homes, home care agencies, GP surgeries, dental practices and pharmacies, with Worthing Hospital a major employer. Care providers usually need two separate marketing streams: - Family-facing: Google Search ads on care home and home care terms, written within Google's healthcare policies, with calls and enquiry forms tracked. Families often search on behalf of a parent who lives elsewhere, so targeting by the home's location rather than the searcher's can matter - Recruitment: Meta job ads for carers, nurses and support workers within commuting distance, with short application forms - Reassurance: Facebook content showing real activities and staff, and a newsletter for families Dental and private healthcare practices do well with treatment-specific search campaigns and clear pricing on landing pages. Pharmacies can promote seasonal services such as flu vaccinations within policy. Manufacturing has a notable presence too. GSK has a long-established pharmaceutical site in the town, supporting engineering, packaging and technical service firms that market B2B through LinkedIn and specific search terms. The seafront and town centre support hotels, cafés, restaurants, the Pavilion Theatre and Connaught Theatre, and independent shops. Tourism is seasonal, with summer events and visitors from across Sussex, so hospitality businesses should plan Instagram and Meta ads around summer and events. Many residents commute to Brighton, Gatwick or London, and a growing number of freelancers and home businesses market through LinkedIn and local Facebook groups. Trades get most enquiries from search ads with call tracking. ## Who we market in Worthing - Care homes and home care agencies - GP, dental and pharmacy practices - Pharmaceutical supply chain firms - Cafés, restaurants and seafront businesses - Independent retailers - Tradespeople - Arts and entertainment venues - Fitness and wellbeing businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run Google Ads for a Worthing care home? Yes. We build campaigns on care terms within Google's healthcare policies, reach families searching from elsewhere, and track calls and enquiries. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Google. ### Do you run carer recruitment ads? We do. Meta job ads aimed at people within commuting distance, with simple application forms, are usually the quickest way to reach carers and support workers. We can pause them between hiring rounds. ### Can a dental practice advertise specific treatments? Yes, within Google and Meta healthcare policies and UK advertising rules. We build treatment-specific campaigns, avoid claims we cannot support and track bookings. Conversion tracking set-up is £145 + VAT one-off. --- # Digital Marketing in Eastbourne Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/eastbourne/ > Seafront hotels, English language schools, conference venues and care providers in Eastbourne can get Google Ads, social media and email marketing from dijitul. We run campaigns remotely from Mansfield and plan around the season. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, and email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. Eastbourne is a seaside town at the foot of the South Downs, close to Beachy Head, and tourism has shaped it since Victorian times. Its long seafront is lined with hotels, and the town hosts conferences, shows and events at the Congress Theatre, Winter Garden and Devonshire Park, which also stages an international grass-court tennis tournament each June. Hotels here compete with booking sites and with each other along the same seafront. Marketing that helps: - Branded Google Search ads so direct bookings are not lost to resellers - Meta ads aimed at couples and groups planning short breaks, including coach and group travel organisers - Email to past guests for winter breaks, Christmas packages and events - Instagram content showing rooms, views and food, with Google Business Profile updates Conference and event venues sell to organisers and associations, which suits LinkedIn, search on venue terms and email to past bookers. Eastbourne is well known for English language schools that welcome international students throughout the year. Those schools recruit through agents and directly, so campaigns by country on Google and Meta, landing pages in the right language and email to agents form the core, with budgets following each market's booking season. The town's older population means health and social care is a major employer, with care homes, home care agencies and healthcare practices across the town and Eastbourne District General Hospital. Care providers need family-facing search ads within healthcare policies and Meta recruitment campaigns. The town centre around The Beacon mixes chains with independents, and Little Chelsea and the Old Town have specialist shops and cafés that do well with Instagram and local ads. Sovereign Harbour adds marine businesses and waterfront restaurants. Trades serving the town get most enquiries through search ads. ## Who we market in Eastbourne - Hotels and guest houses - English language schools - Conference and event venues - Care homes and home care agencies - Marina and marine businesses - Restaurants and cafés - Independent retailers - Tradespeople ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you advertise an Eastbourne language school abroad? Yes. We run Google and Meta campaigns by country, with separate budgets and landing pages in the right language, and track enquiries from each market. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to the platform. ### How can a seafront hotel get more direct bookings? Branded search ads, email to past guests and Instagram content usually help most. We track direct bookings so you can compare cost against booking site commission. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT. ### Do you promote conference venues to event organisers? We do. Google Search on venue terms, LinkedIn aimed at event and association managers, and email to past bookers are the usual mix. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT. --- # Digital Marketing in Hastings Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/hastings/ > Makers, galleries, seafood businesses, holiday lets and charities in Hastings and St Leonards can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We work remotely from Mansfield. Organic social media management starts from £125 a month + VAT per platform, Google Ads management from £150 a month + VAT, and email from £95 a month + VAT. Hastings is famous for 1066, but its modern economy rests on the sea, visitors and a strong creative community. On the Stade, the town's beach-launched fishing fleet, often described as Europe's largest, still lands fish beside the black net huts, supplying fishmongers, smokehouses and restaurants. The Old Town's narrow streets are full of independent shops, galleries, pubs and restaurants. Artists, designers, makers and small creative businesses have moved to Hastings and St Leonards-on-Sea in growing numbers, often working from home or shared studios. Hastings Contemporary sits beside the fishing beach, and the rebuilt Hastings Pier won the RIBA Stirling Prize in 2017. Makers and small brands selling online usually need: - Instagram as the main shop window, with Reels showing work in progress - Meta catalogue ads and Google Shopping for their online shop, kept small and focused on best sellers - An email list with launch announcements and gift reminders before Christmas - Simple Klaviyo or Mailchimp flows for new subscribers and abandoned baskets Seafood businesses, smokehouses and restaurants benefit from Instagram, local Meta ads aimed at visitors and day-trippers, and Google Business Profile updates with menus and opening hours. Some sell smoked fish online and can use Shopping ads and email. Tourism is seasonal, and holiday lets and guest houses compete with booking platforms. Branded search, Instagram content and email to past guests help them keep more direct bookings. Hastings has a large charity and social enterprise sector, many of which may be eligible for Google Ad Grants. Industrial estates such as Castleham and Ponswood house light manufacturers, printers and trades, who get most enquiries from search ads. The Conquest Hospital is a major employer. ## Who we market in Hastings - Fishing and seafood businesses - Artists, makers and galleries - Independent shops - Pubs, cafés and restaurants - Holiday lets and guest houses - Charities and social enterprises - Light manufacturers and printers - Tourism businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you help a Hastings maker sell more online? Yes. We usually start with Instagram content and a small Meta catalogue or Shopping campaign on your best sellers, plus a welcome email flow. Organic social starts from £125 a month + VAT, and marketing automation set-up is £195 + VAT. ### Do you market holiday lets in Hastings and St Leonards? We do. Instagram content, branded search ads and email to past guests help win direct bookings. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT, and we track direct bookings so you can compare with booking site fees. ### Can a Hastings charity get free advertising on Google? Registered charities may qualify for Google Ad Grants, which provides free search ads subject to Google's eligibility and account rules. We can check eligibility, set it up and manage it at £45 an hour + VAT. --- # Digital Marketing in Tunbridge Wells Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/tunbridge-wells/ > Wealth managers, solicitors, estate agents, Pantiles boutiques and wedding venues in Tunbridge Wells can work with dijitul on Google Ads, social media and email marketing. Our team runs it remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, and client newsletters through our email marketing service from £95 a month + VAT. Royal Tunbridge Wells grew as a spa town around the Chalybeate Spring, and the colonnaded Pantiles remain its best-known street. Today it is a prosperous town on the Kent and East Sussex border, with direct trains to London and an economy weighted towards professional and financial services. Insurance, health insurance and financial services are among the larger employers, and there is a dense cluster of solicitors, accountants, wealth managers, financial advisers, surveyors and estate agents serving clients across west Kent and East Sussex. Professional firms here tend to prefer marketing that is steady and measured: - Google Search on specific services, such as inheritance tax planning, conveyancing or probate, targeted at the towns and villages each firm serves - Branded search protection - Quarterly client newsletters and market updates, with financial promotions approved before sending - LinkedIn content for partners and advisers Estate agents in an affluent market use Meta lead ads for valuations and polished Instagram content for listings, with remarketing to people who viewed properties. Retail and hospitality are strong. Royal Victoria Place and the main shopping streets sit alongside independent boutiques, delis, cafés and restaurants in the Pantiles and Mount Pleasant. Independents do best with Instagram, local Meta ads timed for weekends and an email list of regulars. The surrounding countryside has wedding venues, vineyards and rural businesses. Wedding venues need long-cycle marketing: Instagram and Pinterest, Meta ads to engaged couples and a nurture sequence after brochure requests. Vineyards advertise tours and tastings within alcohol policies. The town's many grammar and independent schools also market to parents around open days, using Meta and search ads. ## Who we market in Tunbridge Wells - Wealth managers and financial advisers - Insurance and financial services firms - Solicitors and accountants - Estate agents and surveyors - Independent boutiques and delis - Restaurants and cafés - Wedding venues and vineyards - Independent and grammar schools ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Do you write compliant newsletters for wealth managers? We write factual, plain-English newsletters and send them only after your compliance sign-off. We do not make return claims. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT, and copywriting from £45 + VAT per piece. ### Can you run open day campaigns for a Tunbridge Wells school? Yes. Meta ads aimed at parents within a set radius, search ads on school terms and email to enquirers, all timed to your open days. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can a Pantiles boutique target local shoppers only? Yes. We set a tight radius around the town, schedule ads for the times people browse, and add Instagram content and an email list. Organic social management starts from £125 a month + VAT per platform package. --- # Digital Marketing in Ashford Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/ashford/ > Freight forwarders, hauliers, manufacturers, farms and vineyards in and around Ashford, Kent, can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We work remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, LinkedIn and Meta ads management from £150 a month + VAT plus spend, and email from £95 a month + VAT. Ashford sits where the M20, High Speed 1 and the routes to the Channel Tunnel and Port of Dover meet. Ashford International has fast trains to London St Pancras, and the Sevington inland border facility handles customs checks for freight. That position has drawn logistics, distribution and freight businesses to Orbital Park, Waterbrook and the estates around the town. Cross-Channel freight firms sell to importers and exporters who may be anywhere in the UK or Europe: - Google Search on specific services, such as groupage to particular countries, customs clearance or temperature-controlled haulage, often run by country - LinkedIn Ads aimed at supply chain and logistics managers - Email updates to customers when rules, routes or capacity change - Driver recruitment campaigns on Meta, which are constant in a busy freight town Eureka Park near the M20 hosts offices and professional firms, while Orbital Park and other estates hold manufacturers, engineering firms and trade counters that benefit from B2B search and Shopping ads. The Ashford Designer Outlet next to the international station draws shoppers from a wide area. Ashford is also a market town for a large rural area. Its livestock market is one of the busiest in the South East, and the borough has farms, orchards, vineyards and food producers. Vineyards and farm shops do well with Instagram, adult-targeted ads for tours and tastings within alcohol policies, Shopping ads for online sales and email lists. Rural businesses selling to the trade use email and LinkedIn. The town is growing, with large new housing developments bringing new residents. Housebuilders, estate agents and trades target them through Meta ads and local search. Fast trains to London make Ashford attractive to commuters and small professional firms, who rely on search and newsletters. ## Who we market in Ashford - Freight forwarders and hauliers - Distribution centres - Manufacturers and engineering firms - Farms and food producers - Vineyards and orchards - Outlet and independent retailers - Housebuilders and trades - Professional services firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you get leads for an Ashford freight forwarder? Yes. Google Search on specific cross-Channel services, LinkedIn aimed at supply chain managers and remarketing to site visitors, all tracked to enquiries, are the usual approach. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can you advertise in European countries as well as the UK? Yes. We can run campaigns by country with separate budgets, languages and landing pages, and track enquiries from each market. You or a native speaker check translated copy before it runs. ### Do you run driver recruitment ads in Kent? We do. Meta job ads aimed at HGV and van drivers within commuting distance of your depot work well, with simple application forms. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend paid to Meta. --- # Digital Marketing in Winchester Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/winchester/ > Solicitors, planning consultancies, schools, hotels and independent shops in Winchester can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We plan campaigns around each sector's calendar and work remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT and social media management from £125 a month + VAT. Winchester was the capital of Alfred the Great's Wessex and is now Hampshire's county town. Hampshire County Council is based here, and with the Crown Court and county offices the city supports a large professional community: solicitors, barristers' chambers, accountants, surveyors, planners and environmental consultants. Professional and consultancy firms here sell expertise, so marketing is mostly about being visible when someone has a specific need: - Google Search campaigns on narrow services, such as planning appeals, ecological surveys or agricultural property law, often aimed across Hampshire rather than just the city - LinkedIn content and modest ads aimed at developers, landowners and in-house teams - Articles and guides that answer common questions, which feed search, LinkedIn and email - A client newsletter to keep past clients and referrers informed Education is a defining feature. Winchester College is one of the country's oldest independent schools, the University of Winchester is based here, and Winchester School of Art is part of the University of Southampton. Independent schools, nurseries and tutors market to parents around admissions windows, using Meta ads, search ads and email to enquirers. Tourism centres on Winchester Cathedral, the Great Hall with its Round Table, the water meadows and the historic High Street, and the cathedral Christmas market brings a strong winter peak. Hotels, pubs and restaurants benefit from Instagram content, branded search to protect direct bookings, and email to past guests ahead of the Christmas season. Wedding venues and estates in the surrounding countryside need long-cycle campaigns through Instagram, Pinterest and nurture emails. The Royal Hampshire County Hospital is a major employer. Independent retailers on the High Street compete with chains through Instagram, local ads and loyal email lists. ## Who we market in Winchester - Solicitors and barristers' chambers - Planning and environmental consultancies - Accountants and surveyors - Public sector suppliers - Schools, nurseries and tutors - Hotels, pubs and restaurants - Independent retailers - Wedding venues and estates ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can a Winchester planning consultancy use Google Ads? Yes. Searches for planning appeals, surveys and specialist consultancy are low in volume but high in intent. We target Hampshire or wider, track enquiries and keep budgets modest. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you write articles for professional firms? We do, working from your expertise and with you checking accuracy. Articles start from £45 + VAT per piece, and an ongoing content marketing plan from £195 a month + VAT. ### Can a Winchester hotel promote the Christmas market season? Yes. We plan Instagram content, Meta ads aimed at people planning winter breaks and email to past guests from early autumn. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Meta. --- # Digital Marketing in Newbury Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/newbury/ > Telecoms and IT firms, Lambourn racing yards, equine businesses and engineers in Newbury can turn to dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We run everything remotely from Mansfield. LinkedIn and Google Ads management each start from £150 a month + VAT, and email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. Newbury is the main town of West Berkshire, where the A34 meets the M4. Vodafone's global headquarters campus sits on the edge of the town, and a cluster of telecoms, software and IT services businesses, contractors and consultancies has grown around it as part of the wider Thames Valley technology corridor. Technology firms here sell to business buyers, so the useful channels are: - LinkedIn Ads targeted by job title, industry and company size, often with lead gen forms or webinar sign-ups - Google Search on specific products and services, with careful negatives - Email nurture for longer sales cycles - Recruitment campaigns for engineers and developers Horse racing is the other big part of the local economy. Newbury Racecourse hosts major flat and jump meetings and conferences, and the Lambourn valley, known as the Valley of the Racehorse, has one of the largest concentrations of training yards in the country, alongside stud farms, vets, farriers, feed merchants and horse transport firms. Equine businesses sell to owners and breeders, often internationally: - Instagram and Facebook content from the yard, which owners follow closely - Owner newsletters by email - Targeted Meta ads for stallion promotion, sales or syndicate shares, aimed at racing and breeding interests The racecourse's conference and events business can use LinkedIn and search for corporate bookings, and hospitality businesses plan around race days. Greenham Business Park, on the former RAF Greenham Common, is a large mixed park with offices, engineering firms, manufacturers and creative businesses that use B2B search and LinkedIn. The town centre, with the Parkway shopping centre and the Kennet and Avon Canal, has independent shops, restaurants and professional practices that do well with local social ads and email. ## Who we market in Newbury - Telecoms and technology companies - Software and IT services firms - Racehorse trainers and stud farms - Equine vets and suppliers - Engineering and manufacturing firms - Professional practices - Retailers and restaurants - Event and hospitality businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Do you market Lambourn racing yards and studs? We do. Instagram and Facebook content, owner newsletters and targeted Meta ads for stallions, sales or syndicates are the usual mix. Organic social management starts from £125 a month + VAT per platform package, and email from £95 a month + VAT. ### Can you run LinkedIn Ads for a Newbury telecoms supplier? Yes. We target decision makers by job title, industry and company size, use lead gen forms or webinars, and track leads into your CRM. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to LinkedIn. ### Can hospitality businesses plan ads around race days? Yes. We schedule Instagram posts and Meta ads around the racecourse calendar, promoting bookings for race days and quieter dates. Budgets rise before big meetings and drop afterwards, with paid social management from £150 a month + VAT. --- # Digital Marketing in Bracknell Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/bracknell/ > Bracknell software vendors, IT resellers, consultancies, recruiters and town centre businesses can use dijitul for Google Ads, LinkedIn, social media and email marketing. We work remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, LinkedIn ads from £150 a month + VAT plus spend, and CRO from £195 a month + VAT. Bracknell was designated a new town in 1949 and grew into one of the Thames Valley's key business locations, close to the M4 and M3 and within easy reach of Heathrow. Waitrose has its head office here, and large technology firms have run UK operations in the town over the years, alongside many smaller software, IT services and consultancy businesses in the Western and Southern business areas. Technology vendors and their resellers market to business buyers who research for weeks before talking to sales. The plan usually includes: - LinkedIn Ads targeted by job title, industry and company size, promoting guides, webinars or demos - Google Search on specific products, integrations and problems, with negatives for jobs, training and free tools - Partner marketing support: co-branded campaigns resellers can run, and clear reporting on which partner leads convert - Landing page testing and conversion rate optimisation, because B2B demo forms often lose people at the last step Many consultants and contractors in Bracknell work for the larger Thames Valley firms. For them, marketing is mostly a strong LinkedIn presence, a simple website with clear services and an occasional newsletter to past clients. Recruitment agencies here spend heavily on LinkedIn and job ads and should measure cost per placement. The town centre was transformed by The Lexicon, which opened in 2017 and brought new shops, restaurants and leisure. Retailers and restaurants there compete with national chains, so Instagram content, local Meta ads and email to regulars tend to work better than broad search. The wider Bracknell Forest borough includes Crowthorne, Sandhurst and plenty of woodland, supporting leisure and outdoor activity businesses that do well with Meta ads aimed at families within an hour's drive. Facilities and maintenance contractors serving the business parks benefit from B2B search campaigns. ## Who we market in Bracknell - Software and IT services companies - Technology vendors and resellers - Corporate headquarters teams - Consultancies and contractors - Recruitment agencies - Retailers and restaurants - Leisure and outdoor activity businesses - Facilities and maintenance contractors ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you improve demo bookings for a Bracknell software firm? Yes. We review the journey from ad to form, test landing page changes and shorten forms where it helps. Conversion rate optimisation starts from £195 a month + VAT, and often makes existing ad spend go further. ### Do you run LinkedIn campaigns for IT resellers? We do. We target IT and operations decision makers by company size and industry, use lead gen forms or webinars, and track leads into your CRM. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to LinkedIn. ### Can a Lexicon restaurant run local ads? Yes. Instagram content, Meta ads within a few miles timed for evenings and weekends, and an email list for offers work well. Organic social management starts from £125 a month + VAT per platform package. --- # Digital Marketing in Dartford Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/dartford/ > Hauliers, housebuilders, contractors, trades and retailers in Dartford can get Google Ads, social media and email marketing from dijitul. We manage campaigns remotely from Mansfield and track calls and enquiries properly. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, and Meta ads management from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. Dartford sits at the southern end of the Dartford Crossing, where the M25 crosses the Thames, and that location defines much of its economy. With the M25 and A2 meeting nearby, it is a natural base for distribution, logistics, construction and trade businesses serving London, Kent and Essex. Crossways Business Park beside the Thames hosts distribution centres, offices and trade businesses. Because so many Dartford businesses serve three counties, location targeting is the first thing to get right. A builder or electrician may want Dartford, Bexley and Gravesend but not Essex, while a haulier may want the whole South East. For trades and contractors we usually run: - Google Search ads on specific services with call tracking and negatives for DIY and job searches - Local Services Ads where the trade qualifies - Facebook posts and small Meta ads showing finished work to homeowners in the areas covered Logistics firms need driver and warehouse recruitment campaigns and B2B search ads on specific services. Ebbsfleet Garden City, around Ebbsfleet International station on High Speed 1, is one of the largest new settlements in the South East. Housebuilders and developers there use Meta lead ads, remarketing to people who viewed plots, and email to registered interest lists, with campaigns timed to launches and show home openings. New residents are also an audience for local services such as dentists, gyms, nurseries and cleaners. Bluewater, at Greenhithe within Dartford borough, is one of the largest shopping centres in the UK and a major employer. Retail and hospitality operators there compete with national brands, so they focus on Instagram, local offers and branded search. Facilities and cleaning companies serving offices and warehouses benefit from B2B search campaigns aimed at facilities managers. ## Who we market in Dartford - Hauliers and distribution firms - Housebuilders and developers - Construction and groundworks contractors - Trades and builders - Retail and hospitality operators - Trade counters - Facilities management companies - Professional services firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can a Dartford builder target Kent and south-east London but not Essex? Yes. We set location targeting to the towns and boroughs you cover and exclude the rest, so you only pay for clicks from people you can serve. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you run Meta lead ads for Ebbsfleet housebuilders? We do. Lead ads with a short registration form, aimed at buyers in the right age and income brackets nearby, plus remarketing to plot viewers, are a common set-up. Leads go straight to your sales team or CRM. ### Can you send launch emails to a registered interest list? Yes. We design and send launch and show home emails to people who registered, and track opens, clicks and enquiries so your sales team knows who to call first. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT. --- # Digital Marketing in Medway Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/medway/ > Across Medway, from Rochester independents to Chatham engineers, marine firms and letting agents, dijitul runs Google Ads, social media and email marketing remotely from Mansfield. We target each town separately where it helps. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT and social media management from £125 a month + VAT. Medway is a group of towns along the River Medway in north Kent: Rochester, Chatham, Gillingham, Strood and Rainham, plus the rural Hoo Peninsula. Together they form one of the largest urban areas in the South East outside London, but each town has its own high street and customers, so we usually target them separately. Its history is tied to the Royal Navy. Chatham Dockyard built and repaired warships for over four hundred years until 1984, and the Historic Dockyard Chatham is now a major visitor attraction and filming location. Rochester's High Street, with its castle, cathedral and links to Charles Dickens, supports independent shops, cafés and festivals. Heritage and tourism businesses here benefit from: - Meta ads aimed at families and day-trippers across Kent and London, timed to school holidays and festivals - Email to members and past visitors before events - Instagram content from the dockyard, castle and High Street Engineering remains important. BAE Systems has a long-established site in Rochester, Innovation Park Medway by Rochester Airport is being developed for high-tech engineering and manufacturing, and many smaller engineering, manufacturing and marine businesses work from Medway City Estate, Gillingham Business Park and Kingsnorth. They market B2B through Google Search on specific capabilities, LinkedIn and recruitment campaigns. Chatham Maritime now holds offices, housing, the Dockside outlet centre and the shared Universities at Medway campus, which brings together the University of Kent, the University of Greenwich and Canterbury Christ Church University. That creates a large student audience for letting agents, takeaways and bars, who do well on Instagram and TikTok, and a supply of graduate start-ups that need first marketing set-ups. Care providers across Medway use both family-facing search ads and recruitment campaigns. ## Who we market in Medway - Engineering and manufacturing firms - Defence and aerospace suppliers - Marine businesses - Heritage attractions and festivals - Independent shops and cafés - Care providers - Graduate start-ups - Letting agents and student landlords ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you target Rochester and Chatham separately? Yes. We set up separate campaigns or ad sets for each Medway town with their own budgets and wording, which suits independents and multi-branch businesses. Location reports show where enquiries come from. ### Do you promote heritage attractions and festivals in Medway? We do. Meta ads aimed at families and day-trippers, timed to school holidays and festival dates, plus email to members and past visitors, are the usual approach. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can you help a Chatham engineering firm find new customers? Yes. Google Search on your specific capabilities, LinkedIn aimed at buyers and remarketing to site visitors, with quote requests tracked, usually form the plan. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. --- # Digital Marketing in Bristol Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/bristol/ > Bristol aerospace suppliers, food and drink brands, independent shops and tech start-ups can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing, and local agencies can use us for overflow. We work remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, and Klaviyo or Mailchimp email from £95 a month + VAT. Bristol has a large marketing and creative community of its own. The BBC's Natural History Unit makes wildlife programmes here, Aardman Animations was founded in the city, and there are many agencies, studios and freelancers. So a Bristol business choosing a marketing firm in Mansfield usually wants something specific: a clear fixed monthly fee, a paid media specialist, or extra hands alongside a local agency. Aerospace is the city's defining industry. Filton and the surrounding area host Airbus, Rolls-Royce and GKN Aerospace, with a deep supply chain of engineering firms across the region, and the Ministry of Defence's procurement organisation is at Abbey Wood. Suppliers market to a small, expert audience: - Google Search on specific processes, materials and approvals, with modest budgets and tracked quote requests - LinkedIn Ads aimed at procurement and engineering roles - Recruitment campaigns for engineers and technicians Bristol's independent businesses are a big part of its character. Breweries, coffee roasters, food brands, cafés, bars and shops sell locally and online, and they usually need: - Instagram and TikTok content, with Spark Ads or boosted posts for launches - Shopping and Meta catalogue ads for web shops, with Conversions API - Klaviyo flows for subscriptions and repeat orders Drinks brands must follow Google and Meta alcohol policies. Tech start-ups gather around Temple Quarter and the Engine Shed next to Temple Meads, and need clean tracking and campaigns judged on sign-ups. Law, accountancy and financial firms in the centre and around Temple Quay compete for expensive clicks, so narrow search campaigns and client email work best. The University of Bristol and UWE bring a large student audience, and charities and social enterprises may qualify for Google Ad Grants. ## Who we market in Bristol - Aerospace and engineering suppliers - Breweries, roasters and food brands - Independent cafés, bars and shops - Tech and SaaS start-ups - Design and creative agencies - Law and accountancy firms - Research spin-outs - Charities and social enterprises ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Do you take overflow paid media work from Bristol agencies? Yes. We can manage Google Ads, Meta or Klaviyo for your clients under your agency's name, on a monthly fee from £150 a month + VAT or at £45 an hour + VAT. You keep the client relationship. ### Can you set up Klaviyo for a Bristol coffee roaster? We do. Subscription, welcome, abandoned cart and re-order flows suit coffee well, because customers buy on a rhythm. Marketing automation set-up is £195 + VAT one-off, and ongoing email from £95 a month + VAT. ### Can you reach aerospace buyers on LinkedIn? Yes. We target procurement, quality and engineering roles at aerospace and defence firms, promote capabilities and approvals, and track enquiries. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to LinkedIn. --- # Digital Marketing in Exeter Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/exeter/ > Exeter climate and data firms, environmental consultancies, Devon food producers and Quayside hospitality can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We plan everything remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, and a Looker Studio reporting dashboard costs £145 + VAT one-off. Exeter is Devon's county city and the main business centre for much of the South West peninsula. Devon County Council is based here, and the city serves as a hub for professional services, retail, healthcare and public administration across a large and largely rural area. That wide catchment matters: an Exeter solicitor, accountant or trade counter may serve people from across Devon, so search campaigns should target the towns clients actually come from. The Met Office moved its headquarters to Exeter in 2003, and its climate and supercomputing work has helped build a cluster of data science, environmental and climate technology businesses, many at Exeter Science Park near the M5. The University of Exeter is known for climate and environmental research. These firms sell to specialist buyers: - LinkedIn Ads targeted at sustainability, risk and data roles - Google Search on specific services and data products - Content that explains complex work clearly, used in search, LinkedIn and email - Looker Studio reporting that ties spend to leads Environmental consultancies use narrow search terms such as specific survey types, aimed at developers and planners across the South West. Devon's food and drink producers sell through farm shops, delis and online, and benefit from Shopping ads, Instagram and email flows for gifting and repeat orders. Tourism businesses across the county plan around summer and school holidays, using Meta ads aimed at people planning Devon breaks and email to past guests early in the year. The city centre around the cathedral, Princesshay and the High Street is a regional shopping destination, and the Quayside adds hospitality. Independents do best with Instagram, local ads and email lists. The Royal Devon and Exeter Hospital is a major employer, and healthcare practices need ads within healthcare policies. ## Who we market in Exeter - Climate and data science firms - Environmental consultancies - Food and drink producers - Public sector suppliers - Retailers and hospitality - Trade counters and distributors - Tourism businesses - Healthcare practices ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you target all of Devon for an Exeter firm? Yes. We can target Devon as a whole, specific towns or a radius, and split campaigns where demand differs between, say, Exeter and Plymouth. Location reports show which areas bring enquiries. ### Do you market Exeter Science Park companies? We do. LinkedIn campaigns aimed at specialist roles, focused Google Search and clear content are the usual mix. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to LinkedIn. ### Can you help a Devon food producer sell online? Yes. Shopping ads, Instagram content and email flows for gifting and repeat orders form the core. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and email from £95 a month + VAT. --- # Digital Marketing in Plymouth Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/plymouth/ > Marine engineers, boatbuilders, Barbican hospitality, boat trip operators and care providers in Plymouth can get Google Ads, social media and email marketing from dijitul. We run campaigns remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, and paid social on Meta or LinkedIn from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. Plymouth's economy has always faced the sea. HMNB Devonport is the largest naval base in Western Europe, and Babcock carries out major ship and submarine maintenance there, supporting a large defence and engineering supply chain. Princess Yachts builds luxury motor yachts in the city, and many smaller boatbuilders, marine engineers and suppliers work around the waterfront. Defence and marine engineering suppliers market to small, specialist audiences, usually through: - Google Search on specific capabilities and certifications, with tracked enquiries - LinkedIn Ads and content aimed at engineering and procurement roles in defence and maritime - Recruitment campaigns for skilled trades, which are in constant demand Boatbuilders and yacht businesses sell to buyers across the UK and abroad, so campaigns by country, high quality video on Instagram and YouTube, and email to past enquirers around boat shows suit them. Marine science is another strength. The Marine Biological Association and Plymouth Marine Laboratory are based in the city, the University of Plymouth is known for marine and maritime research, and Plymouth Sound became the UK's first National Marine Park in 2019. Research organisations and charities can use Google Ad Grants where eligible. Tourism focuses on the Hoe, the Barbican and the city's history as the Mayflower's departure point. Hotels, restaurants, attractions and boat trip operators have a summer peak and benefit from Meta ads aimed at people planning Devon and Cornwall breaks, Instagram content from the water and email to past customers. Brittany Ferries sails to Roscoff and Santander, supporting travel and freight businesses. The University of Plymouth's large student population supports letting agents and hospitality. Care providers and clinics across the city need family-facing search ads and recruitment campaigns. ## Who we market in Plymouth - Defence and marine engineering firms - Boatbuilders and yacht manufacturers - Marine science organisations - Boat trip and ferry operators - Hotels, restaurants and attractions - Care providers and clinics - Logistics and freight firms - Retailers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you advertise a Plymouth boatbuilder internationally? Yes. We run Google and Meta campaigns by country, use video on Instagram and YouTube, and time pushes around boat shows, with enquiries tracked from each market. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you market boat trips and Barbican attractions? We do. Meta ads aimed at visitors planning Devon and Cornwall trips, Instagram content from the water and Google Business Profile updates suit summer trade. Organic social starts from £125 a month + VAT per platform package. ### Can you recruit engineers for Devonport suppliers? Yes. Meta and LinkedIn job ads targeted around Plymouth, with simple application forms, help reach skilled trades. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to the platform. --- # Digital Marketing in Bath Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/bath/ > Hotels, holiday lets, spas, restaurants, publishers and architecture practices in Bath can turn to dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We work remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, organic social media from £125 a month + VAT, and email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. Bath is the only entire city in the UK designated a UNESCO World Heritage Site. The Roman Baths, Bath Abbey, the Royal Crescent and Thermae Bath Spa draw visitors from around the world, supporting hotels, guest houses, holiday lets, restaurants, tour operators and spas. The Christmas market is one of the busiest in the country. Visitor businesses here compete with each other and with booking platforms, and Bath's high standards mean marketing needs to look good as well as perform: - Branded Google Search ads to protect direct bookings from resellers bidding on the hotel or holiday let name - Instagram content and Meta ads aimed at couples and groups planning city breaks, timed around spring, summer and the Christmas market - Email to past guests for quieter months, with seasonal offers - Gift voucher campaigns for spas and restaurants ahead of Christmas, Valentine's Day and Mother's Day Tour operators and attractions also benefit from search ads on specific experiences and Google Business Profile updates. Behind the tourism is a substantial knowledge economy. The University of Bath is known for engineering, management and architecture, and Bath Spa University for creative subjects. Future plc, the magazine and digital media publisher, is headquartered in the city, and Bath has a long history of publishing, software and digital businesses. Engineering consultancy Buro Happold was founded here, and many architecture and engineering practices are based in the city. These firms market through LinkedIn, award entries, project content and narrow search terms rather than broad ads. Independent retailers and makers sell to visitors and online, which suits Instagram, Shopping ads and email. Schools and education businesses market to parents around admissions periods. ## Who we market in Bath - Hotels, guest houses and holiday lets - Spas and visitor attractions - Restaurants and cafés - Publishers and digital media firms - Architecture and engineering practices - Independent retailers and makers - Tour operators - Schools and education businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can a Bath holiday let get more direct bookings? Usually, yes. Branded search ads, Instagram content and email to past guests reduce reliance on booking platforms. We track direct bookings so you can compare cost with commission. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you run gift voucher campaigns for spas? We do. Meta ads and email campaigns timed for Christmas, Valentine's Day and Mother's Day, with voucher sales tracked as conversions, work well. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Meta. ### How do architecture practices in Bath use digital marketing? Mostly through LinkedIn, project content and email to clients and collaborators, with search ads on specific services where demand exists. Content marketing starts from £195 a month + VAT, and single articles from £45 + VAT per piece. --- # Digital Marketing in Bournemouth Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/bournemouth/ > Bournemouth hotels, restaurants, language schools, financial services firms and digital agencies can work with dijitul on Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We run campaigns remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, paid social from £150 a month + VAT plus spend, and SMS marketing from £75 a month + VAT. Bournemouth is part of the Bournemouth, Christchurch and Poole conurbation, one of the largest urban areas on the south coast. Its long sandy beaches make it a major holiday destination, and tourism supports hotels, guest houses, restaurants, bars and attractions, while the Bournemouth International Centre hosts conferences and concerts. Seasonal businesses need marketing ready before the season starts: - Meta and Instagram ads aimed at families and couples planning seaside breaks, starting in the new year when many holidays are booked - Branded search ads to protect direct bookings for hotels - Email and SMS to past guests and customers, sent only to people who opted in - Conference and event marketing to organisers through LinkedIn and email Bournemouth is also well known for English language schools, which recruit international students through agents and directly. Campaigns by country, landing pages in the right language and agent newsletters suit them. Financial services are a big employer. J.P. Morgan has one of its largest UK operations here, and LV= has its head office in the town, supporting insurance, banking and fintech businesses and the contractors and recruiters around them. Recruiters spend heavily on LinkedIn and job ads, and smaller financial firms need factual, approved search and email campaigns. Bournemouth has a well-established digital and creative sector, with web, marketing and software agencies and animation and visual effects studios, fed by Bournemouth University and Arts University Bournemouth. Agencies sometimes bring us overflow paid media work. Restaurants and bars compete for locals, students and visitors, and they do best with Instagram, TikTok and local Meta ads timed for evenings and summer weekends. Aviation and engineering firms around Bournemouth Airport market B2B through LinkedIn and specific search terms. ## Who we market in Bournemouth - Hotels and guest houses - Restaurants and bars - Financial services and insurance firms - Digital and creative agencies - Animation and visual effects studios - English language schools - Aviation and engineering firms - Conference and events businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### When should Bournemouth hotels start advertising for summer? Usually in the new year, when many people book summer breaks, with a second push for late availability. We plan budgets across the year so spend follows booking patterns. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you take overflow work from Bournemouth agencies? Yes. We can manage Google Ads, Meta or email campaigns for your clients under your name, on a monthly fee from £150 a month + VAT or at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Can you advertise a Bournemouth language school in several countries? We do. Campaigns by country on Google and Meta, with landing pages in the right language and separate budgets, let you see which markets bring enquiries. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus spend. --- # Digital Marketing in Gloucester Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/gloucester/ > Aerospace subcontractors, insurance brokers, Gloucester Quays restaurants and trade counters can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing in Gloucester. We work remotely from Mansfield and keep reporting simple. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Gloucester is a working county city rather than a tourist postcard, and its marketing needs follow its economy. Insurance and energy offices around Barnwood, engineering suppliers near Gloucestershire Airport at Staverton, and trading estates at Waterwells, Hucclecote, Kingsway and Gloucester Business Park in Brockworth all sell mainly to other businesses. Ecclesiastical Insurance is headquartered in the city, and EDF runs a large nuclear operations site at Barnwood. Aerospace and precision engineering subcontractors here compete for supplier approval, and marketing helps them get on the shortlist: - Google Search on specific processes, materials and approvals, with quote requests and drawing uploads tracked as conversions - LinkedIn Ads aimed at procurement and quality roles in aerospace, defence and energy - Remarketing to visitors who viewed capability pages - Recruitment campaigns for machinists and inspectors Insurance brokers, accountants and solicitors in the city compete for expensive clicks, so they do best with narrow, niche search campaigns, branded search protection and renewal or client newsletters. Financial promotions stay factual and are approved before they run. The historic docks have become Gloucester Quays, a mix of outlet shopping, restaurants, offices and flats, and the city centre is being regenerated, including the University of Gloucestershire's new city campus. Restaurants and bars at the Quays benefit from Instagram, local Meta ads timed for evenings and weekends, and event promotion. Independent retailers compete with the outlet centre through social content and email to regulars. Trade counters and distributors can use Shopping ads for stock lines and local search. Training providers, including those linked to the university's business and sport schools, market courses through Google Search and Meta lead ads around enrolment periods. Start-ups across the city often need a first set-up of GA4, tracking and a small search campaign. ## Who we market in Gloucester - Engineering and aerospace subcontractors - Insurance brokers - Solicitors and accountants - Restaurants and bars at Gloucester Quays - Trade counters and distributors - Independent retailers - Training providers - Start-ups ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you help a Gloucester aerospace subcontractor win more RFQs? Yes. We build Google Search campaigns on your processes and approvals, track RFQs and drawing uploads, and add LinkedIn aimed at buyers. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Google. ### Do you run ads for restaurants at Gloucester Quays? We do. Instagram content and Meta ads within a few miles, timed for evenings and weekends, plus event promotion, work well. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend paid to Meta. ### Can a training provider get course enquiries through Meta lead ads? Often, yes. A short form, clear course details and targeting by location and interest can bring steady enquiries. We send leads straight to your inbox or CRM and track cost per enquiry. --- # Digital Marketing in Swindon Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/swindon/ > Logistics firms, wholesalers, automotive suppliers, vehicle leasing companies and Old Town cafés in Swindon can work with dijitul on Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We run everything remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, email marketing from £95 a month + VAT and SMS from £75 a month + VAT. Swindon grew up around the Great Western Railway works, and the old railway village and the STEAM museum sit beside the Designer Outlet that now fills the former works buildings. Today it is one of the main business centres on the M4 corridor, with junctions 15 and 16 putting London and Bristol within easy reach. Nationwide Building Society has its head office here, UK Research and Innovation and several research councils are based at Polaris House, and BMW's pressings plant supplies body panels for the MINI. Since Honda's car factory closed in 2021, parts of that site and the wider town have taken on logistics and warehousing. Swindon's economy produces a lot of B2B marketing work: - Wholesalers and distributors: Google Shopping and Search campaigns built on a clean product feed, with trade account sign-ups tracked, plus email to customers about new lines and price changes - Logistics firms: LinkedIn and search ads for contracts, and constant recruitment campaigns on Meta for drivers and warehouse staff - Automotive and engineering suppliers: narrow search on capabilities and LinkedIn aimed at buyers Vehicle leasing companies are a notable local cluster. Leasing is a highly competitive, price-compared search market, so we focus on specific makes and models, track enquiries and credit applications, keep landing pages fast, and use remarketing for people comparing deals. Financial promotion rules apply to finance offers, so copy is approved before it runs. Financial services firms and IT and research contractors around Windmill Hill, Delta and Kembrey parks tend to use LinkedIn and specialist search. Estate and letting agents use Meta lead ads for valuations. Cafés, restaurants and independent shops in Old Town do well with Instagram, local ads and an email or SMS list for regulars. ## Who we market in Swindon - Logistics and distribution firms - Wholesalers - Automotive suppliers - Vehicle leasing companies - Financial services firms - Engineering manufacturers - Estate and letting agents - Cafés and restaurants in Old Town ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run Google Ads for a Swindon vehicle leasing company? Yes. We build campaigns around specific makes, models and deal types, track enquiries and applications, and keep copy within finance promotion rules with your approval. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Google. ### Do you set up Shopping ads for wholesalers? We do. We tidy the Merchant Center feed, segment campaigns by category or margin, and track trade sign-ups and orders. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can an Old Town café use SMS offers? Yes, for customers who opted in, as PECR requires. Short offers for quiet afternoons and event reminders work well by text. SMS marketing starts from £75 a month + VAT plus message costs. --- # Digital Marketing in Cheltenham Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/cheltenham/ > Cheltenham cyber consultancies, hotels, festival suppliers, boutiques and estate agents can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We plan around the town's event calendar and work remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, and LinkedIn or Meta ads management from £150 a month + VAT plus spend. Cheltenham has two sides. One is the Regency town of the Promenade, Montpellier and the racecourse, where hotels, bars and boutiques live on visitors. The other is a serious technical economy built around GCHQ at Benhall, the Golden Valley development being built as a cyber and digital business district, Spirax Group's head office and aerospace firms near Gloucestershire Airport. UCAS is also based in the town. Event-led businesses plan around a crowded calendar. The Cheltenham Festival in March, plus the literature, jazz, science and music festivals through the year, bring sharp peaks for hotels, caterers, venues and event suppliers: - Branded and event-specific Google Search ads running in the weeks before each event, with bookings tracked - Meta and Instagram ads aimed at racegoers and festival audiences planning trips - Email to past guests and attendees, sent well ahead because rooms book early - Quieter periods filled with local offers and midweek promotions Cyber and IT consultancies sell to government and corporate buyers who value credibility and discretion. LinkedIn content and modest LinkedIn Ads aimed at security, risk and IT leaders, Google Search on specific services such as penetration testing or security assessments, and recruitment campaigns for cleared staff are typical. Every claim stays careful, and all copy is approved before it runs. Boutique retailers and salons around Montpellier and the Promenade do best with Instagram content, local Meta ads and email or SMS to regulars. Estate agents use Meta valuation ads and polished listing content. Financial advisers and solicitors use focused search campaigns and client newsletters. The University of Gloucestershire's campuses add a student audience for food and leisure businesses. ## Who we market in Cheltenham - Cyber and IT consultancies - Hotels and guest houses - Restaurants and bars - Festival and event suppliers - Boutique retailers and salons - Engineering firms - Estate agents - Education and training providers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you plan hotel ads around the Cheltenham Festival? Yes. We run search and Meta campaigns in the months and weeks before the Festival and other events, email past guests early and reduce spend once you are full. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you market cyber security consultancies? We do. LinkedIn campaigns aimed at security and IT leaders, focused Google Search on specific services and careful, approved copy are the usual mix. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to LinkedIn. ### Can a Montpellier boutique target local shoppers? Yes. We set a tight radius, schedule ads for the times people browse and add Instagram content and an email list. Organic social management starts from £125 a month + VAT per platform package. --- # Digital Marketing in Poole Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/poole/ > Boatbuilders, marine engineers, cosmetics and consumer brands, watersports operators and holiday lets in Poole can get Google Ads, social media and email marketing from dijitul. We work remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, Klaviyo email from £95 a month + VAT, and automation set-up is £195 + VAT. Poole sits on one of the largest natural harbours in the world and, since 2019, has been part of Bournemouth, Christchurch and Poole Council. The harbour drives much of the economy. Sunseeker builds luxury motor yachts here, and marine engineers, fit-out joiners and electronics firms work around Hamworthy and the quayside, while the ferry port runs services across the Channel. Marine businesses sell to two very different audiences. Boatbuilders and brokers reach buyers across the UK and abroad through campaigns by country, high quality video on Instagram and YouTube, and email around boat shows. Marine engineers and suppliers sell B2B through search ads on specific services and LinkedIn. Brand-led manufacturing is another strand. Lush started in Poole and still has its head office and manufacturing here, and the town has smaller cosmetics, food and consumer goods makers selling online. For these direct-to-consumer brands: - Google Shopping and Performance Max from a clean product feed - Meta Advantage+ shopping and Instagram content, with Conversions API so purchases are measured properly - Klaviyo flows for welcome, abandoned cart, replenishment reminders and win-back - Gifting campaigns for Christmas and Mother's Day planned weeks ahead Cosmetics ads must avoid unsupported claims, so copy is checked carefully. Tourism matters too, from Sandbanks and the beaches to the quay and the harbour islands. Watersports and charter operators, holiday let agencies and waterfront restaurants have a summer peak and benefit from Meta ads aimed at people planning Dorset breaks, Instagram content and email to past customers. Bournemouth University's Talbot Campus and Arts University Bournemouth sit on the Poole side of the conurbation, adding students and graduate start-ups. ## Who we market in Poole - Boatbuilders and marine engineers - Cosmetics and consumer goods makers - Online retailers - Watersports and charter operators - Holiday let agencies - Waterfront restaurants and cafés - Manufacturers - Start-ups ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you set up Klaviyo flows for a Poole cosmetics brand? Yes. Welcome, abandoned cart, replenishment and win-back flows suit beauty products well. Set-up is £195 + VAT one-off, and ongoing email campaigns start from £95 a month + VAT. We check consent and deliverability too. ### Do you market watersports and charter businesses? We do. Meta ads aimed at people planning Dorset trips, Instagram content from the water and email to past customers suit summer trade. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend paid to Meta. ### Can you run Google Ads for a boatbuilder selling abroad? Yes. We run campaigns by country with separate budgets and wording, track enquiries from each market and time pushes around boat shows. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. --- # Digital Marketing in Torquay Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/torquay/ > Hotels, holiday parks, attractions, photonics firms and care homes in Torquay and across the English Riviera can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We run it all remotely from Mansfield. Paid social and Google Ads management each start from £150 a month + VAT, and email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. Torquay is the largest town in Torbay and the heart of the English Riviera, which also takes in Paignton and Brixham. Tourism is the obvious big industry, with hotels, guest houses, holiday parks, attractions and restaurants filling the seafront, the harbour and Babbacombe. Agatha Christie was born in Torquay, and the town's heritage and coastline bring visitors all year, with a strong summer peak. Tourism businesses on the Riviera compete with each other and with booking platforms. Marketing that works here: - Meta and Instagram ads aimed at families and couples planning Devon breaks, starting in the new year when many people book summer holidays - Branded Google Search ads to protect direct bookings - Email to past guests with early booking offers and shoulder-season breaks - Google Business Profile updates with seasonal hours, menus and events Holiday parks benefit from video content showing pools, entertainment and accommodation, and from remarketing to people who checked availability but did not book. Less well known is Torbay's long history in electronics and photonics. The area has a cluster of firms making optical components, sensors and specialist electronics, supported by the Electronics and Photonics Innovation Centre at White Rock in Paignton. These firms sell to engineers worldwide, so narrow Google Search campaigns, LinkedIn and trade show follow-up email suit them better than consumer social. Torbay Hospital is a major employer, and care homes across the area need family-facing search ads within healthcare policies plus Meta recruitment campaigns. Brixham's fishing and seafood businesses can use Instagram and local ads, and trades and builders across Torbay get most enquiries from search ads with call tracking. ## Who we market in Torquay - Hotels and guest houses - Holiday parks - Visitor attractions - Restaurants and bars - Photonics and electronics manufacturers - Seafood merchants in Brixham - Care providers - Independent retailers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### When should a Torquay hotel start advertising? Usually in the new year for summer bookings, with further pushes for Easter, half terms and late availability. Budgets are planned month by month so spend tracks when Riviera guests actually book. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can you market a Torbay photonics company? Yes. Narrow Google Search on specific components and applications, LinkedIn aimed at engineers and buyers, and email after trade shows are the usual mix. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with spend paid directly to Google. ### Can you target Paignton and Brixham as well as Torquay? Yes. For local services we can target all three towns or each separately. For holiday businesses we usually target the places your guests travel from, such as the Midlands, London and the South East, rather than Torbay itself. --- # Digital Marketing in Taunton Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/taunton/ > Solicitors, land agents, Somerset food producers and construction contractors in and around Taunton can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We manage it remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, social media management from £125 a month + VAT, and email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. Taunton is the county town of Somerset and its main centre for public services, law and finance. Somerset Council is based here, the UK Hydrographic Office has its headquarters in the town, and Musgrove Park Hospital is one of the county's biggest employers. Somerset County Cricket Club plays close to the town centre. Solicitors, accountants and land agents serve a rural client base spread across Somerset. Their search campaigns should cover the market towns and villages where clients live, not just Taunton, and their marketing is steady rather than flashy: - Google Search on specific services, such as agricultural property, probate or farm business tax - A client newsletter covering rule changes and market updates, which rural clients read - Meta ads for farm and rural property sales, aimed at people interested in country property Somerset's food and drink producers, from cider makers to dairies and farm shops, sell through delis, farm shops and online. Shopping ads, Instagram content and email flows for gifts and repeat orders help them compete with bigger brands, and alcohol advertising follows Google and Meta policies. The construction of Hinkley Point C near Bridgwater has brought a wave of contractors and supply chain firms into the wider area. They tend to need LinkedIn, B2B search campaigns and recruitment ads for skilled trades. The Firepool area by the river and station is being redeveloped, and Blackbrook Business Park near junction 25 of the M5 holds offices and light industry. Care providers need family-facing search ads and recruitment campaigns. Town centre cafés and shops do best with Instagram, local Meta ads and email lists, and cricket match days give hospitality a regular reason to post. Charities may be eligible for Google Ad Grants. ## Who we market in Taunton - Solicitors and land agents - Accountants - Cider makers and food producers - Farm shops and agricultural merchants - Construction contractors - Care providers - Public sector suppliers - Town centre cafés and shops ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can a Taunton land agent target rural Somerset? Yes. We set location targeting to the market towns and villages you serve, or a wide radius, and split campaigns by service if needed. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Google. ### Do you market Somerset cider makers? We do, within Google and Meta alcohol policies. Shopping ads for online sales, Instagram content from the orchard and email to customers are the usual mix. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT. ### Can you help Hinkley Point supply chain firms recruit? Yes. Meta and LinkedIn job ads targeted around Bridgwater and Taunton, with simple application forms, reach skilled trades. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. --- # Digital Marketing in Truro Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/truro/ > Cornish food and drink producers, distillers, holiday lets, campsites and Truro professional firms can rely on dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We cover Cornwall remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, social media from £125 a month + VAT and email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. Truro is Cornwall's only city and its administrative and commercial centre. Cornwall Council is at New County Hall, the Royal Cornwall Hospital at Treliske is the county's main acute hospital, and Lemon Street, Boscawen Street and the surrounding lanes hold independent shops, cafés and professional offices. Many Cornish firms come to Truro for solicitors, accountants and financial advisers, so those firms' search campaigns should cover the whole county, not just the city. Much of the marketing demand comes from businesses spread across Cornwall that use Truro as a commercial base. Food and drink is a big part of that: dairies, bakeries, breweries, gin distillers and seafood merchants sell to trade and direct. Their typical plan: - Instagram content that shows the place, the people and the product - Google Shopping and Meta catalogue ads for online shops, with alcohol advertised within platform policies - Klaviyo or Mailchimp flows to turn summer visitors into year-round online customers - Christmas gift campaigns planned from early autumn That last point matters in Cornwall: visitors who loved a product on holiday are an ideal email audience when they are back home. Tourism is the other big market. Holiday lets, campsites and attractions compete with booking platforms and with each other. Meta ads aimed at people planning Cornwall holidays, branded search to protect direct bookings and email to past guests early in the year, when many people book summer, form the core. Truro and Penwith College has a large campus in the city, and the Penryn campus shared by Falmouth University and the University of Exeter is nearby, feeding a growing creative and digital community. Renewable energy firms and marine businesses across the county market B2B through LinkedIn and specific search terms. ## Who we market in Truro - Food and drink producers - Breweries and distillers - Holiday let agencies - Campsites and holiday parks - Solicitors and accountants - Renewable energy firms - Independent shops - Estate agents ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can a Cornish gin distiller advertise online? Yes, within Google and Meta alcohol policies, which require adult targeting and limit what ads can claim. Shopping ads, Instagram content and email to past buyers work well. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### How can holiday lets in Cornwall rely less on booking sites? Branded search ads, Instagram content and email to past guests, sent early in the year, help win direct bookings. Direct bookings are tracked, so you can weigh ad cost against the commission you would otherwise pay. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT. ### Can a Truro accountant target the whole of Cornwall? Yes. We can target the county as a whole or the towns where most clients live, and track calls and enquiries. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with spend paid directly to Google. --- # Digital Marketing in Salisbury Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/salisbury/ > Salisbury tour operators, hotels, pubs, Porton Down science firms and defence contractors can get Google Ads, social media and email marketing from dijitul. We run campaigns remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, and paid social on Meta or LinkedIn from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. Salisbury's economy has three clear strands, and each needs a different marketing approach: visitors drawn by the cathedral and Stonehenge, the science and defence cluster at Porton Down, and the military presence across Salisbury Plain. Tour operators, hotels, pubs and restaurants around the market square serve an international audience. That suits: - Google Search ads on tour and day-trip terms, run by country where overseas visitors book ahead - Branded search to protect direct bookings from resellers - Instagram content and Meta ads aimed at people planning trips to Wiltshire and Stonehenge - Email to past guests and group travel organisers Group tour operators often need separate campaigns for coach and travel trade buyers, reached through LinkedIn and email. Porton Down, a few miles north-east of the city, is home to the Defence Science and Technology Laboratory and a major UK Health Security Agency site, and Porton Science Park hosts life science and diagnostics companies. Those firms sell to specialists, often under restrictions. LinkedIn content and ads aimed at defined scientific and procurement roles, narrow search terms and event-led email are typical, with every claim approved before it runs. Salisbury Plain is the largest military training area in the UK, with garrisons at Tidworth, Bulford and Larkhill. Service families are a large local audience for estate and letting agents, childcare, gyms and trades, and Meta ads targeted around the garrison towns can reach them. Defence contractors and facilities management companies market B2B through LinkedIn and specific search terms. Independent retailers in the city centre benefit from Instagram and local ads on market days. Land and estate agents use Meta lead ads and listing promotion across south Wiltshire. ## Who we market in Salisbury - Tour operators - Hotels, pubs and restaurants - Life sciences and diagnostics firms - Defence contractors - Facilities management companies - Land and estate agents - Independent retailers - Trades and manufacturers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you advertise Salisbury and Stonehenge tours overseas? Yes. We run Google and Meta campaigns by country, with separate budgets and wording, and track bookings from each market. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Google. ### Can you reach service families around the garrisons? Yes. Meta ads targeted around Tidworth, Bulford, Larkhill and Salisbury can reach people living there. Many local services, such as letting agents, childcare and gyms, use this. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus spend. ### Do you market Porton Science Park companies? We do. LinkedIn campaigns aimed at scientific and procurement roles, focused Google Search and event-led email, with all copy approved by you, are the usual approach. Strategy time can be charged at £45 an hour + VAT. --- # Digital Marketing in Yeovil Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/yeovil/ > Aerospace suppliers, composites makers, test labs, farm shops and care homes in Yeovil can work with dijitul on Google Ads, social media and email marketing. Our campaigns are run remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, and LinkedIn or Meta ads management from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. Helicopter building defines Yeovil. Leonardo Helicopters, formerly Westland, has built helicopters in the town for decades and is by far the largest employer, and RNAS Yeovilton, the Royal Navy air station, is a few miles north. Between them they keep a deep supply chain busy: machine shops, composites specialists, electronics firms, test and calibration labs and engineering service companies on estates such as Lufton, Houndstone and Pen Mill. Many of those suppliers depend heavily on one or two big customers, and marketing is a way to spread that risk. A typical plan: - Google Search on specific processes, materials and approvals, such as five-axis machining or composite repair, with quote requests and drawing uploads tracked - LinkedIn Ads aimed at procurement and quality roles in aerospace, defence, energy and motorsport - Remarketing to buyers who viewed capability pages - Recruitment campaigns for machinists, inspectors and technicians, often linked to apprenticeships Defence work brings restrictions on what can be said publicly, so we work only from approved material and every ad is signed off before it runs. Yeovil College and University Centre Yeovil offer engineering and aerospace courses linked to local employers, and they market courses through search and Meta lead ads around enrolment periods. Around the town, farming, food production and tourism matter across the countryside towards Sherborne and the Dorset border. Farm shops and food producers benefit from Instagram, local Meta ads and email lists for seasonal produce and Christmas orders. Care homes across south Somerset need family-facing search ads within healthcare policies and recruitment campaigns. Retailers at Quedam and Yeovil Retail Park, plus some ecommerce firms based in the town, can use Shopping ads and email. Trades and builders get most enquiries from search ads. ## Who we market in Yeovil - Aerospace suppliers - Precision engineers - Composites manufacturers - Defence contractors - Test and calibration labs - Retail and ecommerce firms - Farm shops and food producers - Care homes ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can marketing help a Yeovil supplier depend less on one customer? It can. Search ads on your specific capabilities and LinkedIn aimed at buyers in other sectors put you in front of new prospects. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Google. ### Can you advertise without revealing defence work details? Yes. We work only from material you are cleared to share, keep wording general where needed and target by role and sector. Every ad is approved by you before it goes live. ### Do you run recruitment ads for engineering apprentices? We do. Meta and LinkedIn ads targeted at school leavers, parents and career changers around Yeovil, timed to application windows, work well. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. --- # Digital Marketing in Weston-super-Mare Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/weston-super-mare/ > Seafront attractions, hotels, cafés, care homes and home services firms in Weston-super-Mare can turn to dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We work remotely from Mansfield. Paid social and Google Ads management each start from £150 a month + VAT, and SMS marketing from £75 a month + VAT plus message costs. Weston-super-Mare is North Somerset's largest town and still trades as a classic resort: day-trippers come for the Grand Pier, the sands and the promenade from Bristol, south Wales and the Midlands. That gives seafront businesses a short, weather-dependent season, and their marketing has to be ready to switch on quickly: - Meta and Instagram ads aimed at families in Bristol, south Wales and the Midlands, scheduled for warm weekends, bank holidays and school holidays - Google Business Profile updates with seasonal hours and events, so day-trippers searching on their phones find accurate information - SMS and email offers to past customers who opted in - Short video for Reels and TikTok showing the pier, beach and food Hotels and B&Bs compete with booking sites, so branded search ads and email to past guests help protect direct bookings. Health and social care is a large employer, with Weston General Hospital and many care homes and home care agencies. Care providers need two streams: family-facing search ads within healthcare policies, and recruitment ads for carers on Meta. Weston College and University Centre Weston market courses with search and Meta lead ads. The town has been building a wider economy around junction 21 of the M5. The J21 Enterprise Area includes business parks and employment land, and Locking Parklands, on the former RAF Locking site, mixes new housing with commercial space. New residents there are a good audience for local services. Logistics firms near the M5 need recruitment campaigns. Many residents commute to Bristol, and Clevedon and Nailsea add more small professional and service firms. Trades and home services businesses do best with Google Search, call tracking and Facebook posts showing finished work. ## Who we market in Weston-super-Mare - Seafront attractions and arcades - Cafés and restaurants - Hotels and guest houses - Care homes and home care agencies - Trades and home services firms - Training providers - Retailers - Logistics firms near the M5 ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can seafront ads switch on when the weather is good? Yes. We schedule budgets around holidays and can raise or pause spend at short notice when the forecast changes. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Meta. ### Can you target day-trippers from Bristol and south Wales? Yes. Meta lets us target people in those areas with ads about Weston, timed for weekends and holidays. We measure results through offer redemptions, bookings or website visits, and drop areas that do not respond. ### Do you run carer recruitment campaigns? We do. Meta job ads aimed at people within commuting distance, with short application forms, are usually quicker than job boards. We can run them only when you are hiring, from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. --- # Digital Marketing in Glasgow Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/glasgow/ > Glasgow law firms, accountants, Merchant City and Finnieston hospitality, engineering suppliers and start-ups can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We work remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, social media management from £125 a month + VAT, and email from £95 a month + VAT. Glasgow is Scotland's largest city and its biggest commercial centre. The International Financial Services District along the Clyde houses large operations for banks and investment firms, Barclays has built a major campus at Buchanan Wharf, and the city centre, the Merchant City and Finnieston are packed with law firms, accountants, agencies, start-ups and hospitality businesses. Professional firms compete hard for paid clicks on terms such as conveyancing, executries or business accounting, and Scots law terms differ from English ones, so keyword research needs to reflect how Scottish clients actually search. Useful approaches: - Google Search on specific services using Scottish terminology, targeted at the areas each firm serves - Branded search protection - Client newsletters and LinkedIn content for referrers Hospitality is the opposite: fast, visual and seasonal. Bars, restaurants and venues in the Merchant City, Finnieston and the West End live on Instagram and TikTok, with Meta ads timed for Thursday to Saturday and around concerts and events. The Scottish Event Campus brings conferences and concerts all year, which nearby hotels and restaurants can plan around. Shipbuilding continues on the Clyde at Govan and Scotstoun, and Hillington Park is one of Scotland's largest business parks. Engineering and shipbuilding suppliers use Google Search on specific capabilities, LinkedIn and recruitment campaigns. Glasgow also has a notable space and satellite sector, whose firms market to specialists through LinkedIn and events. The University of Glasgow, the University of Strathclyde, Glasgow Caledonian University and the Glasgow School of Art give the city a large student and graduate population, supporting start-ups that need clean tracking and first campaigns. Pacific Quay is home to BBC Scotland and STV, and creative firms there market through LinkedIn and portfolio content. Charities and social enterprises may qualify for Google Ad Grants. ## Who we market in Glasgow - Law firms - Accountants - Financial services suppliers - Bars, restaurants and venues - Engineering and shipbuilding suppliers - Space and satellite firms - Start-ups - Charities and social enterprises ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run Google Ads for a Glasgow law firm? Yes. We research the Scottish terms clients search, such as executries or missives, target your areas and track calls and enquiries. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Google. ### Do you market bars and venues in the Merchant City and Finnieston? We do. Instagram and TikTok content, Meta ads for events and weekends, and SMS or email to opted-in regulars work well. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Is it a problem that you are based in England? Not for paid media, social or email, which are managed online in your own accounts. We do make sure keywords, ad copy and landing pages reflect Scottish terms, law and spelling where they differ. --- # Digital Marketing in Edinburgh Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/edinburgh/ > Edinburgh wealth managers, law firms, tech start-ups, Festival venues, hotels and cafés can hand dijitul their Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We manage campaigns remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, LinkedIn or Meta ads from £150 a month + VAT plus spend, and email from £95 a month + VAT. Edinburgh is Scotland's capital and one of the UK's biggest financial centres outside London. NatWest Group's headquarters is at Gogarburn, investment firms such as Baillie Gifford and abrdn are based in the city, and a large insurance and pensions sector works around Edinburgh Park and the Exchange district. The Scottish Parliament and Scottish Government bring a big public sector, and the technology scene is strong: Skyscanner started here, and the University of Edinburgh's School of Informatics feeds a steady run of start-ups. Each of the city's main markets needs a different approach: - Wealth managers, financial advisers and law firms: focused Google Search on specific services, branded search protection and client newsletters, with financial promotions approved before they run and Scottish legal terms used correctly - Tech start-ups: GA4 and conversion tracking from day one, LinkedIn and Google campaigns judged on sign-ups or demos, and landing page testing - Hotels and short-let operators: branded search for direct bookings and email to past guests, with careful planning around August - Festival venues and producers: short, intense Meta and Instagram campaigns around each show, with ticket purchase tracking where the box office allows August changes everything. The Festival and Fringe bring huge audiences, and click costs and competition for attention rise sharply. Producers and venues need campaigns ready before the programme launches, while non-festival businesses may find it better to shift spend to other months. Leith and Quartermile house agencies and tech firms, and Heriot-Watt, Edinburgh Napier and Queen Margaret universities add students. Cafés and independent shops do best with Instagram and local ads. University spin-outs and charities may benefit from Google Ad Grants and LinkedIn. ## Who we market in Edinburgh - Investment and asset managers - Insurance and pension firms - Technology start-ups - Law and accountancy firms - Festival venues and producers - Hotels and short-let operators - Cafés and independent shops - University spin-outs ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you sell Fringe show tickets with Meta ads? Yes. We run short campaigns around your show, target people with relevant interests in Edinburgh and those visiting, and track ticket sales where your box office allows. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Should non-festival businesses advertise in August? It depends. Competition for attention rises sharply, so some businesses do better shifting budget to other months, while hospitality near venues should lean in. We look at your past data and plan accordingly. ### Do you run campaigns for Edinburgh tech start-ups? We do. We set up GA4 for £95 + VAT and full conversion tracking for £145 + VAT, then run LinkedIn and Google campaigns judged on sign-ups or demos rather than clicks. --- # Digital Marketing in Aberdeen Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/aberdeen/ > Energy and subsea firms, offshore wind suppliers, inspection companies, recruiters and hotels in Aberdeen can use dijitul for Google Ads, LinkedIn, social media and email marketing. We work remotely from Mansfield. LinkedIn and Google Ads management each start from £150 a month + VAT, and email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. Aberdeen has been the centre of the UK's North Sea oil and gas industry for half a century. Operators, drilling contractors, service companies, inspection firms and engineering consultancies fill business parks at Dyce, Altens, Tullos, Bridge of Don and Kingswells, and Westhill, just outside the city, is internationally known for subsea engineering. Energy supply chain firms sell to a small number of operators and contractors worldwide, so their marketing is B2B and specialist: - LinkedIn Ads and content aimed at operations, engineering and procurement roles at operators and principal contractors, sometimes by country - Google Search on specific equipment, services and rental terms, with quote requests tracked - Email to customers and prospects around major conferences and exhibitions at P&J Live - Recruitment campaigns, which rise and fall with activity offshore The energy transition is creating a second wave of work. Firms moving into offshore wind, hydrogen, carbon capture and decommissioning often find their marketing still talks only about oil and gas, and need new campaigns, landing pages and messaging aimed at renewables buyers. The Net Zero Technology Centre is based in the city. Recruitment agencies are a large local sector and spend heavily on LinkedIn and job ads. Measuring cost per applicant and per placement, rather than clicks, quickly shows which campaigns earn their keep. The Port of Aberdeen serves offshore supply vessels and cruise ships, and Aberdeen Airport handles many helicopter flights offshore. Hotels and hospitality depend on business travel and conferences, so LinkedIn and email to corporate bookers suit them alongside Instagram for leisure guests. Seafood processors sell to the trade and use LinkedIn and email. The University of Aberdeen and Robert Gordon University bring students and spin-outs. ## Who we market in Aberdeen - Oil and gas service companies - Subsea engineering firms - Offshore wind suppliers - Equipment rental and inspection firms - Engineering consultancies - Recruitment agencies - Hotels and hospitality - Seafood processors ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you help an Aberdeen firm move into offshore wind? Yes. We build LinkedIn and Google campaigns aimed at renewables buyers, with landing pages that speak their language and tracking on enquiries. Strategy work is £45 an hour + VAT, and campaign management from £150 a month + VAT. ### Do you run LinkedIn campaigns for subsea companies? We do. We target operations, engineering and procurement roles at operators and contractors, by country if needed, and promote capabilities, case studies and events. Ad spend is paid directly to LinkedIn. ### Can you measure recruitment ads by placements, not clicks? Yes. We track applications through forms or your applicant system and report cost per applicant, and where you can share data, cost per placement. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus spend. --- # Digital Marketing in Dundee Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/dundee/ > Dundee games studios, life science spin-outs, waterfront hospitality, Broughty Ferry shops and charities can get Google Ads, social media and email marketing from dijitul. We work remotely from Mansfield. Paid social on Meta, TikTok or LinkedIn starts from £150 a month + VAT, and organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT. Dundee has a reputation for video games far beyond its size. DMA Design created Lemmings and the first Grand Theft Auto here, studios such as Rockstar Dundee, Outplay and 4J Studios continue the tradition, and Abertay University pioneered games education. The University of Dundee is known for life sciences and medical research, alongside Ninewells Hospital, and DC Thomson, publisher of The Beano, is still based in the city. Games studios usually have strong in-house art and community skills but little time for paid media. Common needs: - TikTok, Meta and YouTube campaigns to grow wishlists or pre-registrations, with several short clips tested and budget moved to the winners - Tracking through to store pages and sign-ups, so cost per wishlist is clear - Launch email sequences and community newsletters - LinkedIn recruitment for programmers and artists Mobile studios focused on app installs need app campaign set-up and careful measurement of installs and in-app events. Life science spin-outs and suppliers around the university market to specialists through LinkedIn, narrow search terms and event-led email, with Looker Studio reporting for boards and funders. The city has spent years regenerating its waterfront, with V&A Dundee as the centrepiece, which draws visitors who support hotels, restaurants and cafés. Those businesses benefit from Instagram content, Meta ads aimed at people planning trips to Dundee and Fife, and email to past guests. The former Michelin factory has become the Michelin Scotland Innovation Parc, focused on sustainable mobility and low-carbon manufacturing, whose firms use LinkedIn and specialist search. Broughty Ferry's shops and cafés do well with Instagram and local ads, and the city's charities may be eligible for Google Ad Grants. ## Who we market in Dundee - Games and digital studios - Life science spin-outs - Publishers and media businesses - Hotels and restaurants on the waterfront - Low carbon and mobility manufacturers - Charities and social enterprises - Professional services firms - Broughty Ferry shops and cafés ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you grow wishlists for a Dundee games studio? Yes. We test short clips on TikTok, Meta and YouTube, track clicks through to your store page and sign-ups, and move budget to what works. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to the platform. ### Do you run app install campaigns? We can. Google App campaigns and Meta app ads need proper install and in-app event tracking through your analytics or attribution tool. We set measurement up first so spend is judged on real users. ### Can waterfront hotels in Dundee target visitors? Yes. Meta ads aimed at people planning trips to Dundee and Fife, Instagram content and email to past guests suit hotels and restaurants near V&A Dundee. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT. --- # Digital Marketing in Inverness Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/inverness/ > Tour operators, distilleries, self-catering lets, hotels and life science firms in Inverness and across the Highlands can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We work remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, social media from £125 a month + VAT and email from £95 a month + VAT. Inverness is the capital of the Highlands and the main service centre for a huge, sparsely populated area. NHS Highland and Raigmore Hospital, The Highland Council and Highlands and Islands Enterprise are among the biggest employers, and the University of the Highlands and Islands is headquartered in the city, with Inverness Campus hosting a growing cluster of life science and technology businesses. Tourism is a major industry. Inverness is the gateway to Loch Ness, the North Coast 500 and Skye, and the city's hotels, guest houses, tour operators, self-catering lets and restaurants are busy from spring to autumn. Visitors plan from all over the world, which shapes the marketing: - Google Search ads on tours, experiences and accommodation, run by country for overseas markets and booked well in advance - Meta and Instagram ads aimed at people planning Highland trips, with strong landscape imagery and video - Branded search to protect direct bookings from resellers - Email to past guests and enquirers, sent early in the year Seasonality is strong, so budgets should rise before and during peak booking periods and fall in winter. Distilleries and food and drink producers across the Highlands use Inverness for logistics and services. They sell through visitor centres, shops and online, and their marketing combines Instagram, Shopping ads and email for repeat and gift orders, within alcohol advertising policies. Whisky and gin have international audiences, so campaigns by country help where shipping allows. Life science and health tech firms at Inverness Campus market to specialists through LinkedIn and narrow search. Renewable energy contractors and public sector suppliers use LinkedIn and B2B search. Retailers and charities in the city can reach a wide Highland catchment through Facebook, which remains well used across rural areas. ## Who we market in Inverness - Tour and activity operators - Distilleries - Food and drink producers - Hotels and self-catering lets - Life sciences and health tech firms - Renewable energy contractors - Retailers - Public sector suppliers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you advertise Highland tours to overseas visitors? Yes. We run Google and Meta campaigns by country, with separate budgets and timing that follow each market's booking habits, and track bookings. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Google. ### Do you market Highland distilleries? We do, within Google and Meta alcohol policies. Instagram content, adult-targeted ads for tours and online sales, Shopping ads and email to past visitors are the usual mix. Organic social starts from £125 a month + VAT. ### How can self-catering lets get more direct bookings? Branded search ads, Instagram content and email to past guests early in the year help most. We track direct bookings so you can compare against booking site commission. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT. --- # Digital Marketing in Stirling Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/stirling/ > Stirling heritage attractions, hotels, tour operators, aquaculture suppliers and consultancies can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We plan around visitor seasons and run campaigns remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, and paid social from £150 a month + VAT plus spend. Stirling sits at the crossroads of Scotland, between Glasgow and Edinburgh at the historic crossing of the Forth. Stirling Castle and the Wallace Monument attract visitors from around the world, and Loch Lomond and The Trossachs National Park starts just to the west. Fast rail links make the city popular with commuters and with firms that serve both of Scotland's big cities. Heritage tourism is the most visible market. Attractions, hotels, B&Bs and tour operators reach visitors who often plan from overseas: - Google Search ads on attractions, tours and accommodation, run by country where visitors book ahead - Meta and Instagram ads aimed at people planning Scotland trips, with castle and landscape imagery - Branded search to protect direct bookings - Email to members, past visitors and group travel organisers Seasons matter, with summer and holiday peaks, and events at the castle give natural reasons to advertise. The University of Stirling is a major employer, known internationally for its Institute of Aquaculture, and businesses in the salmon and shellfish supply chain sell to specialist buyers in Scotland and abroad. LinkedIn, narrow search terms and trade show email suit them. Stirling Innovation Park next to the campus hosts technology and professional firms that use LinkedIn and B2B search. Because Stirling sits between two cities, professional consultancies here often target clients across the Central Belt, so campaigns should cover Glasgow, Edinburgh and Falkirk as well as Stirling. Estates and rural businesses from the Carse of Stirling to the edge of the Trossachs market holidays, events and produce through Instagram and email. Cafés and restaurants in the city centre do best with Instagram and local ads. ## Who we market in Stirling - Heritage attractions - Hotels and B&Bs - Tour operators - Aquaculture suppliers - Professional consultancies - Estates and rural businesses - Research and tech firms - Cafés and restaurants ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can a Stirling consultancy target Glasgow and Edinburgh too? Yes. We can target the whole Central Belt or specific cities, with separate campaigns if demand differs, and track enquiries from each. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Google. ### Do you market aquaculture suppliers? We do. LinkedIn aimed at fish farm operators and buyers, narrow search on specific products and email around trade shows suit this specialist sector. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can you promote events at a Stirling attraction? Yes. We plan Meta and Google campaigns around event dates, aimed at people within driving distance and visitors planning trips, and email members. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT. --- # Digital Marketing in Perth Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/perth/ > Energy contractors, Perthshire food and drink producers, distilleries, hotels and land agents in Perth can work with dijitul on Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We manage it remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, social media management from £125 a month + VAT and email from £95 a month + VAT. Perth regained city status in 2012 and has long punched above its weight as a business centre. SSE has its headquarters here, Stagecoach was founded and is based in the city, and Aviva has a large office that grew out of General Accident, the insurer that started in Perth. Around those head offices sit contractors, consultancies and suppliers who need to be visible to large buyers. Their marketing tends to be B2B: - LinkedIn content and ads aimed at procurement and operations roles in energy, utilities and transport - Google Search on specific services, such as grid connection works or fleet maintenance, with enquiries tracked - Recruitment campaigns for engineers, electricians and drivers Perth is also the market town for a large agricultural area, and Perthshire's farms, estates, soft fruit growers, butchers, bakers, distillers and farm shops use it as their commercial base. Producers selling direct do well with: - Instagram content that shows the farm, the distillery or the kitchen - Google Shopping and Meta catalogue ads for online shops, with alcohol advertised within platform policies - Email flows for gift and repeat orders, especially before Christmas Tourism is significant, with the city as a gateway to Highland Perthshire, Pitlochry and Gleneagles. Hotels, lodges and holiday lets benefit from Meta ads aimed at people planning Scottish breaks, branded search for direct bookings and email to past guests early in the year. Country estates also market shooting, fishing, weddings and events, which suit Instagram and targeted Meta ads. Solicitors and land agents serve clients across Perthshire, so their search campaigns should cover the county's towns and villages. Logistics and trade firms near Inveralmond and Broxden use search and recruitment ads. ## Who we market in Perth - Energy contractors - Transport operators - Food and drink producers - Distilleries - Farms and estates - Hotels and lodges - Solicitors and land agents - Trade and distribution firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you market a Perthshire estate's events and holidays? Yes. Instagram content, Meta ads aimed at people planning Scottish breaks or events, and email to past guests suit estates and lodges. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Meta. ### Do you run LinkedIn for energy contractors? We do. We target procurement and operations roles at utilities and energy firms, promote capabilities and case studies, and run recruitment campaigns. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend paid to LinkedIn. ### Can a Perth land agent target all of Perthshire? Yes. We set location targeting to the towns and villages you serve, or the whole county, and split campaigns by service if useful. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT. --- # Digital Marketing in Paisley Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/paisley/ > Paisley manufacturers, airport parking and car hire firms, warehouses, care providers and independent shops can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We work remotely from Mansfield and track every booking and enquiry. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, and conversion tracking set-up costs £145 + VAT one-off. Paisley is Renfrewshire's main town and one of the largest towns in Scotland. It grew on textiles: the Paisley pattern is named after it, and the Coats thread mills once employed thousands. Paisley Abbey and the town hall still anchor a centre that has seen regeneration and cultural investment in recent years. Glasgow Airport sits on the town's northern edge and shapes much of the economy. Airport parking, car hire, transfers and hotels compete in some of the most price-compared searches in Scotland. What helps: - Google Search on high intent terms, with bookings tracked as conversions so bids follow revenue - Fast mobile landing pages with clear prices - Branded search protection and email to past customers before holiday seasons Beside the airport, the Advanced Manufacturing Innovation District Scotland hosts the National Manufacturing Institute Scotland and the Medicines Manufacturing Innovation Centre, and Inchinnan has decades of aerospace engineering behind it. Manufacturers and engineering suppliers here market B2B through Google Search on capabilities, LinkedIn aimed at buyers and recruitment campaigns. Medicines and life science firms work under promotional rules, so activity is mostly aimed at professionals and recruits. Industrial estates around Hillington, Linwood and Renfrew house warehousing, distribution and service firms, which need recruitment and B2B search. The University of the West of Scotland has its largest campus in Paisley, and West College Scotland also has a campus here, bringing students for food and leisure businesses. Renfrewshire care providers usually run two streams: search ads for families, written within healthcare policies, and Meta job ads for carers. Independent retailers, cafés and restaurants do best with Instagram, Facebook and local ads, and charities and community groups may qualify for Google Ad Grants. ## Who we market in Paisley - Advanced manufacturers - Aerospace engineering suppliers - Airport parking and car hire firms - Warehousing and distribution firms - Care providers - Charities and community groups - Independent retailers - Cafés and restaurants ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run Google Ads for Glasgow Airport parking? Yes. We focus on high intent searches, track bookings and revenue, keep landing pages fast on mobile and adjust budgets around holiday periods. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Google. ### Do you market manufacturers near AMIDS and Inchinnan? We do. Google Search on specific capabilities, LinkedIn aimed at buyers and engineers, and recruitment ads are the usual mix. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can a Paisley charity get free Google ads? Registered charities may be eligible for Google Ad Grants, which gives free search advertising under Google's rules. We can check eligibility, set it up and manage it at £45 an hour + VAT or a fixed quote. --- # Digital Marketing in East Kilbride Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/east-kilbride/ > Engineering and measurement firms, technology companies, public sector suppliers, trades and town centre shops in East Kilbride can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We run campaigns remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, and LinkedIn or Meta ads from £150 a month + VAT plus spend. East Kilbride was designated Scotland's first new town in 1947 and is now one of the largest towns in South Lanarkshire. Its planned layout gives it a large covered shopping centre at its core and a ring of industrial estates and business parks, including the Scottish Enterprise Technology Park, Kelvin, College Milton and Peel Park. Engineering and measurement have deep roots here. The TÜV SÜD National Engineering Laboratory, known for flow measurement, is based in the town, and the technology park houses engineering and instrumentation firms. These companies sell to specialist buyers in energy, water and process industries, often internationally: - Google Search on specific products, test methods and services, run by country where export matters - LinkedIn Ads aimed at engineering, operations and procurement roles - Content that explains technical services clearly, used in search, LinkedIn and email - Trade show follow-up email and remarketing Government is a major employer too, with the Foreign, Commonwealth and Development Office at Abercrombie House. Public sector suppliers win work through frameworks, but LinkedIn content and focused search help them stay visible between tenders. Manufacturers and trade suppliers on the estates use B2B search, Shopping ads for stock lines and recruitment campaigns. Many residents commute into Glasgow, and the town has a large population for local services. Trades and builders do best with Google Search ads and call tracking, Local Services Ads where available, and Facebook posts of finished work. Town centre retailers compete with national chains, so they rely on Instagram, local offers and email lists. Care providers and training providers need recruitment and enquiry campaigns. ## Who we market in East Kilbride - Engineering and measurement firms - Public sector suppliers - Technology companies - Manufacturers - Trade suppliers - Town centre retailers - Care providers - Training providers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you market a measurement or test company internationally? Yes. We run Google Search by country and LinkedIn campaigns aimed at engineering and procurement roles, and track enquiries from each market. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Google. ### Can East Kilbride trades target only nearby areas? Yes. We set location targeting to East Kilbride and the nearby towns you cover, such as Hamilton or Glasgow's south side, and exclude the rest. Calls and forms are tracked. ### Do you write technical content for engineering firms? We do, working from your expertise, with your team checking every technical detail for accuracy. Articles start from £45 + VAT per piece, and ongoing content marketing from £195 a month + VAT. --- # Digital Marketing in Livingston Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/livingston/ > Manufacturers, life science firms, logistics operators, retailers and trades in Livingston can rely on dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We work remotely from Mansfield and agree what to measure first. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform package. Livingston was designated a new town in 1962 and has grown into the largest town in West Lothian. In the 1980s and 1990s it was a key part of Scotland's Silicon Glen electronics industry. Some big plants have since closed, but manufacturing remains important: Mitsubishi Electric makes air conditioning equipment here, and Kirkton Campus, Houstoun Industrial Estate and Starlaw Park host engineering, technology and life science firms. Manufacturers and engineering firms here market mainly to other businesses: - Google Search on specific products and capabilities, with quote requests and drawing uploads tracked - LinkedIn Ads aimed at buyers and engineers in target sectors - Shopping ads for firms selling standard parts or equipment online - Recruitment campaigns for technicians and operators Life science and healthcare firms work under document control and promotional rules, so their marketing focuses on professionals, partners and recruitment, with every piece of copy approved before it runs. The M8 and rail links to Edinburgh and Glasgow make Livingston a popular base for firms wanting access to both cities at lower cost than the capital. Logistics and warehousing firms along the M8 need recruitment campaigns and B2B search. West Lothian Council is based at the Civic Centre, and public sector suppliers use LinkedIn and focused search. The town centre combines a large shopping area with the Livingston Designer Outlet, which draws shoppers from across central Scotland. Retailers compete with national brands, so Instagram, local offers and email to regulars work better than broad search. Trades and contractors serving West Lothian get most enquiries from Google Search with call tracking and Facebook posts. West Lothian College and training providers use Meta lead ads around enrolment. ## Who we market in Livingston - Manufacturers - Electronics and engineering firms - Life sciences companies - Logistics and warehousing firms - Retailers - Trade suppliers - Healthcare providers - Training providers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you help a Livingston manufacturer generate leads? Yes. Google Search on your specific capabilities, LinkedIn aimed at buyers, and remarketing to site visitors usually form the plan, with RFQs tracked. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Google. ### Can we target both Edinburgh and Glasgow from Livingston? Yes. We can run separate campaigns for each city and for West Lothian, each with its own budget, so you can see where enquiries come from and move spend towards the areas that bring the best customers. ### Do you run recruitment ads along the M8 corridor? We do. Meta job ads targeted within commuting distance of your site, with short application forms, work well for warehouse and production roles. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. --- # Digital Marketing in Falkirk Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/falkirk/ > Industrial contractors, fabricators, port businesses, visitor cafés and care providers in Falkirk can get Google Ads, social media and email marketing from dijitul. We handle it remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, LinkedIn or Meta ads from £150 a month + VAT plus spend, and email from £95 a month + VAT. Falkirk sits in the Forth Valley between Glasgow and Edinburgh, and industry has defined it since the Carron Ironworks of 1759. Grangemouth, on the edge of the town, is home to Scotland's largest petrochemical complex and its busiest container port, and the area is in the middle of a major transition as refining winds down and new low-carbon industry is planned. Around that sits a deep supply chain of maintenance, inspection, fabrication and specialist contractors. For those contractors, marketing is mostly about finding new customers as the industry changes: - Google Search on specific services, such as pipework fabrication, inspection or industrial maintenance, aimed across central Scotland and beyond - LinkedIn Ads and content aimed at operations and procurement roles in hydrogen, carbon capture, renewables and other process industries - New landing pages and case studies that speak to those buyers, since many contractors' websites still talk only about oil and chemicals - Recruitment campaigns for skilled trades Port and freight businesses use LinkedIn and search on specific services. Alexander Dennis, the bus manufacturer, is based in Larbert, supporting vehicle component suppliers who market B2B. Falkirk is known worldwide for two modern landmarks: the Falkirk Wheel, the rotating boat lift, and the Kelpies at Helix Park. Both bring steady visitor traffic. Cafés, attractions and hospitality nearby benefit from Meta ads aimed at day-trippers and tourists, Instagram content and Google Business Profile updates with seasonal hours. Forth Valley Royal Hospital in Larbert is a major employer, and care providers need family-facing search ads and recruitment campaigns. Retailers and trades in the town do best with local search and Facebook. ## Who we market in Falkirk - Industrial maintenance contractors - Engineering fabricators - Chemical and process suppliers - Port and freight businesses - Vehicle component manufacturers - Visitor attractions and cafés - Care providers - Retailers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you help a Grangemouth contractor find work in new energy sectors? Yes. We build LinkedIn and Google campaigns aimed at hydrogen, carbon capture and renewables buyers, with landing pages that speak their language and enquiries tracked. Strategy work is £45 an hour + VAT, and management from £150 a month + VAT. ### Do you market cafés near the Kelpies and Falkirk Wheel? We do. Meta ads aimed at day-trippers and tourists, Instagram content and accurate Google listings suit visitor businesses. Organic social management starts from £125 a month + VAT per platform package. ### Can you run recruitment ads for skilled trades in the Forth Valley? Yes. Meta and LinkedIn job ads targeted around Falkirk, Grangemouth and Stirling, with short application forms, reach welders, fitters and technicians. Ad spend is paid directly to the platform, and management starts from £150 a month + VAT. --- # Digital Marketing in Ayr Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/ayr/ > Golf clubs, hotels, holiday lets, race day businesses and Prestwick aerospace suppliers in and around Ayr can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We work remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, paid social from £150 a month + VAT plus spend, and email from £95 a month + VAT. Ayr is South Ayrshire's main town and a traditional seaside resort on the Firth of Clyde. Leisure comes first for many local businesses. Ayr Racecourse hosts the Scottish Grand National, championship golf at Royal Troon and Turnberry brings players from around the world, and Robert Burns was born in nearby Alloway, adding heritage tourism. Golf and racing create an international, high-value audience with clear peaks: - Google Search and Meta ads aimed at golfers planning Scottish golf trips, run by country for markets such as the US and Scandinavia where visitors often book far ahead - Branded search for hotels and golf clubs, protecting direct bookings and tee times from resellers - Meta and Instagram ads around race meetings, aimed at racegoers within travelling distance - Email to past guests and golf groups, sent well before the season Holiday lets and guest houses benefit from Instagram and email to past guests, and Burns-related attractions and events can plan around Burns Night and summer. Just up the coast, Prestwick is home to Glasgow Prestwick Airport and one of the UK's significant aerospace clusters, with firms in aircraft manufacture, engine overhaul and maintenance. These suppliers market B2B through LinkedIn aimed at airlines, MRO buyers and engineers, Google Search on specific services and recruitment campaigns. The University of the West of Scotland and Ayrshire College have campuses in Ayr, and University Hospital Ayr is a major employer. Care providers need family-facing search ads within healthcare policies and recruitment campaigns. The town centre is shifting towards leisure, food and independent shops, which do best with Instagram, local Meta ads and an email or SMS list for regulars. ## Who we market in Ayr - Golf clubs and resorts - Hotels and guest houses - Holiday lets - Event organisers - Aerospace engineering suppliers - Visitor attractions - Care providers - Restaurants and cafés ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you advertise Ayrshire golf breaks to overseas golfers? Yes. We run Google and Meta campaigns by country, timed for when golfers in each market plan trips, and track enquiries and bookings. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Google. ### Do you plan campaigns around the Scottish Grand National? We do. Hotels, bars and restaurants can run Meta ads and email campaigns in the weeks before race meetings, then reduce spend afterwards. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can you reach airlines and MRO buyers for a Prestwick supplier? Yes. LinkedIn lets us target maintenance, engineering and procurement roles at airlines and MRO providers, and we pair it with focused Google Search. Strategy time is £45 an hour + VAT. --- # Digital Marketing in Dunfermline Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/dunfermline/ > Trades, childcare and fitness businesses, ecommerce sellers, letting agents and Rosyth engineering suppliers in Dunfermline can turn to dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We run it remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT per platform. Dunfermline became a city in 2022, a recognition of its past as Scotland's royal capital, the resting place of Robert the Bruce and the birthplace of Andrew Carnegie. Today it is the largest settlement in Fife and one of the fastest-growing places in Scotland, with large new estates to the east and an easy commute to Edinburgh over the Queensferry Crossing. That growth has produced a lot of new small businesses: trades, childcare, fitness, beauty and home services. Their customers are often new residents who search on Google Maps, ask in Facebook groups and scroll Instagram. What works: - A complete Google Business Profile with photos and a steady flow of reviews - Google Search ads on specific services with a short radius and call tracking - Meta ads aimed at the new estates with introductory offers - Instagram content for gyms, salons and childcare that shows real people and spaces Childcare providers often have enrolment peaks and waiting lists, so ads can be switched on and off as places open. Logistics and ecommerce are major employers, with Amazon's large fulfilment centre on the edge of the city and warehousing along the M90 corridor. Online sellers based in the area benefit from Shopping ads, Meta catalogue ads and Klaviyo flows, while warehouses need recruitment campaigns, particularly before peak season. Nearby Rosyth is home to the Babcock dockyard, where the Royal Navy's Queen Elizabeth class carriers were assembled, supporting marine and defence engineering suppliers who market through LinkedIn and specific search terms. Contact centres at Carnegie Campus need recruitment ads. Property and letting agents use Meta lead ads for landlords and valuations, and cafés and restaurants in the city centre do best with Instagram and local ads. ## Who we market in Dunfermline - Trades and home services firms - Childcare and fitness businesses - Ecommerce retailers - Logistics and fulfilment firms - Marine and defence engineering suppliers - Contact centres - Cafés and restaurants - Property and letting agents ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can a new Dunfermline business target the new estates? Yes. We aim Meta ads and Google Search at specific estates or a short radius, with offers for new customers, and build out your Google Business Profile. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Meta. ### Do you set up Shopping ads and Klaviyo for Fife online sellers? We do. We tidy the product feed, build Shopping or Performance Max campaigns and set up Klaviyo flows for £195 + VAT one-off. Ongoing email campaigns start from £95 a month + VAT. ### Can a nursery switch ads on only when places are available? Yes. We can pause and restart campaigns as places open, and target parents within a set radius of the nursery. You only pay ad spend while ads are running, and enquiries go straight to your inbox or booking system. --- # Digital Marketing in Kirkcaldy Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/kirkcaldy/ > Manufacturers, food producers, care providers, salons and independent shops in Kirkcaldy and central Fife can hire dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We work remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, social media from £125 a month + VAT, and SMS marketing from £75 a month + VAT. Kirkcaldy, known as the Lang Toun for its long seafront street along the Firth of Forth, is one of the largest towns in Fife. Adam Smith was born here, and the town grew rich on linoleum. Forbo still manufactures floor coverings in Kirkcaldy, continuing the tradition started by Michael Nairn in the nineteenth century, and food producers, engineering firms and distributors work from industrial estates such as Mitchelston. Manufacturers here sell to trade buyers and specifiers, so their marketing is B2B: - Google Search on specific products and services, with sample and quote requests tracked - LinkedIn aimed at specifiers, buyers and distributors - Email to trade customers about new ranges - Recruitment campaigns for production and engineering roles Fife food producers selling to delis, farm shops and online can use Shopping ads, Instagram and email flows for repeat and gift orders. Renewable energy contractors in the area use LinkedIn and specialist search. The town is a service and retail centre for central Fife. Victoria Hospital is one of the region's main hospitals and Fife College has a large campus here. Care providers need two campaign streams: family-facing search ads within healthcare policies and Meta recruitment ads for carers. Health and beauty businesses, salons and gyms do well with Instagram, booking-focused local ads and SMS reminders to opted-in clients. Many residents commute to Edinburgh by train, and neighbouring Glenrothes is home to Fife Council's headquarters and further manufacturing and electronics firms. Independent retailers, cafés and restaurants on the High Street and seafront compete with retail parks and do best with Instagram, local offers and email. Trades serving Kirkcaldy, Glenrothes and nearby towns get most enquiries from search ads and Facebook. ## Who we market in Kirkcaldy - Manufacturers - Food producers - Renewable energy contractors - Engineering firms - Care providers - Independent retailers - Cafés and restaurants - Health and beauty businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run SMS reminders for a Kirkcaldy salon? Yes, to clients who opted in, as PECR requires. Appointment reminders, last-minute slots and seasonal offers work well by text. SMS marketing starts from £75 a month + VAT plus message costs. ### Do you market Fife food producers online? We do. Shopping ads, Instagram content and email flows for repeat and gift orders are the usual mix. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and email from £95 a month + VAT. ### Can you target Kirkcaldy and Glenrothes together? Yes. We can target both towns and nearby villages, or split them into separate campaigns if demand differs, and track calls and forms so you can see which area brings work. --- # Digital Marketing in Cardiff Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/cardiff/ > Cardiff law firms, financial services, production companies, tech firms, bars and charities can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing, in English and Welsh where needed. We work remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT. Cardiff is the capital of Wales and its largest commercial centre. The Senedd and Welsh Government are based here, Companies House has its headquarters on Crown Way, and Admiral Group, Principality Building Society and BBC Cymru Wales at Central Square are among the city's best-known organisations. Cardiff Bay mixes media, hospitality and offices. Bilingual marketing is a daily reality for many Cardiff organisations, particularly those working with public bodies or reaching Welsh speakers. That affects paid media directly: Welsh and English versions of ads and landing pages, budgets split sensibly between them, and Welsh copy supplied or checked by a translator. Search behaviour differs too, so we look at what people actually type in each language. Cardiff's main markets each need a different approach: - Law, accountancy, insurance and financial firms: focused Google Search on specific services, branded search protection and client newsletters, with financial promotions approved before they run - Film and TV production and creative suppliers: LinkedIn and narrow search terms aimed at producers, plus recruitment for crew - Compound semiconductor and tech firms in the cluster centred on Cardiff and Newport: LinkedIn Ads aimed at engineers and buyers, and specialist search - Bars, restaurants and venues: Instagram, TikTok and Meta ads around rugby internationals, concerts and weekends Major events at the Principality Stadium change the city's footfall, and hospitality businesses can plan ad spend around fixture lists. Cardiff University, Cardiff Metropolitan University and the University of South Wales bring a large student population, supporting letting agents, food and nightlife businesses that market on Instagram and TikTok. The third sector is large in Cardiff, and many charities may be eligible for Google Ad Grants. Property developers use Meta lead ads and launch email for new schemes. ## Who we market in Cardiff - Public sector suppliers - Insurance and financial services - Media and TV production companies - Semiconductor and tech firms - Law and accountancy firms - Bars, restaurants and venues - Charities and third sector - Property developers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run bilingual Welsh and English ad campaigns? Yes. We run separate Welsh and English versions of ads and landing pages, with Welsh copy supplied or checked by your translator, and report on each. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Google. ### Can Cardiff bars plan ads around Principality Stadium events? Yes. We schedule Instagram posts and Meta ads around rugby internationals and concerts, raising budgets before big events. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend paid to Meta. ### Do you help Cardiff charities with Google Ad Grants? We do. Eligible charities can get free search ads through Google Ad Grants, subject to account rules. We check eligibility, set it up and manage it at £45 an hour + VAT or a fixed quote. --- # Digital Marketing in Swansea Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/swansea/ > Swansea manufacturers, university spin-outs, Gower activity providers, holiday parks and Mumbles cafés can get Google Ads, social media and email marketing from dijitul. We run campaigns remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, paid social from £150 a month + VAT plus spend, and email from £95 a month + VAT. Swansea is Wales's second city and the commercial hub for south-west Wales. Its nineteenth-century nickname, Copperopolis, recalls an industrial past, and the Port Talbot steelworks still dominates the coast to the east. Manufacturers and metals supply chain firms at Swansea Enterprise Park and around Llansamlet have been looking for new markets as steelmaking changes, and marketing is part of that: - Google Search on specific capabilities and materials, aimed across the UK rather than just south Wales - LinkedIn Ads aimed at buyers in new sectors such as renewables, defence or construction - New landing pages and case studies that speak to those buyers - Recruitment campaigns for skilled trades Swansea University, with its Singleton Park and Bay campuses, and the University of Wales Trinity Saint David at SA1 Waterfront keep producing spin-outs in engineering, computing and health. They need clean tracking from the start and LinkedIn or Google campaigns judged on qualified leads. SA1 has also become home to digital and creative businesses. The DVLA's headquarters at Morriston is one of the largest employers. Tourism matters a lot. Mumbles and the Gower peninsula draw visitors, supporting hotels, holiday parks, holiday lets, activity providers and cafés. These businesses have a strong summer peak and benefit from: - Meta and Instagram ads aimed at people planning Welsh coastal breaks - Branded search to protect direct bookings - Email to past guests early in the year The Swansea Bay City Deal has funded regeneration including the Swansea Arena and Copr Bay, bringing events that hospitality can plan around. Care providers around Morriston and Singleton typically need search ads aimed at families plus Meta recruitment campaigns for carers. Many customers in the area use Welsh, so bilingual ad copy can help some businesses. ## Who we market in Swansea - Manufacturers - Steel and metals supply chain firms - University spin-outs - Digital and creative agencies - Holiday parks and hotels - Activity providers on the Gower - Cafés and restaurants in Mumbles - Care providers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can marketing help a Swansea metals firm find new sectors? Yes. Search ads on your capabilities aimed across the UK, LinkedIn aimed at buyers in new sectors, and landing pages that speak to them put you in front of new prospects. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you market Gower holiday businesses? We do. Meta ads aimed at people planning coastal breaks, Instagram content and email to past guests suit activity providers, holiday parks and lets. Organic social management starts from £125 a month + VAT per platform package. ### Can you set up tracking for a Swansea University spin-out? Yes. GA4 set-up is £95 + VAT and full conversion tracking across GA4, Google Ads and Meta CAPI is £145 + VAT, both one-off, so early ad spend is measured properly. --- # Digital Marketing in Newport Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/newport/ > Semiconductor and cyber security firms, government suppliers, conference venues and logistics businesses in Newport can use dijitul for Google Ads, LinkedIn, social media and email marketing. We work remotely from Mansfield. LinkedIn and Google Ads management each start from £150 a month + VAT, and a Looker Studio dashboard is £145 + VAT one-off. Newport, at the mouth of the River Usk, became a city in 2002 and is the first stop in Wales for traffic coming over the Severn on the M4. Two national bodies are based here: the Office for National Statistics and, at Concept House, the Intellectual Property Office. Suppliers, consultancies and contractors working with them market through LinkedIn content, focused search on specific services and visibility between tenders. Newport is central to the South Wales compound semiconductor cluster, with a large wafer fab in the city, and Airbus has a defence and space operation here. Semiconductor, electronics and cyber security firms sell to expert buyers, often internationally: - LinkedIn Ads targeted by job function, industry and seniority, often promoting technical papers, events or partnership enquiries - Google Search on precise technical terms, with low volume but high intent - Recruitment campaigns for engineers, which are constant in a growing cluster - Looker Studio reporting that ties spend to leads for boards and investors The Celtic Manor Resort, which hosted the 2010 Ryder Cup, sits beside the International Convention Centre Wales on the city's edge. Conference and events venues market to organisers through LinkedIn, search on venue terms and email to past bookers, while hotels need branded search and email to corporate and leisure guests. The M4 and the Severn crossings make Newport a strong logistics location. Logistics and freight firms, wholesalers and steel processors at Celtic Springs, Imperial Park, Langstone and the docks need B2B search and recruitment campaigns. Accountants, solicitors and trades in the city benefit from local search ads with tight targeting, as Cardiff and Bristol firms compete for many of the same clicks. Care providers need recruitment and family-facing campaigns. ## Who we market in Newport - Semiconductor and electronics firms - Government suppliers - Cyber security businesses - Conference and events venues - Logistics and freight firms - Wholesalers - Steel processors - Professional services firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run LinkedIn campaigns for a Newport semiconductor firm? Yes. We target engineers, buyers and partners by job function, industry and company, promote technical content or events, and run recruitment campaigns. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to LinkedIn. ### Do you market conference venues to event organisers? We do. Search ads on conference and venue terms, LinkedIn aimed at organisers of association and corporate events, and a regular email to past bookers usually cover it. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT. ### Can a Newport firm avoid paying for Cardiff and Bristol clicks? Yes. We set location targeting to Newport and the areas you serve, exclude others, and check location reports monthly. If you do want Cardiff or Bristol work, we run it as a separate campaign. --- # Digital Marketing in Wrexham Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/wrexham/ > Wrexham food and pharmaceutical manufacturers, engineering firms, pubs, hotels and retailers can work with dijitul on Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We run everything remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, social media management from £125 a month + VAT, and email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. Wrexham became a city in 2022 and is the largest place in north Wales. It has had more attention than ever since Wrexham AFC was bought by Hollywood owners in 2021, and the club's rise has brought visitors, media interest and new hospitality trade to the city. That attention is a real opportunity for pubs, hotels, cafés and retailers. Visitors come from across the UK and abroad for matches, so: - Meta and Instagram ads timed around home fixtures, aimed at fans travelling in - Google Search and Business Profile updates for people searching for food, drink and somewhere to stay on match days - Email to past guests and visitors with upcoming fixtures and offers Behind the headlines, Wrexham makes things. Wrexham Industrial Estate is one of the largest industrial estates in the UK, home to a Kellogg's cereal plant, JCB transmission production and many food, pharmaceutical, packaging and engineering companies. These firms market mostly B2B: - Google Search on specific products, capabilities and contract services, with enquiries tracked - LinkedIn aimed at buyers in retail, food service and manufacturing - Recruitment campaigns for production and engineering roles, which are frequent on an estate this size Pharmaceutical firms work under strict promotional rules, so their paid activity focuses on recruitment and B2B services, with copy approved by their regulatory team. The city sits close to Chester and the English border, so many businesses trade on both sides, and campaigns often need to cover Cheshire as well as north Wales. Wrexham University and Coleg Cambria provide education and training. Accountants and solicitors use focused search and newsletters, and bilingual ad copy can help reach Welsh-speaking customers. ## Who we market in Wrexham - Food manufacturers - Pharmaceutical and packaging firms - Automotive and engineering manufacturers - Contact centres - Logistics firms - Pubs and hotels - Retailers - Professional services firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can Wrexham pubs and hotels advertise around match days? Yes. We schedule Meta ads and Instagram posts around home fixtures, aimed at fans travelling in, and keep Google listings accurate. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Meta. ### Can you target Chester and Cheshire as well as north Wales? Yes. We can include areas on both sides of the border, or run separate campaigns for Wrexham, north Wales and Cheshire, so you can compare results, set budgets by area and see where enquiries really come from. ### Do you run recruitment ads for Wrexham Industrial Estate employers? We do. Meta job ads targeted within commuting distance, with short application forms, work well for production and warehouse roles. You pay ad spend directly to Meta, and we can run campaigns only while hiring. --- # Digital Marketing in Bangor Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/bangor/ > Outdoor activity providers, holiday lets, hotels, spin-outs and Welsh language organisations in Bangor, Gwynedd, can get bilingual Google Ads, social media and email marketing from dijitul. We work remotely from Mansfield. Paid social and Google Ads management each start from £150 a month + VAT, and social media management from £125 a month + VAT. Bangor in Gwynedd is one of the smallest cities in the UK by population, but it plays a large role in north-west Wales. Bangor University dominates the city, with students making up a big share of the population, and Ysbyty Gwynedd is the main hospital for the region. The city looks across the Menai Strait to Anglesey, where M-SParc at Gaerwen, Wales's first dedicated science park, hosts technology, energy and low-carbon businesses. Welsh is the everyday language for many people in Gwynedd, more than in most of Wales, so bilingual marketing is often expected rather than optional. For local audiences that means Welsh and English ad versions, social posts in both languages, and landing pages that treat both equally, with Welsh copy written or checked by a fluent speaker. Welsh language organisations and community groups may run campaigns mainly in Welsh. Tourism is a major part of the wider economy, with Eryri (Snowdonia), the coast and the castles at Caernarfon and Conwy drawing visitors. Outdoor activity providers, holiday lets and hotels have strong seasonal peaks and benefit from: - Meta and Instagram ads aimed at people planning outdoor breaks in north Wales, from the North West of England, the Midlands and beyond - Google Search on specific activities such as gorge walking, climbing courses or kayaking, with bookings tracked - Branded search to protect direct bookings, and email to past guests early in the year - Short video showing the activity, which performs well on Reels and TikTok University spin-outs, marine and environmental consultancies and low-carbon energy firms market to specialists through LinkedIn and narrow search. Health and care providers need recruitment campaigns, and cafés and restaurants serving students do well on Instagram and TikTok. ## Who we market in Bangor - Outdoor activity providers - Holiday lets and hotels - University spin-outs - Marine and environmental consultancies - Low carbon energy firms - Welsh language organisations - Cafés and restaurants - Health and care providers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run ads in Welsh for a Gwynedd business? Yes. We run Welsh and English versions of ads and posts, with Welsh copy written or checked by a fluent speaker, and send each to a matching landing page. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to the platform. ### How do you market outdoor activity providers in Eryri? With Meta ads aimed at people planning outdoor breaks, Google Search on specific activities, short video and email to past customers. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Is this Bangor in Wales or Northern Ireland? This page covers Bangor in Gwynedd, north Wales. We also have a separate page for Bangor in County Down, Northern Ireland, because the two markets, audiences and seasons are completely different. --- # Digital Marketing in Bridgend Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/bridgend/ > Electronics makers, engineering firms, Porthcawl caravan parks, retailers and trades in Bridgend can rely on dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We plan and manage campaigns remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, and paid social on Meta or LinkedIn from £150 a month + VAT plus spend. Bridgend sits halfway along the M4 between Cardiff and Swansea and has always been a manufacturing town. Bridgend Industrial Estate is one of the largest in Wales, and when Ford closed its engine plant in 2020, many suppliers lost their main customer and had to look elsewhere. For those firms, marketing has become part of finding new work: - Google Search on specific capabilities, such as precision machining, assembly or testing, aimed across the UK - LinkedIn Ads aimed at procurement and engineering roles in sectors they have not sold to before - Landing pages and case studies that show machines, accreditations and finished parts - Remarketing to buyers who viewed capability pages, and email follow-up after enquiries Electronics is still strong. The Sony UK Technology Centre at Pencoed manufactures products for other companies, the Raspberry Pi among them, and electronics and engineering firms on Bridgend and Waterton industrial estates sell to specialist buyers through search and LinkedIn. The McArthurGlen Designer Outlet near junction 36 draws shoppers from across south Wales, and the seaside town of Porthcawl, with its caravan parks and Royal Porthcawl golf club, adds tourism. Caravan parks and holiday lets have a strong summer season and benefit from Meta ads aimed at families in south Wales and the West of England, branded search for direct bookings and email to past guests early in the year. Golf-related businesses can target visiting golfers. The Princess of Wales Hospital is a major employer, and care providers need family-facing search ads and recruitment campaigns. Trades and maintenance businesses across the county borough do best with Google Search, call tracking and Facebook. Logistics firms on the M4 need recruitment ads. ## Who we market in Bridgend - Electronics manufacturers - Engineering firms - Packaging and materials manufacturers - Caravan parks and holiday lets - Retailers - Trades and maintenance businesses - Care providers - Logistics firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can marketing help former Ford suppliers in Bridgend? Yes. Search ads on your capabilities, LinkedIn aimed at buyers in new sectors and landing pages that show what you make help open new conversations. A short planning session at £45 an hour + VAT is a sensible first step. ### Do you market Porthcawl caravan parks? We do. Meta ads aimed at families planning seaside breaks, branded search for direct bookings and email to past guests suit caravan parks. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can Bridgend trades target only nearby towns? Yes. We set location targeting to the towns and villages you cover, such as Maesteg, Pencoed and Porthcawl, and exclude Cardiff or Swansea if you do not work there. Calls and forms are tracked. --- # Digital Marketing in Barry Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/barry/ > Barry Island cafés and attractions, holiday lets, St Athan aerospace suppliers, gyms and trades can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We run campaigns remotely from Mansfield. Paid social management is from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend, and organic social media management from £125 a month + VAT. Barry is the largest town in the Vale of Glamorgan and home to the Vale of Glamorgan Council. It grew around docks that were once among the busiest coal-exporting ports in the world, and the waterfront has since been redeveloped with housing, shops and leisure. Barry Island's beach and pleasure park still draw day visitors from across south Wales, helped by the town's appearance in Gavin and Stacey. Seaside cafés, ice cream kiosks, arcades and attractions have a short, weather-dependent season. Their marketing needs to be ready to switch on: - Meta and Instagram ads aimed at families in Cardiff, the Valleys and the West of England, scheduled for warm weekends and school holidays - Google Business Profile updates with seasonal hours, so day-trippers find accurate information - Short video for Reels and TikTok, which suits beach and food content - Fans of the show are a niche but real audience for tours and themed products Holiday lets benefit from branded search, Instagram and email to past guests. Industry is still present. Dow has a long-established silicones plant in Barry, and west of town the former RAF site at St Athan is now an aerospace business park with aircraft maintenance firms, as well as Aston Martin's factory. Cardiff Airport at Rhoose is nearby. Aerospace and automotive suppliers market B2B through LinkedIn, focused search and recruitment campaigns for engineers and technicians. The town's position just west of Cardiff makes it a popular base for commuters and home-based professionals, who mostly market through LinkedIn and referrals. Fitness and beauty businesses do well with Instagram, booking-focused local ads and SMS reminders. Trades serving Barry and the Vale get most enquiries from Google Search with call tracking and Facebook. ## Who we market in Barry - Seaside cafés and attractions - Holiday lets - Aerospace maintenance firms - Automotive suppliers - Chemical and process businesses - Home-based professionals - Trades businesses - Fitness and beauty businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can Barry Island businesses run ads only on good days? Yes. We schedule ads around school holidays and weekends and can raise or pause spend at short notice when the forecast changes. Ad spend is paid directly to Meta, and management starts from £150 a month + VAT. ### Do you run recruitment ads for St Athan aerospace firms? We do. LinkedIn and Meta job ads targeted at engineers and technicians within commuting distance, with simple application forms, are the usual approach. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can a Barry gym target nearby residents? Yes. Meta ads within a mile or two, Instagram content and SMS reminders to opted-in members work well. SMS marketing starts from £75 a month + VAT plus message costs. --- # Digital Marketing in Llanelli Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/llanelli/ > Metals processors, fabricators, food producers, sports clubs and care providers in Llanelli can turn to dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing, in Welsh and English where needed. We run it remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT and email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. Llanelli is the largest town in Carmarthenshire and was once known as Tinopolis for its tinplate industry, a heritage that continues at the Trostre works, which still produces tinplate. Industrial estates at Dafen and Llanelli Gate house fabricators, engineering firms, automotive suppliers and food producers. As the Welsh steel industry changes, many metals and engineering businesses are diversifying. Marketing helps them reach new customers: - Google Search on specific capabilities, such as laser cutting, fabrication or coating, aimed across Wales and the UK - LinkedIn Ads aimed at buyers in construction, renewables and manufacturing - Landing pages that show equipment, accreditations and examples of work - Recruitment campaigns for welders, fabricators and engineers Food producers can use Shopping ads, Instagram and email for retail and online sales, and LinkedIn or email for trade buyers. Rugby is central to local identity, with the Scarlets playing at Parc y Scarlets. Sports clubs, coaching businesses and leisure centres market memberships, camps and events through Instagram, Facebook and Meta ads timed to season starts and school holidays. Match days give hospitality a regular reason to post. Welsh is widely spoken in Llanelli and across Carmarthenshire, and many local businesses work bilingually. Running Welsh and English ad versions and posts can help community organisations and local services connect with customers. The Pentre Awel development at Delta Lakes brings together health, education, research and leisure, and the Millennium Coastal Park on the reclaimed coast attracts walkers and cyclists, supporting cafés and tourism businesses. Care and wellbeing providers need family-facing search ads within healthcare policies and recruitment campaigns. Trades do best with search ads and Facebook. ## Who we market in Llanelli - Metals and steel processors - Engineering and fabrication firms - Food producers - Sports clubs and leisure centres - Care and wellbeing providers - Community organisations - Tourism businesses - Trades businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you help a Llanelli fabricator find customers outside steel? Yes. Search ads on your capabilities aimed across the UK and LinkedIn campaigns aimed at buyers in construction, renewables and manufacturing are the usual start. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you run bilingual campaigns in Carmarthenshire? We do. We run Welsh and English versions of ads and posts, with Welsh copy supplied or checked by a fluent speaker, and report on both. Organic social management starts from £125 a month + VAT per platform package. ### Can a sports club promote summer camps with Meta ads? Yes. Meta ads aimed at parents within driving distance, timed before school holidays, with a simple booking link, work well. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Meta. --- # Digital Marketing in Merthyr Tydfil Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/merthyr-tydfil/ > Small manufacturers, outdoor activity businesses, care providers and start-ups in Merthyr Tydfil can work with dijitul on Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We keep budgets realistic and work remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, and strategy or set-up help costs £45 an hour + VAT. Merthyr Tydfil, at the head of the Taff valley, was once the iron-making capital of the world, with the Cyfarthfa and Dowlais ironworks driving the town's growth. Cyfarthfa Castle, built for the ironmaster family, is now a museum and park. Today Merthyr is the main town for the upper valleys, with good road links along the A465 Heads of the Valleys road and the A470 to Cardiff. Manufacturers on the Pentrebach and Goat Mill Road estates, in engineering, automotive components, electronics and food, are mostly small and medium firms with tight budgets. It makes sense to start with the marketing that wins work fastest: - A small, tightly targeted Google Search campaign on the specific capabilities buyers search for, with quote requests and calls tracked - A complete Google Business Profile and a LinkedIn company page that actually posts - Email to existing customers about new capacity or products - Recruitment ads on Meta when hiring Outdoor tourism is the newer story. BikePark Wales on the hills above the town draws mountain bikers from across the UK, and the Brecon Beacons are close. Bike shops, cafés, accommodation and activity providers can reach riders and walkers with Meta ads aimed at cycling and outdoor interests within a few hours' drive, Instagram content from the trails, and email to past visitors. Weekends and school holidays are the peaks. Prince Charles Hospital is a major employer, and care providers across the area need two kinds of campaign: family-facing search ads within healthcare policies, and Meta recruitment ads for carers. Contact centres use recruitment campaigns, and Merthyr Tydfil College, part of the University of South Wales group, markets courses with search and Meta lead ads. Start-ups and community organisations often need a first, simple set-up rather than a big campaign. ## Who we market in Merthyr Tydfil - Small manufacturers - Engineering firms - Outdoor activity businesses - Care providers - Retailers - Contact centres - Start-ups - Trades businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can a small Merthyr manufacturer afford Google Ads? Often, yes, with a small, tightly targeted campaign on your strongest capabilities. We check search volumes first and agree a budget you are comfortable with. Management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Google. ### Do you market businesses near BikePark Wales? We do. Meta ads aimed at mountain bikers and outdoor enthusiasts within driving distance, Instagram content from the trails and email to past visitors suit bike shops, cafés and accommodation. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can you help a start-up get its marketing basics in place? Yes. We can set up GA4 for £95 + VAT, build a Google Business Profile, and launch a first small campaign. Advice and training are charged at £45 an hour + VAT. --- # Digital Marketing in Aberystwyth Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/aberystwyth/ > Agri-tech firms, Ceredigion food producers, holiday lets, caravan parks and cultural organisations in Aberystwyth can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing, in Welsh and English. We work remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management is from £150 a month + VAT, and email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. Aberystwyth is a university and seaside town on Cardigan Bay and the main centre for mid Wales. Aberystwyth University is the largest employer, the National Library of Wales sits on the hill above the town, Ceredigion County Council and a Welsh Government office are based here, and Bronglais Hospital serves a large rural area. The town is at the end of the Cambrian Line and a long drive from any big city, which means many businesses depend on online channels to reach customers. The university's Institute of Biological, Environmental and Rural Sciences is known for plant and crop research, and the AberInnovation campus at Gogerddan supports agri-tech, food and bioscience companies. These firms sell to farmers, processors and investors across the UK and abroad: - LinkedIn Ads aimed at agricultural, food and science roles - Google Search on specific products and services, with low volume but high intent - Content that explains the science clearly, feeding search, LinkedIn and email - Event marketing around agricultural shows Food and drink producers across Ceredigion, from dairies to small-batch makers, sell through farm shops, delis and online. Shopping ads, Instagram content and email flows for gift and repeat orders help them reach customers far from mid Wales, especially visitors who discovered them on holiday. Tourism is the other big market. Holiday lets, caravan parks, hotels and cafés along Cardigan Bay have a summer peak and benefit from Meta ads aimed at people planning Welsh coastal breaks, branded search to protect direct bookings and email to past guests early in the year. Welsh is widely spoken, so bilingual ads and posts help many local businesses and cultural organisations. The student population supports cafés and letting agents that market on Instagram and TikTok. ## Who we market in Aberystwyth - Agri-tech and research firms - Food and drink producers - Cultural and heritage organisations - Agricultural merchants - Farming businesses - Holiday lets and caravan parks - Hotels and cafés - Public sector suppliers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you market an AberInnovation agri-tech company? Yes. LinkedIn campaigns aimed at agricultural and food industry roles, focused Google Search and clear content are the usual approach. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to LinkedIn. ### How can a Ceredigion food producer sell beyond mid Wales? Shopping ads, Instagram content and email flows that keep holiday visitors buying once they are home work well together. Marketing automation set-up is £195 + VAT one-off, and ongoing email from £95 a month + VAT. ### Do you run bilingual ads for Aberystwyth businesses? We do. We run Welsh and English versions of ads and posts, with Welsh copy supplied or checked by a fluent speaker, and report on each version separately so you can see how each language performs. --- # Digital Marketing in Belfast Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/belfast/ > Belfast fintech, software and cyber security firms, film and TV suppliers, food brands, bars and law firms can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We work remotely from Mansfield and can target Northern Ireland, the Republic or both. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT. Belfast is the capital of Northern Ireland and its biggest business market. The Harland and Wolff cranes still frame the skyline, and the Titanic Quarter on the former shipyard land holds Titanic Belfast, offices, film studios and Catalyst, Northern Ireland's science and technology park. Aerospace manufacturing employs thousands of engineers in the city, and over the past two decades software, fintech and cyber security have become major employers, with many international firms running engineering centres here. Queen's University Belfast, home to the Centre for Secure Information Technologies, and Ulster University's city centre campus supply a large graduate pool. Technology and financial firms sell to international clients and compete hard for talent: - LinkedIn Ads aimed at buyers by job function, industry and country, and LinkedIn recruitment campaigns for engineers - Google Search on specific products and services, often run in several markets - Content and email nurture for longer B2B sales cycles - Clean GA4 and CRM tracking, so marketing can be tied to pipeline Film and television production has grown around Titanic Studios and Belfast Harbour Studios, supporting production companies and creative suppliers who market through LinkedIn and narrow search. Northern Ireland businesses often sell into the Republic of Ireland as well. That usually means separate campaigns for each jurisdiction, with euro pricing, local wording and landing pages, because buyers in Dublin search and compare differently from buyers in Belfast. Food and drink brands use Shopping ads, Instagram and email for retail and online sales. Bars, restaurants and venues in the Cathedral Quarter and city centre do best with Instagram, TikTok and Meta ads timed for weekends and events. Law and accountancy firms use focused search, with Northern Ireland legal terms where they differ, plus client newsletters. Charities may qualify for Google Ad Grants. ## Who we market in Belfast - Fintech and financial services - Software and cyber security firms - Film and TV production companies - Aerospace and engineering suppliers - Food and drink brands - Bars, restaurants and venues - Law and accountancy firms - Start-ups ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you run campaigns in both Northern Ireland and the Republic? Yes. We usually build separate campaigns for each, with sterling or euro pricing, local wording and landing pages, so budgets and results stay clear. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Google. ### Do you run LinkedIn recruitment for Belfast tech firms? We do. We target engineers by skills, job title and location, write the ads and track applications. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend paid to LinkedIn. ### Can a Cathedral Quarter bar run local ads? Yes. Instagram and TikTok content, plus Meta ads within a few miles timed for weekends and events, work well. Organic social management starts from £125 a month + VAT per platform package. --- # Digital Marketing in Derry~Londonderry Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/derry-londonderry/ > Festivals, tour operators, hotels, software firms and cross-border retailers in Derry~Londonderry can get Google Ads, social media and email marketing from dijitul. We cover the north-west and Donegal remotely from Mansfield. Paid social and Google Ads management each start from £150 a month + VAT, and email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. Derry~Londonderry is Northern Ireland's second city and anchors a region that spills over the border into Donegal. Its seventeenth-century walls are among the best preserved in Europe, and being the first UK City of Culture in 2013 left lasting investment in arts, festivals and tourism. The Peace Bridge links the centre with Ebrington, a former barracks redeveloped for offices, hospitality and events, and Fort George is another major regeneration site. Festivals and events drive a lot of marketing. The city's large Halloween celebrations, music events and cultural programmes need campaigns that build quickly to firm dates: - Meta and Instagram ads aimed at people across Northern Ireland, Donegal and further afield, timed in the weeks before each event - Short video for Reels and TikTok - Email to past attendees and members - Google Ad Grants for eligible arts charities Tour operators, hotels and restaurants around the walls, Ebrington and the Peace Bridge benefit from branded search, Instagram content and Meta ads aimed at visitors arriving from the Causeway Coast or Donegal. Because the city's catchment crosses the border, many businesses need to reach customers in both jurisdictions. Retailers, hospitality and services usually run separate Northern Ireland and Republic of Ireland campaigns, with sterling and euro pricing and wording that suits each audience. The economy also includes manufacturing, with Seagate's long-established plant at Springtown, and a growing software and digital sector. Advanced manufacturers and tech firms use LinkedIn and specialist search, plus recruitment campaigns. Ulster University's Magee campus and North West Regional College add students. Contact centres recruit with Meta job ads. Altnagelvin Hospital is the main hospital, and health and care organisations need recruitment and family-facing campaigns. ## Who we market in Derry~Londonderry - Festival and arts organisations - Tour operators - Hotels and restaurants - Advanced manufacturers - Software and tech firms - Cross-border retailers - Contact centres - Health and education organisations ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you promote a Derry~Londonderry festival across the border? Yes. We run Meta and Instagram campaigns aimed at Northern Ireland and Donegal, plus wider audiences for bigger events, timed to your dates. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Meta. ### Should we run separate ads for customers in the Republic? Usually, yes. Separate campaigns let us show euro prices, adjust wording and control budgets for each side of the border. They also make results easier to read, because each market reports on its own. ### Can a local arts charity get free Google ads? Registered charities may qualify for Google Ad Grants, which gives free search advertising subject to Google's rules. We check eligibility, set it up and manage it at £45 an hour + VAT or a fixed quote. --- # Digital Marketing in Lisburn Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/lisburn/ > Lisburn food and drink producers, wholesalers, building products suppliers, retailers and agri-food businesses can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We run campaigns remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, social media management from £125 a month + VAT and email from £95 a month + VAT. Lisburn became a city in 2002 and sits on the River Lagan just south-west of Belfast, at the junction of the M1 and the A1 road south to Newry and Dublin. Its history is tied to linen, a story told at the Irish Linen Centre and Lisburn Museum in the market square. Today it is both a commuter city for Belfast and a business location in its own right. The road links suit distribution, and wholesalers and distributors here often serve customers across Northern Ireland and into the Republic. Their marketing usually includes: - Google Shopping and Search campaigns for trade products, with trade account sign-ups tracked - Separate campaigns for Northern Ireland and the Republic where they sell across the border, with sterling or euro pricing - Email to trade customers about new lines, price changes and stock Manufacturing is significant, with drinks bottling, food production, engineering and building products on estates such as Knockmore and Silverwood. Food and drink producers selling to retail use LinkedIn and email for buyers and Instagram, Shopping ads and email for consumers. Building products suppliers benefit from search ads aimed at builders and specifiers, and from content that answers technical questions. Sprucefield, on the edge of the city, is one of Northern Ireland's biggest out-of-town retail parks. Independent retailers in the city centre compete with it through Instagram, local Meta ads and loyal email lists, while restaurants and cafés do best with Instagram and weekend ads. The former Maze site has become the Maze Long Kesh development, home to the Eikon Exhibition Centre and the Balmoral Show, Northern Ireland's main agricultural event. Agri-food businesses and event suppliers can plan campaigns around it. Accountants, solicitors and estate agents use focused search and Meta lead ads. ## Who we market in Lisburn - Food and drink producers - Wholesalers and distributors - Building products suppliers - Manufacturers - Retailers - Agri-food and farm businesses - Accountants and solicitors - Estate agents ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can a Lisburn wholesaler advertise in the Republic of Ireland? Yes. We set up a separate campaign for the Republic with euro pricing and its own budget, alongside your Northern Ireland campaign, so each market's results are clear. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Can you plan campaigns around the Balmoral Show? We can. Agri-food businesses and suppliers often run LinkedIn and Meta campaigns before the show and email follow-up to contacts afterwards. Email marketing starts from £95 a month + VAT. ### How do city centre shops compete with Sprucefield? Usually through local Instagram content, small Meta ad budgets aimed within a few miles and a loyal email list, rather than broad search ads. Organic social management starts from £125 a month + VAT per platform package. --- # Digital Marketing in Newry Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/newry/ > Cross-border retailers, hauliers, software firms, construction companies and hotels in Newry can rely on dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing, aimed at customers on both sides of the border. We work remotely from Mansfield. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, and paid social from £150 a month + VAT plus spend. Newry became a city in 2002 and sits on the main road and rail corridor between Belfast and Dublin, just north of the border. That location has made it a cross-border trading centre for generations. Its shopping centres, The Quays and the Buttercrane, have long drawn shoppers from the Republic of Ireland, and many local businesses deal in both sterling and euro. For retailers and services, the border shapes the marketing plan: - Separate campaigns for Northern Ireland and the Republic, so prices, wording and budgets match each audience - Meta and Google ads aimed at towns on both sides, such as Dundalk and Armagh, with offers that make the trip worthwhile - Ads built from templates with editable price fields, so sterling and euro versions can go live quickly - Email and SMS to opted-in customers on both sides Newry also has notable home-grown companies. Norbrook, the veterinary pharmaceutical manufacturer, has its headquarters here, and FD Technologies, the data software company formerly First Derivatives, was founded in the city. Regulated manufacturers focus paid activity on recruitment and B2B audiences, with copy approved by their regulatory teams, while software firms use LinkedIn for both customers and engineers. Warrenpoint Harbour, a few miles down Carlingford Lough, handles freight and supports hauliers and logistics firms across the area. They need recruitment campaigns for drivers and B2B search on specific services such as cross-border haulage. Construction firms and building materials suppliers serve both jurisdictions and use search ads, LinkedIn and email to trade customers. Hotels and hospitality benefit from branded search and Meta ads aimed at visitors to the Mournes and Carlingford Lough. Southern Regional College has a campus in the city, and agri-food businesses market to trade buyers. ## Who we market in Newry - Cross-border retailers - Pharmaceutical manufacturers - Software and data firms - Hauliers and logistics firms - Construction firms - Building materials suppliers - Food producers - Hotels and hospitality ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you show euro prices to shoppers in the Republic? Yes. We run separate campaigns for the Republic with euro pricing and wording that suits that audience, alongside your Northern Ireland campaigns in sterling. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to the platform. ### Can you target Dundalk and Armagh as well as Newry? Yes. We can target towns on both sides of the border, or a radius around Newry, and split campaigns by jurisdiction so results are easy to compare and budgets can follow the areas that bring customers. ### Do you run driver recruitment for Newry hauliers? We do. Meta job ads aimed at HGV drivers within commuting distance, on both sides of the border if needed, with short application forms, work well. Google Ads and paid social management start from £150 a month + VAT. --- # Digital Marketing in Bangor, County Down Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/bangor-northern-ireland/ > Marinas, sailing clubs, cafés, salons, estate agents and trades in Bangor, County Down, can hand dijitul their Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We run it remotely from Mansfield and keep targeting tight to North Down. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, and organic social media from £125 a month + VAT. Bangor in County Down became a city in 2022 as part of the Platinum Jubilee civic honours. It is the largest settlement in the Ards and North Down borough and sits on the southern shore of Belfast Lough, around half an hour from Belfast by road or rail. Many residents commute to Belfast, which leaves a local economy of smaller firms serving the people who live here. For most Bangor businesses, the right marketing is local and personal: - Instagram and Facebook content showing real people, products and places - Meta ads aimed within a few miles, including Holywood, Newtownards and Donaghadee, timed for evenings and weekends - Google Search ads on specific services with call tracking, for trades and professional firms - A complete Google Business Profile and a steady flow of reviews - Email or SMS to opted-in regulars Bangor Marina is one of the largest marinas in Ireland, keeping sailors, boatyards, chandlers and marine engineers busy. Marine businesses and yacht clubs reach boat owners through Google Search on specific services, Meta ads aimed at sailing interests across Northern Ireland, and email before the season and around regattas. The seafront is the focus of the long-planned Queen's Parade regeneration, intended to bring more leisure and hospitality to the waterfront. Cafés, restaurants, hotels and event venues can build their Instagram audiences now and promote events with small, well timed ad budgets. Health and beauty businesses, salons and gyms are numerous and do well with booking-focused Instagram ads and SMS reminders. Estate agents use Meta lead ads for valuations. Care homes and home care agencies in North Down tend to pair search ads for families with recruitment ads for staff. South Eastern Regional College has a campus in the city, and light industry and trade counters at Balloo and Bloomfield use local search. ## Who we market in Bangor (County Down) - Marinas and sailing clubs - Marine trades - Cafés and restaurants - Health and beauty businesses - Hotels and event venues - Estate agents - Solicitors and accountants - Trades and home services firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Is this page about Bangor in Northern Ireland or Wales? This page covers Bangor in County Down, Northern Ireland. We have a separate page for Bangor in Gwynedd, north Wales, because the two places have different audiences, seasons and languages. ### Do you market marinas and marine businesses on Belfast Lough? We do. Google Search on specific services, Meta ads aimed at sailing interests and email before the season and regattas are the usual mix. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to Meta. ### Can a Bangor salon run booking ads and SMS reminders? Yes. We run Instagram and Meta ads with a booking link aimed within a few miles, and SMS reminders to opted-in clients from £75 a month + VAT plus message costs. --- # Digital Marketing in Armagh Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/locations/armagh/ > Orchards, cider and juice makers, food processors, heritage attractions and cafés in Armagh can use dijitul for Google Ads, social media and email marketing. We work remotely from Mansfield and can reach customers in Northern Ireland and the Republic. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT, and email marketing from £95 a month + VAT. Armagh is one of the smallest cities in the UK but one of the most historic in Ireland. It is the ecclesiastical capital of the island, with Church of Ireland and Roman Catholic cathedrals, both named after St Patrick, on facing hills. Navan Fort, the ancient royal site of Ulster, is just outside the city, and the Armagh Observatory and Planetarium continues more than two centuries of astronomy. The surrounding county is known as the Orchard County, and the Armagh Bramley apple has protected geographical status. Orchards, cider makers and juice pressers sell through farm shops, delis, supermarkets and online. Their marketing typically combines: - Instagram content from the orchards through blossom, harvest and pressing, which tells the provenance story - Google Shopping and Meta catalogue ads for online sales, with cider advertised within Google and Meta alcohol policies - Email flows for repeat orders and Christmas gifting - Trade email and LinkedIn for retail and hospitality buyers Apple Blossom season and harvest give natural moments for content and events. Across the council area, Craigavon and Portadown hold some of Northern Ireland's biggest poultry, dairy and meat processing plants. These processors sell to retailers and food service, so their paid activity is mostly recruitment and B2B. Agricultural merchants and farming businesses use Facebook, email and focused search. Heritage and tourism organisations, including the cathedrals, Navan Fort and the planetarium, can reach visitors with Meta ads aimed at families and day-trippers in Northern Ireland and the Republic, Google Ad Grants where eligible, and email to members. Cafés and hospitality businesses in the city do best with Instagram and local ads. The border is close, so many businesses benefit from separate campaigns for customers in the Republic. ## Who we market in Armagh - Orchards and cider makers - Juice producers - Food processors - Heritage and tourism organisations - Agricultural merchants - Farming businesses - Cafés and hospitality businesses - Education providers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can an Armagh cider maker advertise online? Yes. Both Google and Meta allow cider ads in the UK, provided they target adults and avoid the claims their alcohol rules prohibit. A Bramley provenance story on Instagram, Shopping ads and a buyers email list make a good start. Google Ads management starts from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### Do you market heritage attractions to visitors from the Republic? We do. Separate Meta and Google campaigns for the Republic, timed to holidays and events, sit alongside Northern Ireland campaigns. Paid social management starts from £150 a month + VAT, with ad spend paid directly to the platform. ### Can you plan content around Apple Blossom season and harvest? Yes. We build an Instagram and email calendar around blossom, harvest and Christmas, with small ad budgets for the key moments. Organic social management starts from £125 a month + VAT per platform package. --- # dijitul marketing prices Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/pricing/ - Google Ads management: from £150 a month + VAT - Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok): from £150 a month + VAT - Social media management: from £125 a month + VAT - Email marketing: from £95 a month + VAT - Marketing automation set-up: from £195 + VAT - SMS marketing: from £75 a month + VAT - GA4 set-up: from £95 + VAT - Conversion tracking: from £145 + VAT - Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard: from £145 + VAT - Conversion rate optimisation: from £195 a month + VAT - Content marketing: from £195 a month + VAT - Consultancy, audits and strategy: from £45 an hour + VAT - Anything else: fixed quote, or £45 an hour + VAT All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. ### How much does Google Ads management cost with dijitul? dijitul manages Google Ads from £150 a month + VAT, or 10 to 15% of your monthly ad spend, whichever is higher. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google. There is no long contract. ### How much does social media management cost? Organic social media management with dijitul starts at £125 a month + VAT per platform package, covering content, scheduling and community management. Paid social campaigns are managed from £150 a month + VAT plus ad spend. ### How much does email marketing cost? Email marketing with dijitul starts at £95 a month + VAT for campaigns on Klaviyo, Mailchimp or Brevo. Automated flows are set up from £195 + VAT one-off, and the email platform subscription is paid to the platform. ### Is ad spend included? No. Ad spend is always separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok on your own card or account. Our fee is for managing it. ### Do I own the accounts? Yes. Every ad account, pixel, audience, analytics property and email list dijitul sets up is in your name. If you leave, you keep everything and we hand over access. ### Is there a contract? Monthly management runs month to month. One-off set-ups such as GA4 (from £95 + VAT) or conversion tracking (from £145 + VAT) are fixed prices agreed before we start. --- # How dijitul marketing works Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/how-we-work/ 1. **Free review**: We look at your current ads, social, email and analytics, or your plans if you are starting out, and tell you plainly what we would change. 2. **Plan and price**: You get a written plan with targets, budgets and a fixed monthly fee before anything starts. 3. **Set up properly**: Tracking and consent first, then campaigns, audiences, content calendars or email flows, all in accounts you own. 4. **Run and improve**: We manage it every week: search terms, bids, creative, posts and tests, cutting what does not pay and doing more of what does. 5. **Report in plain English**: A monthly report on leads, sales and cost per result, not vanity numbers, with what we will do next. Prices (all from, + VAT; ad spend separate): Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. Contact: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # dijitul marketing: facts Source: https://dijitulmarketing.co.uk/facts/ - **Company:** dijitul (DIJITUL LTD), a UK digital marketing, web and software company - **Trading since:** 2006 - **Based in:** Mansfield, Nottinghamshire, England. Runs marketing for businesses across the UK. - **Prices (from, + VAT):** Google Ads management £150 a month; Paid social (Meta, LinkedIn, TikTok) £150 a month; Social media management £125 a month; Email marketing £95 a month; Marketing automation set-up £195; SMS marketing £75 a month; GA4 set-up £95; Conversion tracking £145; Data Studio (Looker Studio) dashboard £145; Conversion rate optimisation £195 a month; Content marketing £195 a month; Consultancy, audits and strategy £45 an hour - **Pricing approach:** All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Ad spend is separate and paid directly to Google, Microsoft, Meta, LinkedIn or TikTok. Paid media management is from £150 a month or 10 to 15% of ad spend, whichever is higher. You own every ad account, pixel, audience and email list we set up. - **Channels:** Google Ads (Search, Performance Max, Shopping, YouTube, Local Services), Microsoft Ads, Meta (Facebook, Instagram), LinkedIn, TikTok, email (Klaviyo, Mailchimp, Brevo), SMS - **Measurement:** GA4, Google Tag Manager, Consent Mode, conversion tracking, Meta Conversions API, Looker Studio dashboards - **Ownership:** The client owns every ad account, pixel, audience, analytics property and email list - **Phone:** 01623 650333 - **Email:** info@dijitul.uk